Q-^ •. 'J I ANNALS OF The Entomological Society of America /4 VOLUME IV, 1911 EDITORIAL BOARD J. H. COMSTOCK, L. O. HOWARD, ITHACA, N. Y. Washington, D. C. C. J. S. BETHUNE, W. M. WHEELER, GuELPH, Ontario, Canada. Boston, Mass. C. W. JOHNSON, P. P. CALVERT, Boston, Mass. Philadelphia, Pa. V. L. KELLOG, J, W. FOLSOM, Stanford Univ., Cal. Urbana, Ills. HERBERT OSBORN, Managing Editor, Columbus, Ohio. PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY COLUMBUS. OHIO CONTENTS OF VOLUME IV. PAGE Notes on African Myrmeleonidae. Nathan Banks 1 The Lithobiomorpha of the Southeastern States. Ralph V. Chamberlin. . . 32 Notes on the Synonomy of the Genera Included in the Tribe Lachninae. H . F. Wilson 51 Summary of the Food Habits of American Gall Midges. E. P. Felt 55 The Structure and Systematic Importance of the Spermatophores of Crickets. J. P. Jensen 63 Notes on the Life History of the Larch Case-Bearer (Coleophora Laricella). Glenn W. Herrick 68 Further Biological Notes on the Colorado Potato Beetle Leptinotarsa 10-lineata Say. A. A. Girault and James Zetek 71 Minutes of the Minneapolis Meeting. J. G. Sanders 84 Mayflies of Fall Creek. Anna H. Morgan 93 Announcements of Further Results Secured in the Study of Muscoid Flies. C. H. Townsend 127 Robberflies of the Genera Promachus and Proctacanthus. J. S. Mine 153 Locomotion of the Larva of Calosoma Sycophanta. A. F. Burgess 178 Notes on the Pear Slug. R. L. Webster. .' 181 The Mechanism in the Hatching of the Walking Stick Diapheromera Femorata Say. H. H. P. and H. C. Severin 187 Some Suggested Rules to Govern Entomological Publications. T. D. A. Cockerell 192 The Composition of Taxonomic Papers. R. A. Muttkowski 194 The Structure of the Central Nervous System of Corydalis Larva. W. A. Hilton 219 A Structural Study of the Caterpillars II. The Sphingidae. W. T. M. Forbes 261 Some Notes on Heredity in the Coccinellid Genus Adalia, Mulsant. Miriam A. Palmer 283 Specific Characters Used in the Genus Pseudococcus. P. E. Smith 309 Corrections to my paper in the June (1911) Issue of the Annals. C. H. Townsend 328 Monograph of the Gall-Making Cynipidae (Cynipinae) of California. D. T. FULLAW.AY 331 The Genera Hypera and Phytonomus in America North of Mexico. E.G.TiTUS 383 VoJume IV. Number I. ANNALS OF The Ejitomological Society of America MARCH, 1911 EDITORIAL BOARD J. H. COMSTOCK, I,. C), HOWARD, ITHACA, N. Y. Washington, D. C. C. J. S. BETHUNE, W. M. WHEELER, GuELPH, Ontario, Camaua. Boston, Mass. C. W. JOHNSON, P. P. CALVERT, Boston, Mass. Philadelphia, Pa. V. L. KELLOGG, J. W. FOLSOM, Stanford Univ., Cal. Urbana, Ii,i,s. HERBERT OSBORN, Managing Editor, CoLtTMBUS, Ohio. PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY COLUMBUS, OHIO Eatered as second clau matter April 1 1, 1908, at the Poit Office at Columbus, Ohio, under the Act of Congress o( March 3, 1879. The Entomological Society of America. TOXrNDMV 1906. ornoERs 1911. />ej». 25 Felt, E. P. — Some Problems in Nomenclature 10 • Hammar, A. G. — On the Nervous System of the Larva of Corydalis comuta L. . .25 Bradley, J. C. — A case of Gregarious Sleeping Habits among Aculeate Hymenoptera , 10 Davis, J. J. — Notes on the Life History of the Leafy Dimorph of the Box- elder Aphid, Chaitophorus negundinis Thosi .10 Hambleton, J. C.-^The Genus Corizus, with a Review of the North and Middle American Species 25 Girault, a. A. — Biological Notes on Colorado Potato Beetle 25 .^GiRAULT, A. A. — A Monographic Catalogue of the Mymarid Genus Alaptus. . . .25 Severin, H. H. and Severin, H. C. — Internal Organs of Reproduction of Male Saw-fly 15 Smith, C. P. — A Preliminary Study of the Axaneae Theraphosae of California. . .75' Davis, J. J. — Studies on Aphididae 20 Riley, W. A. — Muscle Attachment of Insects 15 Needham, J. C. — Critical Notes on the Classification of the Corduliinae (Odonata) 15 Howard, L. O. — A Key to the Species of Prospaltella with Table of Hosts and Descriptions of Fovir New Species. 15 Hood, J. D. — Two New Species of Idolothrips 10 Address ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, Biological Building, O. S. U., Columbus, Ohio. ANNALS OF The Entomological Society of America Volume IV MARCH, 1911 Number I NOTES ON AFRICAN MYRMELEONIDiE. By Nathan Banks. The following article is based largely on the collection of African Myrmeleonidfe of the Berlin Museum, which the cura- tor, Dr. R. Heymons, wished me to work out for them. Mr. Esben Petersen has kindly loaned me his collection of Abyssin- ian Myrmeleonida?, which contains several species previ- ously unknown to me. My own collection contains a num- ber of species, principally from South Africa from Dr. H. Brauns' duplicates from the Petersen collection, and material purchased from dealers. There are many other species recorded from Africa. Some of these are probably synonyms of well-known species. I have made a new arrangement of the genera, and given tables to species as far as possible. Much of the Berlin Museum material is from German East Africa (D. O. Afrika), but many valuable specimens are from Ger- man Southwest Africa (D. S. W. Afrika), from Kamerun and Togoland. The types of the new species, except where otherwise indi- cated are in the Berlin Museum. TABLE OF GENERA OF AFRICAN MYRMELEONIDA. 1. In the hind wings but one (rarely two) cross-veins before the origin of the radial sector; the anal usually ends in the margin (DendroleoninK).. . .11 In the hind wings four or more cross-veins before the origin of the radial sector; the anal often runs into the cubital fork (Myrmeleoninoe) 2 2. In the hind wings the anal is not connected directly to the hind margin by cross-veins, but to the post-anal by a series of cross veins; wings heavily marked; pronotum very much broader than long (Palparini) 3 In hind-wings the anal vein is connected directly to the hind-margin by several cross-veins (Myrmeleonini) 6 3. Two or more series of costal cells nearly to the base of wing Stenares But one series of costals, except near the stigma -t 4. Apex of subcosta incrassate Pamexis Apex of subcosta not incrassate o 2 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 5. Antennae not their diameter apart at base; the basal joint with long bristles Palpares Antenna more than diameter of basal joint apart; smaller species. .Tomatares 6. Spurs longer than the basal joint of tarsus, which is very short 7 Spurs not longer than the basal joint of tarsus, which is longer than the second joint 9 7. Body very hairy; legs very short; spurs much curved 8 Body but little hairy; legs more slender; spurs nearly straight; a line through the apical part of wings Myrmecaelurus S. Costal series double Syngenes Costal series single Acanthaclisis 9. The branches of radial sector are bent to form a straight line through the middle of the apical part of the wing; basal joint of the tarsus about as long as the apical Nesoleon No such line through the wings 10 10. In fore wings the radial sector arises before the cubital fork; many eostals before the stigma are crossed Hagenomyia In fore-wings the radial sector arises much beyond the cubital fork; eostals are mostly simple Myrmeleon (a) A series of cross-veins before the radial sector are crossed; very large species subgenus Macroleon 11. Spurs present and distinct 12 No .spurs: Legs very slender Gymnocnemia Legs of usual length Gymnoleon 12. The forks of cubitus in the fore-wing are parallel for a distance, and the anal is also parallel to them Creagris The forks of cubitus diverge, and the anal is not parallel to the upper branch. and to the lower only for a short distance 13 13. Joints 2, 3, and 4 of tarsus very long, each as long as basal joint. , . .Megistopus Joints 2 and 3 very short, but little longer than broad 14 14. Legs very slender; the tibiEe I and II as long or longer than femora I and II; basal tarsal joint nearly as long as apical; spurs as long as two joints; antennsE very slender; w'ngs broad and much marked (Dendroleoni)... .15 Lefis shorter; the tibi.p I and II shorter ihan femora I and II, the basal tarsal joint plainly shorter than the apical (Nemo'eonini) Ill l.T. Wings especially hind pair very stronj^ly ;alcate at tip; first joint of tarsus longer than the last Cymothales Wings hardly falcate; the branches of radial sector bent to form a straight line through the middle of apical half of wings Dendroleon 16. In hind-wings the anal does not run directly to the margin but bends upward making a long curve; the radial sector arises before cubital fork in buth wings Echthromyrmex In hind-wing the anal runs directly to the hind margin 17 17. Spurs but little longer than the long first joint of tarsus; first branch of radial sector arises beyond end of the anal vein Nemoleon Spurs longer than the first tarsal joint, which is short IS 18. Spurs as long as three or four joints of tarsus Formicaleon Spurs not so long, about as long as two tarsal joints Macronemurus Under Stenares I have placed Crambomorphus. Both are hardly more than subgenera of Palpares. Symmathetes is united with Palpares. A species of Glenurus is described from Africa, but from the figure it is a Dendroleon; the genus Palpari- diiis, lately described by Peringuey, appears to be identical with Echthromyrme.x. The Centroclisis of Navas I consider the same as Acanthaclisis. 1911] Notes on African MyrmeleonidcB 3 Palpares Rambur. Of this genus there are about forty named species from Africa; doubtless there are several more. They are the grandest and most beautiful insects of the family, if not of the entire Neuropteroid series. Their marking are however, variable, as may be easily seen from even a small series of specimens. I have tabulated thirty-four of the species, but a few are perhaps synonyms. Type — P. libelluloides. SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES. 1. Hind-wings black, except seven or eight small spots 2 Hind-wings much more pale, only with dark bands 3 2. Hind-wings very narrow, lanceolate karrooanus Hind- wings broad, not lanceolate voeltzkowi 3. Fore-wings with a complete band across before middle 4 Fore-wings without complete band before middle, outer margin of wings scarcely sinuate 6 4. Outer margin of wings sinuate; very large species (Symmathetes) .5 Outer margin of wings not sinuate, rather small species ovampoanus 5. Basal band of fore-wings reaches hind margin, apical spot divided; hind- wings with the stigmal spot furcate in front, apical spot divided.. . .gigas Basal band of fore-wings does not reach hind margin, apical spot not divided; hind-wings with the stigmal spot not furcate in front, apical spot not divided, but emarginate moestus G. A large dark spot over the cubitus in the hind wings 21 Not more than a dot over the forking of cubitus, although a dark spot may be near by 7 7. Hind wings with complete bands 8 Hind wings without complete bands 13 8. Fore-wings densely reticulate with black, but leaving three clear yellow bands. flavofaciatus and genialis Fore-wings without three clear yellow bands 9 9. Median band with a projection toward the cubital fork, or else a separated spot near by, the stigmal band with an upward projection as well as one behind 10 Not so marked li 10. Median band of hind-wings connected to the stigmal, and median has a pro- jection toward cubital fork latipennis Median band well separated from stigmal, and a spot near cubital fork sepa- rate from the median band inclemens 11. Median and stigmal bands of hind wings well separated insularis Median and stigmal bands connected or nearly so 12 12. Apical spots of both wings divided so as to form an anterior and posterior apical streaks elegantulus Apical spots not so divided amitinus 13. Wings with all small spots, no large ones; legs yellow sparsus Wings with some large spots 14 14. Outer margin of both wings very narrowly black; no marks between median and stigmal spots in fore-wings 15 Outer margin of wings with dots or spots; some marks between median and stigmal spots in the fore-wings 16 15. A black band below antennae segrotus (tessellatus) No black band below antennae tigris 16. Median spot of hind-wings not reaching one-half way across wing; in fore- wings the median and stigmal spots are small 17 Median spot of hind-wings reaches one-half way across wing 18 4 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 17. Legs yellowish; few small spots in fore-wings; (female) submaculatus Legs blackish, more small spots in fore-wings, (male, probably same as submaculatus) nyicanus IS. In fore-wings the median spot is barely larger than the numerous other spots. pardaloides In fore-wings the median spot is much larger than the many small spots. . . .19 19. Many small spots in the basal part of the hind-wings furfuraceus Few, if any, small spots in the basal part of the hind wings 20 20. Larger; spots not broken up much tristis Smaller, wings shorter, and appendages shorter, stigmal spot of hind-wings more broken up Interioris 21. Basal spot of hind-wings reaches nearly to base of wings 22 Basal spot of hind-wings not reaching toward base 23 22. Basal spot large and angulate, also large stigmal spot immensus Basal spot in form of a streak, also other streaks radiatus 23. Median band of fore-wings very small, reticulate, with darker edges, fore- wings often yellowish 24 Median band of fore-wings distinct, reaching one-half way across wing. . . .27 24. Median and stigmal spots of hind-wings connected; but few small spots in the fore-wings stuhlmanni Median and stigmal spots not connected, more small spots in the fore- wings. 2.5 2.5. Hind part of fore-wings not tessellate with dark spots dubiosus Hind part of fore-wing tessellate with dark spots 20 26. Fore-wings not very yellowish speciosus Fore-wings plainly j'ellowish cafEer 27. Median band of hind-wings bent inward behind; stigmal spot broader behind than in front, and reaches hind margin 28 Median band not bent inward at tip; stigmal spot not reaching hind margin and narrow behind 32 28. Wings broad; median band of hind-wings does not reach the hind margin. hispanus Wings usually narrow, median band of hind-wings reaches hind-margin. . . .29 29. Apical mark of hind wings connected to the stigmal 30 Apical mark of hind-wings not connected to stigmal; two yellowish spots on front of the pronotum 31 30. But lightly marked, stigmal spot of fore-wings larger, from Madagascar. , martini More heavily marked, stigmal spot smaller; from South Africa (may l)c same) cataractae 31. No small spots between median and stigmal spots in fore-wings. . . .damarensis Many small spots between median and stigmal spots in the fore- wings. . . . formosus 32. Stigmal spot of hind-wings connected to a large spot just before it . . . cephalotes Stigmal spot of hind-wings without a spot just before it 33 33. Stigmal spot of hind wings reaches across wing, in fore-wings nearly across; median spot of fore- wings very narrow percheroni Stigmal spot of hind- wings and fore-wings not near across wing. . .libelluloides Palpares formosus n. sp. Head black, clypeus yellow; pronotum black, with two yellow spots in front; rest of the thorax black, with several pale spots through the middle; legs black; abdomen pale, darker toward tip. Wings very slender; forewings densely spotted with small brown dots, but a narrow angulate median band crosses the wing, the stigmal spots small, and a rather large preapical spot. Hindwings with a large spot over the fork of the cubitus, an angulate median band crosses the wing to the hind margin, leaving two small hyaline spots on the hind margin; a stigmal band crosses the wing, leaving one hyaline spot on the hind margin, 1911] Notes on African Myrmcleonidcc 5 and it has an inner projection toward the median band; a transverse, preapical band, connected each side around the tip and thus enclosing a hyaHne spot. Expanse SO mm. From Willowmore, Cape Colony, 20 Febr. (Dr. Brauns). Similar to P. damarensis McLach., but with more slender wings; the forepair with spots all over the surface, not clear between the median and stigmal bands. (Banks coll.) Acanthaclisis Rambur. This genus is related to Myrmeleon, but distinguished by the very heavy legs, and the much curved or rather geniculate spurs; the body and legs are extremely hairy; the antennae are rather close together at base ; the wings in most forms have a line through the apical part of the wings formed by the bending of the branches of the radial sector, and there is a similar line through the cubital area formed by the bending of the branches of the upper cubitus. Type — A . occitanica. The genus Syngenes formed for A. debilis Gerst, is scarcely more than a subgenus; it has many of the costal crossveins crossed.* The genus Centroclisis is, I think, a synonym of Acanthaclisis, its type species agreeing closely with my speci- mens of A. distificta. Quite a nuriiber of species have been described from Africa; Dr. Van der Weele examined Gerstaecker's types and placed most of them as synonyms of other forms; I have seen only a few of the species, and the following table is based partly on the descriptions. 1. Costal area with many of cross veins crossed (Syngenes) longicornis Costal area with most of cross-veins simple or forked 2 2. A black streak through middle of fore-wings lineatipennls No black streak in fore-wings 3 .3. Spurs evenly curved dasymalla Spurs geniculate -1 4. Fork of cubitus with a distinct spot mashunensis Fork of cubitus immarked .5 .5. Various patches of white cross-veins in both wings; many small dark dots; larger ones along upper edge of cubitus, especially at end gulo Few patches of white cross- veins; less marked with dark, wings rather more acute at tips 6 6. — Costal series almost all simple; pronotum not so plainly lineate with black. , distincta Costal series mostly forked; pronotum very distinctly lineate with black. . baetica *A. americana, A. fallax have many costals forked; .-I. japonica, A. horrida, and some Australian species have many costals crossed. 6 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Acanthaclisis baetica Rambur. Not before recorded from Africa; in the Petersen coll. a specimen from Oran, Algeria agrees with Spanish specimens. Myrmecaelurus Costa. This genus is related most closely to Nesoleon, but separated from that as well as from Myrmeleon by the longer spurs; there is a line through the apical part of the wing. There are several species recorded from Africa, but I have seen but one which is new. The Myrmeleon tristis has been referred to this genus, but is nearer to Myrmeleon, and is better placed in a new genus. Type — M. flavus { = trigrammus). Myrmecaelurus subcostatus n. sp. Pale yellow; no mark between antennae, and only very faintly on each side on the anterior part of vertex; antenna pale brownish; pro- notum with a black line each side not reaching cither margin, and a median black dot on front margin; three black lines on rest of thorax, the median one nearly complete (single on the scutelli), the lateral ones interrupted, some dark lines over base of coxae I and 11; abdomen with a dark median stripe from base to tip, and a dark stripe each- side on the venter. Wings hyaline, venation yellowish, the subcosta very strongly marked with black nearly to the stigma; the black extending up on each costal crossvein; the radial sector much marked with black, and at tip with a black streak extending out over the end of radius toward the tip of wing; some dark dots on origin of branches of cubitus, and a few others near middle of wing. In the hind-wings the subcosta and radius are marked near base, and to a lesser degree on the radial sector and cubitus, and a few veins near middle of wing. Pronotum much broader than long, rounded in front. Wings rather broad near tip; about seven or eight crossveins before radial sector, and about ten branches to the radial sector; costals simple; hind-wings a little narrower but scarcely more acute than the fore-wings. Expanse 58 mm. From Erythraea (Kristensen coll.); types in coll. Banks and Petersen. Nesoleon Banks. This genus is near Myrmeleon, having several crossveins before origin of the radial fork in hind wings, but a single costal series, and the spurs no longer than basal tarsal joint. There are from 6 to 10 crossveins before radial sector (more than in Myrmeleon, and the spurs or one of them is much shorter than the basal tarsal joint, which is nearly as long as the apical joint; the antennae are wide apart at base. The wings are broad and 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonidce 7 subfalcate at tip, and differ at once from Myrmeleon in having a line through the apical part of each wing, partly formed by the bent branches of the radial sector. Type — N. braimsi Bks. 1. Wings with large black spots 2 Wings with only small black marks 3 2. Wings almost all black, more than apical half of hind-wings black, only the stigma and an apical spot pale braunsi Wings mostly pale, less than apical half of hind-wings black, large stigmal and apical spots pale boschimanus 3. No interantennal mark 4 Interantennal mark distinct 5 4. Pronotum with three dark stripes (unnamed species from Kamerun, but one specimen) sp. 5. Pronotal stripes slender and broken; wings rather narrow; a dark spot at the base of the stigma, one at end of the cubital fork, and one over cubitus and median near their ends; elsewhere but little marked trivirgatus Pronotal stripes plain and complete 6 6. Wings rather evenly marked all over with small blackish spots at the forks of the veins; the outer gradates not more prominent than other veins, nor a mark at the end of the cubital fork punctatissimus Wings not evenly marked all over 7 7. Wings almost all hyaline, only faintly marked and then most noticeable near the outer apical margin; stigma darker at base pallens Wings unevenly marked, the stigma with a prominent dark spot at base, the outer gradates marked, and a pale unmarked streak beyond it, no promi- nent spot at end of cubital fork mysteriosus Similar to N. mysteriosus, but the wings not much marked, except at the gradate series, and near the end of the anal vein, thus two oblique lines on each fore- wing; stigma dark at base; longitudinal veins of wings strong!)' marked variegatus Nesoleon braunsi Banks. I have seen only the types from Willowmore, Cape Colony, (Dr. Brauns). Nesoleon boschimanus (Peringuey). Head black; a large pale spot each side on face; vertex pale, with black dots, three in each of three rows, median spots sometitnes con- nected; pronotum with broad median black, and two narrower stripes each side, the median continued back over the thorax, and the lateral also continued, but in a broken and branched form; abdomen black, some of the segments beyond middle are pale at tip; femora brown; tibicB pale, with a black tip, and on front and middle pair a median band also; tarsi, except basal joint, mostly black; spurs weak, hardly more than one-half the length of the basal tarsal joint. Wings moderately broad, about as in N. mysteriosus; apex acute; venation interrupted black and white; forewings with larger spots along hind and outer margin, a sub-basal spot, a larger oblique median spot, a larger stigmal spot, sloping inward, a spot behind this one; hind wings pale on basal three-fifths; two small spots near disc of wing, then a broad prestigmal band, narrowed in the middle, and broadened behind and reaching out- ward to near tip of wing, a prominent spot beyond the stigma, nearly 8 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, connected to the large black spot behind it. Seven cross-veins before radial sector in hind wings; eight branches to radial sector in both pairs; abdomen shorter than wings. Expanse 40-4,5 mm. From Deutsch Sud. W. Afrika; Grootfontein, Okahandya, and Gr. Namalaut. Nesoleon mysteriosus (Gerst.). From various places in D. O. Afrika (Berlin Museum); and Mt. Algego, Uganda (Banks coll.) Nesoleon variegatus (Klug). From Harrar, Abyssinia (Petersen and Banks coll.) Nesoleon trivirgatus (Gerst.) From Grootfontein, D. S. W. Afrika. This may be but a pale form of N. variegatus. Nesoleon punctatissimus (Gerst.) From Windhoek, Reitfontein and Reheboth, D. S. W., Afrika, and Lindi, D. O. Afrika. This may be the MyrmeJeon lanceolatus Rambr. Nesoleon pallens. (Klug). Several specimens collected by Kristensen in Erythraea I believe are this species; there is some variation in length and breadth of wing and one specimen has the wings about as Klug figures, but the abdomen does not show the transverse dark marks, nor does Klug's description mention them, so I presume the figure is too highly colored in this respect. Klug's species is surely a Nesoleon as he shows plainly in his figure the fine line in the apical venation of the forewings. Hagenomyia new genus. This genus agrees in general with Myrnieleon ; there are sev- eral crossveins before the radial sector in the hind w4ngs; the spurs are no longer than the first tarsal joint; which is longer than the second; the antennae are wide apart at base; and there is no line through the apical part of the wings; it differs from Myrmeleon in the much broader wings, in having the radial sector of forewings arising before the cubital fork, and in having many costals before the stigma crossed. Type — Myrmeleon tristis Hagen. 1911] Notes oil African Myrmeleonidce 9- Hagenomyia tristis (Haj,'cn). This is very common in many parts of Africa; I have seen specimens from Argabba, Tewe, N. Usambara, Kamerun, Togo, Kongo, Tanganjika, Sansibar, Angola, Madagascar, and various places in D. O. Afrika (Berhn Aluseum), Erythraea, Abyssinia, and Abutshi, Niger (Banks coll.) Myrmeleon Linnaeus. In this genus there are several crossveins before the radial sector in both wings, the anal is connected to margin; there is no straight line through the apical part of the wings, the basal joint of tarsus is much shorter than the apical joint and the spurs are not or but a little longer than the basal joint ; the costals are simple, the cubital forks diverge, and the wings are usually narrow. Type. — Myrmeleon formicarium Linn. There are two subgenera; Myrmeleon and Macroleon, the latter with large species, mostly broader wings, and with several of the crossveins before the radial sector crossed ; the type of this subgenus is M. (Myrmeleon) validus McLach. Many species have been described from Africa, several of which probably do not belong to the genus as here restricted, and others are perhaps synonyms of some of the common species. Those that I have seen are tabulated below. 1. Fore-wings with an oblique dark mark up from the end of the anal vein, and dark spots on the cubitus and median near the tip; pronotum dark. . . . alcestris No such marks 2 2. Outer apical margin of both wings narrowly dark; pronotum dark formicaroides Outer apical margins not dark '. 3 3. A large dark cloud before and beyond the large white stigma lynceus No such cloud 4 4. Abdomen plainly banded with pale; pronotum dark, indistinctly marked. . (i Abdomen not plainly banded with pale; pronotum pale yellowish, at least on sides h 5. A simple, narrow median dark stripe on the pronotum medialis A simple median, and a lateral stripe for most of the distance on pronotum. , doralice A broad median stripe furcate in front on the pronotum furcatus A broad median dark stripe on pronotum, serrate on the sides and occupying most of the surface lethifer 6. Size small, stigma barely distinct; no series of crossed veins before radial sector in fore-wings, cubitus marked with black and white obscurus Size very large, stigm.i plainly white; a series of crossed veins before radial sector in fore-wings (Macroleon) V 7. Wing tinged throughout with a vinous color validus Wings not tinged with vinous 8 8. Interantennal mark includes a pale spot below antennse; black on clypeus; pronotum with five pale spots qulnquemaculatus Interantennal mark not complete below, but with a deep median indentation of pale; hardly black on clypeus; larger and with narrower wings atlas 10 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Myrmeleon obscurus Rambur. Widely distributed in tropical and South Africa. Specimens have been examined from Harrar, Abyssinia (Petersen coll.); Tamatave and Vohemar, Madagascar, (Banks coll.) and Erythrsea; from Bagamoyo and Lindi, D. O. Afrika, Windhoek, D. S. W. Afrika, Livingstone, S. Afrika, and Kamerum (Berlin Mus.). Myrmeleon lethifer Walker. From White River, Transvaal, Kibwezi, Brit. O. Afrika, and Kwidjwi, Ost Afrika. M. nigridorsis Kolbe is the same species. Myrmeleon doralice n. sp. Face yellow, a large shining black interantennal mark, curving e\'enly downward on the face, and abo\'e reaching to middle of vertex, with a median extension on vertex, and a black streak each side; anten- nae rather long, blackish, tip paler, pronotum longer than broad, nar- rowed in front, pale yellow, a median black stripe, widest in front, and a curved black streak each side from behind the transverse furrow; rest of thorax with middle black spot, and oblong spots over the base of wings, a basal median black spot on the scutelli; pleura black through the middle; abdomen shorter than wings, black, tips of segments nar- rowly pale, sides pale; legs pale yellowish, tips of tibiae rather darker, tip of last tarsal joint black; spurs not as long as basal tarsal joint, which is much shorter than the apical joint. Wings hyaline; venation pale yellowish, subcosta, radius, and cubitus marked with dark, stigma hardly distinct. Wings rather slender, acute at tips; about 10 cross- veins in forewings before radial sector, 6 in hind wings, 10 branches of radial sector; in the forewings the first fork of radial sector is so con- nected up to the radius as to appear as a distinct sector of the radius, thus apparently two radial sectors. Expanse GO mm. From Windhoek, D. S. W. Afrika. M3rrmeleon alcestris n. sp. Head mostly black, margin of face yellow, a median yellow spot on the clypeus, two dots between the antennae, and the orbits yellowish; a pale stripe across vertex in front, a large yellow spot each side, and three longitudinal submedian lines on the vertex pale, a spot each side on occiput pale; basal joints of antennae pale, with dark rings, rest dark brown; pronotum short, a median dark streak, a spot near each anterior comer, and a larger spot in each hind comer, dark; rest of thorax dark, with indistinct black marks, and the hind margins of the segments pale; coxae black, femora black, except pale base, tibiae pale, heavily spotted or streaked with dark; tarsi pale brownish, tip of last joint black; spurs not as long as basal tarsal joint, which is about two thirds as long as the 1911] Notes on African Myrmeleonidce 11 apical joint. Wings hyaline; venation black and white, the crossveins with black dots, the longitudinal veins with longer black streaks, a black spot at the base of the stigma, an oblique blackish cloud up from the end of the anal vein, and a spot over cubitus and median at the usual point for such spot. Wings slender, acute at tips; 7 cross-veins before radial sector in forewings, 5 in hind wings; 10 branches of radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 54 inin. From Reitfontein, D. vS. W. Afrika. Myrmeleon medialis n. sp. Head with a large black interantennal mark reaching down over most of the face and up to the ^'ertex, a dark mark on clypeus, in middle connected upward to the interantennal mark; vertex with a double median spot in front, a small median one behind, and a long one each side, black; antennas dark brown, short; pronottmi but little longer than wide, pale, with a broad median brown stripe; thorax pale, with some large median black spots, and one over base of each wing, jjleura with a broad broken black streak; abdomen black, with short white hairs, not as long as wings; legs pale, rather more brownish toward tips, with black bristles, tarsi quite long, first joint hardly as long as second and third together, fifth one and a half times as long as the first, spurs not as long as the first joint. Wings hyaline, venation pale yellowish, subcosta slightly marked with black, stigma barely distinct. Wings long and slender, forewings sub-falcate at tip, about 9 crossveins before radial sector in forewings, and (i in hindwings; 10 branches of radial sector in both wings. Expanse 60-68 mm. From Natal and Georgetown, Cape Colony. Myrmeleon furcatus n. sp. Head pale yellow, a black mark at base of each antennae, and a median vertical line; a broad, dark band above antennae; vertex with a pair of broken submedian stripes, a broader short stripe each side behind, with lateral projections toward eyes, and a lateral spot in front; antennse with a brown mark on basal joint; a narrow brown ring on second joint, beyond that brown; pronotum pale, with a broad med- ian dark stripe, furcate in front; a short dark stripe on each hind comer; rest of thorax dark, with hind margin of meso- and meta-thorax pale, a narrow pale line on each lateral lobe of the mesothorax, a spot on each lateral lobe of the metathorax, and the scutelli with a pale dot each side, and sometimes other spots; abdomen dark, pale at tip; legs pale, a dark line on the tibi£e, and a streak near tip of femora; spurs as long as the first tarsal joint, which is not as long as the next three together, and shorter than the last joint. Wings hyaline; venation pale, subcosta, radius and cubitus interrupted with dark, also slightly on the radial sec- tor, stigma dark, with a darker spot at base. Wings long, acute at 12 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, tips, the hind pair ahiiost subfalcate at tig; about eleven crossveins before the radial sector in forewings, six in'hintf wings; about twelve branches to radial sector in each wing. Expanse 73 to 90 mm. From Erythraea (Kristensen coll.). Types in collections of Banks and Petersen. Myrmeleon lynceus Fabr. From Victoria, Kamerun, and a smaller specimen from Togo. The Af. leucostigmatiis Weele, from Kamerun, is a synonym. Myrmeleon formicaroides Weele. One specimen from Misahohe, Togo. Myrmeleon quinquemaculatus Hagen. A common African species, specimens from Ginda (Petersen coll.), Kilimandjaro (Banks coll.) and various places in Togo and D. O. Afrika. M. polyzones Gerst. and M. rapax Kolbe . are synonyms as already stated by A^an der Weele. Myrmeleon validus McLachlan. From Tamatave, Majlagascar (Banks coll.). Myrmeleon atlas n. sp. Similar to M. o-maculatus, but much larger. Face yellow, with a median black spot below, the interantcnnal mark is not complete below, but indented with the pale reaching up between antennae, and the mark is not continued all around the lower edge of the antennal socket: marks of vertex similar to those of M. 5-maculatus; the pronotum shows a large pale median spot in front, and at each upper corner, with a narrow extension baclavard; the abdominal segments are pale only near middle (not to base as in .5-maculatus); the legs yellowish brown, not plainly marked. Wings much more slender than in M. .5-maculatus, especially the hind pair, and more falcate at tip; venation mostly dark, subcosta and radius plainly interrupted with pale; stigma not very distinct; there is a longer series of crossed veinlets before the radial sector in forewings than in M. .5-maculatus. Expanse 12G mm. From Kwidjwi, Ost Afrika. Gymnoleon new genus. But one crossvein before radial sector in the hindwings,. several in forewings ; costal series simple, cubital forks not very much divergent; antennae rather close together at base; pro- notum slender; no spurs; legs of moderate length, the last joint of tarsus as long as the basal joint. Type — G. exilis n. sp. By absence of spurs it is related to the genus Cymnocnemia, but differs at once in the very much shorter and stouter legs. 1911] Notes oil African Myrmeleonidce 13 Gymnoleon exilis n. sp. Face pale yellow, a large black interantennal mark, a row of spots across the vertex, the middle one the largest; pronotum pale yellowish, a pair of black submedian stripes, not quite parallel, and a lateral stripe each side; rest of thorax pale, with a pair of dark submedian lines, broken, but extending over the scutelli, a lateral dark line over base of wings; abdomen rather pale, with dark stripe on each upper side; legs pale, middle and apical mark on tibia, except the hind tibiae have only the apical mark, tips of tarsal joints black. Wings hyaline, venation mostly brown, but the longitudinal veins are interrupted with pale, many of the cross-veins with a pale dot or space; many of the forks in posterior and outer part of fore-wings have a black dot, a larger spot near end of anal vein, and faintly dark at anastomosis of cubitus and median, this last mark is more prominent in the hind-wings, often elongate. Wings rather slender, acute at tips, the hind pair plainly longer than the forewings, narrower and subfalcate at tips; about seven croSsveins before radial sector in forewings, about S branches of radial sector in each wing, in forewings the anal vein ends before the origin of first branch of radial sector, and the forks of cubitus are plainly diver- gent. The pronotum is longer than broad, and broadest behind; the abdomen is much shorter than the wings. Expanse 45 mm. From Ari Ugri, Erythrasa (Kristensen coll.) and from Lindi, D. O. Africa (Berlin Mus.). Type in coll. Banks; cotypes in coll. Petersen and in Berlin Museum. Gymnoleon elizabethae n. sp. Face yellow, a black band Ijelow the antennae reaching above them, the vertex broadly rounded in front and dark bro\\'n, back of vertex gray, with two rows of blackish dots, front of vertex with a median furrow making the front plainly bilobed ; antennae brown, tip paler, pronotimi short, dull blackish, a faint paler spot each side in front, and one or two in the middle; thorax brown, indistinctly marked with pale; a deep black band on metanotuni; abdomen blackish; legs short, yellow-brown, with black marks on tibiae, hind tibia only at tip, tarsi mostly dark brown, except the basal joint of hind tarsus which is yellow; no spurs; basal joint of tarsus as long as second and third together. Wings with black and white venation, on radius the black and white are in long streaks, elsewhere in short spots, along cubitus and its fork are several small clouds of brown, and a longer oblique mark on cubitus and median near their tip, stigma dark at base, and a cloud near end of anal and cubital fork. Wings slender, subfalcate at tips, anal and cubital fork in forewings run parallel for a distance longer than width of wing, the cubital fork nearly parallel to the cubitus; twelve branches of radial sector in each wing; in apical part of wings the longitudinal veins are very close together. Expanse 52 mm. From Port Elizabeth, Cape Colony, 25 Jan., (Brauns), (coll. Banks). 14 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Creagris Hagen. This genus is known by the parallel forks of the cubitus in the anterior wings; there are but two rows of cells between the forks and these are separated by a nearly straight vein ; the anal vein also runs parallel to the cubital forks for some distance. Type — C. plumbeiis Oliv. Many species are known by the names, but several of these names apply to variations of C. plumbeus. Whether these forms should be kept distinct or all united under the one name must be determined by larger collections from representative parts of Africa. The forms I have examined are distinguished as follows: 1. Venation pale, unmarked 2 Venation marked with black and white 5 2. Apex of hind-wings with a fuscous streak .3 Apex of hind wings urunarked 4 3. Very large species diana Species of moderate size nubifer 4. Pronotum with indications of two narrow submedian lines; femora dotted with black murinus Pronotum with a median stripe or absent; femora scarcely dotted with black. africanus 5. Wings with black longitudinal streaks nlgrostrigatus Wings without streaks G 6. Four large black spots along the radial sector in the fore-wings. . . . pretlosa No such large spots 7 7. No black band below antennas S A black band below antennae, vertex with a frontal ridge, venation strongly marked with black and white aegyptiacus 8. An oblique dark mark at end of anal vein in fore-wings; venation very plainly marked with black and white mortifer No marks on wings; venation only faintly marked with dark and pale. . . plumbeus Creagris pretlosa n. sp. Face pale, a median vertical black line, and a brown spot tinder each antenna; antennas brown, base yellowish; vertex with a black band in front, a row of connected black dots, and behind are six separated black dots, the submedian ones being longitudinal; pronotum gray, black on the sides and a submedian pair of black stripes, broadest in front ; thorax gray, black marks on the lateral lobes and the usual black band on the mesonotum; abdomen black above, pale beneath. Legs brown, with much gray hair, femur I black on inner tip, tibia I black in middle and near tip, middle leg similar, hind legs paler, the tibiae black only at tij), all tarsi black, except yellow on basal and most of apical joint of tarsus I. Wings hyaline, venation black, interrupted with pale, the cross- veins mostly wholly black; four large black spots along the radial sector of forewings, another smaller at base of the stigma, a black streak along base of the cubital vein, small black spots at forking of cubitus and farther out on cubitus, one on a crossvein connecting median to the first branch of the radial sector, and one at 1911] Notes on African MyrmeleonidcB 15 end of the anal vein, the outer gradate veins fonn a black Hne parallel to the outer margin ; hindwings with a black spot at the base of the stigma one on a crossvein below and a little before it, and two faint ones on other crossveins from radial sector to radius, another near the end of the cubitus. Forewings broad, acute at tip, almost falcate, the costal margin at base plainly concave, the anal runs parallel to the fork of cubitus for much less than the width of the wings. Hind wings narrow, subfalcate at tip; eleven branches of radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 78 mm. From Detttsch Ost Afrika, Bex Lindi. (Berlin Museum). Creagris diana Kolbc. Of this magnificent species there are specirriens from Lindi, and Mohorovi, D. O. Afrika. Peringuey's recent species, C. incUtiis, seems to be the same form; his description agrees • with the East African specimens. Creagris nubifer Kolbe. Specimens from Lindi, D. O. Afrika; Bismarcksburg, Togo, and from Harrar, Abyssinia (Petersen coll.). Peringuey's recent C. proximus from South Africa agrees with these speci- mens. Creagris plumbeus (Oliv.) Specimens from Morocco, agree with the Etiropean form; they have a median dark stripe on the pronotttm, and the long- itudinal veins are faintly marked with dark. Also known from Algeria. Creagris murinus (Klug). Egypt (Petersen coll.). The median marks on the pronotum are in form of two approximate dark lines; the venation is wholly yellowish. On Klug's plates it is figured as M. syriacus, but in text described as M. murinus. Creagris africanus (Rambur). From D. O. Afrika, Sansibar, Victoria Nyanza, and D. S. W. Afrika (Outyo). The legs are less marked than in C. muri- nus, the median stripe on the pronotum is often absent, and the wings are plainly more acuminate at tips than in C. murinus. Peringuey's species, C. pseudo plumbeus from South Africa seems to be the same species. It is probable that this and C. murinus are but varieties of C. plumbeus; C. luteipennis, C. lanceolatus Rbr., and C. lupinus Oliv., are also closely related if not identical, and McLachlan suggests that several of Wal- ker's Indian species also belong to C. plumbeus. 16 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Creagris mortifer (Walk.) From Daressalam; Reitfontein, D. S. W. Afrika (at light), and Abyssinia. Probab y occurs over most of Africa. Creagris aegyptiacus (Rambur). From Egypt (Petersen coll.) ; Bagamoyo and Korogue, D. O. Afrika, also Madagascar. Also widely spread in Africa. Peringuey has recently described four other species from South Africa. One, C. angustipennis, may belong to the genus, but the three other species (C damarinus. C. mashiinus and C. bechiianus) are said to have the spurs no longer than the first joint of tarsi; since all the species of Creagris known to me have spurs as long as three or four joints, I can hardly believe that these three species really belong to Creagris. Formicaleon n. gen. This genus, of the general appearance of Myrmeleon, is at once distingiushed therefrom by having but one crossvein before the radial sector in the hindwings, and by the antennae being close together at base; from the allied genera, Nemoleon and Macronemnrus, it is separated by the longer- spurs. The genus Formicaleo Leach was made for Myrmeleon for- micarius, which was already the type of Myrmeleon; therefore, I am compelled to make a new name for the Formicaleo that is used by Hagen and Brauer. The type is Myrmeleon tetragrammicus Fabr. There are many species in the African fauna, the few I have seen may be separated as follows: 1. Two broad black stripes on the yellow pronotum, and the lower sides black, antennae long and slender, wings rather broad, most of the cross-veins brown 2 Not two broad black stripes on a yellow pronotum. .' 3 2. Two cross-veins before radial sector in the hind-wings, stigma rosy, .Idoneus But one cross-vein before radial sector in the hind-wings; stigma white. . . lethalis .3. Hind-wings with a dark streak in apical part; pronotum pale, with incomplete dark lines harpalyce No streak in the hind-wings 4 4. Four dark spots just behind the radius in each fore-wing hesione No such spots -5. Hind part of fore-wrings with many small dark spots; pronotum dark, with two darker stripes; antennas short lepidus Not so 6 6. Pronotum with a broad median black stripe, and oblique black line in apical part of the fore-wings ilione Pronotum and wings not so marked 7 7. Gradates in fore-w'ings margined with brown; larger species, expanse 80 mm. alcione Gradates of fore-wings not margined; smaller species, expanse about 50 mm. persephone 1911] Notes on African Myrnieleoiiidce 17 Formicaleon harpalyce n. sp. Head yellow, a black mark under each antenna, a large interan- tennal mark, mostly above the antennas, two bands across vertex made up of spots, a median spot behind and one each side on occiput; antenna; yellowish, tip darker, basal joint with dark mark below; pronotum broad, yellowish (or reddish), two black marks on front margin, a sub- median pair of stripes behind, the posterior side margins broadl}^ behind, and a spot each side on the transverse furrow black; rest of thorax pale, with black marks, mostly over base of wings, metascutellum with a pale median line; abdomen shorter than wings, dull black; legs pale reddish }'ellow, spurs curved, the first pair as long as four joints. Wings hyaline, ^'enation pale, longitudinal veins not interrupted with dark, or very faintly so, some crossveins, especially costals partly dark, stigma yellowish (or reddish); hind wings with a long brown streak from the anastomosis of cubitus and median outward toward tip of wing. Wings slender, acute at tips, hind wings falcate at tip; about 8 crossveins before radial sector in forewings, 12 or 1.3 branches of radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 70 to 80 mm. From West Africa, Bismarcksburg, Togo. Formicaleon alcione n. sp. Face pale yellowish, black band below and above antennae, a trans- verse frontal band on vertex, and spots more or less connected in a row behind; antenna? pale, annulate with brown, ti]3 dark; pronotum broader than long, dark, three ill-defined pale stripes, the median more narrow; thorax pale, marked with dark, scutelli with a double dark spot; abdomen shorter than wings, blackish, pale each side near tip; legs pale, femora spotted with black, especially near the tip, tibia with bands above near base and tip, tips of tarsi black; the tarsi short, last joint nearly as long as other joints together, spurs as long as four joints. Wings hyaline, venation black and white, not dotted, but in long streaks, a spot at base of stigma, and two spots (smaller) beyond on the radius, the outer gradates very irregularly, but plainly dark, and a faint dark streak up from end of anal vein; hind wings with stigmal spot, and two beyond dark, also one on the anastomosis of cubitus and median. Wings very long and slender, acute at tips, hind wings falcate at tip, 7 or S crossveins before radial sector in forewings, 14 or 1.") branches of radial sector in both pairs. Expanse 75 mm. From Mohorovi, D. O. Afrika, and one marked "Key. Frustorpher. " Formicaleon idoneus n. sp. Face pale, a large black interantennal mark, reaching below the antennas where it is deep and shining, paler above toward vertex, two rows of transverse spots on the vertex, the hind row with a projection each side behind; antenna; long, pale on base, and annulate with brown, 18 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, beyond and at tip darker brown; pronotum broader than long, yellowish, with two broad black stripes and the lower margins black; rest of thorax pale, striped and spotted with black, scutelH mostly pale, the mark over base of the forewings includes two pale sjDots; abdomen shorter than wings, brownish, jialer on basal half and there with lateral black line; legs pale, anterior femora and tibiae dotted with black, tip of tarsi black, apical joint of tarsus nearly as long as others together, spurs about as long as four joints. Wings hyaline, stigma rosy, longitudinal veins black and white, radial sector and branches and most of the crossveins black. Wings rather broad beyond middle, tips acute, hind wings sub- falcate; S crossveins before radial sector in forewing, two in hindwing, 13 branches of radial sector in both wings. Expanse 23. 7:00 p, m. 2 " 30. 7:00 p. m. 3 June 1. 2:00 p, m. 4 " 3. — : — a. m. 5 " 4. — : — a, m. (i " 4, 7:00 p, m. 7 " 5< 12:00 M. 8 " 0. — :— a, m. 9 " 7, 11:00 a. m. 10 " 8. 10:45 a. m. 11 " 9. 3:00 p, m. 12 " 11. 3:30 p, m. 13 " 13 2:00 p. m. 14 " 14, 4-6 p, m. 15 " 17. 3:00 n, m. 16 " 22, 1:30 p. m. 17 " 23, 9:00 p, m. IS " 24, 2:30 p. ni. 19 " 26, 1:00 p, m. 20 " 26, 4:00 p. Ill, 21 " 28, 3:00 p, m. 22 " 30, 10:00 a. m. 23 July 1, 1:30 p, m. 24 " 3. 2:45 p. m. 25 " 4. 2:,'iO p. m. 20 27 2S 20 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 4« 47 48 49 50 To tal No. of batches Av. per batch Daily av J I TABLE II. Number of Eg(;s Deposited in Confinement by Pairs of Different Generations, 1908. ■ Hibernated Adults. Generation I. Parents 2d Gen. Generation II. Parents 3d Gen. . 1st Mating observed: 1 First mating observed June 23, 9 a. m. First mating observed Mass No. May 23, 11 a. m. 1 No. Eggs May 27, 7:30 p. m. Pair No. 3. Date I 1 , No. Eggs 1 Aug. 11, 3 p. m. Pair No. 1. No. Eggs Pair No. 2. Pair No. 1 No. Eggs Pair No. 2 No. Date Date Eggs Date Date 1 1 1 May 23, 7:00 p. m. 73 May 23-27 8 May 28, 1:30 p. m. 77 Julv 8.—:— a.m. 52 1 Aug. 11, 10.00 a.m. 3 2 " 30. 7:00 p. m. 27 " 30.11:00 a.m. 25 " 29,11:45 a.m. 58 , S, 3:00 p. m. 58 1 " 12, — : — p. m. 9 3 June 1, 2:00 p. m. 50 " 30, 5:00 p. m. 22 " 29, 3:00 p. m. 11 " 8, 4:30 p. m. 43 1 4 " 3, — : — a. m. 38 June 1, 1:00 p.m. 48 " 30, 1:30 p.m. 49 9. 2:00 p. m. 53 5 " 4, — : — a. m. 62 2, 2:00 p. m. 46 Junt' 1, 1:30 p. m. 64 " 10. 1:00 p.m. 56 6 4, 7:00 p. m. 18 4. 12:00 M. 53 2, 2:30 p. m. 38 " 10, — :— p. m. 30 5, 12:00 M. 29 5,10:30 a.m. 43 4, 2:00 p. m. 47 " 11, 10:00 a.m. 44 g 46 " 6, — :— a. m. 8 5. 10:00 a. m. 27 " 11, 4:00 p. m. 32 9 " 7. 11:00 a. m. 49 6,—:— a.m. 23 6, 11:00 a. m. 36 1 " 12, — :— a. m. 41 10 " 8, 10:45 a. m. 48 7,11:30 a.m. 42 " ' 6, — :— p. m. 9 " 13, 1:00 p. m. 14 ]1 9. 3:01) p.m. '• 11, 3:30 p.m. " 13 2:00 p. m. " 14, 4-6 p. m. " 17 3-00 T) m. 43 8, 12 M. 57 7.11:30 a.m. 45 " 14, 2:30 p. m. 80 ]•> 24 9, 3:.30 p. m. 52 7, 7:30 p. m. 23 " 15. 12:30 p. m. 58 13 14 35 " 10, 3:00 p. m. 23 8, 12:.30 p. m. 39 ] " 16. 8:00 p. m. 80 1 34 " 12. 1:00 p.m. 51 9.2:30-4:30 p.m 56 " 17. 12:00 M. 64 15 1 13, 3:01) p. m. 32 " 10, 4:00 a. m. 4S 18. 3:15 p. m. 83 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 " 22, 1:30 p.m. '■ 23, 9:00 p. m. " 24, 2:30 p. m. " 26, 1:00 p,m. " 26, 4:00 p. m. " 28. 3:00 p. m. " 30. 10:00 £. m. 37 " 14. 10:00 a. m. 6 11, 3:45 p. m. 21 19, 12:30 p. m. 53 39 20, 3:00 p. m. 13 " 12, 1:00 p. m. 33 " 21. 11-30 a.m. 88 21 " 21, 1:20 p.m. 40 " 13, 2:45 p. m. , 45 " 21-22, a. m. 40 36 32 26 30 " 22. 1:30 p.m. " 23. 9:10 a.m. " 24. 1:30 p.m. " 28. 2:20 p. m. 49 36 29 14 " 14, 4-6 p. m. " 16. 1:30 p.m. " 17, " 21, 1:30 p. m. 31 i 1 i 36 21 41 1 8 28 1 " 24, 2:00 p. m. " 25. I0:.3I) a. m. " 26, 12:00 M. " 27. 10:00 a. m. 6 3^0 26 23 24 25 26 July 1, 1:30 p.m. " 3. 2:45 p. m. 4, 2:50 p. m. 42 31 31 " 29, 3:00 p. m. July 1. 10:00 a. m. 2, — :— p. m. 3. 2:40 p. m. 24 10 30 25 " 22, 1:30 p. m. " 23, 1:10 p. m. " 26, 5:30 p. m. July 4, 3:30 p. m. 6, 1:20 p.m. 44 6, 1:30 p.m. 33 2K 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 7. 3:00 p. m. 42 8, 2:00 p. m. 46 9. 11:45 a. m. 41 9. 1:30 o.m. 34 " 10. 1:00 p.m. 14 10, 1:45 p. m. 40 12. 9:30 a. m. 14 « 11, 2:00 p.m. 29 " 12. 1:00 p. m. 8 " 12, 9:00 a. m. 10 « 14 2:30 p. m. 28 " 14, 2:30 p. m. 28 " 15. 12:00 M. 37 " 14, 5:00 p. m. 33 " 17. 11:45 a. 'm. 45 " 15, 3:00 p. m. 32 ' " IS. 10:30 a. m. 49 18, 10.00 a. m. 27 36 37 38 39 40 41 19. 1:30 p.m. 24 " 19, 3:30 p. m. 11 " 21. 1:00 p.m. 31 " 23,11:30 a.m. 51 " 25, 10:00 a. m. 10 " 25, — :— p. m. 70 " 25. 10::!0a. m. 21 " 26, 4:00 p. m. 1/ Aug. 2, " 3 19 16 " 29, — :— p. m. « 30, 10:00 a. m. 34 10 i 42 43 44 45 46 4. 10:00 a. m. 38 Aug. 2, 10 5. 10:30 a. m. 26 3, — :— p. m. 17 19 41 21 12 i " 6. — :— p. m. ; " 7,11:00 a.m. " 11, 10:00 a. m. 22 19 1 4, — :— p. m. 5, 10:30 a. m. " 6.—:— p.m. ! I 47 " 16. — :— p. m. 4 8, — :— p. m. ! ! 48 49 " 10. — :— p. m. 12, — :— p. in- Total 1 1 ! 50 902 1 . — 1362 l.'.T^ Total KI-1" 1 No. of batches 1 -'2 Av. per batch ; 47^ DailvAv 1 52 Tot,, 13 Total ^ . 1 Total Average, 1280.6 sn No. of batches No. of batches Av. per batch 25 36 08 No. of batches 48 •■^v. per batch i 28.37 nii)v TV . . . . ! 16 40 1 No, of batches 1 Av. per batch 1 Daily av 31.6 20,76 Av. per batch , ■• 1 Daily av ' « Daily av m 1911] Notes on the Colorado Potato Beetle 75 A. M., May 2.3 (pairs No. 1 and 2) and at 7:30 P. M., May 27, 1908 (pair No. 3) and confined with food immediately after capture. The single pair of the first generation resulted from a mass of 60 eggs deposited by hibernated beetles and taken from the field on May 23, 1908 and the single repro- ducing pair of the second generation are direct descendants ■of the pair of the first generation. In the case of an extra cage containing a large number of adults collected in the field during the latter part of July, a female was observed to deposit a mass of 103 eggs, the largest single mass of eggs yet recorded. In another case, the rate of •oviposition was timed; a female deposited in succession in a single mass in the usual manner 64 eggs in a period of time occupying 3200 seconds or 53 1-3 minutes. The rate of deposi- tion was regular, each single, deposit requiring 50 seconds — 40 seconds to pass the egg and to fasten it and about 10 seconds to obtain position for the next deposit. Attention is called to the rapid depo.sition of the single pair of the first generation, having a daily rate of deposition of 52 eggs and on a single day (July 8) depositing as many as 153 eggs in three separate batches, averaging 51 eggs each. THE LARV.\. 1. Duration of Larval Stadia. We were able to make more observations concerning this phase of the beetle's life during 1908 than at previous times. The records for the first fifteen lots in the annexed table (Table III) comprise single larvae of the same age and parentage, that is, they are all from the same batch of eggs, hatching at the same average time but confined separately each individual ecdysis being recorded. Lot No. 16, comprising 45 larvae, was from the same mass of 60 eggs as the larvae of lots No. 1-15, but upon hatching were confined together on their food. With them, the first ecdysis became general at 4 p. m.. May 29; the second ecdysis began at 7 p. M., May 31, but was not general until 2:30 p. m., June 1, and was completed at 6 p. m., June 1, occupying a period of 23 hours. On June 3, the larvae were large, plump and healthy, eating voraciously, but only 30 in number, 15 having died. The third ecdysis began at 5 P. M., June 4, 00 o as tn O z w O H Z M « Q < b O z o H 1 -■ ■■ ■■ -shh ■■ ill -. ; ; hh s 2gSS ' '■ -CSfNCq ' -MM ■ - MM s? CO c: CO CO ■duiax O 00 ■ ■ • -ffioooo ■ -moo ■ ■ ■ «io ■ ■ ■ COMM ■ -TOM ■ ■ ■ M-'K COoiiftM w E SJnojj . . = X:g : ;=g : : :g^S; eo •^Xmo — S^EQ o . - . -v-OO - - — O - ■ .— . — M 2 C^-" — 0-* 1 i m sjnoH c» ■ • • -OiO-^ • ■OS'-' ■ • '-^ -^ CO ■ ^ • .CO SAVQ M ■ - • -POCQN • "mm ■ - -CCMM ■* ■ •■^ ■ -eo Entered soil Stadium IV E 1 c ; ; ; eee ; ee ; e ■ ■- d.rtrt- doi- ctii ■■'„...:<".. :q5 t,' . : : :g : ... 3 - 3 33 oo Esds dddco OC200 -P. ===;=? CPiCO-HtO 1 1 i a 35 sjnoH s^ « ■o ■ -co sXeq CO -ffOMWM 'weO« ■MCOOQeOM eo ■M - !m c 3 "^ E.EE E.EgEE EE E d g 1^ EEEE d d d d IS 1 1 OS MOMCO MMCJM B i 3 ^ Q m sjnOH SO 2' :s s; c:Sa>-^ c<.:ss;s;,o I-- T-Hco — eo<-t sAeq M MMMMMMMNMNMrnJCilNMNCI M MMMCOM EEE'EEEEEEEEEEE EE dD.dddD.d.d.rtajc.Q.D.c3 dci iOOOco O eoOO e^oeo O O O cc O E d g CO B .6E rtS dd 8|g| ^ — M — I- — . CJ Oj >, 1 i sjnoH ^ — MM -MCM -MCOMMu:)— W t- n — lO — MCO sXeq M MCg^ — M — MM — M — MMMMMCO M MCOMMCS) 1e B EEEEEEEEEEEEEE EE e EE .E cjddrtdndreaidajddD. eft gsggggggglSggs gg — oir^t^ — » — — ciJMO — COM "^M g CO o. a.<^ o. 1 gggg ia, etc., etc., which are certainly intimately connected with man. Taking this for granted, we are at once brought into contact with various difficulties, e. g., V)() Annals Entomological .Society of America [Vol. VI, those connected with the proper classification of the Culicidae, and under the circumstances, your committee is wholly unwill- ing to merely compile a catalogue from the literature, correcting any obvious violations of the rules of nomenclature which may be found. Probably the only way in wliicli your Committee could pre- pare a satisfactory' work would be through inviting specialists in the different groups of insects to submit their lists, which might be published under the signatures of their authors, and discussed and amended as might seem necessary. For this purpose mere outlines, without details, would usually suffice. If the cooperation of the specialists was freely given, and their proposals were freely discussed for a period, the Committee might then be in a position to bring the results together in a single catalogue. The Committee would call the attention of entomologists generally, to the importance of preparing lists giving the synonymy and indicating the generic types in their respective groups. Such work would go far toward permanence in generic designation, particularly if of such a scope as to include the genera of an entire faunal region, rather than accepting a continental or national limitation. Such contributions to knowledge should involve assistance from practically all workers in a group and your committee hopes that shortly this will be the general rule. In dealing with various matters, it is occasionally found that the International Code, as at present constituted, is either capable of more than one interpretation, or fails to settle a matter in dispute. We have discussed some of these questions, but at the present time desire only to offer the following sug- gestions for the consideration of the Society. It is to be under- stood that so far as these provisions may be different from or additional to those of the International Code, it is intended that, if they are adopted, they shall be transmitted to the Internation- al Committee, for consideration as amendments to the code. (1) Secondary homonyms, based on invalid combinations, shall not be recognized. This means that if a new species is published as A — b — , and is later wrongly transferred to another genus as B — b — , it is still permissible for an author to describe a new species as B — b — , although he may not 1911] Minutes of the Minneapolis Meeting 91 name one A — b — even if the species originally so named has been properly transferred to some other genus. This point is not specifically covered by the International Code, although the spirit of the code seems rather against it. It is however covered by the American Ornithologists' Union Code (1908 edition, p. Ivii), and correspondence shows that it is favored by many entomologists. (2) When an author describes a new species, citing several localities, and not mentioning any one as typical, then any writer following may designate any one of the localities origin- ally given as the type locality, provided always that nothing in the original name or description indicates otherwise. (If the name of the species has reference to any locality or to any collector who collected in only one of the localities cited, this will suffice to fix the type locality from the original publication alone.) The following, formulated by a member of the committee, is now offered for discussion without endorsement, the majority of the committee feeling that it requires further consideration or perhaps amendment. (3) Generic names shall not be considered as validly pub- lished unless the author, at the time of publication, either mentions an included species by its scientific (binominal) name, which name has been validated by a description; or cites a species in such a way that definite reference can be made, following the data given, to a previously published scientific name. It may be held, however, that when a genus is proposed with a description, and a single new species cited as type, the latter without description, then the generic description may cover both, just as if the author had given the whole combina- tion at the beginning, followed by "n. g. and sp.", as is fre- quently done. Differences of opinion exist as to whether the above rule, or the spirit of it, is in accordance with Article 25 of the Inter- national Code. H. T. Fernald, E. P. Felt, T. D. A. COCKERELL. NOTICE TO MEMBERS AND CONTRIBUTORS. The Annals of the Entomological Society of America will be published by the Society quarterly and will include the Proceed- ings of the Annual meetings and such papers as may be selected by the Editorial Board. Papers may be submitted to any member of the Editorial Board and should be as nearly as possible in the form desired as final, preferably typewritten, and illustrations must be finished complete ready for reproduction. Plates must not exceed 5x7 inches unless intended to fold. In general, papers to be accepted must be original, complete and previously unpublished and, ex- cept in connection with the proceedings, it will not be the policy to publish preliminary announcements or notes. Authors will be allowed fifty reprints gratis and additional copies at cost to the Society. Requests for information as to membership and the annual subscription and dues of members may be sent to the Secretary- Treasurer, A. D. MacGillivray, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Communications relating to the Annals, and all orders for separate copies or reprints should be addressed to the Managing Editor or to Annals of the Entomological Society of Amer- ica, Biological Building, 0. S. U., Columbus, Ohio. CONTENTS OF TfflS NUMBER. Banks, Nathan — Notes on African Myrmeleonidae . . . i Chamberlin, Ralph V. — The Lithobiomorpha of the Southeastern States 32 Wilson, H. F. — Notes on the Synonymy of the Genera Included in the Tribe Lachnini 51 Felt, E. P. — Summary of Food Habits of American Gall Midges. 55 Jensen, J. P. — The Structure and Systematic Import- ance of the Spermatophores of Crickets 63 Herrick, Glenn W. — Notes on the Life History of the Larch Case-Bearer (Coleophora Laricella.) 68 GiRAULT, A. A. and Zetek, James — Further Biologi- cal Notes on the Colorado Potato Beetle, Leptino- tarsa lo-lineata (Say) 71 Sanders, J. G. — Minutes of the Minneapolis Meeting, 84 The regular annual subscription price for the Annals is, in the United States, Cuba, Porto Rico, Hawaii and Mexico, $3.00; Canada, $3.50, other countries, $4.00. Checks, drafts or money orders should be drawn payable to Annals Entomological SoaETY OF America, and addressed to Biological Building, O, S. U., Columbus, Ohio, U. S. A. Volume IV. Number 2. ANNALS The Entomological Society of America JUNE, 1911 EDITORIAL BOARD J. H. COMSTOCK, L. O. HOWARD, ITHACA, N. Y. Washington, D. C. C. J. S. BETHUNE, W. M. WHEELER, G0EI.PH, Ontario, Canada. Boston, Mass. C. W. JOHNSON, P. P. CALVERT, Boston, Mass. PnitADEtPHiA, Pa. V. L. KELLOGG, J. W. FOLSOM, Stanford Uni\'., Cai.. Urbana, Ili.3. HERBERT OSBORN, Managing Editor, Columbus, Ohio. PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY COLUMBUS, OHIO Elnlered as second class master April II, 1908, at the Post Office at Columbus, Ohio, under the Act of Cohgtess ot March 3, 1879. The Entomological Society of America. FOUNVED 190e. OFFICERS -1911. Pre jiieni— Herbert Osborn Columbus, Ohio First Vice-President — Lawrence Bruner Lincoln, Nebraska Second Vice-President — A. D. MacGillivray. Ithaca, New York Secretary-Treasurer — A. D. MacGe-LIVR-W Ithaca, New York Executive Committee— Tbe Officers, and J. H. Comstock, W. M. Wheeler, J. B. Smith, C. J. S. Bethune, Henry Skinner, A. D. Hopkins. Committee on Nomenclature— R. T. Fernald, E. P. Felt, T. D. A. Cockerell. Price List of Publications. Annals, Vols. I, II and III, complete, each $3.00 Annals, Vols. I and II, Parts 1, 2 and 4, each 1.00 Annals, Vols. I and II, Part 3, each 50 REPRINTS FROM VOLUME II. Comstock, J. H.— A Note on the Habits of the Wall-bee Chalicodoma Muraria .10 Petrunkevitch, a. — Contributions to Our Knowledge of the Anatomy and Relationships of Spiders 15 Girault, a. Arsene — A Monographic Catalogue of the Mymarid Genus Camptoptera Foerster, with Description of One New North America Form - 15 Davis, John J. — Studies on Aphididae II 20 Hilton, Willwm A. — The Tracheal Supply in the Central Nervous System of the Larva of Corydalis Co/nuta .- .25 Nelson, Jas. A.^Evolution and Adaption in the Palpus of Male Spiders 15 Webster, F. M. — Investigations of Toxoptera Graminum and Its Parasites . . .25 Hayhurst, Pal^— Observations on a Gall Aphid (Aphis Atriplicis L.) 15 Patch, Edith M.— Homologies of the Wing Veins of the Aphididae Psyllidae, Aleurodidae, and Coccidae 50 Hine, James S. — Robberflies of the Genus Asilus 50 Chamberlin, Ralph V. — Some Records of North American Geophilidae and Lithobiidae, with Description of New Species 25 Davis, John J. — Two New Genera and Species of Aphididae 10 Poltlton, Prof. E. B, — Mimicry in the Butterflies of North America 60 Townsend, Chas. H. T. — Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Tachinidae 10 Cockerell, T. D. A.— Fossil Insects from Florissant 10 McGiLLiVRAY, A. D. — A Synopsis of the North American Species of Scoli- oneurinae 20 Hambleton. J. C— Life History of Coizus Lateralis Say 10 For Reprints from Volume I, see preceding Number. Address ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, Biological Building, O. S. U., Columbus, Ohio. ANNALS OF The Entomological Society of America Volume IV J U N E , 1 9 1 1 Number 2 MAY-FLIES OF FALL CREEK. By Anna H. Morgan. Limnological Department, Cornell University. The following paper is a preliminary study of the ecology of the May-flies in the streams about Ithaca, N. Y., more especially in Fall Creek. In these, as in most fresh water streams, the nymphs of this order are abundant. In Fall Creek they are the dominant insects of the stream during the months of ^."^pril, May and June, and by their fine adaptations to diverse environments they offer a satisfying field of study to any brook traveler. The nymphs may be easily secured, but only imagoes exist in most collections, and these usually as dried distorted specimens whose life-histories are little known. The winged or aerial life lasts but a few days at most; the nymphal or aquatic life may extend over two or three years. The imago exhibits great specialization of parts concerned with reproduct- ion and more striking atrophy of other parts than may be seen any where else among insects. Imagoes of all the groups are remarkably alike in superficial appearance. The nymphs, on the other, hand, display a series of adaptations as diverse as their environments. Only by rearing specimens from nymphal to adult life may these two stages be linked together. Many of the life-histories of those species found in Eastern North America have been made known. It has been with the hope of adding to the number of these life-histories, as well as with the purpose of gaining more knowledge of the habits of those already known, that this study has been begun. The earlier American workers. Say, Hagen and Walsh* scarcely took up * Walsh, B. D. On the pupa o£ the Ephemerinous genus Baetisca Walsh. Proceed, of the Ent. Soc. of Philadelphia. 1864. pp. 200-206. * Walsh, D. B. List of the Pseudoneuroptera of Illinois. Proceedings of the Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 1862. 93 94 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, the rearing of nymphs but by their descriptive work they laid the foundation for the life-history studies which have fol- lowed. Berryt '03 reared and described the nymphs of Habro- phlebia americana Banks, (which nymph is not a Habrophlebia but a typical Leptophlebia), Blasturus cupidus Say, and Calli- baetis ferruginea Walsh. A note on the nymphs of the genus Tricorythus was published by Cockerell and Gill '06{. The largest number of life-histories of Eastern North American forms has been written by Professor James G. Needham in Bulletins 47, 68, and 86 of the New York State Museum, and includes the following species: Bull. 47. Bull. 86. Heptagenia pulchella Walsh. Chirotonetes albomanicatus Needham- Baetis pygmea Hagen. Ameletus ludens Needham. Siphlurus altematus Say. Choroterpes basalis Banks. Caenis diminuta Walker. Baetis pygmea Hagen. Hexagenia variabilis Eaton. Callibaetis skokiana Needham. Ephemera varia Eaton. Ephemerclla bispina Needham. , Bull. 124. Caenis allecta Needham. Ephemerella dorothea Needham. Leptophlebia praepedita Eaton. Potamanthus diaphanus Needham. Heptagenia interpunctata Say. Ecdyurus maculipermis Walsh. By Mr. W. E. Howard. Polymitarcys albus Say. With the exception of Callibaetis skokiana, Ephemerella bispina, Ephemerella dorothea, and Potamanthus diaphanus, all of these species have been taken in or near Fall Creek. For some of these further biological data have been secured. In addition to them eight species have been bred which it is believed have not been before recorded. These are all from Fall Creek with the exception of one, Ephemerella cornuta, reared for me by Miss Lucy W. Smith at Salisbury, Connecticut, and here included in the Ephemerella group. The life-histories which are given are those of Iron fragilis, sp. nov., Epeorus humeralis, sp. nov., Ephemerella rotunda, sp. nov., E. tuber- culata, sp. nov., E. cornuta, sp. nov., E. deficiens, sp. nov., E. plumosa, sp. nov., and E. spinosa, sp. nov. The descrip- tion of the female imago has been added to Prof. Needham's life-history of Ameletus ludens, and the Caenis allecta which he placed provisionally in that genus has on rearing been estab- lished in Tricorythus. t Berry, Edward. New or Hitherto Unknown Ephemerid Nymphs of the Eastern U. S. Am. Natural. Vol. XXXVII, pp. 25-31. 1903. X Cockerell, T. D. A., and Marie Gill. Tricorythus, a Genus of Mav-flies. Univ. of Colo. Studies, Vol. III. No. 3, 1906. 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 95 PHYSICAL FEATURES OF FALL CREEK. The vicinity of Ithaca consists of two highlands between which hes the basin of Cayuga Lake. The west highland known locally as West Hill is a long regular slope, while East Hill upon a terrace of which Cornell University stands, is fur- rowed with gorges made by streams flowing downward to the lake. On the gradual incline of the Eastern highland these streams flow along as quiet meadow brooks, or broadening out over stony beds are caught in a maze of ripply shallows, but on reaching the steep terraces of the highland they plunge down- ward through the narrow gorges by a succession of cascades till they come to the plain below. These streams coming far from their source and fed by many tributary waters are flooded and turbulent in the sjDring, but gradually dwindle to mere brooklets with trickling falls during the mid and late summer, when the tributaries fail of their supply. Few of the main streams become wholly dry. In March and April rich flora and fauna spring from their banks and waters, while through the dry season they supply enough water for the maintenance of life and the reproduction of another generation. Fall Creek, which bounds the Cornell Campus on the north, is a type of these streams. About one mile east of the campus Fall Creek flows over a broad nearly level bed thickly strewn with flat stones and rocks which project from the water except at periods when the stream is swollen. On one side the creek is bordered by a soft sandy shore, on the other by a shelving ledge. Beyond this point, where the ledge gives place to soft drift, there is a series of permanent pools which mark the entrance of a small tributary spring. A cross section of this upper portion of the stream represents a variety of situations great enough to shelter widely different types of May-fly nymphs. Clinging to the surfaces of the stones in the mid current are the flat nymphs of Epeorus, Iron, Ecdyurus and Heptagenia; clambering in the trash which has collected between the stones are the nymphs of Ephemerella; on the sheltered surfaces or in the quiet border waters are Hep- tagenias about to transform in company with Leptophlebia, Siphlurus, and Ameletus; hidden in the sandy sweeps are Caenis and Tricorythus and burrowing in the soft muck banks are Hexagenia and Ephemera. Changing from this gradual descent 96 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Fall Creek cuts downward through a narrow gorge, widens into the artificial pond known as Beebe Lake, hurries through a deep gorge and over a series of falls, cascades and riffles to the marsh below. This lower creek is inhabited by those true dwellers of the rapids, Chirotonetes albomanicatus and Baetis pygmea. To the north of the lower portion of Fall Creek a small streamlet known as Pleasant Brook follows a parallel course to the lowlands. Its pools and cascades shelter a fauna similar to that of Fall Creek if somewhat less rich. This brook possesses the advantage of small size which makes its study easy. Devoid of tributaries to flood it in time of rain, and shut in by shrubbery, this stream furnished a safe place for the rearing cages of nymphs which were captured in Fall Creek. METHODS OF REARING AND COLLECTING. Rearing and collecting were begun on April 1, and continued to August, 1, after which only irregular collecting trips were made to the Creek. The only satisfactory method of rearing May-flies is one which keeps them in their own environment or in conditions closely imitating it. For this purpose Prof. Needham used a cylindrical cage made of wire cloth with a cheese-cloth cover. Such cages are the most convenient for carrying in a knapsack and many May-flies have been success- fully reared in them. The space within them, however, is small and all surfaces are perpendicular to the water. If the imago becomes entangled, or if it is not strong enough to keep its footing on the upright surface it falls back into the water and drowns, or at least will never be able to transform. When two or three insects are in the same cage, particularly if the cage is in a strong light, there is danger of one or all falling into the water. For these reasons I have designed another cage, which though less conveniently carried about, has the merit of being more roomy and of supplying one slanting surface. This cage may be made of fine copper or galvanized wire cloth. A stiff cloth which will not bend easily will make the best cage. The cages which I used in Fall Creek were about five inches square on the bottom and five inches in height. Such a cage is easily cut and folded from a single piece of wire cloth. In the dia- gram shown in Fig. 2, the continuous heavy lines represent the cut edges, the lighter lines the folded edges of the laps, and the 1911] May- Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 97 dotted lines the angles of the bottom, back, sides, front and cover. The laps on the sides should be folded over the cut edges of the bottom and the front and then securely fastened with solder. The cover may then be pushed down and secured by a wire catch or by a rubber band placed about the cage. When in use a stone should be placed in the bottom of the cage. This will serve the double purpose of keeping the cage upright and of providing a foot hold for the nymphs enclosed within it. In Fig. 1 the completed cage is shown inserted in the water. A represents the stone placed in the cage. Fig. I. Cage for rearing May flies, showing position in the water. Fig. 2. Diagram to show construction of cage. It is best not to insert the cage much more than two inches in the water except where a lowering in the stream is expected. Nymphs confined in this cage will naturally crawl up the slop- ing side for emergence and the sub-imagoes will find an easy grade on which to walk up to the light. The sub-imagoes will sit on the under side of the cover, but if it be lifted with some care the insects may be safely transferred from the cage to the collecting box. 98 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Many times nymphs are collected for rearing in places not often visited. Such nymphs may be transported alive in jars of their native water with plants or stones to furnish forage and foot-hold. Fragile forms like Epeorus and Heptagenia may be better carried in a can of cotton or sphagnum thoroughly sat- urated with water. The nymphs should be carefully placed on the surface with a thin, very wet layer above them. If carried in this way they will arrive at their destination in much more perfect condition than if jostled about in a can of water. If a running water aquarium, or better, a convenient small stream is not available, the nymphs brought home for rearing may be placed in flower-jDot saucers in which rapid evaporation will keep the water sweet. Small stones projecting from the water should be provided for emerging places. A cylinder of wire cloth with cheese-cloth top may be slipped over the dish so that the sub-imago may be easily caught. In large aquaria where several kinds of insects are kept, care should be taken to exclude carnivorous beetles, and dragon-fly and damsel-fly nymphs for which May-fiies are choice food. May-fly nymphs are mostly herbivorous and need only a supply of diatom-covered stones for forage and some aquatic plants like Chara or Nitella upon which they may depend for foot-hold and hiding. Needless to say the temperature of such an aquarium should be kept as nearly as possible to that of the streams. Of the nymphs which I have endeavored to keep in the aquarium of Cornell University, Blasturus cupidus, Callibaetis fluctuans, and Siphlurus alternatus proved most hardy. These lived from one to four weeks in rather adverse conditions, the water in the aquarium having been treated with aluminum sulphate for drinking purposes. ECOLOGY AND DESCRIPTIONS. The May-flies found during the past summer in or very near the Creek will be grouped under the three family heads given by Prof. Needham in Bull. 86. Notes and description of new species are given under their respective headings. Ephemerxnae. Polymitarcys albus Say. Two sub-imagoes were captured near night-fall on June 20. 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 99 Potamanthus sp. Only two partly grown nymphs of this form were found. Both were taken on June 29 in sandy mud washed by a gentle current. Hexagenia variabilis Eaton. Full grown nymphs of Hexagenia variabilis Eaton the largest of our burrowing May-flies, were found abundantly on the sunny afternoon of May 16 in company with Ephe- merella and the large dragon-fly Cordulegaster. At the place where they were Fall Creek is a leisurely brook meandering through sparse woodland and open meadow, and hemmed in by soft muck banks. In one such area the sloping banks were mined by Hexagenia nymphs, the open burrows showing only two or three inches apart. Most of the burrows were apparent by their round open- ings, but from some hairy caudal setae protruded at full length. When a nymph was pulled out it speedily began to burrow again, placing the forelegs together with the blade-like tarsi held verticahy. It next pressed them forward and outward at the same time wedging the head between them in the cavity thus made. This movement was followed by a sudden lurch of the body forward accompanied by wriggling of the abdomen. During these motions the second pair of legs was folded close up to the body, while the third pair was held outstretched ready to brace against the mud. These motions rapidly repeated enabled the nymph to bury itself in a surprisingly short time. Some of the soft ooze taken from where the bur- rows were most numerous was later examined in the laboratory and found to be packed with diatoms. Stomachs of two of the nymphs were found full of silt and diatoms showing that the nymphs had found plentiful forage as they burrowed. Between two and five o'clock of this afternoon about twenty-five sub- imagoes emerged within a few yards distance. They flew up slowly and usually settled on low shrubs. Many were cap- tured on near-by alders two to five feet from the ground where the yellow markings on their bodies and wings made them conspicuous. 100 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Ephemera simulans Walker. No representatives of this genus were collected previous to June 14 when a female specimen was captured at large near upper Fall Creek. From June 23 to 30 full grown nymphs were found about two inches below the surface in a muddy basin connected with the main stream. Near this place a swarm of Ephemera consisting of three to four hundred indi- viduals was dancing about fourteen feet in air at half past seven o'clock in the evening of June 29th. Their steady rising and falling continued over the same area as long as the light kept them visible. One female captured from the swarm was placed on the surface of water in the laboratory. She was unable to fly and lay prone upon the surface. Immediately the last four segments of the abdomen began to move spas- modically and eggs poured forth from the oviducts. At the end of one minute the abdomen was empty, and the glass spread with a single layer of white, firmly adherent eggs, easily distinguished with the naked eye. No Ephemera nymphs were found in the lower Creek up to this time, that cleaner portion being nearly devoid of mud. On the first of July, however, the water in Beebe Lake was allowed to run off, bringing into the Lower Creek large quanti- ties of mud. Three days later the shores below the dam were again examined. Tracks similar to those made by earth-worms covered the bottom near the shore-line. Nymphs were crawl- ing over the surface and setae could be seen projecting from many burrows. From an area of about ten square feet thirty nymphs were removed. Heptageninae. Represented entirely by dwellers in rapid water,, this family is the dominant one in number, and the most homogeneous in nymphal form. It is represented here by four of its six North American genera Heptagenia, Epeorus, Ecdyurus, and Iron, given in order of their relative abundance. As a family the Heptageninae has taken possession of the rapid, thoroughh' oxygenated water and the alga-covered stones of the middle stream, apparently coming into the calmer waters only at transformation time. In order to secure and keep this posi- tion against the mechanical force of the water acting upon them 1911] May -Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 101 all alike, they have been forced into a series of similar adapta- tions. The principle feature of these adaptations are: a gen- erally depressed body; dorsally placed eyes and flaring margins to the head; spreading legs with flattened femora and lateral pectinations on the claws; a series of over-lapping gill lamellae, and fiat widely diverging caudal setae. Heptagenia interpunctata Say. Five species of the genus Heptagenia were collected and reared during the summer, but only the very common H. inter- punctata will be listed until further work can be done upon them. H. interpunctata was common from April 30, when I found nearly grown nymphs beneath the fiat stones in a trib- utary of the creek up to August 1, after which little collecting was done. During this time many emergings were observed, the greater number occurring between two and five o'clock in the afternoon. Ecdyurus maculipennis Walsh. Associated with Heptagenia and Epeorus, but with a pref- erence for more gently flowing water, Ecdyurus maculipennis is a frequent dweller in the quieter border water of swift cur- rents. My first collections are dated June 3. From this date till July 2,5 it was a common associate of Heptagenia and Epeorus, slightly smaller and a swifter runner than either of them. It also bears transportation and change of water with greater hardiness. Iron fragilis. The nymph of this species was described by Prof. Needham in 1905. In addition to this description there have been but two records of this genus in North America, Iron nitidus,* Oreg. Cal. and I. longimanus,t Colorado. The first nymphs of this species collected during the summer were found on May 9, in Coy Glen, the stream from which Prof. Needham's speci- mens were taken. Here thick growths of Cladophora and diatoms support an abundant May-fly population. The nymphs live in the swiftest water, on the under side of the stones, in the falls, or on the smooth rock floor. A census of the inhab- * Iron nitidus Eaton. Rev. Monog. 246, 1885. Oreg. Cal. Banks, Cat. Neur. Insects. Am. Ent. Soc. '07. t I. longimanus, Eaton, Ent. Mo. Mag. XVIII, 26, 1881. Rev. Monog. 245, 1885. 102 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. VI, itants of twenty stones measuring about seven by eleven inches revealed the following inhabitants listed in the order of abun- dance, Simulium, Blepharocera, May-flies (Epeorus, Iron. Baetis), Stone-flies and Parnidae. In competition with such structures as the sucking disks of Blepharocera and the limpet like form of the water-penny (Parnidae), Iron has developed a successful hold fast of its own. The first pair of gill lamellae are very large and scoop shaped with their hinder edges over- lapping the succeeding lamellae, and their front edges meeting beneath the posterior portion of the thorax. The lamellae diminish in width posteriorly and the last pair are incurved beneath the abdomen. The edges of the lamellae have a thick- ened border and when closely pressed to the supporting surface a successful holdfast is formed. This is one of three closely allied genera, Epeorus, Iron, and Rhithrogena, which represent remarkable modifications for life in rushing water. All three possess closely overlapping gill lamellae and but two caudal setae. The main differences are in the shape of the ventral abdominal disk which in Epeorus is incomplete, the first and last pairs of lamellae being distant ; in Iron nearly complete, the first and last pairs of lamellae nearly meeting; in Rhithrogena the disk is completed by the perfect apposition of these lamellae. The mouth-parts (PI. X, fig. 1) are completely hidden from above by the flaring margin of the head with its bordering fringe of soft hairs. Viewed from beneath the small labrum (PI. X, fig. Ir) may be seen curving downward and backward over the tips of the mandibles and maxillae (md. a. and mx. a) to meet the median flaps of the broad labium (1. 1. e.) The labium is flat and its outer surface (1) fits close down to the surface upon which the insect is foraging. Along the anterior margin of the outer surface of the labial palp is a series of incurving hairs (1. 1. a.), behind these a set of overlapping plates, and still farther backward a single strongly chitinized scraper, (1. c.) On the inner surface of the palp is a semi-circular patch of inwardly directed hairs (1. b.) Closely apposed to the inner surface of the labium is the outer surface of the hypopharynx (fig. 1 hy), made up of two lateral, and one median portion, distinct, except at their bases. The separation of the two lateral portions from the median portion leaves a gutter-like trough between them on the inner side. The labial palpi are freely movable horizontally. They are moved outward, then 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 103 pressed slightly downward and inward when feeding. Some- times the labial palp is slipped between the median (fig. 1, 1. e.) and the lateral flaps (fig. 1, 1. d.), sometimes over the inner sides of both. In the first case the plates on the outer sides of the palp are brushed by the hairs on the inner side of the median flap while the semi-circular patch of hairs (1. b.) on the inner side of the palp is brushed by those on the outer side of the lateral palp. In the second and more frequent case the outer side of the palp is brushed by both flaps and the semi-circular patch of hairs fits into the chitinized gutter on the adjacent surface of the hypopharynx (hy. a.) Directly above the median por- tion of the hypopharynx are the grinding surfaces of the maxillae (mx. b.) with those of the mandibles (md. b.) directly above them. Food scraped inward by the labial palps is evidently deposited beneath the hypopharynx. From here it is probably sucked up into the mouth cavity through the slits between the median and lateral folds. The maxillary palps act in a manner similar to those of the labium, but because of their position above the hypopharynx, they must be able to place the food directly in the mouth cavity. The inwardly curving hairs on the lateral borders of the labrum help to keep the food in the mouth while it is being chewed up. The foregoing observations were made by placing a nymph in a shallow dish of water, throwing a strong light upon it and studying it with a binocular microscope. The nymph was uneasy in this unnatural position and kept its mouth parts continually moving. Nymphs may be studied tmder more natural conditions if they are placed in a glass-bottomed box with a small amount of forage. The box may be placed upon some support which will elevate it above the table. The bot- tom may then be tilted at any easy angle and the nymphs studied with a hand lens from beneath. Occurrence, habitat. The dates on which nymphs or ima- goes were collected range from May 1 to June 15. These nymphs were all taken in cool, shaded waters and were most abundant during the early part of the season. The data for those reared in cages is as follows : 1 male emerged May 11, a. m., transformed May 13, a. m. Coy Glen. 1 male emerged May 12, a. m., transformed May 14, a. m.. Pleasant Brook. .3 females emerged May 30, p. m., transformed June 1, p. m. Pleasant Brook. 1 female, 1 male emerged June 10, a. m., transformed June 12, M. Fall Creek. 1U4 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Between the hours of two and four of June 15 about twenty emergings were witnessed from one view-point in a narrow swift portion of Coy Glen Brook. The nymphs popped from the surface of the water and flew unsteadily upward in the sunlight for about 20 or 30 feet when they veered into the tree tops or settled on the side of the gorge. Iron fragilis sp. nov. Measurements. Length of body Length of setae Length of Wing Male imago 7 m. m. 21 m. m. 7 m. m. Male subimago 6.5 m. m. 14 m. m. Female imago 7 m. m. 15 m. m. Female subimago 6.05 m. m. 14 m. m. Male imago. (Plate X, figs. 2, 3 and 4). (In alcohol). Body extremely delicate and fragile. General hue dull yellowish white, appearing hyaline in segments 2-7 of the abdomen. Eyes, conspicuous, grayish. Head, parchment color with the eyes gra^-, darker below; antennae, light brown except for white basal segment; ocelli, ringed with conspicuous, broad band of dark brown. Thorax, yellowish shading brownish above, pale below. Pronotum deeply notched behind. The lateral lobes of the pronotum and the median portion of the meso- thorax shaded brown. A sub-triangular area of brown on either side of the median posterior elevations of mesothorax and metathorax. Legs, dull yellowish, the femora with a conspicuous dark brown spot at the middle. Tarsi with joinings and claws brown. Forelegs (PI. X, fig. 3) longer than the body, its tarsal claws identical with those of the other two. Wings, (PI. X, fig. 2) hyaline, sub-hyaline near the tip in costal and sub-costal regions. Abdomen. Tergites 1-9 with their posterior borders delicately shaded by transverse bands of brown growing more distinct posteriorly. Stemites, pale. Forceps pale, broad at the base and conspicuous (PI. X, fig. 4). Setae 2, pale slightly brownish at the base. Male sub-imago. The sub-imago differs most markedly from the imago in the following respects. The forelegs and setae are shorter, the forceps less conspicuous, and the wings are of the usual grayish sub-hyaline appearance. Head with occiput brownish. Bands of ocelli "less prominent than in the imago. Thorax, brown, prominent ridges of mesothorax and metathorax shaded with brown, but without defaiite sub-trangular markings. Pleurae and sternum with ridges shaded brown. Coxae suffused with brown. Abdomen with tergites 1-10 suffused with brown, the trans\'erse band of brown more distinct than in the imago. An irregularly shaped patch of white in the center of each segment near the pleura. The posterior lateral angles of the tergites whitish. Female imago. Body heavier than that of the male, all over didl yellowish color; legs of nearly equal length; setae 2. Head with eyes 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 105 distant and dark grayish, a whitish area of the head showing between them. Thorax, with the pronotum distinctly hned with brown. Sub- triangular areas on mcsothorax and metathorax present but less dis- tinct than in the male. Abdomen with tergites shaded with brownish, a distinct transverse band of brown near the posterior border. Stemite 7 produced backward in a rounded lobe whose posterior edge touches that of stemite S. Stemite 9 produced backward in a lobe with a shal- low median indentation on its posterior margin. Female sub-imago. General color much darker than the male imago. Thorax shaded all over with brown. Stemite 7 produced backward only half the length of stemite S. The prolongation of ster- nite 9 much less pronounced and its posterior margin barely indented. Epeorus humeralis. (PI. IX, fig. 1, 2, 7.) The genus Epeorus is represented in Fall Creek by this single species. It is closely allied to Iron but dififers from it in the greater distance between the lamellae of the first and last pairs of gills. These nymphs are much larger than those of Iron fragilis, but are harder to transport because of the extreme brittleness of the bases of the lamellae. Occurrence, habitat. Full grown nymphs and imagoes were taken at various dates from May 25 to July 15. This species is very common in the swift waters associated with Heptagenia and Baetis. Epeorus humeralis sp. nov. Measurements. Length of body Length of setae Antennae Male imago 10 m. m. 20.5 m. m. Male subimago 9 " 12.5 Female imago 9.5 " 13 Female subimago 10 " 11.5 Nymph 11 " 11 " 2.5 m. m. Male imago. (PI. IX, fig. 2, 7). (Live specimen). General color dull yellowish, becoming sub-hyaline on segments 2-5 of the abdomen. Conspicuous dark brown spots at middle of femora in all winged stages, larger than those in Iron fragilis; the body less fragile than that of the preceding species; the humeral cross vein blackish; the foreleg about three quarters the length of the body. Head, yellowish white; eyes conspicuous olive green, intersected in the lower portion by a brown band, ventral edge margined by a narrow black band border behind, this in turn by a white band of the same proportions; antennae brown, a brown ridge extending from their basal segments to the inner margins of the eyes; carina on middle of front brown; ocelli ringed with olive. Thorax, above yellowish white, translucent; pronotum partially hidden by the eyes, its lateral lobes shaded with dark brown; mesonotum buffy with edges brown and elevations lighter; scutellum fuscous. 106 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Below, pale whitish yellow, mesonotum mar^ned at the apex with a transverse band of brown. Pleurae and coxal areas pale ^\-ith irregular shadings of dark brown. Legs whitish; coxae with dark brown spot; femora with conspicuous brown spot and a brownish band just before the apex; more distinct on the anterior legs; tarsi with flap and claw similar to that of Iron fragilis (PI. X, fig. 3) and identical in all three legs. Wings hyaline with the humeral cross vein blacldsh brown (in all adult stages). Abdomen, pale whitish, translucent on segments 2-5. Tergites with distinct transverse brown pencilings on their posterior borders and a median broken line of brown more distinct on the posterior portions of the tergites. Stemites pale without markings. Forceps pale, (PI. IX, fig. 2). Setae whitish. ' ' Female sub-imago. General color of the body slightly darker than that of the imago. Abdomen darker, less translucent. Wings grayish, sub-hyaline. Thorax with markings less sharply defined and general color darker than that of the imago. Abdomen with the tergites suf- fused with browTush. Female imago. (Live specimen). Forelegs shorter than those of the male. In specimens containing eggs the abdomen is a bright salmon pink, which does not fade readih' in alcohol. Head, with eyes similar to those of the male, but smaller and distant being separated by a broad unmarked portion of the occiput. The dark bands of the ocelli are in- complete and a trifle narrower than those of the male. Thorax, with the pronotum exposed showing the prominent median indentation of its posterior margin; an area on either side the median line with a longitudi- nal blotch of brown. Abdomen with the tergites slightly darker brown than in the male. Stemite 7 prolonged two thirds the length of stemite 8. Stemite 9 slightly shorter and but shallowly notched on its posterior border. Nymph. (PI. IX, fig. 1). Body depressed, widest across the meso- thorax gradually tapering to the last abdominal segment. Nymph larger and broader than Iron fragilis with its lamellae flaring; the lamel- lae of the first and last pairs of gills distant from one another and the tracheation of the lamellae conspicuous. Posterior lateral angles of the abdominal seginents produced into backwardly directed spines which guard the bases of the lamellae (PI. IX, fig. 1). Color, olive-greenish blotched and shaded with brown, pale below. Head with eyes and ocelU prominent, the latter with dark lunate bands on their inner margins. Antennae slender and bare. Lateral margins of the pro thorax rounded anteriorly, and flaring. Legs flattened with a row of rather long soft hairs on the posterior margins of the femora and tibiae. General shape conical, rounded above, slightly flattened below. Gill lamellae obliquely reclinate with fasciculate filaments on the dorsal side of their bases. Setae 2, about as long as the body. Baetinae. This heterogenous group was represented in the summer's collecting by Blasturus cupidus, Leptophlebia praepedita, Leptophlebia mollis, Choroterpes basilis, Callibaetis fluctuans, 1911], May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 107 Ephemerella excrucians, Caenis hilaris, Siphlurus alternatus, Chirotonetes albomanicatus, Ameletus ludens, Tricorythus allectus, Ephemerella rotunda, sp. nov., E. tuberculata, sp. nov., E. cornuta, sp. nov., E. deficiens, sp. nov., E. plumosa, sp. nov., and E. spinosa, sp. nov. All of these were taken in Fall Creek except the before mentioned E. cornuta. The descriptions of these species of Ephemerella is here given together with that of the female imago which has been added to Prof. Needham's life-history of Ameletus ludens. Tricory- thus allectus, which was placed in that genus by Prof. Cockerell has been established there by several rearings. Blasturus cupidus Say. From April 20 to May 1 this species was the dominant May- fly of the quiet pools. On April .30 observations were made in a sheltered pool, tributary to Fall Creek. This pool was about fourteen feet long by five feet wide, carpeted with decaying leaves, and bordered on one side by a thick mat of spirogyra. Between 11:30 and 12:30 o'clock in the bright sunlight, about forty nymphs emerged and the sub-imagoes were captured. A few records of individual emergings were taken of which the following is typical. A nymph appeared from beneath some leaves, came close to the surface of the water and swam about there till a stick was found which projected out of it. It imme- diately clambered up the stick, thrust its head out into the air and rested there with its gills motionless, but apparently swal- lowed large gulps of air. Very soon a median split appeared in the mesothorax, widened toward the prothorax and then to the metathorax. The head and eyes of the sub-imago appeared, the mesothorax, then the metathorax, and finally by a sus- stained pull, terminating in a jerk, the wings were extricated from the wing pads and erected. Apparently exhausted by this effort the insect then paused with the posterior portion of the abdomen and the setae still lying loosely in the cast skin. By another jerk the body was wholly freed from the skin. The insect rested an instant upon the water's surface with its setae held widely divergent and upward, in their natural alert posi- tion. Immediately after this it fluttered upward and settled on a low shrub. The entire time from the appearance of the nymph to the completion of its emerging was ten minutes. Of this period, one minute was occupied in swimming, one in taking in air, and three minutes occurred between the appearance of 108 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, the median slit in the nymphal skin and the complete freeing of the sub-imago. After its first short flight the insect remained on the shrub for about five minutes before disappearing higher up in the air. This custom of resting upon near-by objects is a habit varying with the species and apparently also with weather conditions. For example, sub-imagoes of Chirotonetes albo- manicatus which usually fly upward immediately on emerging in clear weather walk about for a while on the shore, or take very short first flights on dark days. The period of greatest effort during emergence is that which precedes the splitting of the nymphal skin. The splitting is doubtless urged on by the distention of the alimentary canal which is caused by the air or water which has been swallowed. Mating flights of Blasturus cupidus were observed over Fall Creek in the late afternoon of April 31, the height of their transformation season. About thirty individuals flying in close ranks rose and fell at varying altitudes of ten to thirty feet. When at their greatest height they were scarcely dis- tinguishable against the sky, but when they were lowest the forelegs and the setae might be discerned. The forelegs were held stiffly, straight forward from the head, and the setae, projected at a wide angle behind, appearing to vibrate as the insects swung downward. After a few moments of ecstatic rising and falling, one of the individuals flying high in the swarm descended to one of the lowest, coupled with it and veered obliquely downward and across the stream. When about to alight on the opposite shore the two separated, one disappeared and the other turned back and flew close to the surface of the stream frequently brushing the water with the abdomen. Such matings were three times observed. At- tempts to capture a fertilized female failed. The eggs brushed from the abdomen into the rapidly running water were, of course, impossible to flnd. Leptophlebia. Occurrence, habitat. Nymphs of this genus were found in a greater variety of situations than any other group. While it is for the most part a genus which belongs to the small rills it also takes advantage of the secluded places in the larger streams. Two species were common in this locality. These were Leptophlebia mollis, common after May 20, and L. prae- pedita. collected frequently after May 29. 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 109 Leptophlebia praepedita Etn. This species has already been noted by Prof. Needham (Bull. 86, N. Y., State Mus.) This species is diurnal. Companies of them were seen dancing in bright sunlight on the afternoon of May 29, June 3, 20 and 21. A mating flight on May 29 occurred about five o'clock just above a dashing water-fall of Fall Creek. As the swarm rose and fell at alternate heights of ten to fifteen feet their silvery wings and bodies shone in the sunshine like falling snow-flakes. After half an hour of con- tinuous flying and soaring the swarm gradually disappeared. Of the specimens captured all were males. Earlier in the after- noon a similar but smaller swarm was seen flying above a small tributary rill. This swarm did not at any time fly higher than six feet above the water. Practically the whole swarm was captured at one sweep of a large net. Of the captured insects forty were males and one was a female. Choroterpes basalis Banks. This species is plentifully represented in the Creek. The nymph is described in Bull. 86 of the N. Y. State Museum. Little attention was given to this species beyond the collection of nymphs which were constantly associated with Heptagenia. Ephemerella. This genus is nearly as diversified in habit as Leptophlebia. The nymphs have been found in pipe drains, in the gravel and trash of still pools, beneath leaves in springs, in the border waters of the creek and in its swiftest ripples. Like Lepto- phlebia they have been found in rather small numbers and widely scattered. My dates for rearings and captures range from the second week in May to the last of July. Better results would have been obtained if attention had been paid to this group earlier in the season for some species were very rarely found by May 10th. Ephemerella serrata sp. nov. Occurrence, habitat. The small nymph of this species was found occasionally in restricted areas of the upper Creek where it crawled about on stones, or in the trash, which was washed by running water. It was found in similar situations at Shef- field, Mass. My reared specimens of this species are dated 110 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, June 3rd. Collections of the nymphs were made June 12, 14, and July 1. By July the nymphs were becoming scarce, several cast skins were found on the dry stones of the shore, after the last date, but no nymphs were seen. Measurements. Length of body Length of setae Male 5 m. m. 6 m. m. Female imago 4. .5 m. m. Nymph 5 m. m. 1.2 m. m. Male imago. General color brown, paler on the legs and below. Head, above, eyes very prominent, upper division reddish brown, lower one darker. Front of head light, antennae light brownish; ocelli white, the lateral ones with an inner lunate band of brown, the median one with a complete ring of brown. Thorax, above yellowish shaded with brown; mesonotum with its posterior margin edged with brown. Ridges of the pleurae shaded with brown. Stemae pale with sub-quadrangular areas of brown before the middle legs and a median shield of brown be- hind them. Legs pale with a transverse band of brown at the distal end of the femora; first tarsus of the foreleg but slightly longer than the second; the third twice as long as the fourth. Wings hyaline, brownish at the base. Abdomen, brownish above, pale below. Setae 3, pale, the joinings of the basal segments ringed with brown. Female imago. Eyes small and distant showing the light colored occiput between. Body more robust and abdomen slightly darker than that of the male. Foreleg twice as long as that of the male. Nymph. Small with head and thorax rounded and the setae curv- ing fon\'ard o\'er the abdomen. General color a muddy yellow with darker markings on the dorsal side, pale below. This species is easily distinguished from Ephemcrella deficiens by its double median row of spines on tergites 4-7 and by its generally lighter color. Head smooth, (PL VI, fig. 5) ; antennae light brownish, first and second basal segments edged with brown. Thorax, prothorax with a tubercle like elevation on either side the median line. Legs (PI. VII, fig. 2) with the femora rather stout and their hinder margins bordered with a row of stout hairs sparsely distributed. Claws serrate (PL VII, fig. 2) with a chitinous ridged plate on the underside of the tarsus (PL VII, fig. 2). Abdomen, above, segments 5-6 pale marked with brown pencilings, other segments brown with darker edges. A double row of irregidarly triply dentate spines extending over segments 4, .5, 6 and 7. The lateral margins of segments 4-9 spinose with their posterior lateral angles becoming more acuminate posteriorly. Gills present on segments 3-7; Eh-troid lamella absent; the superior lamella simple; the inferior fimbriate lamellifonn. Abdo- men, beneath, pale with a median row of distinct linear brown spots on stemites 1-9. Setae, 3, sparsely beset with coarse hairs; color, pale with a transverse band of brown across the center. 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. Ill Ephemerella deficiens, sp. nov. Occurrence, habitat. Of similar habitat and closely asso- ciated with Ephemerella serrata in rapid waters, this species is the more common of the two and was collected frequently during the first half of May. It closely resembles E. serrata in shape and size, but the whole body is blackish while the gill lamellae, the legs, and the setae are nearly white. Measurements. Length of body Length of setae • Male imago 5 m. m. Setae lost Nymph 5.2 m. m. 2.-5 m. m. Male imago. General color blackish, thorax blackish brown. Head, eyes prominent, upper division reddish brown, lower division blackish brown (living specimen); ocelli white; antennae, carina and rings of ocelli brown. Thorax, above, pronotum brown; the mesothorax and metathorax blackish brown with blackish edges; pleurae brown with edges blackish; sternum brown with a broad transverse band of yellow behind the first pair of legs. Legs nearly white; coxae and an indefinite band at distal end of the femur brown. Wings hyaline shaded with brown at the base. Abdominal segments shaded with brown giving the effect of annular bands dark on the dorsum, paler beneath. Setae 3, pale at the base. (Only the bases of the setae remained when the specimen was taken from the cage). Forceps and penes are figured in PI. IV, fig. 4. Nymph (PI. VI, fig. 4, PI. VII, fig. 4, PL VIII, fig. 4). Color black- ish brown, femora brown, gills, tibiae and tarsi whitish. Bod}' broadest at the metathorax, the thorax arched, the abdomen slightly depressed and curving upward at the posterior end. Setae held upright or curved over the abdomen. Head, bluntly wedged shaped; ocelli inconspicuous whitish; antennae pale with a band of brown just above the basal seg- ment. The maxillae with their palpi totally absent (PI. VIII, fig. 4). Thorax, above blackish brown, the prothorax bordered laterally by a pale longitudinal band with a brown spot at its center; the prothorax and mesothorax with a longitudinal stripe of pale yellowish on either side the median line. Legs (PI. VII, fig. 4) with the coxae and femora brown, the tmder side of the latter with a distinct hook shaped area of whitish. Tibia and tarsi pale whitish, the first two pairs of tibiae with a broad middle and a narrow proximal band of brown; the tarsi of all the legs with a middle band of brown and with the claws similar (PI. VII, fig. 4). Abdomen above dark blacldsh brown.' The posterior lateral angles of segments 9-10 pale whitish; the lateral margins of seg- ments 1-9 spinose serrate with their posterior lateral angles produced into fiat spines which become more acuminate posteriorly; segment 10 without spines and with its posterior margin truncated. Gills present on segments 3-7; Elytroid cover absent; gill lamellae whitish shaded with brown at the base, superior lamina entire, the inferior one bifed. 112 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Abdomen, beneath, brown without markings. Setae 3, with a circlet of spines at their joinings. A broad band of brown across the two outer ones. Ephemerella lata, sp. nov. Occurrence, habitat. This species was first taken in Sandy River, Me., a stream similar to Fall Creek, where it was very common. Attempts to rear these nymphs were unsuccessful in both Sandy River and Fall Creek therefore a description of the nymph only can be here included. It occurs in the most rapid water of the stream crawling on the stones much like Heptagenia. My dates for its capture in Fall Creek are June 20 and 24. It is apparently a rare species in the stream. Measurement.— Nymph. Length of body 7.2 m.m. Length of setae 3.5 m.m. Nymph (PI. VI, fig. 6 ; PI. VII, fig. 1 ) . General color brown with the prothorax and the eighth tergite conspicuously white. The fore femora very stout (PI. VI, fig. 6) and edged with stout spines. Body arched above. The ventral side of the body and the legs flattened and modified for clinging to smooth surfaces. Head, sub-quadrangular with the broad truncate ledge projecting forward above the rounded heavily fringed frontal border (PL VI, fig. G). Antennae with a conspicuous triangular ledge projecting above their bases. (Mouth-parts are figured on PL VIII, fig. 1). Thorax, prothorax two-thirds as long as the thorax, conspicuously whitish but with the posterior ]3ortion shaded brownish, the degree varying in difi'erent ages and individuals; mesothorax with- out markings; metathorax concealed from above. vStemum flattened, brown with pale suture lines. Legs (PL VII, fig. 1) with the femora pale marked by a jjale transverse band; tibiae brown with two pale transverse bands. Abdomen, rounded above, flattened below. Gills on segments 3-S. Elytroid cover absent. Segments 4-9 with their pos- terior lateral angles produced back^vard into flat spines; segments 5-S with their lateral margins spinose serrate; segments 4-7 with a double median row of small tubercles which arise near the posterior border. Stemite 9 produced backward into a median rounded lobe and two lateral flat spines. Setae 3, light brownish ringed at their basal joinings with darker brown. Ephemerella tuberculata, sp. nov. Occurrence, habitat. But a single specimen of this species has been taken. This was a nymph captured on June 22 in the gently flowing border water of the upper Creek. Nymph, measurements. Length of body, 10.5 m. m.; length of setae, 4.5 m. m. Body stout arched above, flattened below. Color above dark, below pale, with a median double row of distinct brown spots. Fore- femora very wide (PL VII, fig. 5). The head (PL VI, fig. 2) with two 1911] May- Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 113 large erect tubercles on the occiput. Head, sub-quadrangular slightly flattened with the head projecting forward; a triangular ridge with the median ocellus at its apex projecting above the slightly indented fringed frontal margin. (PI. VI, fig. 2). Left maxilla figured on PI. VIII, fig. 3. Thorax, more than half the length of the trunk ; color dark above, ail except the prothorax pale below; prothorax, above slightlj' arched and flaring at its postero-lateral angles, a tubercle at the middle of the lateral margin and a smaller one on either side the middle of the posterior mar- gin; mcsothorax with one median tubercle. Legs, with femora unevenly brown above, pale below; tibiae brown with a pale transverse band through the middle; tarsi brown with a pale transverse band at the proximal end. Fore-femur (PI. VII, fig. 5) shorter and thicker than the others and with its anterior margin unevenly toothed. Anterior edges of the other femora entire. Upper surfaces of all the femora with wart- like elevations; posterior edge of the first femur and anterior and pos- terior edge of the other femora with a row of sparse hairs. Abdomen with gills present on segments 3-S, without Elytroid cover, superior lamina entire; inferior lamina bifid fimbriate. Segments 2-7 with a median double row of spines; posterior margins of segments 1-7 and 9-10 edged with short hairs; posterior margin of segment 8 with numer- ous longer hairs. The posterior lateral angles of segments 3-10 pro- duced backward into flat-pointed spines. Setae 3, with numerous hairs on their outer and inner margins. Ephemerella rotunda, sp. nov. (PI. VI, fig. 1; PI. VII, fig. 3; PI. VIII, fig. 5; PI. IX, fig. 6.) Occurrence, habitat. This species was taken in portion of Pleasant Brook, where there was little water and that strongly tainted by pipe drains. But four nymphs were captured. The two which were successfully reared proved to be females. The dates for their rearing were June 8 and 10. Measurements Length of body Length of setae Female imago 10.5 m. m. 14 m. m. Female subimago 10 m. m. 10 m. m. Njntnph 10.2 m. m. 6 m. m. Female imago. Thorax luteus; legs luteus or whitish; abdomen brown; setae luteus with very distinct brown joinings. Head parch- ment color. Thorax, above, luteus slightly darker on the mcsothorax; pleurae luteus to whitish with brown edges. Axillary cords (Snod- grass, '09, The Thorax of Insects and the Articulations of the Wings, p. 553) of the fore-wing prolonged into slender acute spines which pro- ject baclavard on either side of the hinder lobe of the mcsothorax. Axillary cords of the hind wings prolonged in similar but less prominent spines. Wings hyaline, costal region sub-hyaline (PI. IV, fig. 6); abdomen brown, pale at joinings and beneath. Color evidently mostly due to contained ova. Stemite one longer than those following; ster- 114 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, nite 7 with its posterior portion overlapping stemite S and with its pos- terior margin bilobed. Setae 3, nearly equal length, pilose; color pale luteus with distinct brown rings at the joinings. Female subimago. Wings sub-hyaline and veins brown. Seg- ment 7 not bilobed as in the imago. Nymph (PL VI, fig. 1; PL VII, fig. 3; PL VIII, fig. 5). Head and body rounded and smooth, and without tubercles. Legs small in com- parison with the size of the body. Head, rounded and without eleva- tions (PL VI, fig. 1). The left maxilla is shown on PL III, fig. 5. Thorax, above smooth. Color, mottled brownish without definite markings. Prothorax wider than the head its lateral margins slightly flaring, and its width equal to that of the mesothorax; metathorax con- cealed from above. Legs weak, the femora poorly developed and with a row of hairs on its posterior margin (PL VII, fig. 3). Abdomen, above rounded, gills present on segments 3-7, the posterior margins of segments 4-9 with a double median row of small spinose elevations; segments 3-9 with their posterior lateral angles produced into flat spines whose mar- gins are spinose serrate. Setae brownish indefinitely banded with whitish; basal joinings with circlets of hairs. Ephemerella cornuta, sp. nov. Occurrence, habitat. This, before mentioned species, was reared at Salisbury, Connecticut. The dates given by Miss Smith for its capture and rearing are July 20, 21. But two stages, those of the male sub-imago and the nymph are repre- sented. Measurements. Length of body Length of setae. Male subimago 10.5 m. n. Nymph 10 m. m. 6. m. m. Male subimago, general color pale luteus with annular bands of brown on the abdomen. Eyes prominent. Head with ocelli white, encircled with broad bands of blackish brown; carina, frons and occiput pale; antennae light brown. Thorax, above pale luteus; the prothorax irregularly streaked with brown. Axillary cords of the fore-wing produced into a slender point extending backward on either side the median lobe of the metathorax, such prolongations not evident in the hinder wing. Legs, pale, the fore femora lightly shaded with brown. Wings, sub-hyaline, brownish at the base (PL IX, fig. 5). Abdomen pale whitish, with annular bands of brown shading. Setae 3, whitish. Nymph. Body slender, and tapering from the mesothorax. Fore femora shorter and wider than the others and with its anterior margin unevenly toothed (PL VII, fig. G). Head, with prominent incurving horns just below the antennae; general shape sub-quadrangular with the posterior angles rounded, and the frontal margin fringed with hairs and projected forward; origin of the antennae partly hidden by the curving ledges at the bases of the horns (PL VI, fig. 3). (Left maxilla 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 115 shown on PI. VIII, fig. 6.) Thorax, mottled brownish; prothorax quadrangular, its angles closely fitting to the mesothorax. Legs with the margins of the second and third femora entire; the first femur fig- ured on PI. VII, fig. 6. Abdomen, rounded above, flattened below; without dorsal spines or tubercles. Gills on segments 3-7; postero- lateral angles of segments 3-9 produced into flattened spines becoming more acuminate posteriorly; posterior margins of segments 2-10 sparsely edged with hairs; lateral margins of segments 3-9 spinose serrate. Setae, pale, except for a single brown ring at the base of each. Tricorythus allectus Needham. This species was described by Prof. Needham in Bull. 86, N. Y. State Mus. as Caenis allecta, but afterward referred by him to the genus Tricorythus, in Bull. 124 N. Y. State Mus. Occurrence, habitat. These nymphs are closely associated with Caenis, though they have not thus far been often found in the ill smelling mud generally preferred by that nymph. They clamber about in fine silt and sand, and the particles which adhere to their hairy bodies make them practically invisible. A handful of mud which appears to contain no sign of life, will after a few minutes draining, reveal slowly moving bits of mud which may prove to be either Caenis or Tricorythus according to the quality of the mud. Tricorythus allectus is one of the commonest species in Fall Creek. During June and July, the imagoes may be found strewn upon the surface of little protected inlets along its shores, or caught in the meshes of the spider- webs on walls and bridges near it. Measurement. Length of body 6.5 m. m. Length of setae 4 m. m. Mouth — parts and gill lamella (PL XI.) The nymphs of Tricorythus may be at once distinguished from those of Caenis by the shape of the elytroid gill cover, rounded at the end in Caenis, distinctly triangular in Tricorythus (PL XI, fig. 1). Color yellowish, pale below; abdomen marked with transverse bands of brown broken by a median longitudinal pale stripe. Elytroid lamella prominent, purplish brown at the base. Body all over sparsely beset with hairs. Antennae pale with basal segments brown. Legs pale with a blackish spot at the proximal joint of each tibia. Gills not wholly hidden by elytroid lamellae. Lateral spines on segments 2-9. Setae 3. Caenis. This genus is plentifully represented by Caenis hilaris, Say, and by nymphs of some other species not yet reared here. 116 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Chirotonetes albomanicatus Needham. Occurrence, habitat. Nymphs of this abundant species were found full grown in the dashing waters of the falls and riffles from the latter part of May to August 12th. In May they were seen to emerge in greatest numbers during the late afternoon and twilight. They crawled up on the shore leaving their cast skins clinging to the stones or less often they flew up directly from the mid current. The dark wings and body and the white forelegs of the sub-imago made it very conspicuous as it rested upon the gray stones or flew upward. Robins made a regular custom of coming to the shores and collecting the insects as they emerged. From four to six nymphs might be often seen pro- jecting from their beaks. Siphlurus alternatus Say. This elegant species has been found to be very desir- able for the indoor aquarium. It lives in still pools and demands only a minimum supply of fresh water and plenty of plant food. It was common all through April, May, and a portion of June. Nymphs kept in the laboratory aquarium nearly all lived to emerge and doubtless could have been kept there several months had they been taken early enough. Baetis pygmea Hagen. This species has been found chiefly interesting for its habits of egg-laying. From early June to late August the stones in the waters of the creek were covered with small elongate egg- patches rounded at one end, narrower and sharply' squared off at the other. Plate XII, fig. 1 shows a stone about seven by ten inches in size on which the egg masses were scattered with average abundance. The surface upon which the eggs rested was the down-stream side of the stone and that portion where they were thickest was nearest to the surface of the water. On the same plate (fig. 2) is shown a photograph in which the patches are enlarged sufficiently to show the individual eggs. The laying of the eggs may be seen if one closely watches some stone which is marked as a favorite site by the presence of many masses. The following observation was made through an ordi- nary reading glass, but the processes may be easily seen with the naked eye. Flying close to the surface of the water, the insect alighted on a stone projecting slightly from the water and well protected from the force of the current on its downstream side. She 1911] May-Flics of Fall Creek, N. Y. 117 immediately walked to the protected side and downward to the water. First, wrapping her wings about the abdomen, she made several attempts to immerse her head and thorax. This appears to be the critical stage of the performance, for many- females are washed from the stone while attempting it. Once beneath the surface she started on a tour of inspection for the proper surface. This tour lasted for several minutes during which time she continually walked to and fro, pausing, feeling with the abdomen, and passing on unsatisfied. When a suit- able place was finally found she braced her legs firmly, bent the abdomen downward, curved the setae upward and pressed the openings of the oviducts closely to the surface. The whole abdomen was then swung from side to side with a slow pendu- lum-like motion, each stroke leaving an irregular row of minute white eggs adhering to the surface. The strokes were at first ■somewhat circular and longer than those which followed. As the egg mass grew in length the insect moved forward a little to allow the eggs to lie in succeeding rows. When the egg supply was ex- hausted she stopped with a jerk of the abdomen and proceeded to clamber out of the water. When examined in the laboratory the abdomen of this female was found to contain only a few undeveloped eggs in the ovaries and none in the oviducts. Ameletus ludens Needham. Occurrence, habitat. In Pleasant Brook on April 25 nymphs of Ameletus ludens, were found in great abundance resting upon the bottom or darting about much like the nymphs ■of Callibaetis. They were the dominant insect of the stream at this time. One soft bottomed pool about four feet long, and two wide yielded about 300 nymphs in half an hour's collecting, and many more remained. Full grown nymphs were placed in cages for purposes of rearing. The female sub- imago was found to correspond with Prof. Needham's descrip- tion given in Bull. 86 of the N. Y. State Mus. Attempts were then made to secure a male to add to the life-history since Prof. Needham was unable to procure one. The results of the rearing were as follows: April 29, 1 nymph emerged, transformed April 30. Female. April 30, 1 nymph " " May 1. " May 7, 1 nymph " " May 8. " May 8, 3 emerged nymphs, " April 9. " Repeated rearings failed to secure a male specimen. An •enclosure was then made in a neighboring rill by means of boards 118 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, and fine meshed wire-cloth. Over this, a cheese-cloth tent was erected, and in it a large number of nymphs were placed. The records of the results obtained are as follows : May 8, 12 nymphs emerged before 12 M., transformed before May 9, 12 M. All Females. May 10, 40 " " before 12 M., " before 12 M., May 9. All Females. May 12, 25 " " before 12 M., " May 13, before 12 M. All Females. That these nymphs emerged so regularly before noon was doubtless due to the fact that the sunshine reached the tent only at this time and in the late afternoon. Rearings were made as long as the season lasted but neither among the reared specimens nor among the nymphs collected could a male be found. A few specimens of the same species were also collected in two other streams near Ithaca, but no males were found. The fact that no male specimens have been taken neither in collecting, or rearing, indicates a case of parthenogenesis in this species. Female imago. Measurements. Length of body 10 m. m. Length of setae 10 m. m. Color bright reddish brown with whitish areas on the thoracic pleurae. Abdomen reddish brown slightly paler beneath with the ventral ganglia marked by darker areas. Antennae brown, paler at the base, the second segment very long. Thorax brown; legs brown, the third pair slightly paler than the others; wings hyaline with their bases shaded with brown and the veins very distinct. Setae brown with their joinings distinctly lined with brown. SUMMARY. 1. The physical features of Fall Creek make possible the greatest variety of aquatic conditions. A study of the abundant May-fly fauna which lives under these conditions has revealed a series of striking adaptations to environment. 2. One may best observe the nymphs and secure adults of uncommon species by rearing the insects in their own sur- roundings. For this purpose a new type of breeding cage has been described and figured. 3. Observations upon representatives of 17 different genera have shown some interesting points in structure and ecology. Among these have been described the structural adaptations of various nymphs, the striking peculiarities of Ephemerella nymphs, the emerging of Blasturus cupidus, the swarming of Ephemera and Leptophlebia, and the egg-laying of Baetis. 4. No male specimen of Ameletus was secured either by collection or among 83 reared specimens. I have, therefore, suggested that this species may present a case of parthenogenesis. 1911] May-Flies of Fall Creek, N. Y. 119 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. (All figures much enlarged.) PLATE VL Heads of Ephemerella nymphs. Fig. 1. Ephemerella rotunda sp. nov. " 2. " tuberculata " " .3. " comuta " " 4. " deficiens " 5. " serrata " « 6. " lata PLATE VII. Legs of Ephemerella Nymphs. Fig. I. Right legs of Ephemerella lata sp. nov. " 2. " foreleg " " serrata " " 3. " " " " rotunda " 4. " " " " deficiens " 5. " " " " tuberculata " " 6. " " " " comuta These drawings are all made from the upper or dorsal aspect. The enlarged sketches of the claw and tansus of each show the ventral aspect of the tarsus with its chitinous comb which is used in clinging to the rocks. PLATE VIII. Mouth-parts of Ephemerella nymphs. Fig. 1. Mouth-parts of Ephemerella lata. sp. nov.; r. md., right mandible; 1. md., left mandible; Ir., labrum; 1., labium; mx., left maxilla; hy., hypopharynx, viewed from above. Fig. 2. Left maxilla of Ephemerella serrata sp. nov. " 3. " " " " tuberculata " " 4. " " " " deficiens "5. " " " " rotunda " 6. " " " " comuta " PLATE IX. Epeorus and Ephemerella. Fig. 1. Epeorus humeralis sp. nov. Portions of the 3rd and 4th abdominal segments of the nymph with gills removed, to show lateral spines. Fig. 2. Forceps and penes of Epeorus humeralis, sp. nov. (From below.) " 3. " " " " Ephemerella serrata sp. nov. (From below) « 4. " " " " " deficiens " (From below). " 5. Wings of " comuta " " ^ " " rotunda " 7. " Epeorus humeralis " PLATE X. Iron fragilis sp. nov. Fig. 1. Mouth-parts of the nymph; 1, outer aspect of the labium; IL, inner aspect of the labium; r. md., right mandible; 1. md., left mandible; hy., hvpopharynx. Fig. 2. Wings. Fig. 3. Foreleg of the male imago. Fig. 4. Forceps and penes from below; dotted lines represent the portion of the penes hidden by the last stemite. PLATE XI. Tricorythus allectus Needham. Fig. la. Elytroid lamella; hy., hypopharynx; " Ir. labrum; r. md., right mandible; 1. md., left mandible. " mx. left maxilla; 1., labium. PLATE XII. Fig. 1. Surface of stone covered with masses of Baetis eggs. " 2. A few of the masses enlarged. Annals E. S. A. Vol. IV, Plate VI. G.H hr.rj'" Annals E. S. A. Vol. IV, Plate XVII. O.-H h,„j,„ Annals E. S. A, a H hl^rj"^ Annals E. S. a. Vol. IV. Plate IX. G. M/f!„j,^ Annals E. S. A. Vol. IV, Plate X. Ch fv,.}'^ Annals E. S. a. Vol. IV, Plate XI. Ci,H- ^erjun. Annals E. S. A. Vol.. IV. Plate XII. A. H. Morgan. ANNOUNCEMENT OF FURTHER RESULTS SECURED IN THE STUDY OF MUSCOID FLIES. By Charles H. T. Townsend, Piura, Peru. The work on the female reproductive system, eggs, and first-stage maggots of the Tachinid fiies and their alUes, begun in 1908 by the writer at the Gipsy Moth Parasite Laboratory in Massachusetts, under the direction of Dr. L. O. Howard, Chief of the Bureau of Entomology, has been prosecuted to date as time permitted. The results are now such that it becomes desirable to make an announcement of them in brief. This announcement is in advance of a series of much more complete papers, which will contain plates of the female repro- ductive and accessory organs, eggs, first-stage maggots, and cephalopharyngeal skeletons of the latter, some 200 drawings having already been completed for this purpose. The female reproductive and accessory organs in the Mus- coid flies consist of (1) ovaries, (2) oviducts and common ovi- duct, (3) spermathecae and their ducts — 3 in number, (4) tub- ular (or coUeterial or accessory) glands and their ducts — 2 in number, (5) uterus when present, including what may be termed the preuterus which is present in some forms, (6) uter- ovagina, being a vagina proper which functions anteriorly as a true uterus when latter is absent, and (7) ovipositor or larvipositor and appendages. The functions of most of the above organs are generally understood, but the following points need mention: The tubular glands function as secretory organs for the pro- duction of the viscid fluid for coating the eggs, and are more or less rudimentary in those forms that deposit maggots; the preuterus is a small sac at the head of the uterus, in which the egg of some forms is fertilized before passing into the uterus proper, the spermathecal ducts opening into it ; the uterovagina is a short tube homologous with the so-called insect vagina, its anterior portion filling the office of uterus in those forms without distinct uterus, the spermathecal and tubular gland ducts opening therein, its posterior end filling the office of vagina. The openings of the spermathecal ducts always mark the transition from common oviduct to functional uterus. 127 128 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, The results so far secured in the present work indicate at least 37 distinct series in the Muscoid flies (exclusive of Antho- myiidae and Acalyptratae), based mainly on the characters of the reproductive and accessory organs of the female fly, the egg, first-stage maggot, and in some cases the facial plate and other characters of the external anatomy of. the adult. Undoubtedly further work will demonstrate the existence of further series demanding recognition. Briefly the series so far recognized may be tabulated as follows: 1. Trichopodine series — Xanthomelanodes peruanus n. sp. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3983. No uterus, utcro- vagina short and broad, tubular glands short and thick, sper- mathecal ducts very long and spermathecae attached in hood, oviducts of moderate length and thickness, ten eggtubes in each ovary in the above species, eggs flattened and pink-sal- mon to flesh-brown in color when mature. The chorion of egg is beautifully honey-comb reticulate. Xanthomelanodes and allies. Trichopoda and allies, many of which have been dissected, have same eggs and ovaries, and almost certainly the same type of reproductive system. 2. RuTiLiiNE series — Rutiha sp. and Amphibolia sp. (Aus- tralia) dissected, TD 18G4, 1866. Uterus present, but its character not yet known. Maggots long and slender, hairy or furnished with hairs at anal end. Rutilia maggot has anal hairs, Amphibolia maggot is thinly hairy on body. Rutilia, Amphibolia and allies — Australian flies, most of rather large size. These will probably need division into several series. 3. Phasiine series — Uterus present, form not known. Egg very elongate, slender, TD 480 (South Carolina), near Alophora, has what seems a piercing larvipositor or ovipositor, but curved in the opposite direction from that of Compsilura and not so sharp apically. Phasia, Alophora, Hyalomyia and allies, but these have yet to be studied. 4. Graphogasterine series — Hyalomyodes sp. (South Carohna) dissected, TD 481. Uterus present, eggs and maggots slender. Hyalomyodes and alhes, and probably Anurogyna. 5. Glossinine series — Functional uterus, whether uterus proper or uterovagina, greatly enlarged to hold the maggot until fully grown and ready to pupate, some special provision being evidently present for the feeding of the maggot during 1911] . Study of Muscoid Flies 129 its three stages. A most remarkable and distinct type, in any event, not only in its reproductive system and habit, but also in its venation and other characters. Glossina and allies — African blood-sucking flies, carriers of Trypanosomae of var- ious forms of sleeping sickness in man and animals. 6. Stomoxydine series — Stomoxys calcitrans (Peru) dis- sected and drawn, TD 3985. No uterus, uterovagina short, spermathecal ducts long and doubled, tubular glands fairly well developed but not longer than oviduct plus common ovi- duct. Eggs elongate and deposited on dung. Adult with piercing mouthparts in both sexes. Ovipositor with a dorsal pair of bristly, slightly curved, subcylindrical chitinous processes. Stomoxys, and j^robably Lyperosia, Haematobia and allies — blood-sucking flies and probable carriers of microzoa of certain cattle diseases. 7. Calliphorine series — Comp-somyia macellaria (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3984. No uterus, uterovagina very short; spermathecal ducts very short, only as long as the sper- mathecae themselves; tubular glands only very moderately developed, about as long as common oviduct plus oviduct, the latter hardly half the length of the former. Ovipositor simple. Mouthparts fleshy. Eggs elongate, deposited in sores or on meat, the product of both ovaries being deposited at one time. Compsomyia and allies, and probably Calliphora, Lucilia and allies. 8. Mesembrinine series — Probably a distinct series comes here, including Mesembrina and allies, and especially Dr. Adolf Lutz's strange Brazilian fly which Prof. Hermann deter- mines to be Pseudogametes, and which seems to have Mesem- brinine affinities. 9. Muscine series — Musca domestica (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3982. No uterus, uterovagina elongate; a pair of uterovaginal pouches springing from lateral anterior walls, one on each side below insertion of spermathecal and tubular gland ducts, being accessory copulatory vesicles of Hewitt; tubular glands long and slender; eggs elongate, depos- ited on dung, etc. Musca and allies. 10. Sarcophagine series — Sarcophaga 2 spp. (Peru) dis- sected and drawn. Uterus, when distended, heart-shaped or cordate, maggots rather irregularly disposed therein. Utero- vagina short, but with two dorsally-lying sacs or large pouches 130 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, developed from its anterior ventrolateral walls, one on each side, these two sacs and the uterovagina together forming the heart-shaped functional uterus, which contains the eggs until the embryo has developed to the fully formed maggot ready for deposition on host or food-substance. Sarcophaga and allies; and possibly Rhinophora, Melanophora, Brachycoma and allies, the last three genera being included by external anatomi- cal analogy. Brachycoma is a Bombus inquiline or parasite; Rhinophora and Melanophora are terrestrial-isopod parasites. 11. Metopiine series — Metopia sp., TD 3988; Selenomyia sp., TD 3998; Sarcomacronychia sp., TD 3996 (all Peru) dissected and the first drawn. Uterus thick short V-shape, the arms of the V being productions anteriorly of the ventral walls of the uterovagina on each side, on the same plan as that of Sarcophaga but in different form, not rounded but rectangu- lar pouches, the form doubtless due largely to regular disposi- tion of the contained eggs and maggots; spermathecal ducts very long, doubled on themselves; tubular glands thick and mod- erately long. Maggots and eggs regularly arranged on end in uterus in triple and quadruple file. The uterovagina forms the base of the V, thus functioning as part of the uterus; the empty arms appear as blind tubes. Metopia, Selenomyia, Sarcoma- cronychia and allies. It is to be noted that the facial plate in the adult of Metopia is widely different from that of the rest of the group, probably due to antennal development, thus indi- cating its inferior rank in this series. Largely muddauber- wasp inquilines or parasites, feeding on contents of nests. Related to the Sarcophagine series. 12. CoMPSiLURiNE series — Compsilura concinnata (Eu- rope), Dexodes nigripes (Europe), Vibrissina sp. (Florida), and Eucelatoria spp. (Florida and Peru) dissected; TD 290, 132, 775, 1229, 3906. Uterus slender, long, in several coils, maggots and eggs normally obliquely on end, the maggots usually in single file, deposited subcutaneously in host through the hollow curved piercer of female fly, the single file arrange- ment doubtless for the purpose of facilitating the passage of maggots through the piercer. This type is a modification of the Hemimasiceratine type, with the addition of a piercing larvi- positor for subcutaneous deposition of the maggots. Comp- silura, Vibrissina, Eucelatoria and allies, including so far as known all flies whose females are provided with a curved piercing sharp-pointed larvipositor. 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 131 13. Tachinine series — Tricholyga sp. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3971. Tachina spp. (Europe, America and Ja- pan) dissected. No uterus, uterovagina normal and capable of holding but few eggs at a time ; eggs oval and flattened, pro- vided with a terminal dorsal hinged lid or cap for exit of maggot, normally deposited in a comparatively undeveloped state of embryo on host. Tubular glands very long and highly func- tional. Chorion hard, opaque, not reticulate. Tachina, Tri- cholyga and allies. Everything here points to egg deposition, and it is thus difficult to understand Dr. I. C. Nielson's record of larviposition for his Tachina larvarum, female flies of which appear to be the same as the ordinary form from which we secured deposition of great numbers of eggs but never a maggot, at the Gipsy Moth Parasite Laboratory. 14. Meigeniine series — Eumyothyria sp. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 39S1. Uterus in a single coil, tubular and thickened when full of eggs; egg oval and flattened like that of Tachina, maggot developing within egg in uterus certainly to some extent, but egg evidently deposited on host after a cer- tain period of uterine incubation. The fiat eggs exhibit a shingled arrangement in the uterus. The long well developed tubular glands show that the eggs are intended for deposition as such, before the escape of the maggot. Both tubular glands and eggs are practically same as in the Tachinine series. Eumy- othyria and quite certainly Meigenia and allies. TD 651 (Florida) with small brown flat eggs, which were certainly uterine, and TD 738 (Ocean Beach, So. Florida), with Plagia- like venation and small fiat uterine eggs may possibly come here. 15th series — Apparently what Coquillett determines as Sturmia distincta, which seems same as protoparcis Towns, and is probably referable to Zygobothria (Florida), TD 619; and other spp. (Europe and Florida) dissected. Short coiled strap-like uterus full of maggots and eggs on end, after style of Hystriciine series (which follows) but in only two or three coils and with white maggots which are evidently deposited on hosts, being without anal membraneous pad for leaf-attachment. Zygobothria and allies, provided Z. bimaculata Htg. of Europe, the type of the genus, agrees herein as it seems to in external characters. Type specimens of many genera will have to be dissected before we will know what name to give this series. 132 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, IG. Hystriciine series — Archytas sp. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3989; and Melanophrys, Varichaeta, Copecrypta, Echinomyia, Jurinia, Paradejeania, Dejeania, Saundersia, and many others dissected and their maggots drawn. Very long coiled strap-like uterus, in many coils, band-like, wide and thick, full of eggs and maggots on end, the thickness of the uterus corresponding to the length of the maggots and eggs contained, but the uterus lying on edge in a spiral like a watch-spring; maggots developing therein and becoming dark colored when mature from the blackish dorsal and lateral minute scale-like plates, deposited on the foliage of plants in proximity to their hosts, being furnished with an anal membranous attachment pad for adhering to plant surfaces. Tubular glands short and small. The above named genera and their allies, forming a very large and predominant series especially in the mountain- ous regions of both Americas, and representing the most recent phase of Muscoid fly evolution. This series will need to be divided into several groups. 17. Masiceratine series — Blepharipa politana n. sp. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD .3977; others dissected and their maggots and eggs drawn. Very long coiled tubular slender uterus, in many coils, filled with thousands of microscopic eggs which are held till the contained maggots are fully formed when they have become black in color and are deposited on foliage to be swallowed by hosts in feeding, being placed in proximity to leaf-eating insects, probably always lepidopterous larvae. Tubular glands moderately thick and developed. The chorion of the egg in this series exhibits always a honey- comb-like or network system of reticulation, though often also showing minute light-colored points appearing as microscopic punctures. The chorion of egg is oval in outline viewed from above. TD 877 (So. Florida), the adult of which at first sight appears much like Cnephalia, has the egg-substance protruded beyond the chorion at both ends, giving the eggs a decidedly slender and pointed appearance especially when seen in situ through the walls of the uterus. The explanation of this pecu- liarity has yet to be learned. The series includes Masicera, Blepharipa, etc., forming with other leaf-ovipositing flies a large group more especially predominant in the lowlands of both Ameri- cas as well as other parts of the world, and representing an extreme phase of Muscoid fly evolution somewhat less recent than that of the Hystriciine series. 1911] Study of Mtiscoid Flies 133 ISth series — Species agreeing in external characters with Eumasicera but certainly not that genus (Peru), TD 3987; dissected; probably Exorista futilis O. S., determined in the adult by Mr. W. R. Thompson (Massachusetts), TD 344, 361. Uterus short, thick, tubular, in only two or three coils, filled with microscopic oval eggs of same character as those of Masiceratine series except that they show no honeycomb or network reticulation but a concentric-ring or concentric- arc pattern viewed from above, apparently due to a dispo- sition of ridges or wrinkles in the chorion. Eggs deposited on foliage, probably for lepidopterous larvae only. The above mentioned forms must, I think, belong to the same genus as the reticulation of the chorion is of the same character ; but until the type species of Exorista, Sturmia, and various other genera are dissected, it will be impossible to say what generic name must be given them; and still further genera must be dissected before we can know what name to give this series, which may include Phorocera, or even older genera. TD 437, which seems refer- able to Phorocera on external adult characters, probably comes in this series; it is European. 19th series — Ophirosturmia cincta gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4012. Uterus tubular and elongate in four to six coils, stouter near head, filled with microscopic oval brownish-yellow to yelk)w-brown eggs, whose choria exhibit a honeycomb reticulation, the eggs deposited on leaves in proximity to certain leaf-eating insects. There is no punc- tulation to the chorion. Distinguished from the Masiceratine series by difference in spermathecal ducts, and by the brown- yellow color of the mature eggs, as well as other points. Apical cell ending well before wing-tip. There are other series yet to be defined among the leaf-ovi- positing forms. 20. Gymnochaetine series — Gymnochaeta sp. (Peru) dis- sected, maggot drawn, TD 3973. Maggots and eggs on end in two or three rows in very long subtubular coiled uterus ; maggots black by reason of the body segments bearing a large dorsal and two small lateral colored plates, these made up of minute colored scale-like plates of different form from those of the Hystriciine series; the maggot with ventral locomotory spine- pads and spine-rows composed of very microscopic spines and evidently specially fitted for locomotion in the open; no anal 134 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, membraneous attachment pad being present. This is a totally new type of maggot and indicates a widely diverse habit from others so far known. Gymnochaeta and allies. 21st series — Ophirion mirabile gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dis- sected and drawn, TD 3980. Maggots and eggs rather loosely disposed in long slender tubular uterus, the eggs in two rows obliquely on end; an elbow-like preuterus, uterus arising from inside angle of elbow, common oviduct opening into one end of elbow and the spermathecal and tubular gland ducts into the other end; oviducts long and slender, tubular glands very short; maggots of a peculiar and new type, remarkable in that they appear emarginate laterally and are furnished with a dark-colored pattern. 22. PsEUDODEXiiNE series — Ophirodexia pulchra gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3999. Uterus thick, tubular, in two coils, with eggs and maggots obliquely on end; a true preuterus homologous with the forward half or more of the uterovagina, the uterus having evidently developed from the walls of the vagina proper; spermathecal and tubular gland ducts opening into the preuterus, which has capacity of just one egg; all these ducts very short; tubular glands only about three times as long as preuterus, or as long as common oviduct plus oviduct; oviducts very short and thick; common oviduct much longer and slender, being about twice length of preuterus. Maggots slender. Abdomen of fly elongate, sub- cyhndrical; facial plate long, wide, not constricted by vibrissal angles, cut off abruptly below; antennae elongate, arista plum- ose. These characters apply to the above form, TD 3999. Ophirodexia and allies, including probably Pseudodexia, Lep- toda, Cordyligaster, and a host of others. Atrophopoda may come here, or may be very distinct. 23. OCYPTERINE series — Probably a distinct series comes here for Ocyptera and allies. The genus has been dissected, but not with sufficient care. The eggs are elongate, stout, subcylindrical ; maggot unknown to me. 24. Thrvptoceratine series — Probably a series comes here for Thryptocera and allies. Eggs slender, elongate. Maggot not known to me. 25. Hemimasiceratine series — Uterus present, doubtless coiled, containing elongate white maggots which must be deposited on host. Hemimasicera, Sisyropa and alhes. These 1911} Study of Muscoid Flies 135 genera dissected and maggots drawn, but the form of uterus was not determined. 26. SiPHOSTURMiNE series — Siphosturmia sp. (Peru) dis- sected. TD 4002. Single-coil uterus, sub-tubular, with two rows of eggs and maggots; very long ovipositor, sub-chitinous, in its unextended position in abdomen measuring nearly one- half the length of uterus; ovaries slender, elongate, with few eggtubes; oviducts long, common oviduct same length as ovi- duct; spermathecae elongate-oval, two joined in hood, the third free; spermathecal ducts elongate, about as long as common oviduct ; tubular glands moderately elongate and slender, about as long as common oviduct plus oviduct. Siphosturmia and allies. Florida specimens of the genus have also been dissected. 27th series — Anisia, Erynnia, Gymnostylia spp., or forms allied to these genera so far as can be known by external adult characters, including Hypostena barbata of Coqt. in part (Peru and Maryland) dissected, TD 4001, 4.33. Plump white maggots with well-developed spine rows on ventral surface. Uterus slender, tubular, coiled three times within itself; mag- gots in single file, oblique to nearly longitudinal in position according to degree of crowding in uterus; spermathecal ducts long, tubular glands not long; ovaries elongate, with few egg- tubes. The maggots of the Peruvian form (TD 4001) show five highly developed ventral spine rows; those of the D. C. form (TD 433, collected by Knab on Plummers Island follow- ing a beetle of Calligrapha bigsbyana) are very similar, having five transverse rows of strong hooked spines on posterior half of median ventral surfaces. Maggots of TD 352 (Mass.) are short and plump, with strongly marked complete rows of spines encircling the body, and may not belong here; the fly has a different facies. The series embraces flies that are parasites of both the grubs and adults of certain beetles, especially Chrysomelidae. The European tachinid parasite of the import- ed elm-leaf beetle apparently belongs here. Many genera will likewise have to be dissected before this series can be named. 28. Parexoristine series — Parexorista cheloniae (Europe) and Parexorista sp. (Mass.) dissected, TD 432. Uterus in a single coil, containing elongate subcylindrical eggs which are furnished with a pedicel, the eggs incubated in uterus sometimes to an advanced stage of the embryo and then deposited on host attached to skin or hairs of latter by pedicel. Parexorista and allies. 136 Amials Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 29. Dexine series — Almugmyia arida gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 3979. Dexia, Mochlosoma, Sirostoma, Sardiocera, and allied forms dissected and maggots drawn. Uterus thick, tubular, in one coil; eggs and maggots in a very oblique and somewhat spiral arrangement; ovaries very slender, elongate, consisting of few eggtubes; common ovi- duct rather long, oviducts short, spermathecal ducts long and doubled, tubular glands small. The maggots of Almugmyia and Sirostoma have anal spiracular tubes carried out in long slender anal processes which are tipped with bristles; the eggs of the first are sharply pointed anally, due to the presence inside the chorion of the anal bristles of the developing maggot. Probably the genera above mentioned all come in this series with many others, but the reproductive-system characters above given have not yet been verified for the genera other than Almugmyia. Parasites of white-grubs, woodboring-grubs, and probably others. 30. Myiophasiine series — Ennyomma globosa (South Car- olina and Florida) dissected, TD 509. The maggot is so slender as to be almost filiform. Uterus present, but form not •determined. Ennyomma, Myiophasia and allies. Parasites of weevil grubs in green fruits. 31. Phasiopterygine series — Phasiopteryx spp. (Colo- rado, Veracruz and Peru) dissected, TD 1791, 1791a, 4005. Uterus present, very long and slender, in many irregular knot- like coils and turns, the upper part more regularly coiled, receiv- ing the eggs while latter are still microscopic, the eggs growing to full size in upper part of uterus. Ovaries and oviducts very small, the latter not over one-fourth the diameter of a full- grown uterine egg. Preuterus present. Spermathecal ducts very short, tubular glands short. Maggots with five longitudi- nal rows of strongly chitinized segmental plates, those of median row wide and covering dorsum of segments, those of inner lat- eral row narrowed, those of outer lateral row presenting a ser- rate outline below; underside white and soft. The chitinized plates of the maggot vary from brownish-yellow to black, over- lap when the maggot in contracted, the segments telescoping and producing a strongly emarginate outline both from above and in profile. These plates are evidently ambulatory in func- tion as well as protective against conditions of life in the open or subopen. Maggots elongate when not contracted, moderate- 1911] Study of Miiscoid Flies 137 ly wide, flat below; wide and short when contracted. The habit is larviposition, but one can not even guess at the larval habit and host relation. This is a most interesting and remarkably dis- tinct type. Although the Colorado and Veracruz specimens of the fly look quite alike externally, the maggots from the Vera- cruz specimen all show two large black bunches of strong more or less swollen and hooked or cleft spines on cephalic segment which are wholly lacking in the maggots from the Colorado specimen, indicating two very distinct species. The maggots from the Peruvian specimen do not show these cephalic spine- bunches; they besides differ from both the Colorado and Vera- cruz maggots in the characters of the segmental plates. The Veracruz specimen came from Orizaba (coll. by Herbert Osborn) and is probably P. bilimeki B. B., the type of which came from the same locality. A much fuller description with figures of the maggots and female reproductive system will be given in forthcoming papers. 32. Megaprosopine series — Microphthalma spp. (North and South America) dissected, TD 313, 3915. Uterus pres- ent, long, subtubular, in several coils, filled with thousands of slender pointed eggs and maggots. The maggot of Microph- thalma is very hairy, being the extreme development in this respect so far as known. This series includes Microphthalma and allies, and almost certainly Megaprosopus. Trixodes is almost certainly the type of a separate series. The first and probably the second are white-grub parasites, while Trixodes is probably a woodboring-grub parasite. 33. Macronychniine series — No dissections of Macrony- chia have as yet been made. The uterus may well be Meto- piine in form. At all events it must be quite distinct from the preceding series. The forms are perhaps muddauber-wasp inquilines. 34. CuTEREBRiNE series — Cuterebra spp. (Florida and South Carolina) dissected, eggs drawn, TD 487, 486. Probab- ly no uterus, as the eggs are certainly deposited ; chorion of egg very thick and hard, furnished at what is probably cephalic end and with a hinged lid or cap opening on dorsal aspect of egg and provided for the exit of the maggot which could not otherwise escape from its heavy chorion-prison, thus demon- strating most conclusively that the egg is intended for deposi- tion as such. Eggs probably deposited externally on skin or 138 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, hairs of host, and not swallowed, the maggots probably — almost certainly — penetrating skin at point of oviposition ; Dermatobia hominis is practically known to have these habits. Cuterebra, Dermatobia, and probably Rogenhofera and Bogeria. 35. Gastrophiline series — Probably a uterus in which the eggs are incubated to a certain extent; eggs pediceled and per- haps ready to hatch soon after deposition, deposited on hairs of Equus and on Elephas, in the latter case probably on the hairs; maggots issuing from chorion in mouth or oesophagus of host and living in alimentary canal of same, passing out with the faeces when fully grown. Gastrophilus and probably Cobboldia, the latter parasitic in elephants in Africa and India. 36. Oestrine series — Uterus certainly present; maggots deposited in nostrils of ruminants, elephant and horse, living in nasal and pharyngeal cavities and issuing through nostrils when ready to enter ground for pupation. Oestrus, Rhinoes- trus, Cephenomyia, Cephalomyia, Pharyngobolus — last known only as maggot in pharynx of elephant in Africa. 37. Hypodermatine series — Peristomalia or facilia of adult fly remote, enclosing between them what seems to be the exces- sively broadened clypeus or epistoma, perhaps both differing in this character of the facial plate most widely from all the other Muscoidea. The sclerites of these parts need careful study before they can be rightly interpreted. Perhaps a uterus in which the eggs are partially incubated ; eggs deposited on hairs of ruminants, rodents and horse, taken into mouth of host, where they hatch or in oesophagus, the resulting maggots mak- ing their way slowly through the tissues to a position beneath the skin where they provide an air-hole and develop rapidly. Hypoderma, Oedemagena and Oestromyia. One of the most remarkable, widely divergent and at the same time well known groups of the superfamily Muscoidea. It is to be noted that the statements "dissected and drawn" and "dissected" refer always to the female reproductive and accessory organs; also that the term maggot as used refers always to the first-stage maggot only, unless otherwise specified. The term series above is not used in a strictly taxonomic sense. The maggots of most of the genera mentioned above for maggot characters have been drawn and described. Although much has been already accomplished in the inves- tigations above outlined, the results as tabulated most graphic- 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 139 ally illustrate the astonishing amount of such work that yet remains to be done. The above 37 series, as defined or at least mentioned, and including others indicated therewith, will no doubt be more than doubled before the work is brought to a sat- isfactory conclusion. I have at present in tentative outline some 91 groups— taxonomic categories which are to be considered of subfamily or tribal rank, perhaps better the latter, and which may be termed group units. But before these can be satis- factorily defined, hundreds of type species of genera must be carefully dissected and figured, as well for their eggs and mag- gots as for the reproductive system. It is now most confidently believed — in fact, it is axiomatically apparent — that this method of work will finally clear up the taxonomy of these flies and put it on a sound basis. ADDENDA. In order to bring the outline of results up to date of reading proof of the foregoing (April 15, 1911), I wish to add the fol- lowing very brief particulars: Calliphorine series — Synthesiomyia belongs here, as shown by dissection of Peruvian material. It was formerly thought to be more closely allied with Musca. Mesembrinine series — Dr. Lutz has sent me three speci- mens in fluid of Pseudogametes for dissection, but unfortunately all are males. The fly has a wonderfully strong Oestrid habi- tus, greatly resembling Cuterebra in general form and appear- ance. It will almost certainly need a separate group, the Pseudogametine. Sarcophagine series — Sarcophaga auribarbata n. sp., auri- gena n. sp., argenta n. sp. (all Peru) have been dissected and drawn. Sarcophagula peruana n. sp. (Peru) and many other species of several genera (Florida and Peru) have been dissected and the maggots drawn. TD 354, from Massachusetts, which is apparently closely related to this group, if not a member of it, is remarkable as showing most clearly in the first-stage maggot the seven main pairs of sclerites of the cephalopharyngeal skeleton enumerated at the end of these addenda, with the single exception of the dorsopharyngeal sclerite which is rudimentary or nearly absent. 140 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Metopiine series — Prof. Osborn's important observations on the habits of Senotainia (Ohio Nat., VII, 1906, p. 38) indicate that these flies are guided to the nests of the host by observing the latter in the act of transporting spiders or caterpillars with which to provision same. I believe the maggots are deposited in choria, and stuck to the spiders or caterpillars. After the nest is closed the increased temperature probably arouses the maggots to activity, whereupon they first devour the egg or grub of host and then attack the stored provision. The entire contents of the uterus, which are not great, are deposited almost certainly at one time, extending over several hours, and prob- ably may all be deposited in one nest if the conditions are fav- orable. Perhaps the fly attaches a maggot to the egg of host. CoMPSiLURiNE series — Eucelatoria australis n. sp. (Peru) has been dissected and drawn. The piercing larvipositor in this group is composed of two pieces, of which the upper is much shorter than the lower, the lower being concave dorsally and the upper concave ventrally. Both are sharply pointed but the lower piece curves broadly downward to the point and forms the main piercing organ. The two pieces are hinged at the posterior edge of their broad basal portion and the vagina opens between them. The maggot is expelled between these pieces within the skin of the host. Bouche, Heim and Kirsch- ner were right as to the piercing function of this organ, while Giard was wrong. Nielson adopted the latter's view in his criticism of my original announcement of subcutaneous larvi- position in these forms, to which I replied in Science (issue of Feby. 4, 1910, p. 195). There are other forms with what appears to be a piercing larvipositor. Mention has already been made of TD 480, which seems to be near Alophora (see Phasiine series). Another case is furnished in a fly from Massachusetts with pseudodexiine aspect, TD 371, which has a broad blade-like larvipositor. These, if true piercers, are probably cases of independent specialization not indicating relationship with this group. Emphanopteryx (not Cryptomeigenia) has a piercer-like organ in the female, but it is doubtful if it is functional as piercing the skin of the host. The genus Celatoria probably also possesses a piercing larvi- positor similar to that of Compsilura. Judging wholly from the descriptions and figures, Coquillett evidently misinter- 1911] Study of Miiscoid Flies 141 preted the sexes. The sex which he calls the male and which has the strong ventral keel is apparently the female, the keel being functional as a protection to the point of the larvipositor. The ventral groove described indicates this, and the fifth seg- ment mentioned is probably the broad basal part of the larvi- positor. If my surmise is correct, it appears that this form is unique in having the male front wider than that of female. At all events the genus must go in a group by itself, the Cela- TORiiNE, on the remarkable spinose character of the last-stage maggot and puparium combined with the other striking char- acters. Gymnosomatine series — Gymnosoma sp. (California and Veracruz) dissected, TD 1815, 1815a. The uterus was not noted and is probably absent. The egg is large, white, very elongate-oval, flattened, chorion without reticulation. Gym- nosoma and allies, perhaps including Oedemasoma, Parasites of adult pentatomids. Habit, host-oviposition. Tachinine series — Neilsen is evidently wrong in his state- ment that his Tachina larvarum deposited maggots. The eggs which he referred to Carcelia were almost certainly those of his T. larvarum. This can be seen by reading his text. In his second paper (1910) he shows the egg of Carcelia to be pediceled. Meigeniine series — This will need further division. The present forms are parasites of Chrysomelid larvae, sawfly larvae, and lepidopterous larvae. Tachinomyia appears to belong here. The following further groups can be indicated at present. ViviANiiNE series — For Viviania, Cryptomeigenia and allies. All are parasites of adult beetles so far as yet known. Thrixionine series — Thrixion and allies. Parasites of adult phasmids, etc. Plagiopine series. — Plagiops littoralis gen. et sp. nov. (Ocean Beach, So. Florida), TD 738, mentioned above under Meigeniine series, dissected. The uterus was not noted but is perhaps present. The egg is small, flattened, and ovate. Habit, host-oviposition. Plagiine ser — Siphoplagia sp. (Florida) dissected, TD 489; Cyrtophloeba sp. (Mass.), TD 2731, and Plagia sp. (Mass.) TD 2711, dissected. The uterus is in several coils and strap- like in upper extent, the elongate subcylindrical eggs packed in 142 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, rows and developing maggots therein. Habit, larviposition probably on host, as the uterine capacity is limited to a few hundreds. Zygosturmiine series. — This is the 15th series above. Zygosturmia inca gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4031. Coquillett's Sturmia distincta and my protoparcis belong to this genus apparently. The oviducts are quite long and slender, common oviduct about two-thirds as long as oviduct, tubular glands about one and one-half times as long as common oviduct plus oviduct, spermathecal ducts about as long as common oviduct, tubular gland ducts only a little shorter than spermathecal ducts; ovaries with comparatively few ovarioles; no true preuterus; uterus strap-like, in but one or two coils, eggs and maggots packed in on the Echinomyiine plan. AzYGOBOTHRiiNE series — Azygobothria aurea gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn. The ovaries are large, of many ovarioles. Common oviduct is about as long as one ovary. There is a nipple-like preuterus. The spermathecal ducts are very long, fully twice as long as common oviduct, sinuate, bent at or below middle. Tubular glands are short, only half as long as common oviduct, their ducts nearly twice as long as the glands. The uterus is wide and strap-like, in about two coils more or less. Argyrophylax and Zygobothria seem to belong in the neigh- borhood of these two series, but may not come within either. Hystriciine series — The leaf-larvipositing forms will need division into at least seven groups, the present including Hystricia, Bombyliomyia, Jurinia and allies. The others follow : Melanophryonine series — Melanophrys and Artopharista which may or may not be the same. Panzeriine series — Panzeria, Varichaeta and their allies. Nielson has described the first-stage maggot of Panzeria as having no minute colored plates, which I think is a mistake. The fragment which he thought to be first stage of this species seems either not to have been this species or else to have been a piece of a second-stage skin. His text and figures indicate this conclusion. MiCROPALPiNE series — Micropalpus and allies. Cope- drypta may or may not come here. 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 143 EcHiNOMYiiNE series — Echinomyia, Fabricia and allies. Peletria and their allies may come here. Saundersiine series — Saundersia, Epalpus and their allies. Dejeaniine series — Dejeania, Paradejeania and Lasio- palpus. Masiceratine series — This and the ISth and 19th series above represent only a part of the leaf-ovipositing minute-egg forms of Tachinidae, which exhibit a surprising variety of type, in female reproductive organs and eggs. They may be divided as follows, so far as now known, leaving the present group for Masicera, Blepharipa and allies, which have a long uterus con- taining black eggs with a honey-comb reticulation of the chorion. Brachymasiceratine series — This is the 18th series above. Brachymasicera polita gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected, TD3987 Short uterus, black eggs, chorion with a wrinkle pattern and not honey-comb reticulate. Belvosiine series — Belvosia, Latreillimyia and allies. Bel- vosia piurana sp. nov. (Peru) dissected, TD 4032. Uterus long, eggs black, chorion without reticulation but coarsely punctu- late, the punctures largely double and triple. Triachora has the chorion more finely and evenly j^unctu- late, the punctures all single. Blepharipezine series — Blepharipeza, Parachaeta and al- lies. Long uterus with black eggs, the chorion conspicuously honey-comb reticulate, the divisions with minute raised points. Goniine series — Many specimens of various spp. of Gonia from both North and South America have been dissected, and drawings made of two of the dissections which appear widely different. One is a short thick uterus in only one to two coils, with very short oviducts and large ovaries, TD 4011; the other is a very long uterus in five or more coils, with elongate oviducts and somewhat smaller ovaries, TD 4037. Both are from Peru. Other specimens from Piura, Nana (near Lima), and Arequipa, Peru, show both long and short uteri, and I have found developed maggots in the short uterus as well as in the long one. The eggs are minute, flattened ventrally, ovate to subcircular; the chorion is without reticulation, but evenly, closely and very finely punctulate throughout. Preuterus present, common oviduct short, spermathecal ducts and tubular glands elongate. The maggot is elongate-pyriform, sometimes appearing nearly sub- 144 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, cylindrical, and appears to lie curled in the sub-circular or oval egg. Pressure on the egg often causes it to assume an elongate narrow form pointed at ends, inside which the maggot probably lies straight. Slight pressure or teasing with a needle causes the cylindrical anterior portion of the maggot to protrude from the ventral edge of egg, at right angle to long axis. I can see no difference in the maggots from the short and long uteri, and am constrained to believe that here the uterus gradually increases in length as the eggs descend from the ovaries and fill it, although oviposition may begin while the uterus is still short. If this is so, it is an exceptional case in the great increase of length after maggots have become fully formed within the choria. There seem to be two forms of the flies in the Peruvian material, dis- tinguishable externally, but the separation does not accord with the uterine difference. One or both of these forms are prob- ably what has been called Gonia chilensis. My dissections have shown Gonia frontosa (Mass.) to have a long coiled uterus; and what I identify as G. pallens and G. angusta (S. Florida) to have a very long uterus. The chorion of the egg is the same in these forms as above described. The above observations indicate that much care and judg- ment must be used in describing the female reproductive organs in these flies. I have noted variations in lengths of uterus in other forms within certain limits; and variation in the number of rows of eggs in the strap-like forms of uterus as well as in certain others, without a corresponding variation in length. It is evident that we need careful investigations in various groups which shall determine how many days elapse between issuance of the fly or fertilization and complete development of the female reproductive organs. I have noted that in Vari- chaeta, under artificial conditions, this takes about fourteen days. Phasiatactine series — Phasiatacta elongata gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4019. Uterus extremely long and slender, in very many coils and irregular turns, preu- terus present. Ovaries large, oviducts long and slender, sper- mathecal ducts long and curved, tubular glands elongate. Eggs black, elongate, pointed at each end, chorion with areoles gath- ered around a dorsal opaque area, without reticulation. Cnephalomyiine series — Cnephalomyia floridana gen. et sp. nov. (So. Fla.) dissected, TD 877. Uterus very long and 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 145 slender, eggs blackish, elongate, obtusely pointed at each end, chorion, with an almost perfect hexagonal reticulation, inter- spersed with fine punctulations. Cnephalodes pollinosus gen. et sp. nov. (Peru), TD 4038, which has been dissected and drawn, probably belongs here. The uterus is extremely long and slender, in numerous irregular coils and turns, the eggs elongate in single to quadruple file, chorion black with honeycomb reticulation and punctures. The characters of the maggot, including those of the cephalo- pharyngeal skeleton, show a close relationship with Gonia. Ophirosturmiine series — This is the 19th series above. Uterus long and in many coils, eggs brownish-yellow, chorion honey-comb reticulate interspersed with closely-set microscopic raised points. Oviducts long, spermathecal ducts very long and slender, tubular glands moderately long, preuterus present. Phasmophaga evidentally does not belong here. Ommasiceratine series. Ommasicera chaetosa gen, et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4018. Uterus short and thick, in only one and a half or two coils ; eggs brownish-yellow, chorion with an elongate-hexagon reticulation like a honey- comb pattern drawn out of shape longitudinally. This concludes the leaf-ovipositing groups so far as I am able at present to indicate them. But there remains a multi- tude of these forms yet to be assigned, among which I can give notes on the following: Paragermaria has a very long slender uterus, about 40 mm. in length, eggs black, chorion without reticulation, finely punc- tulate much like that of Triachora. It probably goes in the Germariine series, which will include Germaria and allies. Cnephalia has a very long and slender uterus containing black eggs. Attacta, as represented by a specimen from Guatemala which I doubtfully refer to this genus, has black eggs whose chorion is not honey-comb reticulate but shows minute punc- tures in a roughened surface. The uterus is probably elongate. The puncture pattern of the chorion appears in the peripheral area like a chitinous network, with an elongate or oval less- closely punctured central area. The surface of the chorion is closely and minutely roughened with projecting points. Ceromasia has brownish-yellow eggs, the chorion is intensely honey-comb reticulate, each division closely set with micro- scopic raised points. 146 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Phasmophaga has a brownish-yellow egg, the chorion appears not to possess any reticulation and is not punctulate; the sur- face appears to be quite smooth. TD 390 (Mass.) is a small fly with a disproportionately long uterus; it has much the habitus of Eusisyropa, and has been determined by Mr. W. R. Thompson as Masicera sp. near pauciseta. The egg is deeply yellow with a slight brownish tinge, the chorion is reticulate with nearly perfect hexagons, and the surface is sparsely set with long chitinous spine-like points which look like short hairs growing therefrom. No punctulation. TD 355 (Mass.) was at first determined by me as Eusisyropa blanda and so published in Tech. ser. Bull. 12 Bur. Ent., p. 116. I doubt if it is that genus. It contained some 700 whitish eggs in the uterus, which was thus probably of the short thick type. These eggs show the nearly mature maggots within. The chorion is thin, without reticulation or punctulation, and has much the appearance of the Phasmophaga chorion exter- nally. Finally, TD 747, a small yellow-legged fly with a pseudo- dexiine habitus and a very long slender uterus, from Ocean Beach, South Florida, shows black eggs whose chorion appears very similar to that of Phasmophaga in structure. There is no punctulation or reticulation, and practically no appearance of rugosity, the surface being quite smooth. Filaments of trans- lucent substance appear to depend from the ventral surface of this egg, showing in every one of man}^ mounted specimens as pendulous loops and coils. I have seen nothing of the kind in any other egg. They are perhaps intended for more secure attachment to leaf surfaces. These examples might be multiplied, but I have given suffi- cient to show the wonderful diversity of type exhibited by these minute-egg forms, all of which are believed to oviposit upon the foliage of the plants. Ophirionine series — This name should be applied to the 21st series above. EuMYOBiiNE series — Eumyobia flava gen. et sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4021. Ovaries large, oviducts short, common oviduct long, spermathecal ducts and tubular glands short, preuterus present; uterus very heavy and thick, in two stout coils or so, the elongate maggots developing therein. The eggs and maggots are packed in irregularly, in various posi- lull] study of Miiscoid Flies 147 tions. Pyrrhosia may belong here, and the present form may be that genus or one of its near allies, being apparently what Coquil- lett determines as Leskia. I have no alternative, however, but to name it to prevent doubt hereafter. PsEUDODEXiiNE series — There are almost certainly many dis- tinct groups here. The Orphirodexiine series must be erected for Ophirodexia and its allies. Atrophopodixe series — This is quite distinct from Ophiro- dexia, as shown by Diaphoropeza peruana sp. nov. (Peru) dis- sected and drawn, TD 4026. This species is not typical of the genus but comes nearer to it than to any other, and certainly belongs to the Atrophopoda group. Ovaries not large, oviducts very short, common oviduct very long, spermathecal ducts and tubular glands short, preuterus present; uterus thick and swollen, in one coil or so, eggs and maggots very oblique to longitudinal. It is as yet doubtful if Vanderwulpia can be here included. The group is proposed for Atrophopoda and its allies. Beskiine series. — Beskia and ahies. No proper material for dissection has yet been available but the group must be pointed out as probably furnishing a most marked deviation in larval habit from any hitherto known in the muscoid flies. In 1908, Mr. E. O. G. Kelley found, at Pawnee, Oklahoma, a maggot which he observed at the time to be, to quote from Mr. Webster's letter on the subject, "in the act of actually feeding on a grain aphid of wheat, probably Macrosiphum granaria." This maggot changed to a puparium which was attached to the base of a wheat leaf. From this puparium issued a fly of Ocyp- terosipho aelops, which is very close to Beskia if not the same. No confirmation of this larval habit has come to light since, but although the record is a most surprising one it is probable that the maggots of these flies are external feeders on aphids and per- haps some other soft-bodied insects. The anal stigmata of the puparium are borne at the ends of long processes which suggests an analogy with aphidophagous syrphids. Steinielline series — From what Nielsen has shown of the characters of the first-stage maggot of Steiniella, the genus repre- sents a separate group. This maggot possesses minute colored subchitinized plates interspersed with short spines, some of the plates bearing spines on their posterior edge. The maggots are almost certainly not deposited on leaves. The form is not 148 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, allied with the Hj^striciine group of series, the adult being very distinct in external characters. The minute colored plates of the first stage maggot are evidently an independent specializa- tion, and are interesting as indicating the probable method of development of the more perfect colored scale-like plates of the leaf-larvipositing forms. PsEUDOMYOTHYRiiNE series — This is the 27th series above. Pseudomothryia perplexa sp. nov. (Peru) dissected and drawn, TD 4001, 4035. Ovaries small, of only about six ovarioles. Oviducts about one-third as long as ovar3^ common oviduct about twice as long as oviduct, spermathecal ducts very elon- gate, tubular glands about the length of latter, preuterus absent. Uterus slender, laterally compressed, in three to four coils, inside each other disposed in a more or less regular spiral, eggs and maggots in single file. The oral spine which terminates the mandibular sclerite of the cephalopharyngeal skeleton in the first stage maggot is very sharp and needle like. Methypostena and Tachinophyto perhaps come here. It is quite likely that Erynnia nitida, the European tachinid parasite of the imported elm-leaf beetle, occurs in North America and had been deter- mined by Coquillett as Hypostena barbata. EuzENiLLiiNE Series — Euzenillia aurea gen. et sp. nov. (Mass.) dissected, TD 350. In this dissection the reproductive organs were not extracted intact, and I can judge only from the maggot which is a wholly new type. The latter is elongate, moderately slender, and thickly clothed all over with short fine minute spines except on posterior half of dorsum. The cephalopharyngeal skeleton is rather slender. The spermathecae are suboval or elongate-rounded, and the larvipositor is normal. A uterus is present, which is probably not long. Parexoristine series — Carcelia belongs here. Nielson, in his second paper (1910), has shown the egg to be elongate and pediceled, as in Parexorista. Dexiine series — This series needs splitting into several groups. Aside from the typical group, to include Dexia and allies, the following may be given as at present recognizable: Almugmyiine series — For Almugmyia and allies, whose reproductive characters are mentioned under the Dexiine series above. Microchaetina probably comes here, and may prove to be the same as the present form. 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 149 SiROSTOMiNE series — This will include Sirostoma and its allies, which are white-grub parasites. The females deposit their maggots at the surface of the soil, into which the latter penetrate in search of hosts. Phorostoma probably comes here. Sardioceratine series — Sardiocera and allies. Theresia and Eutheresia gen. nov. for Coquillett's Theresia analis, probably come here. All are parasites of wood-boring grubs of Coleop- tera. The host relations of Eutheresia are most interesting, and will be detailed elsewhere. The maggots of Sardiocera (which I determine as Coquillett's Theresia tandrec) and Eutheresia both have a pair of short anal processes carrying the tracheas with the anal stigmata at their ends. Prosenine series — For Prosena, Myiocera and allies. EcHiNODEXiiNE series — For Echinodexia and allies. Prob- ably Hystrichodexia, Eudexia, Hystrisiphona, and Bathydexia come here. These forms are distingiushed in the fly by having spine-like macrochaetae on scutellum and abdomen, and would thus seem to form a natural group by themselves. This char- acter probably does not carry with it the leaf-larviposition habit, although the flies bear a strong superficial resemblance to the Hystriciine and allied forms. It will be noted that spine- like macrochaetae occur in the Blepharipezine series of the leaf- ovipositing minute-egg forms; also that this character does not extend to all the leaf-larvipositing forms. Myiophasiine series — The females of Ennyomma globosa, parasitic in Chalcodermus aeneus in cowpea pods, probably deposit the living maggots at the weevil punctures of a certain age, and the very slender maggot bores in next the periphery of the hardened-sap pellicle which closes the puncture until it reaches the semiliquid frass, through which it can easily gain access to the host grub. Phasiopterygine series — The peruvian species mentioned above, TD 4005, is Phasiopteryx australis sp. nov. It has been dissected and drawn. The uterus is about sixty millimeters in length, from one-sixth to one-half millimeter in width, and is perhaps the extreme development for relative length and slen- derness in the superfamily, though Phasiotacta is a close second. On page 78, T. A. E. S., XIII (March, 1895), I mentioned two specimens of a fly from Doctor Forbes, Ills., as doubtfully refer- able to Ormia, one of which was reared from Crambus sp. If these specimens belong to the Oestrophasiine series, as is quite 150 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, probable, this will form the only rearing record yet known of any immediate relative of this group. Here seems to be a hint explanatory of the remarkable specialization of the first -stage maggot in Phasiopteryx, for it is probable that Oestrophasia has a similar maggot. The larvae of Crambus work underground, in silk-hned galleries, feeding on the stems of growing plants, especially corn. The Phasiopteryx type of maggot would be quite well adapted to search out such hosts. Its smooth seg- mental plates would enable it to penetrate the silken walls of the galleries, where an ordinary maggot would become enmeshed. Yet one cannot help thinking that the Phasiopteryx maggot is rather needlessly specialized for such prosaic purpose. Per- haps Oestrophasia has a still difTerent type of maggot. Characterizations to fit the new generic and specific names used in this article will be shortly published, probably in the more exhaustive paper from which the whole of the present data are taken in advance. I must explain that I consider it quite obligatory upon me, in all cases of doubt as to the deter- mination, to give new names generic and specific to the forms dissected, described and figured. These names will fix the forms so as to prevent any further doubt arising as to their identity. If this plan increase the synonymy, as it doubtless will to an extent, there is no positive harm done; while the posi- tive good is secured of certainty in determination. In the forthcoming more complete paper will also be given fuller explanations of the functions of the various parts of the female reproductive system ; the necessity for the use of the terms preuterus, uterovagina, etc., which may be thought by some to be superfluous, with numerous plates illustrating all the repro- ductive types that have been drawn. I wish to announce that, after an extended comparative study of many maggot types. I find the first-stage cephalo- pharyngeal skeleton to consist of seven original main sclerites, all paired, as follows: 1. Pharyngeal — "lateral pharyngeal" of Hewitt in whole or part; "upper pharyngeal" of Nielsen plus "lower pharyngeal" of same author in whole or part. 2. Infrapharvnoeal — lower wing of "lateral pharyngeal" of Hewitt in part; "lower pharyngeal" of Nielson in part. 3. DoRSOPHARYNGEAL — "dorsal pharyngeal" of Hewitt. 4. Hypostomal — after Hewitt. 5. Infrahypostomal — "the plate below the skeleton "of Nielsen. 6. Mandibular — after Hewitt. 7. Dentate — after Hewitt. 1911] Study of Muscoid Flies 151 A considerable number of minor sclerites occur in various forms, but all seem to be derived from the above seven main ones, except those of the oral region which belong to the pseudo- cephalon and are probably developed from it. I have an ex- tensive series of drawings of a very large number of types of first-stage skeleton, which will be published in due time in connection with a comparative study of all the sclerites that go to make up the skeleton in the various forms. Under the Sarcophagine series in these addenda is mentioned TD 354 from Massachusetts, which most clearly shows all the above main sclerites except the dorsopharyngeal. The infra- pharyngeal is so clearly exhibited in this form as to prove beyond doubt, I think, its distinctness as one of the main sclerites. In most forms the infrapharyngeal, while more or less present, is so intimately connected or welded with the pharyngeal as to appear a part of the latter. This has misled Nielsen and others. It is worth while mentioning in a speculative way that the above seven main pairs of sclerites may represent the seven embryonic segments absent in the muscoid maggot, which have been inverted to form the skeleton proper of the maggot mouth and pharynx. The head in the most primitive insects is believed to be composed of seven segments and the abdomen of ten, the three thoracic segments bringing the total number to twenty. There are twelve segments in the muscoid maggot besides the pseudocephalon. Dr. C. Gordon Hewitt's admirable mono- graph of Musca may be studied with much profit in this con- connection. What I have heretofore called the clypeus in the fly (Taxonomy, pp. 22-24) seems to be a part of the everted dorsal wall of the pharynx chitinized. The true clypeus is apparently the lower portion of what I have called the facial plate. The labrum seems to have projected itself forward, carrying with it the epipharnyx to form the dorsal part of the haustellum, and in this way becoming widely separated from the clypeus. Into the space thus left there appears to have been everted the chitinous portion of the pharynx to form the rostrum of the proboscis, which attaches basally in front to the epistoma or anterior edge of the clypeus. The morphological sequence of the parts is thus lost when the proboscis is extended, but when the latter is retracted the rostrum is inverted to a semblance of its original morphological position. 152 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, It should be stated that the ultimate categories of genera, or those which will eventually be found most serviceable for taxonomic recognition and which I shall call group units, may be considered as generally equivalent to tribes in other groups of insects. Most of the series given in these addenda are to be considered as such, and for that reason I have given them the names of the genera dissected and studied. The article by me in a recent issue of "Science" entitled "On muscoid and especially tachinid synonymy, may be pro- fitably read in connection with this preliminary outline of results- to date in the Muscoidea. ROBBERFLIES OF THE GENERA PROMACHUS AND PROCTACANTHUS. James S. Hike. The species of these two genera from America north of Mexico, have been considered by WilHston in Volume XII, of the Transactions of the American Entomological Society, and the Mexican species of Promachus have been tabulated by Osten Sacken in Biologia, Diptera I, 192. The fact that it has been possible to get together an extensive collection of spec- imens of various species from different parts of North America has led me to make an attempt to identify many of the Nearctic forms, and as some success at least has been attained the fol- lowing results are offered for the consideration of those, who for any reasons, have interest in the various species included. One can not study these flies in the field without noting their highly predaceous habits. These habits have attracted the attention of observers in the past with the result that a few of the species have been mentioned as injurious from the stand- point of killing honey-bees and other useful insects, but in most cases the feeding habits are variable to the extent that each species accepts a large variety of insect life as food, so that after all it seldom happens that their attacks are concentrated in a particular direction sufficiently to establish a marked habit which shall be considered either injurious or beneficial. They are among the largest species of their subfamily, some speci- mens measuring nearly forty-five millimeters in length and the smallest over twenty millimeters, so if their predaceous habits could be controlled the results, very likely, would be of extraor- dinary importance. The material used in the preparation of this paper has been procured from various sources and I am under many obligations for favors. The United States National Museum and the museums of Cornell University and the University of Kansas each have loaned specimens for study. Professor J. R. Watson, of Albuquerque, New Mexico, has sent me several specimens from that interesting region; Professor J. H. Schafifner has donated the material he collected during two summers in cen- tral Kansas; Professor C. F. Baker has sent me much material that D. L. Crawford collected in Mexico during the season of 1910; while Charles Dury of Cincinnati, and H. S. Harbeck, of Philadelphia, and others have forwarded various species from 153 154 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, their respective localities. D. W. Coqidllett, Chas. W. John- son, J. M. Aldrich and other Dipterologists have aided in vari- ous ways. One finds it much pleasanter to work at a difficult task when he meets with such encouragement as I have had in this study. The characters available for the separation of the species in l)oth of these genera are rather meager and I doubt not that students will experience more or less difficulty in using the keys and descriptions. The difi^erences which distinguish species are sufficiently evident, however, for the purpose when the proper comparisons can be made, but without the opportunity to make comparisons as is the case when a single species is considered one may not always feel satisfied with results. I was not able to get all of the described species from Mex- ico and Central America but where I possessed specimens of species from these countries they are included in the consid- eration of their respective genera. A list of the species and synonymy is given lielow but the reader is referred to Aldrich's Catalogue of North American Diptera and to other works for further references to literature. List of the Species or Proctacanthus. arno Townsend, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. IV, 599. brevipennis Wiedemann, Auss. zw., I, 431. Van dcr Wulp, Tijdsch. v. Ent., XXV, lOS. Williston, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XII, 73. caudatus new species. coquillettii new species. duryi new species. fulviventris Macquart, Dipt. E.xot., vSuppl. IV, SS. Osten Sacken, Cat- aloj^ue 23.), note. heros Wiedemann, Auss. zw., I, 427. Schiner, Verb. Zool. Bot. Ges., 1S()(), (),S2; 1S(J7, 39(j. Willi.ston, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XII, 74. longus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., 1S3; Auss. zw., I, 42(). Macquart, Hist. Natur. Dipt., I, 307; Dipt. Exot., I, 2, 123. Schiner, Verb. Zool. Bot. Ges., 1.S6G, ()^ be black, tarsi black or in some specimens the hind metatarsi are red. Abdomen black at the base, partly red posteriorly. Different individuals are colored differently. In two specimens before me the female abdo- men is clear black except the dorsum of segments three to seven inclu- sive which is red, while in the male the segments beyond four are red, as is the dorsum of three and four, while the venter of the first four seg- ments and the dorsum of the first two are practically all black. Male genitalia small, appendages much shorter than the last two abdominal segments, each widest at the Ijase and gradually narrowed towards the apex which is rounded. The small male genitalia together with the clear black femora and red tibia characterize the species. The specimens before me are from Florida and records do not show that it has been collected in any other locality. 1911] Peomachus and Proctacanthiis 159 Proctacanthus caudatus n. sp. Total length 2S to 30 millimeters. Mystax and beard pale yellow, palpi yellowish red with pale yellow hair, antennae and proboscis black; thorax dark with some light pollinose markings, bristles of thorax black, numerous but not very stout black bristles on the scutellum; femora black, tibia red, black at the apices, tarsi black; wings pale brownish. Male abdomen yellow, except -first segtnent and the base of the second which are largely black, hypopygium from dorsal view wide, from side view widened near the apex which is obliquely truncate. Female abdomen entirely dark, except the posterior margin of each of the second to fifth segments which are red; first abdominal segment in both sexes with numerous yellow hairs on each side. The male type and one female from \'eracruz, Mexico, col- lected by D. L. Crawford, of Pomona College, Ontario, Cal. The male hypopygium is very different from that of fulvi- ventris or rufus. In Volume I, page 206, Biol. Cent. Am. Osten Sacken men- tions a female of a species of Proctacanthus which appears to be the same as this one. His specimen was taken at San Geronimo, Guatemala. Proctacanthus occidentalis n. sp. Total length 30 to 36 millimeters. A modest colored species ha\'ing nearly clear wings with many of the veins narrowly margined with brown. Mystax very pale yellow, usually with a few black bristles, beard white, pal])i black with some black and some white hair, occipito- orbital bristles partially white and partially black; thorax pale brown- ish or gray, mostly with black bristles, scutellum with numerous black bristles and scattering fine white hairs, humeral callus distinctly lighter gray than the other parts of the thorax and toward the median line from each of these is a small white spot which is of some use in deter- mination for most other species do not have such a marking. Wings nearly hyaline, in most specimens the longitudinal veins are faintly margined with brown; femora red posteriorly and nearly black anteri- orly, tibiae colored with reddish and blackish in \'arious combinations; abdomen dark, gray pollinose, male genitalia shorter than the last two abdominal segments, appendages curved towards each other at the tips so that they nearly meet; female genitalia with the end piece densely yellowish pilose and with the spines at the tip so small that they are not plainly differentiated from the other hairs of the region. Male type from Los Angeles County, California, and eleven other specimens from California and Idaho, mostly collected by Coquillett and Aldrich. 160 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Proctacanthus coquillettii n. sp. Total length 25 to 27 millimeters. Mystax and beard white or very- pale yellowish, palpi black with white hair, antennae dark, nearly black, third segment short, oval, arista nearly three times as long as the seg- ment which bears it. Thorax dark, brownish gray poUirtose and with black and gray hair; legs with black and gray bristles and gray hair; femora uniformly dark, nearly black, tibiae and tarsi brownish red ; wing hyaline with the middle third quite distinctly brown, abdomen imi- formly dark, gray pollinose and with numerous gray hairs. Male geni- talia rather short, appendages and other parts margined with dense rows of gray hair. Female genitalia with the end piece densely pilose but devoid of a tenninal circlet of enlarged spines. It is easily known by the brown patch on the middle of each wing, by the short third antennal segment and by the gen- italia of the male. The female genitalia agree rather closely with occidentalis but differs from all other species by the spines at the tip being small and not plainly differentiated from others of the last segment of the ovipositor. The female type and a male from Los Angeles, California, collected by coquillett, for whom I am pleased to name the species. Proctacanthus micans Schiner. Total length 26 to 3G millimeters. Mystax pale yellow, beard white, palpi black with most of the hairs with which they are clothed white, although there may be a few black ones. Occipito-orbital bristles mostly pale but in some specimens there are plenty of black ones. Thorax brown in ground color, grayish brown pollinose and with the usual dorsal markings, numerous black bristles on the posterior part with some gray hairs intermixed, anterior part with short black hairs; wings nearly hyaline with the veins quite distinctly margined with brown; legs rather dark from general view, femora dark before, brown behind, tibiae and tarsi in large part brown but somewhat variable. Abdomen dark, grayish brown pollinose; male genitalia rather small and compact, appendages scarcely protruding beyond the other parts, of nearly the same width throughout from side view and clothed with fine white hair. Female genitalia black or brown, end piece sparsely hairy and with a distinct circlet of strong spines at the tip. The small compact male genitalia and hyaline wings with brown margined veins are characteristic. Numerous specimens from Colorado, Arizona and New Mexico. Proctacanthus duryi n. sp. Total length 26 to 28 millimeters. Mystax pale yellow, beard and hair of the palpi nearly white, in fact all the bristles and hairs of the head are white or very pale yellowish. Whole body yellowish gray 1911] Promachus and Proctacanthus 161 pollinose, dorsum of the mesothorax and scutellum with pale bristles; wing clear hyaline, veins pale brown; legs rather light colored, femora darker before than behind, all parts of the legs with black bristles and pale hair. Hair and bristles of all parts of the abdomen gray. Male genitalia about as long as the last two abdominal segments, female genitalia with a circlet of strong spines at the tip. The rather small size of the sjjecies, with the white bristles of the whole body, especially the scutellum, and the general pale color are distinctive. Male type and numerous other specimens taken along the Ohio River in Ohio and Kentucky by Charles Dury for whom the species is named. Proctacanthus arno Townsend. Total length 28 to 36 millimeters. Mystax white, usually with a few black bristles beneath, beard white, palpi black with black and white hairs, proboscis black, occipito-orbital bristles partly black and partly white, whole body grayish brown pollinose. Thorax with the usual markings above, mesothorax above with short black hairs anteriorly and rather stout black bristles posteriorly, scutellum with many black bristles and a few white hairs anteriorly. Legs in general color rather dark, femora nearly black before, brown behind, tibiae and tarsi some- what variable but often quite dark so that they show no contrast with the femora; wings hyaline, usually with the veins faintly margined with brown, but in teneral specimens they are entirely glassy clear. Abdomen rather slender, male genitalia elongate, longer than the last two abdominal segments, appendages from side view, narrowest at the middle, slightly widened and curved inward at the tips so that from dorsal view a distinct open space is enclosed beyond the other genital parts. Female genitalia usually shining black with short white hairs, end piece rather sparsely hairy with a circlet of strong black spines at the tip. The long male genitalia as described characterizes this species fully. The type was collected at the southern end of Lower Cali- fornia. Specimens are at hand from southern Arizona, New Mexico, Utah, Palo Alto, California, and El Paso, Texas. Proctacanthus nigrofemoratus n. sp. Total length of the male type 30 millimeters, other specimens vary from 23 to 30 millimeters. Mystax beard and hair of the palpi white; palpi, antennae and proboscis black; occipito-orbital bristles partly black and partly white. Thorax gray pollinose, mesothoracic dorsum with black hairs and bristles, scutellum with black bristles; wings hyaline with pale veins. Femora uniformly black all over, tibiae pale on the basal parts, otherwise dark, nearly black, as are all the tarsi. 162 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Basal part of the abdomen largely dark in ground color and gray pol- linose, last three segments red in ground color and gray pollinose. Male genitalia slightly shorter than the last two abdominal segments combined, rather small and compact; appendages red, from lateral view of nearly the same width throughout and rounded at the apex. The entirely hyaline wings, the uniformly black femora and the small size of the specimens make the species easy of deter- mination. The female genitalia shining black with a distinct circlet of spines at the tip. The male type and two other males and four females from San Jose, Mexico, collected by D. L. Crawford and McConnell. Proctacanthus philadelphicus Macquart. Total length 2S to 3(3 millimeters. Mystax dark yellow, usualh- with some black biistles intennixed, beard slightly paler than the mystax, palpi black and mostly with black hairs; occipito-orbital bristles part black and part yellow. Thorax rusty brown pollinose, mesothoracic dorsum with short black hairs anteriorly and with black bristles and hairs posteriorly, scutcllum with numerous black bristles and hairs and often with a few white hairs intennixed. Legs in most part brown with black bristles and pale hairs, femora darkest anteriorly, wings uniformly brown all over. Abdomen rusty brown pollinose. Male genitalia slightly shorter than the last two abdominal segments com- bined, appendages brown, from side view nearly straight and near the same width throughout, the tips rounded but not curved towards each other. Female genitalia shining black, end piece rather bread, sparsely hairy and with a circlet of strong black spines. The intense brown color of the body and wings and the dark yellow mystax are characteristic of the species. Specimens from New Jersey, Maryland, Connecticut, Mas- sachusetts, Virginia and Pennsylvania. Proctacanthus longus Wiedemann. Total length 32 to 36 millimeters. Mystax yellow, beard paler than the mystax, palpi black with paler hairs, occipito-orbital bristles part black and part pale. Thorax brown, gray pollinose, mesothoracic dorsum with the usual markings rather plainly shown, anterior part mostly with short black hairs, posterior part with black bristles, scutel- lum with black bristles and hairs; legs brown with black bristles and numerous pale hairs; tibiae slightly lighter than the femora; wings uniformly brown, wide and rather long. Abdomen brown, brownish gray pollinose, male genitalia shorter than the last two abdominal seg- ments combined, from side view appendages nearly straight, of nearly tmifonn width with the tips rounded but not curved toward each other when viewed from above; female genitalia black with a terminal circlet of strong spines. 1911] Promachus and Proctacanthus 163 Related to philadelphicus but the pale hairs of the palpi, long, wide wings and more grayish pollinosity of the body serve to characterize it. Proctacanthus craverii Bellardi reported from Mexico, from the description, I take to be a synonym. Specimens at hand from Georgia, Florida and Texas. Proctacanthus milbertii Macquart Total length 28 to 40 millimeters. Mystax pale yellow, beard paler than the mystax, palpi black with black hair. Thorax gray pollinose, mesothoracic dorsum with the usual markings rather plainly shown, scutellum with black bristles and usualh' with a few pale hairs; wings uniformly light brown; legs brown, tibiae and tarsi lighter than the femora which are darker anteriorly than behind. Abdomen gray or in some cases brownish gray pollinose. Male genitalia shorter than the last two abdominal segments combined, appendages not curved toward each other at the tips; ovipositor usually black but occasionally red or partly red, with a circlet of strong spines at the tip. Related to philadelphicus, but the mystax and wings are paler; the abdomen is gray and not brown pollinose and the thoracic markings are rather more distinct. Specimens from western Ohio, Indiana, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri, Michigan, Colorado, California and British Colum- bia. It is one of our most common and widely distributed species. Under the name Asilus missouriensis, Riley has written of this species as a distinct enemy of bees. Proctacanthus nigriventris Macquart. Total length 30 to 35 millimeters. Body very dark, nearly black; wings unifomily rather pale brown. Mystax very pale yellowish, often with black bristles intermixed, beard gray, occipito-orbital bristles black. Thorax dark, brown pollinose, mesothoracic dorsum with black hair and bristles, usual markings not plainly differentiated; scu- tellum with black hairs and bristles. Wings uniformly rather pale brown, legs dark nearly black; femora, except the apices, black, apexes of femora, tibiae and tarsi dark brown . Abdomen dark, nearly black, dark pollinose with a narrow band before each incisure light pollinose, venter and sides of the last two or three segments in the male gray pollinose; male genitaHa dark red, rather short, appendages widest at the base, gradually narrowed toward apex where they are evenly rounded; ovipositor shining black with strong black spines at the tip. • The very dark color of the whole body is distinctive. Specimens from New Jersey, collected by H. S. Harbeck, of Philadelphia. 164 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Proctacanthus brevipennis Wiedemann. Total length 20 to 28 millimeters. Mysta.x usually white but sometimes yellowish and occasionally largeh' black, in any case there is likely to be more or less black bristles mixed with the others, beard white, palpi with black hair, occipito-orbital bristles mostly black. Thorax brown, gray pollinose, mesothoracic dorsum with the usual markings very plainly differentiated, anterior part with short black hairs, posterior part with numerous black bristles; scutellum with black bristles and a few white hairs before. Wings tmiformly pale brownish; legs brown, tibia and tarsi lighter than the femora, which are nearly black before and brown behind. Abdomen rather dark colored, more or less gray pollinose, male genitalia red, rather short, small, of nearly the same width throughout and evenly rounded at the tips. 0^'i- positor shining black, except occasionally when it is more or less red, with a distinct circlet of spines at the tip. The small size and plainly differentiated thoracic markings are usually sufficient to place specimens of this species. Specimens at hand ffom North Carolina, Kansas, New Jersey, Florida, and Georgia. The type of the species was taken in Kentucky. THE GENUS PROMACHUS. In 1838 Macquart described the genus Trupanea to receive the species which fall here. Ten years later Loew discovered that Macquart's name could not stand on account of previous usage and proposed Promachus to take its place. The species are large, although somewhat smaller than the species of Proc- tacanthus. The bristles of the antennae are naked, the veins clos- ing the discal and fourth posterior cells are not parallel, the pos- terior branch of the third vein terminates beyond the tip of the wing, there are three submarginal cells and the abdomen is longer than the wings. These characters will place the species easily in most cases but certain species of Mallophora may cause trouble. In case they do the fact that the members of the lat- ter genus have obtuse claws, while those falling under Pro- machus have pointed claws should obviate the difficulty. There are at least nineteen valid species of the genus described from North America, but since five of these from Mexico and Central America could not be procured only fourteen are treated in this paper. The genus appears to reach its greatest development to the southward and I have reasons for believing that there are yet in North America several undescribed species. 1911] Promachus and Proctacanthus 165 KEY TO THE SPECIES OP PROMACHUS. 1. First subniarginal cell with a gray shadow which sometimes is very narrow. .2 First submarginal cell without any trace of a gray shadow 12 2. Male genitalia with dense silvery hair above, color of the tibiae very near like that of the femora 6 Male genitalia without silvery hair above, color of the tibiae usually in strik- ing contrast to that of the femora 3 3. Gray bands on the dorsum of the abdomen fully as wide as the black bands. .4 Gray bands on the dorsum of the abdomen confined to narrow posterior borders of the segments 5 4. Thorax deep reddish brown, male genitalia clothed with black hair.ruflpes Thorax yellowish gray, male genitalia clothed with gray hair. . . .vertebratus 5. Gray shadow in the first submarginal cell less than half as wide as the cell; male genitalia rounded at apex sackeni Gray shadow in the first submarginal cell darker in color than usual, distinct- ly more than half as wide as the cell; male genitalia truncate at apex forfex 6. Abdomen with black hair on some or all of the first five segments above. .9 Adbomen without black hair on any of the segments above 7 7. Abdomen uniformly clothed with short gray hair, mystax very pale yellow or nearly white, beard white. truquii Abdomen clothed with yellow hair, beard and mystax distinctly yellow. . . .8 8. Gray shadow in the first submarginal cell wider than the marginal cell, male genitalia almost as long as abdominal segments five, six and seven com- bined fitchii Gray shadow in the first submarginal cell distinctly narrower than the margi- nal cell, male genitalia shorter than abdominal segments six and seven combined quadratus 9. Mystax white or with a very slight shade of yellowish, legs chiefly black . . 10 Mystax plainly yellow, legs chiefly yellowish red 11 10. Abdomen densely brown pollinose on the sides albifacles Abdomen gray pollinose on the sides and extending across narrowly on the hind margins of the segments princeps 11. Abdomen densely brown pollinose on the venter and sides, wings plainly brownish bastardii Abdomen pale yellowish gray pollinose on the venter and sides, wings nearly hyaline quadratus 12. Legs pure black , 13 Legs more or less reddish 14 13. Abdomen distinctly banded with black and gray, the gray bands slightly more than half as wide as the black nigripes Abdomen not distinctly banded, although the narrow posterior margins of the segments are somewhat different from the other parts by appearing whiter aldrichil 14. Very large species, 35 to 40 millimeters in length giganteus Small species, not over 25 millimeters in length minusculus Promachus vertebratus Say. Total length 26 to 31 millimeters. Front and face clothed with yellow pollen, hairs and bristles of the whole head yellowish, beard paler than the mystax, often some of the bristles on various parts of the head are black but there does not appear to be any uniformity as to which ones are black and often there are none of this color. Proboscis shining black, palpi clothed with yellowish hair with an intermixture of black in some specimens, antennae black. Thorax yellowish pol- linose, dorstmi with a brown stripe at the middle divided by a narrow gray line, wings dilute brownish; legs somewhat variable in color, clothed with black bristles and recumbent pale hair, femora in large part black although they may be almost entirely reddish, or even only 166 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, reddish in part ; tibiae reddish with the extreme apices darker ; all of the tarsi brown or black. Abdomen largely gray pollinose and clothed with pale hairs; dorsally the first six segments each have a rectangular black marking which occupies about the anterior half of its respective seg- ment. Male genitalia black, clothed with pale hair, female genitalia shining black. , Specimens from Kansas, Wisconsin, Illinois and Ohio. Promachus rufipes Fabricius. Total length 28 to 35 millimeters. This is a larger species than vertebratus. The color of the thorax is much browner than in that species and the color of the wings is more pronounced. The palpi are black with black hair and the hypopygium is shining black with scat- tering black hairs. The legs are somewhat variable, or at least in the specimens before me they show two distinct types of coloration. The specimens that agree closer to the original description have pure black femora and reddish yellow tibiae with black apices. In another set of specimens the femora and tibiae, except the apices, are reddish brown throughout and do not show any contrast. In other respects the two series of specimens exactly agree and I prefer to consider them all rufipes. Specimens at hand from District of Columbia, Tennessee, Mississippi, Iowa and Ohio. Promachus sackeni n. sp. I take this to be Promachtis No. 2, Biolog. Cent. Am., Volume I, page 193. Total length 22 to 27 millimeters. Mystax composed of black and yellow bristles intermixed, palpi black, mostly with black hairs but there may be light colored ones intermixed, especially on the basal parts, beard white, thorax gray pollinose above with the usual mark- ings, wings uniformly pale brownish, the dark marking in the first submarginal cell very little more than one-fourth as wide as the cell at the widest part, femora, apex of the tibiae and the tarsi black with black bristles, remainder of the tibiae yellowish red with numerous pale hairs and a few black bristles, claws pointed and distinctly curved. Abdomen with much yellowish hair which on the sides is rather long; segments two to seven in the male and two to five in the female ■with gray pollinose triangles on the sides, the inner angles on each side ineeting above on each of segments two to five in both sexes and fonning a posterior gray band; the hypotenuse of each triangle is slightly con- cave, leaviiag on each segment a semicircular spot which is clear black; hypopygium black, slightly wider than the abdomen, evenly rounded posteriorly, with mostly black hairs dorsally and pale yellow hairs laterally; ovipositor black, somewhat longer than abdominal segments four and five. 1911] Promachus and Proctacanthus 167 Three males and three females from southern Arizona, in July and August, some of them collected by the late Dr. F. H. Snow. Osten Sacken's specimens were procured in northern Sonora, Mexico, by Morrison. In a note after his description he men- tioned Promachus trapezoidalis Bellardi as closely related, but Williston has shown, rightly I think, that the latter belongs to Mallophora. I have seen a male of this from Brownsville, Texas. Bellardi mentions the blunt claws and Williston calls attention to the same character. Promachus forfex Osten Sacken. This is a new name for Promachus quadratus Bellardi, since there is an older quadratus by Wiedemann. Total length 23 to 30 millimeters. Mystax largely composed of yellow hair, but a few of the finer ones are black, antennae and pro- boscis black, palpi with black hair, occipito-orbital bristles black. Thorax sparsely gray pollinosc with the usual darker markings dorsally, scutellum with two more or less irregular rows of black bristles and numerous shorter yellow hairs; wings uniformly yellowish brown, dis- tinctly darker than in sackeni, cloud in the first submarginal cell two- thirds as wide as the cell, dark colored and with a distinct outline; femora, tips of the tibiae and tarsi, including the claws pure black, remainder of tibiae and pulvilli yellow, balancers pale 3'ellow; abdomen largely clothed with light yellow hair, sides and narrow posterior mar- gins of the first five segments in the female and seven in the male gray pollinose leaving a large quadrate dark marking abo\'c on each of the segments. Ovipositor composed of three segments, shining black; hypopygium black with black hair, from dorsal view gradually widened toward the apex where it is plainly truncate. Male and female from Cordoba and a female from Vera- cruz in Mexico, collected by D. L. Crawford. Also a female from Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, collected by E. B. Williamson. The species appears to be southern in distribution and is not likely to be taken in the United States. Promachus fitchii Osten Sacken. Fitch described this species under the name apivora because he found it injurious to bees. His name could not stand, how- ever, as it had been used before in the genus. Total length 25 to 30 millimeters. Mystax, beard and hairs of the palpi distinctly yellow, occipito-orbital bristles pale yellow intermixed with black ones which are more numerous in some specimens than in others. Thorax yellowish brown pollinose above with short black 168 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, hairs anteriorly and longer black hairs and bristles posteriorly, a tuft of yellowish hairs before the scutellum in well preserved specimens, scu- tellum with numerous yellow hairs and a few black bristles ; legs mostly yellowish red although usually there is a black or blackish area on the front side of each femur; hairs of the legs yellow, bristles black; wings with a pale brownish tinge, shadow in the first submarginal cell plainly evident, a little more than a third of the width of the cell at the widest part, ground color of the abdomen black, unifonnly clothed with rather short yellow hairs all over. The long hypopygium is clearly distinctive in this species. It is nearly twice as long as in any other species I have seen. Numerous specimens from Clay County, Kansas, collected by Prof. J. H. Schaffner. Aldrich catalogues it from Nebraska, Missouri, Kansas, Connecticut and Florida. Promachus albifacies Williston. Total length 22 to 28 millimeters. Mystax and beard white, at most only a few black hairs on the oral margin; palpi with many black hairs and usually with some scattering white ones among them; rear of the head with white hairs and a few black bristles above. Thorax brown pollinose with the usual stripes above, a tuft of white pile in front of the scutellum largely surrounded by black bristles, scutellum with numerous white hairs and black bristles; wings nearly hyaline, gray shadow in the first submarginal cell less than one-third as wide as the cell at the widest point; legs largely black but somewhat variable, often the femora are red posteriorly and the same may be said of each tibia at base. Abdomen pure black in ground color, distinctly brown pollinose on the venter and sides and on each side of each segment are numerous white hairs which tend to reach across the dorsum and form a very narrow hind border to the segment. Hypopygium small, short and clothed above with abundance of silver white pile. The species is known from California, Colorado, Arizona, New Mexico and Mexico. Promachus princeps Williston. Total length 27 to 32 millimeters. Mystax white with a few black bristly hairs on the oral margin, beard white, palpi with numerous black hairs and a few white ones, rear of the head with white hair and some black bristles above; thorax gray pollinose, wings hyaline, gray shadow in the first submarginal cell very narrow and usually not sharply defined, legs approaching black, each femur posteriorly and each tibia at the base more or less dark reddish; abdomen black in ground color, gray pollinose on the sides and venter, with an area of white hairs on each side of each segment and these tend to approach each other and unite and thus fdnn a band across the posterior margin of the segment. The abdomen is somewhat variable when different specimens are compared on account of the area covered with white hair. 1911] Promachiis and Proctacanthiis 169 This species may be separated from albifacies by the gray instead of brown pollinosity of the thorax, and sides and venter of the abdomen, by the wings being more nearly hyaHne and by the gray shadow in the first submarginal cell being narrower and less sharply defined than in that species. The species is known from CaHfornia, Oregon and Wash- ington. Promachus bastardii Macquart. Asilus laevinus, Trupinea rubiginis and Asilus ultimus of Walker, and Promachus philadelphicus Schiner are considered synonyms. Total length 21 to 2S millimeters. Mystax and beard yellow, the latter paler than the fonner, palpi clothed with black hair, occipito- orbital bristles black; thorax brown, the usual markings present on the dorsum but not very plainly shown, legs in general color red with white hair and black bristles; in most specimens there is a black stripe of greater or less width on the anterior side of each femur, and the front legs especially may have more or less yellow pile on the tibiae and tarsi; wings quite distinctly unifonnly brownish, shadow in the first submarginal cell about half as wide as the cell at the widest part, not very dark gray but with definite limits. Abdomen distinctly brown on the venter and sides and clear black above. From dorsal view the abdomen shows a very narrow band of white hair on the posterior margin of each segment and black hairs on a clear black background otherwise. The hypopygium is clothed with silvery white hair above but is distinctly wider than in albifacies and princeps. Specimens have been taken in New York, Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Kansas, Georgia and Ohio. Promachus quadratus Wiedemann. Total length 22 to 29 millimeters. Mystax and beard yellow, the- latter distinctly lighter than the former, palpi black with yellow hair, but with a few black ones intermixed, rear of the head with yellowish hair, occipito-orbital bristles black. Thorax light brown pollinose with the usual middorsal stripe and lateral markings; wings very pale yel- lowish all over, shadow in the first submarginal cell narrow, hardly one-fourth as wide as the cell at the widest place ; legs brown with light hair and black bristles, anterior part of each femur darker than the other parts of the leg; balancers brown. From above each abdominal segment has a rather wide posterior margin which is clothed with pale yellowish or white hair and which widens distinctly towards each side. The ground color of the abdomen is black and the color shows plainly on the anterior part of each segment but not so extensively as in bas- tardii. In the male the genitalia is of medium size and clothed above with silver white hair as in related species. 170 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, There has been some uncertainty in regard to quadratus but these specimens agree well with the original description. In comparison with bastardii the color as a whole is lighter, the palpi are clothed with mostly yellow hair instead of mostly black hair, the wings are much nearer hyaline, the gray shadow in the first submarginal cell is much narrower and the abdomen has much more light hair. Weidemann's type is recorded as from Georgia. Specimens are at hand from Cameron Parish, Louisiana. Promachus truquii Bcllardi. Total length 24 to 3(i millimeters. Mystax pale yellowish, beard white, rear of the head with white hair, occipito-orbital bristles mostly black, palpi with many black hairs but beneath there are a number of pale yellow ones; thorax brown pollinose, sides with white hairs, dorsum with many short black hairs anteriorly and rather long white hair and black bristles posteriorly ; legs in large part reddish brown with white hair and black bristles, anterior side of each femur largely black; wings nearly unifomih- pale browTiish, hardly as dark as in bastardii, gray shadow in the first submarginal cell plainly evident and with distinct limits, about a third as wide as the cell at the widest j^lace. Abdomen brown pol- linose on the venter and sides, black dorsally, unifonuly clothed all over with short white hair, no black hair except a few black bristles on either side of the first segment. The hypopygium is furnished with silvery hair above very much as in albifacies. The most apparent difference bewteen this and related species is the uniform distribution of rather short white hair over the abdomen and the absence of black hair except the black bristles on the sides of the first segment. Several specimens from the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona. Besides the species has been reported from several places in Mexico. Promachus nigripes n. sp. Total length 28 to 32 millimeters. Mystax and beard white, rear of the eyes with white hair, occipito-orbital bristles largely black, palpi black with numerous black hairs and a few white ones on the lower side, antennae black. Thorax gray pollinose, mesothoracic dorsum with the usual markings not conspicuous, clothed largely with black hair and bristles, sides of the thorax with long gray hairs, scutcllum with black hair and bristles; legs black, mainly with black hair and bristles, but there may be some white hairs especially on the femora; wings hyaline, no gray shadow in the first submarginal cell. Abdomen from above banded with black and white, a white pollinose band clothed with white hair on the posterior part of each seginent and a wider black hand clothed with black hair before it, venter and sides white 1911] Promachiis and Proctaciuithns 171 I^ollinosc with white hairs. Hypopygium rather wide and clothed above with silvery hair, posterior ventral margin of the eighth segment with black and white hairs. There is some variation among the different specimens. The hair on the posterior part of the mesothorax may be largely white, the legs may vary in the extent of the white or black hair present, although the bristles are always black, and in the male the margin of the eighth ventral segment may be furnished entirely with black hairs. The distinct limitation of the black and white areas on the dorsum of the abdomen so as to form bands, together with the entirely black legs characterize the species. The male t3'pe and seven other males and females taken at Albuqtierqtie, New Mexico, by J. R. Watson. Promachus aldrichii n. sp. Total length 2S to 30 millimeters. Mystax and beard white, occipito- orbital bristles mostly black, palpi black with white hairs, only a few black ones above. Dorsum of the mesothorax mainly with black hairs, and bristles, but there is some rather long white hair on the scu- tellum and before it, prothorax gray pollinose, usual markings present but they are not very plainly shown; legs black, clothed with black and white hair and black bristles; wings clear hyaline, no shadow in the first submarginal cell ; abdomen black in ground color, gray pollinose on the sides and venter and clothed everywhere with rather short hair which is almost all white, there being only a very few short black hairs on the anterior dorsal part of each segment. In the male the posterior ventral margin of the eighth adbominal segment is furnished with a fringe of white hairs and the hypopygium is silvery pilose above. The most characteristic thing about the species is the uni- form distribution of the white hairs on the abdomen so that this part does not appear evenly banded as in nigripes. The male type and one female from Utah, and received from J. M. Aldrich of Moscow, Idaho. Promachus minusculus n. sp Total length 24 to 20 millimeters. Mystax and beard pure white, palpi black with some black and some white hairs, occipito-orbital bristles largely pale although there are always a few black ones inter- mixed. Thorax gray pollinose, thoracic dorsum with the markings not very distinct, clothed with black and white hair and black bristles, bristles of the scutellum partly white and partly black, wings pure hyaline, veins brown. Legs dark reddish in general coloration, femora darkest anteriorly, tibiae red, tarsi nearly black, all the parts clothed with reclining white hairs and black bristles. Abdomen rather dull black in general coloration, venter, sides and posterior part of the dor- 172 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, sum of each segment clothed with white hairs, anterior part of the dorsum for more than half the length of each segment clothed with black hairs. Hypopygiiom small and clothed both above and below with rather long silvery white hair, ovipositor black. Easily known from other species of its group by its small size and general rather light color as well as by the very small hypopygium which is densely clothed with silvery hairs below as well as above. Male type and five other males and females taken near Albuquerque, New Mexico, bj' J. R. Watson. Promachus giganteus n. sp. Total length, male 37, female 41, millimeters. A/fystax and beard white, hair of the rear of the head white, occipito-orbital bristles mostlj' black, palpi black, largely with white hairs, but there are some black ones above, antennae black; general color of the thorax reddish brown, mesothoracic dorsum with a rather wide middorsal black stripe which is divided lengthwise by a narrow red interval, on either side is a second black area which is divided by a narrow red space which follows the transverse suture. As the surface of the dorsum of the meso thorax is somewhat denuded in the specimens studied it is likely that the mark- ings described are plainer than would be the case otherwise, scutellum clothed with white hair and with two rows of black bristles near the margin; legs in large part dull reddish and clothed with black bristles and recimibent white hair, tarsi nearly black, femora darkened anteri- orly; wings hyaline, no gray shadow in the first submarginal cell, veins brown and some of them towards the apex very narrowly margined with a nearly obsolete brownish shade. Abdomen as seen from above alternately banded with black and white, the former color usually wider than the latter. The black and white is segmentally arranged, the anterior part of each segment is black with black hair and the pos- terior part is white pollinose with white hair, sides and venter of the abdomen corresponds in color with the posterior parts of the seg- ments. In the male the hypopygium is silvery pilose above and the posterior ventral margin of the eighth abdominal segment is furnished with a thickly placed row of white hairs. The species cannot be mistaken among described North American species on account of its very large size. The type female and one male taken at El Paso, Texas, by D. L. Crawford, and received from Carl F. Baker, of Pomona •College, Claremont, California. LOCOMOTION OF THE LARVA OF CALOSOMA SYCOPHANTA.* By A. F. Burgess. Bureau of Entomology, Melrose Highlands, Mass. Among the interesting data in the report on "The Gypsy Moth," by Forbush and Fernald, which was published by the Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture in 1896, will be found a record of a series of experiments to determine the distance which young gypsy moth caterpillars will travel. Seven cater- pillars were used, and it was found that the distance they crawled before dying ranged from 36 to 144 feet. Another record of experiments conducted with another insect is given on page 23 of bulletin 72 of the New York State Museum, which is bulletin 19 on entomology, published in 1903. In it Dr. Felt writes concerning the grape root worm that he carried on "some experiments to determine the burrowing and traveling power of these little creatures. One small grub was placed on a piece of paper at 9.27 in the morning and its wanderings were carefully traced with a pencil till 4.43 in the afternoon. The little creature traveled almost continuously during the entire period and showed a decided tendency to turn to the left. It covered the relatively enormous distance of over 47 feet in seven hours, or an average of about 2 yards an hour. The grub was placed in a dry vial and under such unfavorable conditions lived about three days." These experiments show that insect larvae are able to sur- vive for a much longer time than would be expected, and to do so under adverse conditions. The ability to travel until food is secured being absolutely necessary to the existence of the indi- vidual this factor plays a very important part in determining the ability of larvae to survive, and especially is this true of predaceous forms. Our attention was strongly directed to this matter in connection with the work of importing and colonizing certain predaceous enemies of the gypsy and brown-tail moths in Massachusetts. The ability of the larvae of Calosoma sycophanta, a predatory species which has been received from Europe, to travel any great distance in search of food is of para- _ • Read at the Minneapolis meeting, Dec. 28, 1910, in joint session with the Association of Economic Entomologists. 173 174 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, mount importance to the well-being of the species, and al- though the insects had been found to be very active in breeding jars it seemed worth while to secure more accurate data as to their powers of locomotion. Accordingly, a set of experiments was planned to determine the distance that a larva of this species would travel from the time of hatching until it died, provided no food or moisture was supplied. In order to carry out the test it was necessary to do so under conditions which never occur in nature, but the results indicate the practical impossibility of carrying on tests over so long a period unless absolute control is secured, so that a careful record can be made. The following apparatus was used (Plate XIII) : A small table 3 ft., 8 in. long, by 2 ft. wide was provided with spools at each end near the top, so that a roll of paper could be reeled across the top of the table, the result being accomplished by turning the spools. Beneath this paper was placed a piece of stiff wrapping paper which extended beyond the sides of the paper connected with the reels, and the edges were bent upward in such a manner as to prevent the escape of the larva from the sides of the tabic. The paper on the reels was ordinary wrap- Fig. I. Rolls of Records. Annals E. S. A. Vol. IV, Plate XIII. A. F. Buvfiess. [1911] Larva of Calosoma Sycophanta. lib ping paper 18 inches wide. The larva was placed in the center of the table and a record of its travels was made with a lead pencil. At 8:30 A. M., June IS, a newly hatched larva was placed in the center of the table bj^ Mr. C. W. Collins, and the record was kept throughout the day with the assistance of Mr. R. G. Smith. The table had been placed in an attic room in the lab- oratory, having only one window, which was on the west side of the house. During the day the larva moved rapidly away from the light, and when it had reached the end of the roU the table was turned end for end and the insect began traveling in the opposite direction. Although there were forty yards of paper on this roll, it was necessary at 1 p. M. to remove the larva and substitute a fresh roll, as it had crossed the paper from end to end five or six times. The complete record of the travel of this larva required 11 rolls of paper and one assistant and sometimes two, depend- ing on the activity of the insect, had to be constantly at work. (Fig. 1.) The experiment was carried through continuously until the larva died, and the extraordinary vitality which it exhibited, promised, at one time, to exhaust the supply of assist- ants that could be spared for the work. The following table gives the data secured from the record on each roll. Time Total Distance Rate per min. 8 30 a. m to 1 p m. i\i hrs. 3 2-3 hrs. 5 hrs. 1323.63 ft. 719.40 ft. 1213.14 ft. 1164.51 ft. 733.17 ft. 926.03 ft. 933.15 ft. 712.15 ft. 575.91 ft. 766.5 ft. 190.44 ft. 4 9 ft 1 p. m. to 4.40 p. m 4.40 p. m. to 9. 40 p. m 3.27 ft. 4.04 ft. 9.40 p. m. to 1.45 a. m 4' 2 hrs. 6 hrs. 3 hrs. 4 23-30 hrs. 5M hrs. SHhrs. ll>2hrs. 19^4 hrs. 4.75 ft. 2.03 ft. S.40 a. m. to 11.40 a. m. 4.03 ft. 11.54 a. .m to 4.40 p. m 5 p. m. to 10.15 p. m , 3.26 ft. 2,26 ft. 10.35 p. m. to 2.05 a. m 2.15 a. m. to 1.30 p. m 2.74 ft. 1.13 ft. 1.30 p. m. to S.45 a. m .16 ft. The larva remained alive from 8:30 Saturday morning until 8:45 Tuesday morning, 72 hours, and was active the greater part of the time. It was necessary to place the insect in a glass each time a new roll of paper was attached, so that the entire length of time that the larva was actually on the paper was about 70 hours. The table gives the distance traveled during differ- ent periods, the total amounting the 9,058 feet, or 1.71 miles. 176 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, The highest rate of travel per minute was during the first 4}/^ hours, and averaged 4.9 ft. For the first 24 hours the average was 3.69 ft. per minute; during the next S hours the average dropped slightly and for the remaining period the average was gradually reduced until the larva died. The temperature in the room where the experiment was conducted ranged considerably higher than that outside the building, the following records being taken from the report of the U. S. Weather Bureau at Boston. — June 18 — Maximum, 79 degrees; Average, 70 degrees. " 19— " 75 " " 68 " 20— " 86 " " 74 " 21— " 92 " " 80 The larva was kept continually on a dry surface, so that evaporation was very rapid, and doubtless reduced the length of time that the insect would have survived under normal con- ditions. For the first 36 hours the larva traveled almost continuously, stopping only occasionally for a minute or so to rest. During this time it traveled away from the light, viz., from the window during the day time, and at night away from the single electric light which was in the room. On the second night, which was after 36 hours of continuous travel the larva began traveling toward the light, and continued to do so during the night. Mr. R. G. Smith, who was on duty at the time, noted that from 8 A. M. on June 20, the larva traveled at a continuously decreasing speed. Marks were made showing direction of travel, and every fifteen minutes the time was noted on the lines of travel. Resting periods: 4.32 p. M., 8 minutes; 4.45 p. M., 5 minutes; 5.15 P. m., 10 minutes; 5.46 P. M., 12 minutes; 6.36 P. M., 4 minutes; 6.42 p. m., 7 minutes. The larva moved only several inches at a time. In the morning the larva rested often, but only for a few minutes at a time. Mr. J. J. Culver noted that about 11 p. m., June 20, the larva began to crawl backwards, at intervals bending the head down as if trying to bite itself. It would do this for two or three minutes, then either rest or crawl in the normal manner. At this time the larva had become either insensible to light, or too weak to contin- ually travel from it, as it traveled toward the light as much, if not more, than from it. In backing the larva always moved from the light. [1911] Larva of Calosoma Sycophanta. 177 At 12.45 A. M., the larva was very weak, it had scarcely moved during the last hour, and remained in a humped-up position. If touched with a pencil point, it would jump, but would not move either forward or backward. Between 8.25 p. M., June 20, and 1.40 A. M., June 21, the larva rested 4 hours, 15 minutes. TtTT — n-Ttrml-l l ll I I i r-t n t n. ' Fig. 2. Distance traveled by larva during the last twenty-four hours. Fig- ures at left indicate number of feet each small horizontal space indicates a fifteen minute interval. Mr. H. E. Smith, who was on duty at the time, noted that the larva did not move from 1.45 a. m. to 2.30 A. M., when it backed J^ of an inch, remaining thus until 3.25 A. M., when it turned half way round in its tracks. The line from 1.45 A. M. to 4 A. M. was all backed over, except in a small circle which was traveled in the normal , manner. At 3.55 A. m. the larva fell 178 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, on its back and remained so until 4.05 A. M. when upon being touched in order to test life it grappled the lead pencil point and again regained its footing. It moved and backed in a small circle at 5.15 A. M. At 7.05 A. M. it fell on its back again, and remained there until it died at 8.40 A. m., June 21. The rate of travel from 8.30 A. M., June 20, to 8.40 A. M., the following morning, which was the last twenty-four hours of the insect's life, is shown in the diagram (Fig. 2.) and illustrates how remarkable was the activity until almost the close of its life. ■ No delicate balances were available for weighing the larva after it hatched, but as soon as it died it was weighed by Mr. W. G. Fall, of the Massachusetts Department of Weights and Measures in Boston. The average weight of ten newly hatched larvae was .2973 grains; the weight of the dead larva was .18 grains, which indicates that it lost .1173 grains during the experiment. Although the distance traveled is probably much greater than what would actually occur in nature, it is remarkable that so much latent energy can be stored up in an egg of one of these beetles. It is interesting to compare the ability to travel possessed by this larva with that of some of the higher animals. Through the courtesy of Dr. W. E. Castle and his assistant Mr. Detlefson, of the Bussey Institution, of Harvard Univer- sity, we have been able to secure measurements and weights of young rats and guinea pigs and this information is used in mak- ing the comparison. The average length of all the legs of the larva of Calosoma sycophanta, ten specimens having been meas- ured, was 3.37 mm., that of a young rat, one to three days old twelve specimens having been measured, was 19.08 mm., or 5 2-3 times greater, while similar measurements of a guinea pig showed that the average length of leg was 76.25 mm., or 22,^2 times greater than that of the beetle larva. If the ability to travel of the higher animals mentioned equalled that of sycophanta, the rat would be able to cover nine miles without food or water, while the guinea pig would have to cover over 38 miles under the same conditions. It might be said that the locomotive powers of a young guinea pig are superior to that of a rat of the same age but doubtless either would die before traveling a very short distance to obtain food. [1911] Larva of Calosoma Sycophanta. 179 If the traveling capacity is compared on the basis of weight the difference is much greater. The average weight of the beetle larva is 19.8 m. g., that of the rat 5250 m. g., and that of the guinea pig 7500 m. g. Thus if the rate of travel was in the same proportion the rat would cover 453 miles and the guinea pig 648 miles while the larva traveled 1.71 miles. The length of life of the insect is also worthy of note when it is remembered that no food or water was supplied, as it indicates that the young larvae are able to survive several days in the field without food and still have sufficient vitality to make a thorough and active search for their prey. DISCUSSION. Mr. J. B. Smith: The thing that interested me most is the appropriateness of the German name, "laufkafer. " Mr. Bur- gess' paper shows that the German name is absolutely correct when applied to the larva of this insect, because it certainly can run. Mr. Howard: It is estimated that there are now over a million of these insects in Massachusetts, that next year there will be ten millions, and the year after one hundred millions. Mr. J. B. Smith: Dr. Howard's remark recalls to my mind the following experience: In south New Jersey there was one season an outbreak of a species of Geometrid caterpillar, which covered the scrub oaks in enormous numbers, and that season, in company with two or three entomologists, I was down in the region where the insects occurred. We found Calosoma of two species, willcoxi and scrutator, were present in enormous numbers on the young oak trees, feeding upon these larvae. The next year you could look through the whole territory and could not find a single specimen of either species. Mr. Burgess: I think a possible explanation might be that, as far as we know the larvae of Calosoma willcoxi and scrutator do not cHmb trees, while the larva of sycophanta does so very readily. Mr. Summers: This certainly is an interesting paper, but the point that is perhaps the most interesting is the comparison of the rat and the guinea pig. It seems to me that is a fallacy 180 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, that ought to be pointed out. If a man could jump, in compari- son to his size, as far as a flea, he could jump over a church tower. One might say too much on the relative endurance of animals, of the distance they can travel, unless the animals are of the same size, or unless the law of reduced power of locomotion with added weight and size is taken into account. The rat with the same endurance, I believe, could not travel the distance stated in the paper. NOTES ON THE PEAR-SLUG.* Eriocampoides limacina Retz. By R. L. Webster. Recent Injury. Nearly every year cherry and plum trees in Iowa suffer much injury by the common pear-slug. While the control of this insect has never been considered a difficult problem, yet it happens frequently that foliage is greatly dam- aged before one is aware that any slugs are present. Serious damage is sometimes caused to cherry trees. Young cherry trees in the town of Ames have been killed as a result of defoliation following the injury bj^ the slugs. Appearance of the Injury. The slugs feed on the upper surface of the leaves, eating the parencyhma and leaving only the veins and the lower epidermis. Leaves thus eaten, dry, turn brown, curl up and fall from the tree. Frequently in- fested trees are left entirely bare of foliage in midsummer. The Insect's Appearance. The insects in question are dark, olive colored slugs, with a slimy covering. The fore part of the body, just back of the head, is broad, but it tapers back of this. Where the slugs are common a peculiar sour odor may be noticed. The slugs molt five times, and when mature they are about 2-5 of an inch long. After the last molt the slug has a clean and dry skin, quite free of slime, and orange in color. These orange slugs go to the ground and form small earthen cells in which to pupate. When the adult sawflies emerge they deposit eggs in the tissue of plants on which the young slugs are to feed. past history and distribution. This insect has long been known in Europe. As far back as 1740 Reaumur gave an account of the pest and its injury. The first American account was written by Prof. Wm. D. Peck, of Harvard, and published in 1799. Professor Peck wrote an essay on the insect, entitled the "Natural History of the Slug- Worm, " which won for him a gold medal and a prize of fifty dollars, given by the Massachu- * Read at the Minneapolis Meeting, Dec. 28. 1910, in joint session with the Association of Economic Entomologists. i8i 182 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, setts Society for Promoting Agriculture. The essay was printed by the Society but it has now become very scarce. Harris, writing in 1841, said that the pamphlet was then "out of print and rarely to be met with." It was the good fortune of the writer to find this paper of fourteen pages in the Boston Public Library last winter. That so much concerning the habits of this insect had been determined at such an early date in the history of American economic entomology, is indeed surprising. In fact, almost all of the information concerning the insect in America dates back to the account of Peck. The insect is widely distributed, having been recorded in Europe, North America, Australia, New Zealand and South Africa. LIFE HISTORY. Generations. There are in central Iowa two quite distinct generations of the insect. In the fall a very few slugs were found, lagging way behind the others, but these are probably only delayed individuals from the second generation, rather than a partial third generation. About Ames the eggs and adults were found in late May and early June and larvae appeared in the fore part of June. By July 5 the first brood slugs were practically all gone. The adults from this brood of slugs appear about the middle of July and their eggs hatch late in the month. The slugs begin to mature a little before the middle of August and by September 1st they are practically all gone. A part of the first brood larvae do not complete their trans- formations at once after entering the soil but remain as larvae until the next spring, making but one generation a year for a part of the slugs. This was noticed by Professor Peck and later by Marlatt. It seems to be a provision for the preservation of the species. Should the second generation be wiped out by natural enemies, the slugs that are held over would still be left to propagate the species the next season. The Egg. The eggs are deposited in the leaf tissue of the various food plants — placed just beneath the upper epidermis and thrust through the leaf from below. In the insectary eggs hatched in 10 to 14 days in the spring; average, 12.1 days; in summer in 7 to 13 days, average, 10.5 days. 1911] Notes on the Pear-Slug 183 Parthenogensis probably occurs with this insect, but this has not been satisfactorily proved. Many sawflies were examined, but no males were found. Eggs deposited by virgin females hatched, but all the larvae were weak, and none even reached the second stage. The Larva. The newly hatched slug is about 1.2 mm. long, at first free from slime, but this is secreted in a few hours. The young slugs begin to eat out tiny patches in the epidermis; later they eat through the parenchyma to the lower epidermis, leaving the veins. One slug ate a space of 825.9 square milli- meters during its lifetime, 19 days, according to a record kept by Mr. T. M. McCall, insectary assistant at the time. After each molt, except the last, the larvae eat their cast skin, all of it but the head. Five molts are probably normal. In 14 cases 5 larvae molted 5 times; 5, 6 times; 3, 7 times, and 1 larva molted 8 times, all under insectary conditions. Sometimes in succes- sive molts the width of the cast head was exactly the same; often there was very little difference. The average head widths of the stages were: Stage I, .35 mm.; II, .51 mm.; Ill, .67 mm.; IV, .85 mm.; V, 1.04 mm.; VI, 1.13 mm. The geometrical ratio between the successive head widths was practically .35. Larvae matured in 13 to 26 days; average 19.4 days. No essential differences were noticed in the two generations of the time required; the same total length was found in either case. The time required for the separate stages was: I, 5 days; II, 3.2 days; III, 3.4 days; IV, 3.2 days; V, 4.7 days (average from both generations). Stage VI usually entered the soil imme- diately after molting. Both Peck and Marlatt remarked that heavy rains are said to destroy the slugs. Professor Peck, however, said that he had seen the slugs retreat to the under sides of the leaves in a shower ; a fact that we observed several times in the Iowa work. It seems quite likely that the supposed efficiency of heavy rains is really only the disappearance of the slugs to the lower sides of the leaves. How the larvae reached the ground was a puzzle to us at first, but we found that they dropped down of their own accord. Occasionally orange-colored larvae were found on tree trunks, but they were not crawling down, but appeared to be going upward. 184 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV^ Finally some black cloth screens were placed on the ground under infested cherry trees and the larvae dropped readily to the cloth. They were most active about 4 o'clock in the afternoon. Eighteen larvae dropped to cloth screens between 2.15 and 4 p. m., June 29, according to notes made by Mr. T. M. McCall. The Cocoon and Pupa Stage. The small earthen cells of the larvae were found commonly in the summer within an inch of the surface of the soil. Probably they go deeper for the winter. In the summer it was about 20 days after the slugs entered the soil that the adults emerged. In 19 cases the average time was 19.9 days, with a range of 15 to 23 days. The Adult. The sawflies were most numerous early in the morning, although they were found in small numbers at other times in the day. In July the sawflies all appeared at about the same time, but in the spring the emergence was spread over a much longer time. NATURAL ENEMIES. Egg Parasites. The most common egg parasite was Pentarthron minutum Riley, kindly determined for me by Mr. A. A. Girault. It is a very tiny, yellow-brown species, which has often been reared from the eggs of a number of common insects. At Ames this species was reared abundantly in 1909, but not at all in 1910. A few individuals were reared from eggs collected at Reinbeck, Iowa, in August, 1910. From the first brood eggs the parasites emerged from June 2-8 to July 20; from the second brood eggs, from August 11 to August 20th. The eggs affected by this parasite turn black, and of course fail to hatch. Two or three individuals were reared from a single egg. Professor Peck in his original account mentions what is doubtless this same species and gives figures of it. After look- ing over the account I came to the conclusion that Peck had reared the same parasite in Massachusetts in 1798 that I reared in Iowa a hundred years later. Mr. A. A. Girault, to whom I referred a copy of this account, corroborated my opinion that Peck's parasites were most probably Pentarthron minutum. 1911] Notes OH the Pear-Sing 185 The second egg parasite, Closterocerns ciuctipennis Ashmead, also determined by Girault, was reared equally abundant in 1909 and 1910, from eggs collected at Ames. This species also affected both broods of eggs, emerging from first brood eggs June 28 to July 22, and from second brood eggs August -l to August 21. This parasite was always reared singly from the eggs. The black form of the parasitic pupa could often be distinguished within the parasitized eggs. It is presumably a primary parasite. Predaceous Enemies. In 1910 nymphs and adults of Podisus maculiventris Say were found to be very active against the slugs. Most frequently the slugs themselves were attacked, but the Podisus also captured the adults, according to observa- tions made by Mr. T. M. McCall. One Podisus nymph was kept 47 days in an insectary cage, during which time it ate 6G slugs; 1.4 slugs a day. The great- est activity was immediately after the insect became an a'dult, when it ate 6 and 7 slugs a day. A species of Chrysopa and an undetermined Reduviid were also observed to prey on the slugs. experiments with insecticides. Paris green, 1 pound to 150 gallons of water, was effective. A home-made arsenate of lead, single strength, was not effect- ive. Used against the older slugs this spray was very ineffi- cient. I could not see that any slugs at all were killed by it. When used against the very young slugs, about half of them were killed. A 10% solution of kerosene emulsion appeared to be quite effective. Several simple soap solutions were found effective, at con- centrated strengths. Whale oil soap, 1 pound in 2 gallons of water; Ivory soap, 1 bar in 2 gallons and White Laundry soap, 1 bar in 2 gallons of water, were all satisfactory treatments. These soap solutions may be quite convenient for use on a few cherry trees when the fruit is present. 186 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, DISCUSSION. A Member: I should like to ask if it is possible to use the spraying that is applied for curculio to kill the slug, or whether the slug works so late in the season that poison applied for the curculio would be washed from the leaves. Mr. Webster: The spraying should be done about the middle of June in central Iowa. I am not familiar enough with the curculio to say whether this spraying would affect it or not. A Member: It would be too late to arrest the curculio. Dr. Howard : I regret that I did not hear all of the paper. I should like to ask about the affect of a strong stream of water on the slugs, without any insecticide at all. Mr. Webster: I did not try that. Dr. Howard : In city yards a strong stream of water from a hose can be used to wash off the slugs. This method has been tried and given good results. THE MECHANISM IN THE HATCHING OF THE WALK- ING STICK, DIAPHEROMERA FEMORATA SAY. By Henry P. Severin, Ph. D., Professor of Zoology and Entomology, College of Hawaii, and Harry C. Severin, M. A., Professor of Entomology, South Dakota State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts. (with plate XIV.) In the Phasmidae, Mantidae, Blattidae and Acridiidae, the cervical ampulla is said to play an inportant role in the process of molting, and in some Orthoptera, also in the process of hatch- ing. This ampulla, consisting of a soft membrane joining the head dorsally to the prothorax, can be transformed by the afflux of blood into a greatly swollen pouch, which then projects out immediately behind the head. The process of hatching of various Orthoptera has been studied by a number of entomologists. Riley (7) does not men- tion the cervical ampulla while describing the phenomenon of hatching in the Rocky Mountain Locust, for he writes as fol- lows : "The hatching consists of a continued series of undulating contractions and expansions of the several joints of the body, and with this motion there is slight but constant friction of the tips of the jaws and of the sharp tips of the hind tibial spines, as also of the tarsal claws of all the legs against the shell, which eventually weakens and finally gives away. It then easily splits up to the eyes or beyond, by the swelling of the head." Packard (5) objects to Riley's account of the supposed action of the jaws and spines and believes that "the egg-shell is without doubt burst open by the puffing out or expansion of the membrane connecting the head and prothorax, just as the common house-fly or flesh-fly bursts off the end of its pupa- case by the puffing out of the front of the head." Kunckel d'Herculais (3 and 4) gives the following account of the physiological mechanism in the hatching of the Acridii- dae: " Les Acridiens rompent la coque de I'oeuf, * * * par la pres- sion exercee a I'aide de la membrane unissant dorsalement la tete au prothorax que se transforme par afflux de sang en une ampoule cervicale." In Diapheromera femorata the mechanism, which ruptures the various membranes and springs off the operculum when the walking-stick is about to emerge from the egg, cannot be ob- served in action on account of the hard, thick, opaque chorion. If the operculum is carefully removed from an egg shortly 1S7 188 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, before hatching, the embryo will be found with its head and pro- thorax situated directly beneath the portion of the egg removed (Fig. 1, h and p). The pressure exerted by the cervical ampulla is, therefore, directly against the operculum. Hatching spines for the purpose of rupturing the embryonic envelopes and also for breaking or cutting open the egg-shell have been described from many insect eggs. Above the pro- thorax of Diapheromera, the thin amnion is covered by num- erous long spines which point toward the operculum. These spines, like the egg-burster (or ruptor ovi as Riley (6) calls it) of Corydalus cornutus, are portions of the amnion itself. If the prothorax of a walking-stick is examined after its emergence from the egg, no spines are found, but simply short blunt pro- tuberances. In all probability, the long spines of the amnion above the prothorax assist in rupturing the vitelline membrane which is especially thick beneath the operculum. "When the young walking-stick is in the egg, ready to emerge, the meso- and metathorax are not remarkably elongate, but before the little creature is fairly out of its narrow prison, the thoracic segments assume their usual proportions. It is said to be a most curious sight by those who have observed this almost instantaneous development." (Caudell [2]). An attempt was made by us to secure an explanation for this curious phenomenon observed by Caudell. After the chorion of the egg was removed, the embryo was found to be so curled up in the egg that the posterior end of the abdomen lay near the head region. A longitudinal section through the embryo showed that the thorax was folded transversely in a dorso-ventral direction (Fig. 2). In all probability it is simply the straightening out of these folds as the young walking- stick emerges, that causes the thoracic segments to assume their usual proportions. If the pressure exerted by the cervical ampulla at the time of hatching is not sufficient to rupture the amniotic and vitelline membranes and also to throw oflf the operculum, it may be possible that the straightening out of some of these thoracic folds assist in the process. After pushing off the operculum, the young walking-stick, with the prothorax bent down at its union with the mesothorax, begins to emerge from the egg (Fig. 3). The cervical ampulla is now slightly swollen, and the prothorax possesses a deep green color, due to the blood which has accumulated within it. 11911] Hatching of the Walking Stick. 189 The method employed during the process of emerging from the egg is almost identical with that which we (10) have des- cribed of a walking-stick withdrawing itself from its old skin during the process of ecdysis. A specimen examined under a binocular microscope during the process of emergence from the egg, will be seen to undergo a series of peristaltic-like movements of the segments of the body; these movements pass from the posterior end of the abdomen towards the head. With each series of these movements, the body is drawn out of the egg- shell a short distance, the legs also assisting somewhat in this process of extraction. At each pull of the legs in their attempted withdrawal from the egg-capsule, the strength of the pull is such, that the coxa of each leg presses against the body, causing in that region a temporary indentation. When the peristaltic- like movements reach the head, the walking-stick often raises the head vigorously upward in an attempt to withdraw the antennae. The first part of the walking-stick to leave the egg is the dorsal surface of the prothorax (Fig. 3, p) ; then comes the head (Fig. 3, h), followed by the rest of the thorax. The antennae are freed next, and these may come forth either simultaneously or one soon followed by the other. The following order was often observed in the withdrawal of the legs: one middle leg was followed by the other; then the front legs were pulled out of the egg at the same time,' and finally the hind legs. The abdomen does not leave the egg at any definite time in relation to the withdrawal of the other parts, but it may emerge after the antennae or, in other specimens, after the middle or front legs. The extrication of the antennae, legs and abdomen, however, does not always take place in the order just given, as is shown in the following table: Table I. Order of Withdrawal of the Antennae. Legs and Abdomen from the Eggs of Six Diapheromera femorata. /antenna \antenna front leg middle leg middle leg front leg abdomen /hind leg \hind leg antenna antenna middle leg abdomen middle leg front leg front leg fhind leg \hind leg antenna antenna abdomen middle leg middle leg front leg front leg hind leg hind leg middle leg antenna middle leg antenna abdomen front leg front leg fhind leg \bind leg abdomen /antenna lantenna middle leg front leg front leg (middle leg \hind leg hind leg thrown ofT. abdomen antenna antenna middle leg middle leg front leg front leg hind leg hind leg Braces indicate that the two included appendages were extricated simultaneously. 190 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Stockard (11) describes the hatching of Aplopus mayeri as follows: "When hatching the embryo's head and body come forth from the egg first, the antennae are then pulled out, the legs being the last parts liberated from the shell." The speci- mens noted under E and F in the above table agree with Stock- ard's observations on Aplopus, but both of these specimens had their appendages caught in the amniotic membrane (Fig. 4). In a previous paper we (9) have already called attention to the fact that dryness, at the time of hatching, has a marked effect upon the emergence of the walking-stick from the egg. With the addition of water which was added drop by drop to the egg-shell, within which the above-mentioned specimens were caught, these walking-sticks succeeded in freeing themselves. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1. Bourgeois. J., 1900. Sur un mode particulier de progression souterraine chez quelqucs larves d'Insectes. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. LXVIV, pp. 261-2. 2. Caudell, A. N., 1903. The Phasmidae, or Walking-Sticks of the United States. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXVI, No. 13.3."), p. 864. 3. Kunckel d'Herculais, J., 1890. Mecanisme physiologiques de Teclosion, des mues et de la metamorphose chez les Insectes Orthopteres de la famille des Acridides. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, CX, pp. 657-9. 4. , 1890. Du role de I'air dans le mecanisme physiologique de I'eclo- sion, des mues et de la metamorphose chez les Insectes Orthopteres de la famille Acridides. Ibid. CX, pp. 807-9. .5. Packard, A. S., 1877. 9th Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. and Geographical Survey, pp, 630-4. 6. , 1903. A Textbook of Entomology, pp. 585-6. 7. Riley, C. V., 1877. 9th Ann. Rept. Noxious, Beneficial and other Insects of the State of Mo., pp. 89-90. 8. Riley, C. V., Packard, A. S., and Thomas, C, 1878. 1st .\nn. Rept. U. S. Ent. Com. 1877. Relating to the Rockv Mountain Locust. Wash. pp. 277-284. 9. Severin, H. H. P., and Severin, H. C, 1910. The Effect of Moisture and Dry- ness on the Emergence from the Egg of the Walking-Stick, Diapheromera femorata Say. Jour. Econ. Ent. Ill, No. 6, pp. 479-481. 10. , 1911. The Life-History of the Walking-Stick, Diapheromera fem- orata Say. Jour. Econ. Ent. IV, No. 3. 11. Stockard, C. R.', 1908. Habits, Reactions and Mating Instincts of the Walk- ing-Stick, Aplopus mayeri. Publ. No. 103, Carnegie Inst., Wash., pp. 43-59 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. All figures were drawn with a camera lucida. Fig. 1. View of embryo after the operculum has been removed showing the head and prothorax directly beneath. The pressure exerted by the cervical ampulla, which joins the head dorsally to the prothorax, would be directly against the operculum: h, head; p, prothorax; vi, vitelline membrane; c, compound eyes. Fig. 2. Longitudinal section through the head and thorax of the embryo, showing the transverse folding of the thorax in a dorso-ventral direction; h, head; p, prothorax; ni, mesothorax; met, metathorax. Fig. 3. Walking-stick emerging from the egg, showing that the prothorax is bent down at its union with the mesothorax: h, head; p, prothorax; m, meso- thorax; op, operculum still adhering to the egg by means of the so-called "shell membrane." Fig. 4. Walking-stick with its appendages caught within the egg-shell: ha, "hilar area." Annals E. S. A. Vol. IV, Plate XIV. H. H. P. and H. C. Sen SOME SUGGESTED RULES TO GOVERN ENTOMOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS. By T. D. A. COCKERELL. Many j^ears ago in England, I captured a rather uncommon hemipterous insect, and sent a record of it to a well-known entomological journal. The editor, being a lepidopterist, had never heard of the bug, but did know of a very rare moth hav- ing the specific name {bicolor) employed. He accordingly changed the generic name to that of the moth, and I found myself the astonished recorder of an insect I had never seen alive, nor hoped to see. More recently I communicated to a publication in this country a short paper on a supposed new plant of the genus Ribes. The editor, not liking the title, substituted "A New Currant from Arizona," whereas the plant was a gooseberry, and was from New Mexico. These rather amusing instances are cited merely to illustrate the indisputable fact that it is risky for an editor to interfere with the contri- butions he publishes. On the other hand,. I have been shown manuscripts sent in for publication which, if printed exactly as received, would be simply unintelligible. The editor is in a difficult position, and as a rule, I think the contributors have little reason to feel otherwise than grateful for the treatment they receive; it is at least not rarely better than they deserve. Although I am against editorial alterations in manuscripts, I think it may be entirely proper to adopt some simple rules to be enforced in every case, the papers which fail to conform being returned to their authors for correction. As entomologi- cal editors appear to have no such rules, with the exception of a few relating to typography, it occurs to me that the Entomo- logical Society might properly discuss and adopt a set, pressing them upon the attention of editors with such authority as it may be considered to possess. As the result of a little private correspondence, I believe it would be easier to get all the editors together to agree upon certain things, than to persuade them individually to take the desired step. I cannot do more than present a suggestive^^ outline, which may be discussed and amended as necessary. (1) When a new genus is described, the type species must be stated; it may be as well to add, that the binomial made by combining the generic name with the specific name of the type species must be printed. 192 [1911] Entomological Publications. 193 (2) No new genus will be published, that is not based on a described species. (3) Rules 1 and 2 also apply to subgenera. (4) No new species may be described without comparing it with some other described species, or stating wherein it differs from other members of the genus. (5) When a new species is based on specimens from several localities, it must be explicitly stated which is the type locality. (6) When a new species is described the data concerning localities and collectors must be given in full so far as known. This is also strongly recommended in the case of all new records. If the locality, collector, etc., are not known, it may be well to say so, although this may be taken for granted if the writer is known to be careful in citing data. (7) It is impossible to avoid all errors in spelling, grammar, etc., but so many of them have appeared in recent years, that American entomologists have some reason to feel ashamed. It would be easy to compile a list of scientific names which must be retained in our lists, although faulty to the extent of being offensive. This is true in spite of the freest recognition of the fact that scientific latin is a living and growing language, and must include many words unknown to the ancients. No rule can cover this difficulty, but it might be worth while to collect every year a list of these criticisable productions, and set them forth as a warning to authors and editors alike. (8) It is not permitted to publish new varieties as binomials; the trinomial must in every case be written out. THE COMPOSITION OF TAXONOMIC PAPERS. By Richard A. Muttkowski. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Introduction. I. Standards for Descriptions. A. Specific description. B. Redescription. C. Generic description. II. Standards for Colors. III. Standards of Nomenclature. A. Generic and specific nomenclature. B. Anatomical (morphological) nomenclature. C. Nomenclature of types. IV. Standards for Keys (tables) of Genera and Species. V. Standards for Indices. VI. Standards for Titles. VII. Standards for Reprints. Conclusion. Taxonomy is the most important incident of Science — things must be named before we can write of them. If we consider the proportion of zoological papers at the present time, we find that about two thirds are systematic. But this pro- portion increases to seven-eighths if entomological papers alone are considered. In taxonom}^ we usually speak of only two types of contri- butions: (a) text books, prepared for a mixed public, and ih) original work, which is intended for the entire scientific world, but whose chief appeal is directed to a small group of contribu- tors. These form a special class, distinct in conception and treatment from other scientific papers. The style of composition proper in a morphological, onto- genetical or phylogenetical paper would be found impracticable in a taxonomic paper. Yet, while the greater number of entomological papers are taxonomic, it nevertheless remains a curious fact that as yet no compendium for taxonomic comj^o- sition has been published. For papers other than taxonomic we have Dr. T. Clifford Albutt's excellent book, "Notes on the Composition of Scien- tific Papers" (MacMillan Co., New York, 1904, 8vo). While many of the chapters of this work would be of interest to syste- matists, they do not pertain directly to taxonomy; the volume, on the whole covers a quite different ground, that of scientific theses. 194 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 195 To say that nothing at all has been published on the present issues would invite criticism. On the contrary, I have found copious and more than sufficient material in the more prominent journals of the past two decades. But these contributions are widely scattered; moreover, they are written as protests and usually deal with a single topic only. While I cannot lay claim to originality in the suggestions included in this paper, I have endeavored to treat all of the more vital topics bound up with taxonomy ; aiming to suggest such standards in writing as would conform to the various needs of those interested. Briefly stated, a standard is the result of an average or con- sensus of opinions upon a given subject, hence a criterion. Thus far the only criterion of any worker has been the approval of his fellow- workers along the special line of work he has adopt- ed. This basis is hardly sufficient, as not a small coterie of workers but the world at large is intended to be benefited. It must be remembered that this paper does not treat of criterions of species, but with the composition of descriptions and general methods of presentation. That these are perfect and above reproach probably none will maintain. I have talked over these matters repeatedly with scientific workers. Curious to say, dissatisfaction with present methods and with the absence of definite standards was prevalent every- where. The necessity of co-operation toward the achievement of practical standards was sometimes very strongly expressed. A digest of all these opinions, private or published, may be summed up in the following: Better methods of description are desirable; the nomenclature of species and genera, of colors and types to be regulated; titles of articles to be made more com- prehensive; reprints to contain place, time and name of publi- cation, etc. I. Standards for Descriptions. A. Specific Description. — J s , an unencumbered species: Front pale, palpi scaled, thorax with black stripes, antennae yellowish, abdomen spot- ted, legs with pale, wings with black markings. Head with short pile, abdomen tufted, a small tuft between the antennae, which are fuscous at the base, white toward the tips. Wings white, with four or seven black lines crossing them, the lines curved or straight. Abdomen with tufts black, exceeding anal angle. Legs long, with spurs. Palpi reaching the vertex, legs slightly darker at the joints. I dare say, that no living man could determine a specimen from this extravaganza. Yet the description is made from an actual sYieciQ^ — Conchylodes platinalis, Lepidoptera-Pyralidae. 196 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Furthermore, it is typical of many descriptions of the past, and, I regret to say, of too many in the present days. It is curious how little logic is often applied in formulating a description. One specialist, who has written hundreds of descriptions, seems to have found particular pride in making these as intricate and involved as possible; there is no logical sequence in the treatment of the main divisions; on the contrary', the acrobatic description jumps from antennae to legs, from abdomen to head, wings to palpi, venation to tarsi, morpholo- gical characters to vestiture, color to structure, etc., etc. So much so, that after comparison is completed one must begin over again, as it is impossible to remember the way through the labj'rinth. Descriptions should not be written for personal aggrandize- ment, but to announce a new fact or discovery to the scientific world. Such being the case, the description, once published, belongs to the world at large and no longer to the writer. The author therefore owes it to science that the facts of which the world is to become owner be presented in a manner most acces- sible to, and best applicable by other men. If the author for any reason whatsoever is careless and inaccurate he sins against science. After all, there is an intellectual as well as a moral conscience. "Head pale, eyes small, dark, vestitute smooth and yellowish, body moderate, legs short, tibiae stout," applies equally well to Mr. Jones as to Pediculus capitis strolling on his head. Brevity may be the point of wit, but science is no joke; taxonomy deals with facts, not idiosj^ncracies. Who has not felt the bane of two to eight lined descriptions, any one of which harmonizes easily with half a dozen or more distinct species? I do not be- lieve that an entomologist lives who has not at one time or other execrated these brief, vacillating descriptions. But why do ento- mologists continually write others that are no whit better or longer? Let it be known, that one thorough description cover- ing three pages may be of more use and more valuable to sci- ence than three descriptions on one page. One may suggest that the perusal of brief descriptions saves time; but when we come to analytic comparison of closely related species the brief descrip- tion forms an obstacle which results in considerable loss of time. What of genera whose species are extremely variable? Can the extent of specific variation together with a description of the aver- 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 197 age be summarized in twenty lines? Hardly. The ideal descrip- tion will be a careful analysis of all body parts with all their appendages, attributes and characteristics, to be followed by a summary of salient characters of the type and a comparison to related species. I maintain that this cannot be accomplished on less than a page. It is terrifying and discouraging to be confronted by a page of solid description, where all characters, whether head, thorax, abdomen, or wings, flow together in a solid phalanx, so that it is impossible to pick out readily any special point desired. Des- criptions should be paragraphed or captioned. This costs no extra labor, and, in fact, presents a much neater appearance when published than the solid, uniform mass of words. Besides it affords greater facility to the student who wishes to look up certain characters for comparison. Again, a description should not be isolated. I mean, com- parison to related species and indication of the position of the new species should follow the description. It is reprehensible negligence to describe a new species from a genus already con- taining a dozen or more species and to omit all mention of either relations or position ; such proceeding is indeed worthy of repri- mand. To say the least, the work of the author will be placed in an extremely doubtful light. The thought suggests itself, that the author himself was ignorant of the relations and that he described a species at hap-hazard. After all this, why pay any attention to identity, number, and custody of types? Why state the locality from which the types came? Why select a holotype from a series of twenty specimens that show considerable variation? No one is ever expected to express any doubt of the scientific determination of the twenty. No one is ever expected to feel interested in looking up the types for comparison or study after having become famil- iar with the all-sufficient description of ten lines. This seems to be the opinion of some taxonomists. For they very carefully avoid all mention of the number of types, their identity (see nomenclature of types) and only grudgingly designate the locality from which the types came by the remarkably precise state name. The latter, it is supposed, will give the reader all the ethological information he desires ; so that if he wishes to capture specimens of the same species, all he need do is to pack his trunks and hie himself to "Texas" or "Nevada" and pick the species from the 198 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, mountain-sides and valleys, from water and land, from trees and grass, or just open his bottles to stop their fall from the heavens. It must be there, for the author said so; he said "Nevada" and this is Nevada. The following is a scheme for an accessible description: J s . Not a new species: 1. (a) Sex, usually cf , and dominant color; size. (b) Head: mouthparts, face, eyes, vertex, antennae, occiput, etc.; vestiture, colors, stnicture, etc. (c) Thorax: prothorax, mesothorax, metathorax, structure, vestiture, colors. Legs, their color, structure, vestiture and appendages; etc. (d) Abdomen: structure, markings, color, vestiture, appendages, etc. (e) Wings: color, markings, vestitute, venation, etc. 2. (a) 9 and dominant color; size. (b, c, d, e) as above. Difference from d'. 3. Summary of salient characters. Unique characters. Variation. 4. Comparison to related species, position of species. 5. Material: Tj'pes, identity (see nomenclature) of types, exact date and locality of capture. How (ethology) and by whom captured. Of course, this scheme cannot be strictly adhered to in the different orders; it is, however, sufficiently elastic to permit the changes required. What is important in one order, is negligible in another. But the fundamental idea of setting forth by para- graphs or captions the principal parts of a description in suc- cessive order, will no doubt be understood. - B. Redescription. — How a redescription should be formed depends on the original description. If the original was care- fully drawn, the other may be a summary of the first with possible new points of variation, etc., discovered. Or if, as very often is the case, the original was insufficient, the redescription should be carefully formed; in fact, the author should aim to replace the first with the second description. Even though his name stand not as the sponsor of the species, the task of redescribing is not a thankless one, as need hardly be explained. Redescriptions are also written for convenience, either as summarizing the knowledge of the species, or, as indeed com- mendable, to place an otherwise inaccessible description within the reach of the student. Much of what has been said under the preceding caption applies here also and needs no repetition. C. Generic description. — What is a genus? A classifica- tory group of plants or animals, embracing one or more species; the primary condition of binary nomenclature; a uninominal used for the lowest phase of the grouping of living forms ac- cepted by naturalists. 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 199 What constitutes a genus? A single species or several that, aside of specific dififerences, have certain morphological features in common, which distinguish them from all other groups of species. When is a genus valid? When so stated by the sponsor, the nomenclator having noted certain morphological characters, the value of which is recognized by fellow-workers, and who accept this diagnosis upon the given characters; when placed with a monomial (specific) to signify that the species possesses certain distinguishing group characters. As genera constitute the lowest, but at the same time the most important, phase of grouping, at least some attention should be given to the formation of generic descriptions ; espec- ially so in larger contributions, such as monographs and generic summaries and synopses. Generic description is allied to speci- fic description; hence methods ought to be similar. Some of the essentials of a generic descrijjtion are the following : 1. That the type species be cited. It should be noted that the type species must be a species then or previously described; else we have merely a nude name. 2. That the characters on which the species is leased be given. Although the generic name alone, when coupled with a described spe- cies, is recognized as valid by the codes, the systcmatist will insist that the absence of a generic description is an unfair apprisal on the part of the nomenclator. 3. That these characters be stated concisely; that is, write to the point. Brevity is not conciseness. One may be brief and vague at the same time. 4. That these characters be stated in orderly manner. Especially in larger jjapers unity of methods is advantageous. If one description begins with the legs, another with head, a third with the venation, etc., study is made difficult. Unifonnity of methods facilitates study and progress. 5. That other species belonging to the new genus be listed. While this necessitates thorough stud}' on the part of the nomenclator, it really is his duty. To split up large genera upon characters drawn from a single species is a simple matter. But the nomenclator should verify the stability of his characters by extensive comparison with related species. 6. That other genera be compared, or, at least, the position of the new genus indicated. To describe a new genus of a family already containing twenty or thirty genera and not indicate the position or relations of the newcomer, is not scientific; it denotes carelessness or ignorance. 200 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Not exactly essential, but still of value in extended papers are the following: 7. The etymology of a new name should be explained. This often gives a clue to a character or to the relation of a genus. 8. The distribution of a genus should be cited; namely, whether it is Oriental, Palearctic, Nearctic, etc. 9. The order and family of the genus should be indicated in title or text. This pertains especially to brief papers. As nobody can be familiar with the specialties of all authors or with all generic and family names, this offers an aid in the study and classification of papers. 10. The validity of the generic name should be considered by the author. It is the author's province to do so in the first place. If taxonomists cared to put a little time or expense to the verification of a name, there would be fewer homonymns coined each year. II. Standards for Colors. Of all standards these are most needed, since they are most sinned against. That no color standard should exist in a divi- sion of zoology, which is of prime importance economically as well as numerically, and where frequently colors are our only tangible gixides — unfortunately so — for -generic and specific determination, is hardly conceivable. Yet such is the case. After one and a half centuries of entomology, in which the number of described species has been advanced from a few hundred to several hundred thousands, we are utterly lacking of any color standard and are guided in our nomenclature of col- ors solely by the individual impressions of the taxonomist. That sttch a basis is absolutely at faidt, needs no special asseveration. The perceptions of most men in regard to colors are extremel}^ crude. (To anyone who may doubt this statement I advise a visit to some artist. One may state to him his impressions of ten different shades of color; and observe then, how often the shade will be misnamed by the amateur as against the profes- sional testimony of the artist. I do not claim a better perception than other men and am found at fault equall}^ as much as others.) In their school days men were taught the tale of three to seven primary colors, and a small trifle of the shades resulting from combinations of the primaries. A little of this they remember throixgh the rest of their lives. And, strange to say, when a man would not use a term or expression to designate an anatomi- cal detail unless he is absoltitely certain that it is correct, this same man will unhesitatingly designate colors, when, to say the 1911] Composition of Taxoiiomic Papers 201 least, there is good reason to doubt his exact knowledge of the particular color. I do not say that this is intentional ; it results from overconfidence of his particular knowledge. This care- lessness arises from the lack of proper standards. Accordingly men are forced to formulate their own standards, which are necessarily at fault It is only through an average or consensus of opinions that standards are reached. In a desire to be conscientious men often circumscribe a con- dition when they find their exact knowledge of colors inadequate. This is usually done by the addition of such terms as "pale, light, medium, shining, glabrous, bright, vivid, dark, dull," etc., to the primary color. While this effort is commendable, it offers no more certainly than the mere citation of the primary shade; and the interpretation of the circumscriptiye adjective is frequently very liberal. Probably the most liberty has been taken with the term "fuscous" in our descriptions. This term has been made to designate any darker shading on a light back-ground, begin- ning with a tinge of the palest yellow against a white or trans- lucent base to a seal or clove brown against any lighter back- ground. "Orange," "yellow," and "green" are others of these liberally interpreted colors. The heart-rending or laughable (as one views it) puzzling of students, who are familiar with exact anatomy but not with the vagaries of taxonomy, when attempting to determine a species from description and to seek conformity between the colors as given by the author and the specimen in hand, affords too well known illustration. Viewing the matter from the stand-point of my own desul- tory experiences, the question occurs to me: If at the present time, when the approximate number of described insects amounts to about 300,000 species, identification is difficult, the determination often exhausting the patience of the taxo- nomist in the vain endeavor to divine the protologist's percep- tions of colors; further, this difficulty having encumbered tax- onomy with labyrinthine synonymy; — what, then, will be the condition of taxonomy fifty years hence, if we continue with present methods, when species will have increased to approxi- mately 1,000,000? Happily there is a tendency among our eminent specialists in the last decade to standardize their descriptions as far as colors, are concerned. (This is beautifully instanced by Packard in 202 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Tiis later works, such as his monograph of the Lepidopterous family Notodontidae). Yet these are so few that their number may be regarded as negligible. That the necessity of color standardization is imperative and that this is well recognized is shown by Dr. J. B. Smith's addition of a plate of colors to his recent "Dictionary of Entomological Terms." Structural (iridescent) colors are sometimes difificult to define because of the varying hue, according to the angle of refraction and reflection. Yet with reliable color charts these difficulties would be obviated. Frequently the belief asserts itself that specimens were described in lamp-light. How unsatisfactory and misleading artificial light is taxonomists ought to know only too well. The simple experiment of exposing green, yellow and brown insects, notably shining specimens, successively to gas, electric, acetylene, candle, kerosene and the natural sun-light yields some surprising results. A color standard need not be an assortment of infinitesimal shadings, gradings, and combinations of the primaries. A repre- sentative selection of from thirty to fifty colors is sufficient for all practical purposes. The fact that detailed comparison of the colors of a specimen to color charts entails some extra labor should not deter taxo- nomists from making these comparisons. The appreciation and gratitude of their fellow-workers as well as of their follow- ers will be their reward. The dominant color should be stated in all cases. True, the colors of dead insects are rarelj^ quite the same as in life, or those of younger insects the same as those of mature specimens. Yet the fact that colors have faded in death, or that they change with age, is of secondary import- ance. A description is not based on possibilities, but on tangible concrete actualities. These alone should rule. If there are good reasons for assuming that the colors of the specimen are not representative, this can, and, in fact, should be stated. Hav- ing a dominant color as a basis, it is comparatively simple to fix the position, extent, and shade of the other colors an insect may exhibit from further comparison to charts. The terminology of colors may be somewhat cumbersome. But science is not "belle lettres"; the taxonomist does not con- sider whether the sentences he reads are syntactically correct or rhetorically rounded, but judges from their contents as to 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 203'' their value. At that, why a composite terminology? Why not a restricted nomenclature based on a few names with divisions indicated by subnumerals, as red 1, red 2, red 3, etc.. blue 1,. blue 2, etc., etc.? Good works on colors exist, notably Ridgeway's Nomencla- ture of Colors, as adopt-ed by Ornithologists. (Unfortunately this excellent work is long, out of print, and because of its lim- ited edition it is now practically impossible to purchase a copy in the book-market). But for practical purposes a simple chart, as that hand-painted by Frederick Oughton (London), if se- lected by a representative commission of entomologists, could be manufactured at low expense, which would be easily justified by the demand. This would offer a standard for all times, not to mention the other obvious advantages resulting thereby- III. Standards of Nomenclature. A. Generic and Specific Nomenclature. — This is the only sphere where standards already exist. These standards are the codes of zoological nomenclature, such as the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, the A. O. U. Code of Nomen- clature, etc., which are commonly followed by zoologists. If I say "followed by zoologists," the phrase must be given the most general and generous interpretation. Speaking of a class I can say "commonly" ; but when speaking of groups of special- ists — to say it mildly, many groups use the nomenclature of 1810 instead of 1910. This sounds anomalous, but it is not. For the regulation of nomenclature by codes of universal sanction is comparatively recent, and the commissions are only gradually . bringing order into the nomenclatural chaos that existed before their day. One cannot expect, I suppose, that a speciahst on the bio- logical phase of insects should be interested in the "arbitrary, dry" codes of nomenclature. Yet it must be remembered, that taxonomists alone have caused the chaos. Taxonomy is' "arbitrary" also. What one man considers a variety, another calls a distinct species; and still another refuses to recognize- either opinion. Or are "spHtters" and "lumpers" only births of fancy, or memories of the distant past? The aims of the codes of nomenclature are to make the nomenclature as free and unencumbered as possible. Hence the rules set down for guidance. If taxonomists disdain, or even refuse, to follow these rules, who else should follow them? 204 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, B. Anatomical {Morphological) Nomenclature. — Standards for generic and specific nomenclature have been noted. The present issue is of equal significance. The chief objection that may be stated on this question is indefiniteness. A lesser offense is the scope of the terms; e. g., while by "front" the author may intend to include nasus, epistoma, rhinarium, labium, etc., we, however, know that front means frons in the scientific interpretation and nothing else. What the author thinks, we cannot telepathicallj^ or by any other means divine. Each business has its technical nomenclature. No hardware man will hand you a shingling-hammer when you ask for a claw-hammer. To the business man the two terms signify two different things and he will never be so careless as to use the one for the other. Yet among taxonomists we find a con- tinual interchange of terms, such as joint for segment, tarsi for tarsal claws', mouth for labrum or mandibles, abdomen for ven- ter, etc. When a taxonomist writes "face yellow, abdomen spotted," it is supposed, that he knows what he means. But unfortu- nately I do not. A specialist, who knows the peculiarities of the score or twenty-five other men working on the same branch of science, will possibly understand what is meant. Not so the individual who attempts to determine a species, less because of special interest, but because of some observation he made on it and which he desires to record in his book of field-notes. Another idiosyncrac}^ is to use comparative terms for the length or size of any portion of the body, as, for example, "front as wide as the eyes, elytra twice the width of the pro- notum, tarsi about two thirds the length of the tibiae, etc." This mode of measurement is miserably uncertain; miserably, because of the misery of the student who attempts to make the same comparisons and cannot see them as the author saw them. How many men are able to mark the exact middle of a line at a glance? Aside of usual differences in refraction in two eyes, some aberration will be caused by the strain of focusing to the same point. A "mathematical" eye is a virtue that very few- people possess. Still more difficult is to find the exact third of a line. What then of paralleling lines, or approaching lines? What of curved lines, irregular lines, etc.? Or is the chapter on "Optical Illusions" as taught in Physics only an illusion? 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 205 Bad as color illusions are, mathematical illusions are worse. The chapter on "Optics" ought to form the favorite reading of many taxonomists. A difference of one millimeter on an insect of 20 mm. length is slight; but it makes a considerable difference on an insect of 8 mm. It is a peculair experience to read in a description of a beetle or any other insect "elytra twice the width of the pronotum" and then find by actual measurement that the pronotum is 4 mm. at its widest point while the elytra are 10 mm. or more in length. Similarly with most other com- parative measurements. When tested by the micrometer or millimeter scale they will be found considerably aberrant. Hence the urgent advisability to introduce exact measurements instead of the unreliable optical method of comparison. One standard does exist in anatomical nomenclature, name- ly the Comstock-Needham nomenclature of wing venation. The merits of this system are undisputed and recognized by all modern systematists. But instead of unreservedly adopting a system the value of which they confirm, taxonomists inter- mingle the antiquated miscellaneous wing nomenclature with the logical modern terminology. As a result we are continually thrown from one style of naming the veins to the other. This may not be troublesome for the specialist. But it a student is generally interested in entomology, he finds himself in a constant quandary as to the special terminology of each particular order, as they are easily confused; whereas the Comstock-Needham nomenclature was especially designed to obviate this difficulty. It is true, certain orders have certain appendages which it is desirable to retain, e. g., for Neuroptera the thyridium cell and end-forks, bees the subcostal cells, etc. These should be retained, as they are special attributes of the respective order, family or genus. But the fundamental principles of venation, as out- lined by the Comstock-Needham nomenclature, are possessed by all orders, viz., costa, subcosta, radius, media, cubitus and anal vein. Why not use them instead of vein 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, 10, etc.? The terminology is simpler, it is less aggravating, it is more logical, and it is an aid to the student and worker. C. Nomenclature of Types. — Quite as important as specific and anatomical nomenclature is the nomenclature of types. Considerable attention has been given to the latter study in recent years. As the various departments of natural history are dependent mainly upon descriptions for the taxonomic 206 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, knowledge of specimens, the types of these descriptions grow in importance as the sum of our knowledge of species increases. The best description is not perfect, but, more often than not, deficient in some important taxonomic character. Hence the need of later systematists to refer to the type as the absolute standard of comparison. A nomenclature of types has accord- ingly been developed in recent years which is given the same importance as that which taxonomists attach to species nomen- clature. While less diversified than the latter, it should become of equal interest to the taxonomist, as it remains for him to apply it. With the close of the year 190G we have a series of five pri- mary types and four supplementary types designed to meet the needs of both systematist and type custodian. Some of these designations will possibly be disregarded or even found insuffi- cient; this depends upon the individual, whether he be "splitter" or "lumper." The first step toward a logical nomenclature of types was made when taxonomists began to set aside one of a series of specimens as the type proper, and to name the remaining specimens cotypes. Too often it had been found that a series which the protologist defined as one species actually represented two or more species. Hence the advisability of naming only one specimen the type and the others differently. The name "cotype", although used so universally, is in such case a mis- nomer and was finally set aside for the more pertinent and exact "paratype" — to signify specimens of the original series other than the type specimen. As the word "type" is subject to many interpretations according to the combination in which it is used, Schuchert in 1897 devised the word "holotype" — meaning "sole type" — for the single specimen on which a des- cription should be based. The name "cotype", however, was not discarded; its applicability only was limited. "Cotype", in its present interpretation, is properly applicable only in paleontology; for instance, when we have a fossil and its reverse. Another instance, from zoology, would be the follow- ing: two flies caught in coitu and not separated in death. If mounted together neither male not female can be called holo- type; there is no necessity of singling out one of the specimens, as there can be no doubt of the two belonging together. The following is a summary of type nomenclature: 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 207 A. Primary Types. 1. Holotype (H. T.) — A single specimen, or one selected of a series. 2. Allotype (A. T.) — ^A single specimen of the sex not designated by the holotype. 3. Cotype (S. T.) — Specimens of the original series when there is no holotype ( = syntype). 4. Paratype (P. T.) — Specimens of original series when there is a holotype. 5. Morphotype (M. T.) — A single specimen of the second form- described of a dimorphic sex. 6. Lectotype (L. T.) — A cotype chosen after publication as holotype. 7. Chirotype (X. T.) — Specimen on which a manuscript name is based. B. Supplementary Types. 1. Plesiotype (P. t.) — Material on which subsequent descriptions or figures are based ( = apotype and hypotype). 2. Neotype (N. t.) — ^A specimen from the same locality as the original type described or figured when the original type is lost. 3. Heautotype (H. t.) — Specimen identified by the nomenclator or used by him for illustration, but not belonging to original series ( = autotype). 4. Plastotype (p. t.) — Plastic reproductions from type specimens. These must be casts. Models not included. The five prior names (1, 3, 4, 6, 7) for primary types are sufficiently "^simple and certainly not cumbersome for the sys- tematist. Yet it apjDears to me that one condition quite as important as the holotype has been overlooked; also a second one, which, if not general, still applies to certain orders of insects. The first of these is easily apparent. Very many descrip- tions are based on one sex alone; often several decades pass before the unknown sex is discovered and described. Since this description is of primary interest to taxonomists, the speci- men on which this description is based in my estimation also merits a type name; and, what is more, should be classed among the primary types with the holotype. The second case is sex- dimorphism, common in a few orders of insects, rare in others, but still of such frequent occurrence that a type name for the dimorphic individual appears advisable. To designate these cases properly I have elsewhere (Bull. Milwaukee Museum, Vol. I, page 10, 1910) suggested the terms "allotype" — the other — -for the unknown sex, and "morphotype" — form — for the dimorphic form of a sex. 208 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Allotype designates the sex not represented by the holotype. The allotype need not be described by the protologist (first describer) ; it can be contained in the original as well as in any subsequent description by other authors. Thus, if the protolog describes only a holotype male, the first female subsequently described is to be called the allotype; and vice versa. Mor- pliotype applies only to the second form' of a dimorphic sex. Here also the date when and the author by whom described are immaterial. (As the first form of a dimorphic sex will be repre- sented in the holotype or allotype, there may be some doubt as to the advisability of classing morphotypes among primary types. However, as both forms of a dimorphic sex are of equal importance to taxonomists I have placed morphotype in a posi- tion similar to the holotype and allotype.) Thus far few others than cataloguers have made use of the type-terminology here outlined. In fact, most of the terms were originated by them, since the thorough acquaintance with their subject gained by the compilation of catalogues has made them more susceptible to the various needs of taxonomy. As all of these terms are broad and permit of great latitude in inter- pretation and application, the systematist ought not hesitate to apply them. Past laxity in the treatment of types, and also in their preservation, has resulted in infinite confusion and has helped to increase synonymy beyond all reasonable bounds, so that in some orders the synonyms average 1.5 to each valid species. IV. Standards for Keys (Tables) of Genera and Species. 1 . c? with appendage to hind tibia 2 cf without appendage 4 2. 9 with abdomen tufted 3 9 with abdomen untufted Kilimanjaro 3. Vein 6 usually curved in cf , 9 variable Popocatepetl Vein 6 usually straight Aconcagua 4. 9 with abdomen untufted 5 9 with abdomen tufted Matterhom 5. Vein 6 curved Elias Vein 6 curved at end in cf Everest I defy anybody to reduce a specimen to its proper genus with a key of the foregoing type. Unfortunately, only too many of that sort exist and new ones are continually fashioned. A genus is the primary condition of taxonomy, and the use of secondary sexual characters for generic definition is an out- rage; an offense, which should not be condoned. Some of the 1911] , Composition of Taxonomic Papers 209 best taxonomists have placed their work in a questionable light by means of unsatisfactory tables like that given above. The only recourse in such cases is the original description, which is by no means such a simple proceeding as would appear on the face of it, as it often means a long, tedious search through many volumes. One may call the aid of the extended generic description, but the purpose of the key is to summarize what differences exist between genera. Tables are meant to be short-cuts through taxonomy; but I might as well try to run an engine on a rail- way which has one track alternately on each side of the ties, as determine a specimen from many generic tables. The use of geographical names in the key above is pertinent. It is just as difficult to climb those mountains as to determine speci- mens from some keys. Tables of the style outlined cause loss of tiftie, besides loss of temper. We are all human; and a scientist is not always the "dry, imperturbable fossil" the joke-antiquarians would have us believe. Among species tables we see many of similar nature. Yet here vagueness is excusable, while for an unsatisfactory genus table no valid excuses can be made. If the relations between two genera become too intimate, if distinctions fail — then the genera merge. Sexual characters are often the only ones that can be reliably applied in specific keys, and their use will be questioned by no one familiar with the difficulties of specific determination. Errors are possible everywhere, but they are offset by good work in other parts of the paper. Most often they result from a misconception of the specific value of certain characters. The aim, however, to compile a table of practical value will be easily apparent. Many of the difficulties of specific keys could be obviated by more care in the explanation of the essential characters used, their individuality, their variation, and their relation to others. But is there an excuse for the use of such terms as "larger species," "smaller species," "more slender," "more robust," and the like, in tables without in any way defining the limits of the terms? It is with feelings diametrically opposed to pleasure that I plod through a table of, say, 25 species, along lines indicated by "larger species," and "smaller species." What does the author mean thereby, I wonder? At which 210 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vo.l IV, size does he draw the hne? My specimen is of moderate size and might be referred to either group. Therefore, is bulk the author's criterion? Or is length? Or width? Or odor? There are plenty of good, workable tables that will serve as models. An ideal table that would permit of "hard and fast" lines of division for species is, of course, impossible. But much could be done toward improvement by the elimination of indefi- nite terms from specific tables and sexual characters from generic tables. V. Standards for Indices. Indices are the bane of scientific works. While their purpose is to facilitate reference to, and study of the contents of a vol- ume, it is rarely, indeed, that they achieve their purpose, because of their general insufficiency. Beginning with ordinary check-lists, bibliographies, travels, monographs, etc, taxonomic works are most often poorl}^ equipped as regards indices. It is impossible for any man to know all the species and genera of the average order. It is a fact, however, that just those publications which are greatest in volume and importance (taxonomical, ethological and otherwise) are the most poorly indexed. Some authors cite only genera in the index. Others feel that such method is insufficient and append the names of the species under the genera. While that is an improvement, it offers little aid to the student not familiar with the particular order. In this age of books, when it is possible to distinguish genera, species, synonyms, etc., each bj'^ various styles, sizes and impres- sions of types, the antiquated system of indices, as above re- ferred to, seems inconceivable. The trouble lies — so it seems to me — in the fact that authors seem to confound the index with a table of contents. To quote, "an index is a pilot through strange seas of thought. A book without an index is like a ship without a rudder. ' ' Continuing the simile — a book of entomology with generic index only is like an ocean-steamer with a canoe-rudder; and an index with the species names under the genera is like a ship with the rudder at its side. I need hardly assert that it is those books which are freely and carefully indexed that are most referred to. I feel much as the gentleman who said to me : "A scientific writer who does not care to make a complete and usable index to his works, 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 211 should be prevented from writing at all! At the bottom of every insufficient index is not carelessness, but downright laziness!" To set the standard for indices is not very difficult ; but the standard varies with the contents of books and papers. Here is the criterion : Since the aim of an index is to make the con- tents of a volume accessible to the reader, it should be so con- structed that it will permit access to the greatest possible number of references in the least possible time. In other words an index is a medium of saving time. Hence an index should not be merely a carelessly jumbled summary of the contents, but a carefully arranged alphabetic list of all names, facts and captions in the volume. This includes technical as well as popular names, generic as well as specific names. There is such a thing as over-indexing. The author must use his judgment as to the amount of detail he desires to index. Also, unnecessary repetition should be avoided. One fact, how- ever, is patent; that if the author wishes to see his work con- sidered at all as a work of reference, he must supply it with a good index. I, for one, do not care to use poorly indexed books, and consult such as rarely as possible. To say the truth, I consider it a personal affront, when upon purchasing a book, I find myself maltreated to several hundred pages of facts and names, and a two-page index. The author h"as no cause to treat his readers as if their brains were ware-houses; that they need but read his book and file away the contents together with the exact page number, etc., for future reference. By pur- chasing and reading a book I am doing the author a twofold service. And if I remember some of the statements and quote the book as an authority, the acme of the author's expectations is then reached. More he has no right to demand. But a starved index is inimical to progress, since few men will care to quote when they are unable to find the passages from an insufficient index. When is an index desirable? One friend has stated this succinctly: "Any taxonomic paper citing more than fifty names should have an index of its own. " This seems reasonable to me. An index of fifty names, run in two columns, eight point on a ten point base, would occupy less than the ordinary four by seven page of our journals. Because of the practice of societies and institutions to send reprints to an author for pri- 212 Annals Entomological Society oj America [Vol. IV, vate distribution, this special index seems more than justified; unless the author expects his associates to supply the index privately. But this is expecting too much. Take, for instance, some of our well-known entomologists, who receive hundreds of reprints in a year, among them contributions exceeding 100 pages. It is astonishing, how few of these larger papers are supplied with an index at all; at that, the indices are mostly of the Spartan type. Should these men undertake the neces- sary clerical work and compile the missing indices? True, many of these men keep card-indices of their specialties. But what of workers on more than one branch of entomology, or zoology? To keep card-catalogues — hence general indices — of their wide- ly distributed interests would necessitate the employment of a clerk throughout the year. I close with the classic from Pope, "He who knows how to prepare a good index, holds the eel of science by the tail. ' ' VI. Standards for Titles. In logical order the title should have been treated first. But since the title is usually the last thing written by an author for his contribution, so let its place be among the last in the order of standards. Take any entomological journal in hand and glance over the titles of papers. Many of these will sound much like the fol- lowing examples: "A Revision of the Genus Popocatepetl; Some New Species of Orizaba; A New Aconcagua; A New Variation and the Life History of Kilimanjaro alta; etc." Occasionally one meets a title like the following: "A New Genus and Species of the Family Sierra"; and indeed a rarity is "New Species of the Order Andes." In North America alone there are about 70,000 described species of insects, distributed in approximately 8,000 genera (probably more). Nevertheless, everyone is, as a matter of course, expected to know immediately from the lucid "Genus Popocatepetl" just where the genus belongs, to what family, to which order. Everyone is expected to be familiar with all of the 8,000 genera and to have no difficulty at all in placing the genus revised or enlarged, as indicated by the title. And even considering that there are about 500,000 specific and 80,000 generic names in zoology, "Popocatepetl" is too important not to be as well known as "pater" and "mater." 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 213 Especially in taxonomic entomology the saying holds good: "Familiarity breeds contempt" — for others. Some taxonomists appear to become so obsessed with their particular specialty that other orders or families of insects do not exist for tfiem. There are 18 other orders after Comstock, 30 others after Handlirsch (restricted to Pterygogenea — winged insects) ; yet these are of little importance beyond the fact that they exist and that some foolish people bother about them. So taxo- nomists of a certain type would have us believe. We are lucky, indeed, if with indignant compassion they will cite the family in which the order occurs; indignant, because "those bar- barians" do not happen to take any special interest in their particular branch. Let us go a step farther. There are eighty-two families in the order Coleoptera, sixty-one in Diptera, about seventy-five in Lepidoptera, about seventy in Hymenoptera, not to speak of Hemiptera, Neuroplera, Pseudoneuroptera, and other orders. A conservative estimate would show over four hundred families of insects in North America alone, distributed in nineteen (Comstock) or thirty-one (Handlirsch) orders. Most of these families average three to four subfamilies to each family, and two tribes to each subfamily. Figuring on this basis there are 1200 subfamilies and 2400 tribes of insects. And this for North American insects only! What of the orders, the families, the subfamilies, the tribes, the genera, of fishes, of mollusks, of birds, of mammals, of crustaceans, etc. in North America? What of their number in the entire world ? Not all our articles are confined to a single fauna. The Central and South Ameri- can faunas are beginning to be explored more thoroughly, as shown by the ever increasing number of articles upon the regions named. And yet, on an average but six out of twenty titles cite the family, and but one of twenty the order. Of course, the fact that the journal is specially devoted to entomology, gives me a clue to the position of the genus ; accordingly I know that the paper is an entomological paper, but that is all. But what of journals dealing with natural history in general ? How can I know from the title whether the genus belongs to botany or to zoology or paleonotology, whether it is a paper on insects or canaries, on mollusks or angle-worms? An hour spent in a scientific library in the classification of articles would be an educative influence for aU those who neglect 214 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, the mention of family and order in their articles, The difficul- ties they would meet — such as antiquated catalogues, under- indexed catalogues, or, as in some cases, the entire lack of catalogues — would forever cure them of this apparently trifling but nevertheless momentous negligence. Even when there are good catalogues at hand, it is a complex proposition to place a genus. For the terminology of some orders, such as Diptera, and Hymenoptera, Coleoptera and Hemiptera, etc., is, in part, alike; the necessary consultation of both text and catalogue in such cases causes an irksome and avoidable loss of time. The solution of all troubles is so simple, so obvious — in fact, it is inherent in the subject — that it seems strange why taxo- nomists have not adopted the simple means. But one ento- mologist is known to me who in all of his papers inserts the order name in his titles. That is the solution : Insert the order of the insect, bird, mammal, or whatever-it-be behind the genus and family name in the title. This holds good also for mor- phological, ethological and other papers as well as for those dealing solely with taxonomy. VII. Standards for Reprints. This chapter does not properly belong in this consideration. But since reprints form an important part of the specialists' literature, a few words on the topic may be of interest. Sometimes I receive reprints of articles published by "Enig- ma" University; that is a tangible fact. The paging of the reprint is the same as originally published; that is another tangible fact. But I look in vain from page to page in the endeavor to discover the number or j^ear of the volume, the month of publication, etc. That editor who arranged the reprint of an article sent me, published in nineteen-something on pages 260-290 of a certain periodical, yet paged the separate 1-30; and carefully efl^aced all reference to the name of the pub- lication, the year or number of the volume, the year and month of publication; — that editor, I say, deserves no honorary men- tion. After guessing at the probable publications in which the article might have appeared, I looked over the recent volumes of many and ultimately succeeded in ^finding the exact place, page and time of publication. I owe that editor thanks, since through him I was led to other articles of high interest; but I spent an entire evening in trying to find out "What's which" in the reprint. To be full}^ consistent, the editor should have effaced the title of the article itself. 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 215 To be sure, this was an extreme case. Yet that in these "enlightened" days, after years of discussions, protests and recommendations, there should be men who retain the benighted idea that it is preferable to change the paging of reprints from the original — this seems hardly conceivable. Why the change at all? No advantage is gained thereby. On the contrary, it is a disadvantage for workers who are not constantly in touch with all the leading centers of scientific work and who have no large scientific library at their elbows. For these it results in tedious correspondence, and this most often when there is little time to be spared for these irksome labors. One lucid individual went to another extreme. The travels of a certain explorer, together with the scientific results of his collections, as monographed by various specialists, were pub- lished in a large scientific journal. As all of these contributions were finally to be collected in a separate volume, and as the paging of this volume would be just as important for reference as that of the journal, the editor thought of a "happy" solu- tion of all difficulties. Namely, the original paging of the con- tribution as it appeared in the journal was retained for the reprint; the future paging of the volume was also put in; and to meet all contingencies the reprint was given a special paging of 1 — 50 or other. Unfortunately, this genius forgot to note which was which, so that, as the printer's folio number and the publisher's file number are at the bottom of each page besides the three numbers above, I now have my choice between five numbers for page reference. As a rule reprints do not suffer from surplus information as in the preceding case ; they usually lack part of the necessary information. This lack in most cases is the absence of the vol- ume number (or the year of the volume) from the reprint, or the year of publication, or both. Sometimes the two are given, but the name of the publication is nowhere indicated. The benign opinion that every scientific worker is familiar with the size of the volumes, the style of composition and the issues of "the four-hundred" leading scientific publications, — this opin- ion is, of course, founded on long experience and hence must be considered sound. If I receive a reprint that contains the year and number of the volume, but not the title of the publica- tion itself, it is, therefore, a simple proposition to locate the correct journal from the size of the page and the style of com- 211) Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, position, as there are only about three hundred others among the "four hundred" that resemble it. Often the title of the journal is present and the number of the volume given, but not the year of the volume. The latter is omitted because it is a matter of common knowledge that the institution or society began its journal way back in the forties and that a new series is begun with each score of years ; so that the tale, "Reprinted from the Enigmatical Journal, Series 4, Volume 17" will tell me all that is necessary to be told. From the number of the volume I ought to infer the year of the volume and if I am too much of an "ignoramus" as not to know such a monumental fact as the year a certain society or institution was founded, — well, then "look it up!" Similarly, if I read 1906 on a reprint just received, I am to know intuitively that that means the year of the volume, not the year of publication; that the contribution had been in the hands of the editor since 1905, but owing to the press of legis- lative matters on the state printer could not be published until 1910. It appears ridiculous that a matter intrinsically so simple, and extrinsically of such vital importance as the correct mark- ing of reprints should be so carelessly treated. Or is there really a living editor who would consider the puny additional (?) expense of the line on the reprint giving all the needed informa- tion? Penny wise, pound foolish. Can a simpler solution be found than "Reprinted from the Ecstatic Journal, Series 6, Volume 14, pages 28-67, 1910 (Publ. May, 1910)"? Conclusion. The scope of inatters that are left to our imagination, divini- tion and intuition by scientific papers is monumental. A cata- logue of merchandise that does not describe the ware and state its prices would be flung aside instantly. Yet for science any- thing, no matter how poorly constructed, how poorly presented, should be acceptable. Science should lead the world. But if science in general cannot apply more logic to its methods than taxonomists apply to taxonomy, its leadership will be short- lived. This may be a harsh and pessimistic view ; but I believe that I do not stand alone in this attitude. Again referring to the merchandise simile — imagine to your- self a catalogue of merchandise, say furniture, that would not bear the proper legend on the cover; further, that the pages 1911] Composition of Taxonomic Papers 217 •contained nothing else but names of furniture — no illustrations of the same, no measurements, no prices quoted; — imagine the action of the man receiving it! Certainly no other place than the paper-basket would be accorded it. And certainly many of the articles of our journals are little better as far as usable information is concerned than the furniture catalogue just referred to. Is it with reverence that we remember such names as Smith and Walker of British Museum fame? And yet some systematists appear to have chosen them as patrons and models for imitation. They succeed only too well in imitating them, and occasionally outdistance them. One may say, these are all minor matters. That is true. But their aggregate forms an imposing array. One drop in a ■cup will not make it acrid; but a number of drops will change it into a cup of bitterness. So with entomology. One little •carelessness does not amount to much; but many will fill even the most ardent student with feeling akin to disgust. Science is no longer in its infancy and we have a right to demand advanced methods of work. The desire for improvement is innate to all men. I have never heard of a writer (at least in science) who was well satisfied with what he had written. Literary critics say, "An author is his favorite reader"; but self-satisfaction is short-lived, more so in science than else- where. Hence the attitude of scientific workers toward their work may be defined as "a minimum of self-conceit with a max- imum of scruples. " Writers do not confess these qualms of the intellectual conscience to the public, but reserve them for some private interchange of confidences. Unfortunately, the ratio ■of these qualms decreases, not inversely, but in the same ratio that the system and methodical effort of the worker decreases; so that the most conscientious workers are usually most diffi- dent as regards their own work (all the more, as those contri- butions requiring the greatest amount of labor and time gen- erally show the least for it) , while the careless workers have few misgivings of their efforts. I have an inkling that some day to come a contribution will have to be passed upon by a commis- sion of scientists (like so many examination papers) before they are declared acceptable to science. Cooperation and centralization (to a certain extent) are desirable. There ought, in fact, to be a scientific clearing house somewhere in this beautiful world, and I hope that it will be achieved some day. NOTICE TO MEMBERS AND CONTRIBUTORS. The Annals of the Entomological Society of America will be published by the Society quarterly and will include the Proceed- ings of the Annual meetings and such papers as may be selected by the Editorial Board. Papers may be submitted to any member of the Editorial Board and should be as nearly as possible in the form desired as final, preferably typewritten, and illustrations must be finished complete ready for reproduction. Plates must not exceed 5x7 inches unless intended to fold. In general, papers to be accepted must be original, complete and previously unpublished and, ex- cept in connection with the proceedings, it will not be the policy to publish preliminary announcements or notes. Authors will be allowed fifty reprints gratis and additional copies at cost to the Society. Requests for information as to membership and the annual subscription and dues of members may be sent to the Secretary- Treasurer, A. D. MacGillivray, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Communications relating to the Annals, and all orders for separate copies or reprints should be addressed to the Managing Editor or to Annals of the Entomological Society of Amer- ica, Biological Building, O, S. U., Columbus, Ohio. CONTENTS OF THIS NUMBER. Morgan, Anna H — Mayflies of Fall Creek 93 TowNSEND, C. H — Announcements of Further Results Secured in the Study of Muscoid Flies 127 HiNE, J. S. — Robberflies of the Genera Promachns and Proctacanthus 153 Burgess, A. F. — Locomotion of the Larva of Calosoma Sycophanta 173 Webster, R. L. — Notes on the Pear Slug iSi Severin, H. H. p. and H. C. — The Mechanism in the Hatching of the Walking Stick, Diapheromera femorata Say '. 1S7 Cockerell, T. D. A. — Some Suggested Rules to Gove:-n Entomological Publications _ . . - . 192 Muttkowski, R. A. — The Composition of Taxonomic Papers 194 The regular annual subscription price for the Annals is, in the United States, Cuba, Porto Rico, Hawaii and Mexico, $3.00; Canada, $3.50, other countries, $4.00. Checks, drafts or money orders should be drawn payable to Annals Entomological Society of America, and addressed to Biological Building, O. S. U., Columbus, Ohio, U. S. A. Volume IV. Number 3. ANNALS OF The Entomological Society of America SEPTEMBER, 191 1 EDITORIAL BOARD J. H. COMSTOCK, I.. O. HOWARD, Ithaca, N. Y. Washington, D. C. C. J. S. BETHUNE, W. M. WHEELER, GOEi,PH, Ontario, Canada. Boston, Mass. C. W. JOHNSON, P. P. CALVERT, Boston, Mass. Philadelphia, Pa. V. L. KELLOGG, J. W. FOLSOM, Stanford Univ., Cal. Urbana, Ills. HERBERT OSBORN, Managing Editor, CoLDMBus, Ohio. PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY COLUMBUS, OHIO Eolered a< second class matter April 1 1, 1908, at the Post Office at Columbus, Ohio, under the Act of Congress of March 3, 1679. The Entomological Society of America. FOUNDED 1906. OFFICERS 1911. President — Herbert Osborn Columbus, Ohio First Vice-President — Lawrence Bruner Lincoln, Nebraska Second Vice-President — A. D. MacGillivrav Ithaca, New York Secretary-Treasurer — A. D. MacGillivray. Ithaca, New York Executive Committee — The Officers, and J. H. Comstock, W. M. Wheeler, J. B. Smith, C. J. S. Bethune, Henry Skinner, A. D. Hopkins. Committee on Nomenclature— K. T. Fernald, E. P. Felt, T. D. A. Cockerell. Price List of Publications. Annals, Vols. I, II and III, complete, each $3.00 Annals, Vols. I and II, Parts 1, 2 and 4, each 1.00 Annals, Vols. I and II, Part 3, each 50 REPRINTS FROM VOLUME 11. Comstock, J. H. — A Note on the Habits of the Wall-beei Chalicodoma Muraria .10 Petrunkevitch, A. — Contributions to Our Knowledge of the Anatomy and Relationships of Spiders 15 Girault, a. Arsene — A Monographic Catalogue of the Mymarid Genus Camptoptera Foerster, with Description 5 One New North America Form 15 Davis, John J. — Studies on Aphididae II 20 Hilton, William A. — The Tracheal Supply in the Central Nervous System of the Larva of Corydalis Comuta '. 25 Nelson, Jas. A. — Evolution and .Adaption in the Palpus of Male Spiders 16 Webster, F. M. — Investigations of Toxoptera Graminum and Its Parasites . . .25 Hayhurst, Paul — Observations on a Gall Aphid {Aphis Atriplicis L.) 15 Patch, Edith M. — Homologies of the Wing Veins of the Aphididae Psyllidae, Aleurodidae, and Coccidae 50 Hine, James S. — Robberflies of the Genus Asilus 50 Chambeklin, Ralph V. — Some Records of "North American Geophilidae and Lithobiidae, with Description of New Species 25 Davis, John J. — Two New Genera and Species of Aphididae .10 PouLTON, Prof. E. B. — Mimicry in the Butterflies of North America 60 TowNSEND, Chas. H. T. — Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Tachinidae 10 Cockerell, T. D. A.— Fossil Insects from Florissant 10 McGillivray, a. D. — A Synopsis of the North American Species of Scoli- oneurinae 20 Hambleton, J. C. — Life History of Coizus Lateralis Say 10 For Reprints from Volume I, see preceding Number. Address ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, Biological Building, O. S. U., Colombos, Ohio. ANNALS OF The Entomological Society of America Volume IV SEPTEMBER, 1911 Number 3 THE STRUCTURE OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM OF CORYDALIS LARVA. By William A. Hilton. Concerning the insects, many extensive works have been pub- Hshed upon the nervous system from early times down to quite recently. The work of Dujardin, '.50, may be said to be a starting point. Numerous papers by Villanes from '87 to '9.3 give general accounts of the structure, but nothing very def- inite as to the distribution of individual nerve termination and origin within the ganglia. The extensive work by Saint-Remy, '90, is also a somewhat fragmentary account of numerous forms of tracheate head ganglia. Other earlier papers dealing with cephalic ganglia in particular are those of Newton, '79, and Packard, 'SO, and in more recent times we have the valuable works of Kenyon, '96, and Haller, '04. In connection with the structure and relationships of abdominal ganglia, the investigations of Binet, '94, and Benedicenti, '95, should be mentioned ; and for a summary of the form and structure of the insect nervous system, the general work of Berlese, '97, is invaluable. Although there are numerous and extensive papers dealing with the structure of insects, very few give a very complete account of the whole nervous system of a single species and practically no single work treats of the larval centers in much detail, although numerous papers take up the development and some as Bauer, '04, consider the transformations of larval into the adult conditions. The external anatomy and general distribution of ganglia and nerves of Corydalis have been studied by Krauss, '84, and by Hammar, '08. The relations of the trachea to the nervous system and their distribution within it by Hilton, '09. The 219 220 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, present paper is a continuation of the study of the nervous system in the larval form and, although not as complete as might be wished, it is at least a start in the direction of a clearer comprehension of the insect central nervous system, under- taken for the purpose of preparing for a studj- of the finer structure of the nerve cells, and for experiments upon their metabolism and function. The methods employed were various. For obtaining the best idea of the general distribution of nerve cells and fibers, and the tracts of which they are parts, intra vitam methylene blue injections were used. Beautiful results w-ere obtained at times, but it was only after hundreds of specimens were gone over that much was learned as to the organization of the gan- glia. Sectioning methods with the usual fixers and stains gave fair results and the methods of Golgi and Cajal were tried, also those of Villanes and Kenyon. All of these gave good prep- arations except the Golgi method which I hope to try again at another time. There were difficulties in the way of fixing and staining because the ganglia are inclosed in chitin and because of the numerous tracheal vessels, and in the larger ones it was not possible to get perfect whole mounts. Sketches were made from the methjdene blue preparations both before and after fixation and in the first stages of the work peripheral nerves were traced by means of gross dissections. ABDOMINAL GANGLIA. The abdominal ganglia, eight in number are quite uniform in appearance and general structure with the exception of the eighth or most caudal. The first abdominal is separated by only short connectives from the third thoracic, and the seventh is even closer to the eighth. The seven first abdominal ganglia have quite uniformly on each side, two large nerve trunks connected with them, a cephalic lateral and a ventral more caudal branch. The eighth ganglion has four pairs of branches leading into it from the caudal end of the animal. Specimens were injected with methylene blue and nerves traced to the periphery and from here followed into the ganglia as nerve tracts as far as possible. In an earlier study on th-.^ nervous system of larval insects I found that in some cases some of the more cephalic branches connected with the ganglia were in large part if not totally sensory, that is arising from 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 221 bipolar nerve cells and nerve plexuses, from tactile hairs and from the surface of the hypodermis. In Corydalis at various times during several years I have tried to determine the motor and sensory parts of each peripheral trunk for the purpose of following them into the central nervous system. To some degree methylene blue stain is of a differential value in deter- mining the nature of nerve trunks, for very often the first neurons to take the stain are sensory, while motor fibers and cells are often slower to turn blue. But this method is not absolutely sure, for there is great variability in the staining reactions of different individuals. The only sure way of telling whether a given branch is motor or sensory is by tracing the nerves to their endings in muscle fibers or from their origin in bipolar sense cells at the periphery. The tracing of a motor or a sensory nerve or tract is not possible in a large number of cases because the stain is incomplete or too dense, but occasional selectively stained preparations enable one to make positive if not complete statements in regard to nerve trunks; that is to say, one can determine surely from a specimen that a large number of branches of a certain nerve are all motor or all sensory, but it would be impossible to say with perfect assurance that the nerve was pure motor or pure sensory because some fine terminations might remain uncolored, especially in the case of a stain which was good for sensory terminations, for there would be a strong probability that some, at least of the fine motor ends would not show. The work of Hammar, 'OS, on the nervous system of Cory- dalis has been very helpful, and the general description of the nervous system given by him is so complete that I shall not need to spend time on the gross anatomy of the various ganglia, and in speaking of the several branches of the ganglia 1 shall follow his terminology. There are three chief branches breaking from the Lateral trunk of each of the first seven abdominal ganglia, their method of branching from this trunk and from each other is somewhat variable, but these three main parts are easily recognized. Branch 2 is large and comes off quite near the base of the lateral trunk, runs caudally a short distance and then disappears between muscle fibers in a ventral direction. I could not determine it to be anything but a motor branch although some of the fibers from it are among the first to stain and some of them pass not into the ganglion connected with the nerve 222 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, trunk, but run directly up to the next ganglion by the way of the connectives, in a tract which from its other connections in other species and in this form, and from its staining reactions, I took to be sensory. Branch 3 is long, it runs up to the dorsal side of the animal and is without doubt mixed motor and sensory, containing fibers which supply dorsal muscles anti fibers which come from the hypodermis. Branch 4 runs into the lateral appendage and seems to be sensory, for the most part at least. Besides these, there are two minute branches, 1 and 5, running out to the trachea, according to Hammar, 'OS. The ventral trunk runs caudally and ventrally, branches 1, 2 and 3 run to more and more caudal portions of the ventral side of the animal and seem to be entirely sensory, branch 3 runs to some extent also into the lateral appendage, while branch 4 runs into the tracheal gill and was the only one traced into it. So this whole ventral trunk seems to be for the most part sensor}'. The eighth abdominal ganglion seems to be made up of at least two centers fused, there are four main trunks entering it on each side below and all of these so far as could be determined are both motor and sensory. Trunk (a) is most lateral, (b) a ventral trunk corresponding to the ventral one of other ab- dominal ganglia, (d) a more median one supplying lower dorsal and ventral portions of the body and (c) median, with a large branch which runs back up the intestine. NERVE CELLS. (Fig. 5.) The nerve cells of the periphery have already been figured in an earlier article, Hilton '02. The functional cells of the ganglia both thoracic and abdominal appear to be much of the same type in methylene blue preparations, uni- or bipolar nerve cells, one of the processes or branches of which may run out quite a long distance before they break up into a number of terminations, the other portion usually breaks lip into branches near the cell body. Indications of multipolar cells were seen in some specimens but with these usually all of the processes but one were verj' small and hard to trace very far. In addi- tion to the functional neurones of both large and small size, there were in all of the ganglia, numerous neuroblasts, or smal- ler cells \\dth slight protoplasm about the nucleus, and neurog- lia networks. 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 223 NERVE TRACTS IN ABDOMINAL GANGLIA. (Figs. 1 and 2.) By means of methylene blue preparations it was possible in some more deeply stained specimens to trace the main tracts of fibers within the ganglia and within the connectives and in lighter stained specimens the distribution of special tracts and even individual fibers. At times the cells stained as well as the fibers at other times only fibers were colored. Fig. 1. Figure of the 7th and 8th abdominal ganglia from methylene blue preparation. Dorsal side. A few nerve cells are shown in black. The chief nerve trunks show with their fibers. The central "Punktsubstanz" of the ganglia dotted. Some of the larger tracheal tubes shown as thick solid black lines. The caudal end is down in this and the following figures. x.30. Fig. 2. Sixth abdominal ganglion from ventral side. Methylene blue. x30. Stained or unstained, the central region of each ganglion is more opaque or darker, due to the nerve fibers crossing and terminating in this region. This forms on each side a central body made up of two oval masses more or less fused into one at the middle line, the "Punktsubstanz" of some authors. The 224 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, nerve fibers of the connectives when stained in a mass form deep Hnes apparently running straight through the center of the ganglia, these longitudinal bundles of nerve fibers seem to be a little broader before entering and after leaving the central mass. The nerve trunks in deeply stained specimens send masses of fibers into the ganglia and in the case of most of the fibers, the region where they seem to terminate is in the central part of each ganglion. This is true of all the ventral fibers and of most of those from the lateral trunk, but a few of the latter, and some fibers from the second branch of the lateral, run up into the edge of the ganglion only, and then straight up the connective to the next ganglion above. In the case of the eighth adbominal the four nerve trunks enter the fibrous central mass from below, those most medially placed seem to be con- tinued up through to the connectives and to be largely contin- uous with them in deeply stained specimens, while the more lateral trunks are lost sight of as they enter the central portion of the ganglion, although some of the fibers from the more laterall}^ placed nerve trunks pass through the edge of the ganglion without communication with its cells and pass up the outer side of the connectives on either side to the next ganglion above. There are then two masses of fibers entering each center but the last, those of the connectives and those of the nerve trunks. I will first take up those of the connectives. Beginning with the seventh abdominal ganglion great masses of fibers enter, and it is possible to distinguish ; (a ) Fibers which run straight through without terminating. There seem to be great numbers of these, but this is due in part to the fact that when fibers do terminate in a ganglion they end at various levels. These fibers can however individually in a number of cases be traced through a ganglion without endings of any sort within it, just how far some of these may run without termina- tion is a question, but there was no difficulty in tracing them through three ganglia and there is no reason to doubt that they may be longer than this. Those most easily followed were usually of larger size than the rest, (b) Fibers from below, terminating within the ganglion. Of these there are several sorts: (1) Those ending in the lower part of the "punktsub- stanz" on the same side. (2) Those ending on the same side above. (3) Those crossing over towards the opposite side from below. (4) Those crossing over to the opposite side above. 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 225 In those entering from below some run straight in and end in the caudal region of the central fibrous mass, while in many .specimens fibers from the outer side of the connectives sweep sharply in towards the center of the lower part of the ganglion to end near the middle line, either on the same side or just over it. (c) Fibers from above. In general there are similar bundles of fibers to those traced from below: (1) Those end- ing in the lower part of the ganglion on the same side. (2) Those ending on the same side but in the cephalic portion of the ganglion. (3) Those crossing to end in the lower part. (4) Those crossing to end in the upper part. In the case of fibers ending in the ganglion from the ceph- alic direction, none were seen forming such a dense sweep into each center from the sides of the connectives, although there were a few fine ones of this sort. Most of the fibers leave the " punktsubstanz " to run in the connectives without great devia- tion from a straight course, (d) Fibers passing into the con- nectives from cells within the ganglion. There may be dis- tinguished in many of the preparations cells with their fibers well stained, the more central of these may be more clearly seen in some cases. Some of the larger more central cells seem to be merely for association within the ganglion, with all of their processes ending within it. Others send one main pro- cess up one connective and another down into one of the other great masses of fibers. Other cells of medium or small size, located chiefly at the sides of the ganglion send one long process into one of the nerve trunks while the other shorter process may run for a short distance in the connective trunk or be lost in the central mass of the ganglion. THE FIBERS OF NERVE TRUNKS. These have already been spoken of to some degree. Most fibers of both cephalic and ventral nerves seem to enter the central part of the ganglion and are lost track of in the "Punkt- substanz," but both the lateral and ventral trunk-fibers are continued into the connectives in the cephalic direction at least, and possibly to some extent in the caudal, although this was not determined. In the case of the lateral trunks of all the abdominal ganglia, there is a possible sensory tract enter- ing the cephalic edge of the nerve center without coming to the central "punktsubstanz" or having any communication with 226 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, nerve fibers, running along the outer side of the connective and for the most part ending in the basal portion of the ganglion next above, near or across the middle line. A similar tract to this has been described coming from the two most lateral trunks jn the last ganglion. These fibers which enter from cephalic lateral trunks seem to stain among the first and in the case of some other insects were found to come from bipolar sensory cells at the periphery, and I still think that they are to some extent sensory, but these tracts which have no communication with the cells of the gan- glia with which they are connected are not all of the sensory fibers of each nerve center, for the ventral branches have many sensory fibers and these do not follow exactly the same path, and in the case of the first seven abdominal ganglia many of the fibers could be traced from the branch 2, which so far as could be determined was a decidedly motor trunk. Fibers other than those coming from cells on the opposite side to run into the branches as motor axones, are directly supplied by cells on the same side, long branches from certain cells run into the various motor trunks while the other termina- tions are in the "punktsubstanz." Fibers from the periphery or from sensory cells enter the ganglion from both main trunks and are of the following groups": (a) Those ending within the ganglion to which the trunks are connected, the exact termination of these T could not make out, but some at least ended near the central part of the ganglion, although very often arborizations of the terminations could be traced both on the same side and on the opposite side. Fibers entering straight from below in the last abdominal broke up into branches near the middle line with arborizations in the central margin of the ganglion. (b) Those passing from one ganglion to the next without sending branches to the center to which the nerve trunks are connected, some of these fibers may run past one or more ganglion, but the most of them form a definite tract from the peripher}^ by way of lateral trunks, running on the outside of the connectives, and turning sharply in towards the middle line in the caudal portion of the central mass of fibers, to end here or a little higher up, or to cross over and end in the "punkt- substanz" of the opposite side not far from the middle line. 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis Til (c) Those passing from the periphery into the nerve trunks and having extensive arborizations in the ganglia to which they are connected and then passing on to another ganglion with arborizations in it. Only a few of such fibers were distinguished one in connection with the Sth ganglion was the clearest case. A nerve fiber from tho periphery was easily traced into the 1st. lateral trunk, a branch from this fiber was given off" in the ceph- alic and lateral region of the ganglion, this fiber could be traced into the " punktsubstanz " of the nerve center, some of its arbori- zations ending on the same side and one branch was traced to the cephalic region of the other side, while the main fibers passed up the connective and ended by arborizations in the "punkt- substanz" of the ganghon next above chiefly on the same side in the caudal region. ABDOMINAL GANGLIA STUDIED IN SECTION. Individual cells and fibers were not so easily traced by this method, but general masses of fibers and the location of cell groups were determined. All of the ganglia, connectives and nerve trunks are inclosed in a chitinous envelope which in many cases is very close to the nervous tissue but usually separated by neuroglia cells. This envelope is especially thick about the connectives just before and just after they enter a ganglion, it appears as a uniform mass in section with large and smaller openings where trachea penetrate it. In places under the chitin of the ganglia, especially on the dorsal side, there are large spaces with little or nothing in them but delicate neuroglia networks. The trachea radiating in the chitin covering the connectives and ganglia have already been referred to; as stated in a previous paper large branches and fine tracheoles run to the nervous system and are distributed to all centers and their branches. These are superficial or run in the chitinous sheath, and the deep, supplied in part by the superficial twigs but chiefly by larger special branches and enter the ganglion and connectives. In these connectives it is easy to see numerous openings, large and minute between the masses of nerve fibers, and in cross section the air tubes are shown to be fully as numerous as one would expect from a study of surface views where all the trachea were made to show. Tracheal tubes within the ganglia are particularly noticeable 228 A^inals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, in the centers of bundles of fibers and most easily seen in these traced from the connectives. The exact place and method of termination was not determined. Injections of fluids into the ganglia by way of trachea failed to penetrate any of the finer branches. All of the abdominal ganglia seem to be of practically the same type, but individual variations occur. In all of the nerve centers the cells are grouped for the most part on ventral and lateral portions of the ganglion and towards the caudal end, a few cells occur on the dorsal side especially near the middle line and these are often quite large. Description of 4th abdominal ganglion traced by sections beginning at the caudal end: The connectives entering from the ventral side are easily followed as distinct longitudinal masses of fibers well up into the ganglion, these connectives as well as others in other parts of the nervous system are composed of numerous closely packed longitudinal fibers, scattered between these are the openings of trachea, when the ganglion is reached the chitin for each of the connectives becomes fused into one mass and farther in the central portion of chitin between them disap- pears and the two bundles of fibers are more or less crowded against each other. Farther up into the ganglion the fiber bundles do not occupy all of the area under the chitin because large spaces on all sides occur and then soon cells in a single layer are found close to the wall of the ventral side, and then on the dorsal side a very large cell is found wedged in between the two bundles of fibers. Some of the cells of the ventral side may be seen at this level sending fibers into the two longitudi- nal bundles. The single layer of cells on the ventral side becomes a double row of medium and small, and the large cell of the dorsal side gives way to a group of small ones and there comes to be on the ventral side two groups of fibers running more transversely, probably made up in part from fibers con- nected with the cells appearing on the ventral side. Farther up these ventral nerve cells extend out laterally so that numbers of them might be seen from the dorsal side. No cells are left for a distance on the mid-ventral line, and they disappear from the mid-dorsal line also to some extent, but before they are gone fibers can be traced about the connective bundles and to the cell regiqn of the ventral side. At this 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 229 level there are nerve fibers seen between the cells on the ventro- lateral margins of the ganglion and fibers connected with these regions of the nerve center join the bundle from the cells on the dorsal side, on the ventral median side of the ganglion, while a third runs in from these cells into the central part of the longi- tudinal fibers. We have then at this level three transverse bundles of fibers crossing from the lateral cell groups, a dorsal, a ventral and median and a little farther along we have also a bundle of fibers running across the section but from the dorsal to the ventral side and uniting to some degree with the three right and left commissures. Other little branches from these main ones and other tracts from the lateral cell groups also invade the longitudinal bands from the connectives. A little above this level again on the ventral side a single layer of cells appears in the middle line and no cells are seen on the dorsal side except laterally. A little above this, the large ventral trachea enter passing through the cell layer and breaking up into numerous branches. The central fibrous mass of the ganglion is largely made up of longitudinal strands in all levels so far and besides the com- missures mentioned there are usually a number of fibers crossing irregularly both dorso-ventrally, laterally and obliquely espe- cially at about this last level. None of them are large and the great mass of fibers remains longitudinal. It is at about this level that the ventral nerve trunks come off from the lateral and ventral sides of the ganglion from the central part of the latero-ventral cell mass, just before the tracheal trunks are reached. Fibers from this trunk may mingle with the cells of this region and are also continued into the central mass of fibers of the ganglion. Beyond this point the cells become thin again especially ventrally and also laterally, the central thickest part of the ganglion is now reached and the fibers form a rather large dense mass. Longitudinal ones may still be seen mixed in with numerous lateral and transverse strands all bound up together into a dense fibrous mass with no very marked special tracts or strands except for quite a well marked short broad median commissure of fibers connecting more intimately the two already well fused masses of each lateral half of "punktsubstanz." Slightly beyond this, the cells have about disappeared, only a few remaining at the dorso-lateral edges of the ganglion. 230 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV,. Beyond this something of the central commissure remains, many of the other crossed fibers in the central part of the ganglion have disappeared. A bundle of fibers partly transverse and partly fused with the central longitudinal bands begins to be seen on either side of the ganglion ventrally, these are partly mixed with the main longitudinal tracts. They are endings of the bundles of the lateral nerves to be followed later and might be called lateral nerve tracts. At this level a few scattering cells on the ventral side and two small dorso-lateral groups, one on each side of the ganglion indicate about all of the cell masses seen lower down, while in the mid-dorsal line a new group of dorsal cells makes its appearance and sends fibers through the central part of the ganglion as a central tract which breaks up laterally and can be traced to various parts of the central fiber mass of the ganglion. For several sections these fibers become quite prominent and the central commissure seems to be lack- ing, then as this central tract disappears higher up, another and a better marked commissure comes to view running trans- versely through the center of the ganglion from side to side. At this level cells again come into view laterally. The ventral tracts of the lateral nerves become more prominent and there is a dorsal band of fibers close to the edge of the "punktsub- stanz " on the dorsal side. This last is parallel with the median.. Slightly beyond this a few cells are seen on the ventral side laterally, two of the same commissures, a dorsal and a median may be seen, but the lateral cells have disappeared to give place to the entrance of the fibers of the large lateral nerves. These fibers for the most part run directly into the lateral nerve tract noted above when it was seen more caudally. Beyond this and beyond the entrance of the lateral nerve, a few cells are seen laterally, one or so in the mid-dorsal line, and the dorsal and median connectives disappear and only a few tangled fibers replace them, although for a few sections the great sweep of transverse fibers is continued from side to side, from the lateral nerve tract. Above this no commissure or cross fiber of any sort connects the lateral halves of the ganglion and a small group of nerve cells comes to lie on the middle line and dorsal and ventral to it. At the line of separation of the lateral halves, the tracts of the lateral nerves can be distinguished as a dense mass on either 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 231 side of the longitudinal fibers which are continued out into the connectives. Above this as the cells disappear and we come clearly into the region where there are only longitudinal tracts, these may be followed and they are indistinguishable from other fibers of the connectives. The reason why the lateral tracts could be told from the longitudinal for such a distance was because they seemed denser and stained more deeply. The fibers in the cephalic connectives have about the same arrangement as the caudal ones. In other abdominal ganglia, ventral and lateral groups of nerve cells were more clearly seen contributing to the com- missures and the central tracts. Some of the fibers of the lateral trunks end in the central portion of the ganglion, prob- ably in cells. The tract of the lateral trunk needs a word of additional comment. In preparations made bj^ a method that removes the cells and all but the denser fibers so that little more than a skeleton of the fibrous framework is left, it is found that a transverse portion connecting the two sides of the ganglion is much denser than other parts of the fibrous mass and under the highest powers of the microscope, this seems to be very finely granular as well as fibrous and is continuous from side to side between the nerve trunks. This same fine granular substance with fibrils in it was traced up into the connectives a short dis- tance, and as many fibers are seen to end in this region it may be due to a dense grouping of their endings that there is a deeper color at such a place. Similar substances to this only in more isolated portions is found in other parts of the ganglion and in other nerve centers. In specimens stained with ordinary hematoxylin there is no differentiation between this substance and the general fibrillar mass. The eighth abdominal ganglion is similar to the others except that the connective fibers begin within the ganglion and there are more commissures developed. The first lateral branch can be easily traced out into the connective on the out- side, fibers also deeper in go on up the connective, while still others enter the ganglion and are distributed to all parts of one side and probably also across to some extent, as there are numerous cross connections, by means of at least three of four well marked commissures, besides irregular fibers. Other 232 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, branches also send fibers to the central mass, some of these run straight through, while others seem to cross in commissures or end. In general then, there are in each abdominal ganglion, cells on the ventral caudal region, on the lateral sides, and a few on the median dorsal side. These cells surround a central fibrous mass made up of strands running longitudinally through the ganglion from the connectives and best marked in the cephalic and caudal parts; fibers running across from side to side, these run in about three commissures, a dorsal, a ventral and a median and at various cephalic and caudal levels these com- missures are interrupted. The lateral nerve trunks may be seen to contribute largely to the formation of the large ventral commissure. The other cross connections seem to be more exclusively from cells on the sides of the ganglia and from these cells also other cross or diagonal fibers may be followed. The dorsal group of cells which seems to be to a large degree for association, sends fibers through the ganglion to the cells of the lateral and ventral groups, so that these fiber tracts may be found above or below the commissures penetrating to the opposite side, or part way through when the median com- missure is present. THORACIC GANGLIA. Methylene blue method. (Fig. 3). The three thoracic ganglia are quite a little larger than the abdominal and the branches come off differently. There are on each side three main trunks the most cephalic of these has its most cephalic branches pure sensory, but No. 2 was not determined, also No. 1 of trunk B or the middle trunk seems sensory while other branches of the middle trunk are more or less mixed and the last which goes into the leg is also mixed. So then the more cephalic nerves are sensory while the rest seem to be mixed. The exact nature of the two parts of the last or leg branch was not determined, but there was no reason from the staining reactions to indicate that they were of greatly different composition. In the thoracic region as in the abdominal, the main trunks easily took up the stain, but here greater difficulty was encoun- tered in surface studies because of the larger opaque mass of the ganglion. Cells and fibers were however made out and found 19111 Nervous System of Cor'ydalis 233 to be in a general way similar to the conditions found more caudally. The main tracts of the connectives and of the nerve trunks enter the central portion of each center as in the abdom- inal region, but their distribution within was harder to make out. There were tracts entering the last thoracic ganglion from below, leaving it again as in the abdominal centers. Fig. 4. Fig. 3. Third thoracic ganglion from below. Methylene blue. x30. Fig. 4. Connective branch leading off between the 2d and 3d thoracic ganglia, nerve fibers from above and below enter the nerve trunk from the connective. Also large and small nerve fibers shown. Methylene blue. x45. Tracts from the first abdominal pass up the outside of the con- nective and cross over into the middle line, but from the third thoracic to the second, and from the connectives of the second to the first no such tract was clearly recognized. Fibers enter- ing laterally both from motor and sensory nerves all pass in towards the central part of the ganglion. In other words there was no indication of a tract passing from cephalic branches into the edge of the ganglion to run without termination up the out- side of the connective to the next center. But there was an indication of fibers passing through or into one ganglion from the one below it. In the cephalic part of the thoracic ganglia fibers coming from above may some of them be traced as a fine tract ending 234 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, in the cephalic portion of the ganglion. Other than these differences, there were no essential ones between these nerve centers and those of the abdominal region. In regard to the arrangement of cells as shown by methylene blue, it was found that the lower ventral and lateral regions had the greatest number, great masses of them, with many more cells than in the smaller ganglia. For the most part similar arrangements of individual ribers were seen. Nerve cells sending fibers directly into motor trunks, cells of medium or rather small size, were observed, but these were few in num- ber. Most of the cells seen had their processes running into the "punktsubstanz" of the ganglion. Large and smaller asso- ciation cells were found as in the lower regions and of various sorts such as already described for them, some at the surface of the ganglion other at the edges of the "punktsubstanz." Between the third and second and the second and first thoracic ganglion, there are branches off from the connectives, a pair between each of these, and between the subesophageal and the first thoracic there are two pairs. The upper of these last were not so well stained in any of the preparations but all of the others were quite well colored and found to be motor. These branches when studied as to their composition did not differ much from each other and in each one, fibers could be seen descending to run out the nerve trunk from the ganglion next above and also from the ganglion below. These two tracts of fibers entering the lateral trunks were clear and dis- tinct from each other for quite a distance into the nerve trunk, (Fig. 4). THORACIC GANGLION IN SECTION. (Plate XV, Figs. 1-4.) The internal structure of the thoracic ganglia is much more complicated than the abdominal, due to the fact that the larger branches from the more numerous nerve cells are more inti- mately woven together, and it was practically impossible to follow commissures or tracts very far except in a very general way. However, a general description as detailed as seems necessary will be given of one of the thoracic ganglia, the first. From above the connectives which enter as in the abdom- inal ganglia are in every way similar. Not many cells are seen scattered in the upper part of the ganglion, then two large 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 235 groups appear one on eaci'; side laterally and a small ventral group. (Fig. 1-3, Plate I). These masses at the sides of both large and small cells are at least three deep. The three groups a little farther along become united by a single row of cells which farther up becomes double layered and all the cell groups are not distinguishable in the single mass. There are also at about this level as a part of this mass a few cells in the mid-ventral line between the bundles of fibres of the connectives. Farther up, the connective tracts are less clearly all longi- tudinal fibers and the lateral part of the nerve cell mass gives way for the entrance of the first or most cephalic of the three nerve trunks, the fibers of which pass into and mingle as trans- verse and dorso-ventral fibers in the connective tracts. The fibers of this nerve are very extensive and may be followed into the center of the ganglion, both dorsally and ventrally. Fibers from the ventral cells on either side of the ganglion enter the center of each lateral half from below and are there lost and partly pass into the nerve trunk. Fibers from the cells in the mid-ventral line, which cells form a wedge shaped mass at higher levels between the connective masses, run to the dorsal side of each of these masses of longitudinal fibers, and from here circle about to become associated with the fibers of the nerve trunks and with other more median strands on each side of the ganglion and with the strands described above which come from the ventral mass. Slightly beyond this part and nearer the center of the ganglion the two central masses of fibers or connective masses become fused together, the cells disappear and commissures, a dorsal, a ventral and a median, connect to some degree the sweeps of fibers already described. (Fig. 4, Plate XV, just above this level.) Farther down, two commissures, a median and a dorsal are seen but numerous fibers cross the middle line at many levels and angles. Farther on but one commissure can be noted, a ventral, but many other fibers cross at different angles and the whole lateral portion of the ganglion is a dense system of complicated interlacing fibers having a dense meshwork. On the lateral part of each ventral half the fibers stain darker, probably due to more numerous fine branches in this region and on the dorsal median line a little wedge shaped group of cells makes its appearance, the only cells of this region. These send their fibers through the center of the ganglion to the ven- 236 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, tral side, while a central commissure crosses these to end in the tangled mass of fibers on either side of the ganglion. Farther along, these dorso-ventral bands a little one side of the middle line do not cross the now larger central commissure, but run in to it as do the other fibers from the ventral side, running from the more deeply stained ventral mass already spoken of. Farther along and at the level of the next nerve, three com- missures, a ventral, a dorsal and a median may be again recog- nized while the fibers of the middle nerve both end in the lateral portions of the fibrous mass and contribute to the three commis- sures. In this level only a few scattering nerve cells were seen. Beyond this a ventral, almost a lateral group appears again on each side and fibers from these form a little arch about the now smaller mass of darker staining fibers. On the mid-dorsal line fibers from this arch and others from these cells also ramify into all parts of the ventral portion of the ganglion. Along from this the dorsal part comes to be separated into two separate masses of longitudinal fibers of the connectives again. Far- ther along the arch becomes in its dorsal portion fused into a median commissure which soon disappears as the cleft between the connectives becomes deeper and reaches way down to the now small area of deeply staining substance which now forms a ventral commissure. The ventral cell group has become more lateral at this level and another large group has come in just dorsal to it, but still only on the side. In the mid- ventral line also, there has come in a small new group of cells. The last nerve trunk comes to be associated with this com- missure of deeply staining fibers on the ventral side and farther along fibers also pass freely into it from the lateral group of cells which has been spoken of as coming in more dorsally, this for a time remains distinct from the other more ventral groups. Along farther these cell groups unite to form a large thick single lateral mass and from them more fibers run into the com- missure of deeply staining fibers and " Punktsubstanz. " Soon after this the commissure breaks through as the two connective bundles separate, each with a little of the darkened mass which soon disappears as do the cells of the ganglion. Although the above description is only a very general one, it will be seen that the ganglion is more complicated than the abdominal, but the general plan of arrangement and structure is as in the abdominal region. The nerve cells as in the abdomi- 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 237 nal ganglia are chiefly grouped in the caudal, cephalic and ventral regions and may be seen to take direct part in the for- mation of commissures as well as diagonal strands. While dorsal cells on the median line and ventral median cells, send fibers through the ganglion dorso-ventrally, as well as associa- tion fibers to different tracts and lateral groups. In both thoracic and abdominal ganglia dark staining masses made up of very minute fibers fused together are chiefly found on the ventral side and associated with a ventral commissure. -J^ Fig- 5- Fig. 5. Nerve cells from the central nervous system, (a) Motor nerve cell from the 3d thoracic ganglion, (b, c and d) Association cells from the. same, (e) Cells from the brain. xlOO. 238 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, THE SUBESOPHAGEAL GANGLION. (Figs. 6 and 7, Plate XVI, Fig. 5.) This ganglion is larger than the others described, and is less flattened and less easy to study from the surface. The branches have already been traced quite well to the periphery and I will only mention them briefly. Fig, 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 6. Subesophageal ganglion from the ventral side. Methylene blue. x30. c connective with brain. CO commissure mx maxillary m mandibular 1 labial g gustatory Fig. 7. Subesophageal from the dorsal side. x30. The caudal portion of the ganglion becomes thick soon after the connectives have entered. The cephalic lateral portion of the ganglion is connected with the supraesophageal above by two large connectives, but smaller than those from the 1st thoracic ganglion. These cephalic connectives or crura cere- bri are connected together a short distance away from the gan- glion by a cross branch or commissure. 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 239 From the cephalic end there are three pairs of large nerve trunks, the mandibular, the maxillary and the labial. The mandibular is the largest the labial the smallest and most ventral. All appear to be mixed nerves, both sensory and motor. Either side of the middle line on the cephalic border are two small nerves, the gustatory, which are motor in part at least. On either side of the ganglion not far from its central portion is a small ventral nerve and not far from the connectives near the entrance of the caudal tracheal tubes are the small salivary nerves. I know nothing of the composition of these two last pairs. The dense central mass of the ganglion prevents one from tracing nerve fibers very deeply in surface preparations, but a few more fortunate specimens gave now and then a fiber or a tract which could be easily followed. In general with the nerve trunks and connectives of other ganglia, these bundles of fibers entered the central portions and like them, too, the nerve cells were chiefly grouped on the sides with scattering cells on the dorsal and a denser mass on the ventral and caudal portions, but in this the dorsal side has more cells than was usual with the other ganglia. The same arrangement of cells and fibers was noticed as in others, that is, most of the peripheral cells could be seen to send their processes into the central portion. Fibers from the connectives above and below could be traced through the ganglion, but there were such masses of them that it was difficult to tell whether they were branched or not. Fibers from the lower connectives were seen to end in the caudal portion of the " punktsubstanz " : (a) On the same side, (b) Crossing over the middle line. These were both superficial fibers and resembled those in the bases of the abdominal gan- glia. Probably deeper fibers end higher up. Fibers running down the upper connectives run : (a) Down the connective to end in the central portion of the ganglion; (b) Down the connective to end in the caudal region of the ganglion. Probably among both of these groups of fibers there are some which cross over into the opposite side of the ganglion. Fibers running down the connectives and crossing over to the opposite side through the commissure connecting the crura cere- bri: (a) Cross over in the commissure to the opposite side and run down to end in the upper or lower portions of the ganglion. 240 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Two other sorts may be given although no complete fibers were traced through such a course; (b) It seems probable from the specimens that fibers cross to the opposite side in the commissure and run over to the oppo- site side of the ganglion: (c) Probably some fibers cross in the commissure and run back to the brain. Fibers running straight through the ganglion from above and from below were not traced but it is very possible that such are present as in other ganglia. THE NERVE TRUNKS. The mandibular branch sends its fibers into the cephalic dorsal border of the " punktsubstanz." Some of its fibers seem to end here, others pass in deeper. The maxillary sends its fibers into the very center of the upper half of the ganglion and here some of them seem to end or cannot be traced farther in surface views. This is true of the more cephalic branch of the maxillary in part at least, while the rest of. the fibers of this and those of the caudal branch are traced in laterally a little farther down. The fibers of the labial nerve; some of them run in deeply about where the branch enters the ganglion, others go down farther and may be traced as far as the place where those of the ventral nerve trunk enter the mid-lateral portion of the central fibrous mass. The salivary nerve fibers run in and can be traced to near the point where the ventral nerves were. The small gustatory nerves run some distance down into the ganglion from the point where they take their exit and a motor nerve cell was found sending out its axon directly into this tract. SUBESOPHAGEAL GANGLION STUDIED IN SECTION, BEGINNING AT THE CAUDAL END. The connectives which run up to the subesophageal ganglion are much like the others described. As the caudal portion of the ganglion is reached these two longitudinal tracts of fibers become fused although they may be distinguished from each other. A group of nerve cells appears on the lateral sides, and a group of large ones on the median side dorsally, some of these 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 241 penetrate in between the tracts and a few cells appear ven- trally on the median line, while the cells become more numerous laterally. The salivary nerves enter latero-ventrally and unite with the mass of longitudinal fibers. The cells disappear dor- sally, but some are between the mass of fibers of each con- nective and the lateral cell group has become more ventral. There is at this level a transverse commissure on the dorsal side and fibers running down ventrally in the ventral line. Farther along the fibers do not so many of them run from dorsal to the ventral side and a median commissure comes to be formed. More cells come in laterally and ventrally and these sending their fibers into the central mass contribute to its complexity. These cells also run into the large but ill-defined median commissure. Two little spots of darker more dense fibers come in on the ventral side and fibers from the ventral cells form an arch about them. Fa,rther cephalad the median commissure becomes less well defined. The dorsal is lost and a median group of cells comes in dorsally again. Fibers from the ventral and dorsal cells, especially the former go in curved sweeps to the dorsal and ventral sides of the fiber mass, fibers also run in laterally from the lateral cell groups. Farther along no clear commissure can be seen, but sweeps of fibers cross from both sides, those of opposite sides interdigitating to some degree. The ventral darker mass of fibers mentioned a short time ago has now become a transverse mass and is larger, being joined by fibers from the labial and ventral nerves. At the level of this entrance only a few scattering groups of cells are seen. The dark fiber mass becomes expanded to the center of the ' ' Punktsubstanz. The broad cerebral cruri are reached. From the central to the dorsal side laterally four small groups of nerve cells mostly small, with now and then a large one are seen. Fibers from the cerebral crus can be traced to the center of the fiber mass and into one or more of the several irregular masses of dark fibers. Dorsally and ventrallj' fibers cross from side to side and run diagonally from the dorsal to the ventral side. Farther along a ventral commissure of dark fibers is present, some of its strands reaching up into the dark fibers in the direction of the com- missure and farther along breaking through it. A short dis- 242 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, tance cephalad of this point the ventral mass disappears and the lateral halves of the general mass of fibers becomes distinguish- able once more as the upper region of the ganglion is reached. At this upper region, lateral cells are no longer seen, there is however, a small group ventrally placed, either side of the middle line and a small dorso-median mass. Fibers sent in from these curve up to run into the crus which may also at this level be seen to receive fibers from the middle and opposite parts of the ganglion by the way of a group of fibers just one side of the middle line and a group running from the center of the lateral central mass. Just beyond this last level at the place where the maxillar}^ branch enters, a little group of nerve cells comes in between it and the crus. Fibers from this large maxillary 'nerve run into the crus, into the central and ventral portion of the ganglion and apparently across to the other side, while many of its fibers are lost in the deeper staining central masses. Farther along the ventral cells become much more abundant, a wedge shaped group G-7 layers thick with a few large cells. A few cells come in on the mid-dorsal line and some come in latero- ventrally just above where the maxillary nerve joins the ganglion, and some of these cells seem to contribute directly to the nerve. The large mandibular nerve joins the ganglion on its upper border, fibers come to it from ventral and dorsal sides of the ganglion and connections with the darker fiber masses in the center can be traced. Cells are now in masses both dorsally and ventrally as the cephalic end of the ganglion is approached and some of these at least seem to contribute directly to the nerve. The above description is a very general one, only the main features of structure and arrangement were spoken of. The complexity of the ganglion is such that a general summary of it follows : (a) Cells The cells at various levels dififer greatly. Beginning at the caudal end and passing forward there might be recognized about three main dorsal cell groups one after another which fuse and separate from each other at various levels. The median ventral cells are at first also separated from the other groups 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 243 but farther up they grow out laterally to become continuous with the lateral and dorsal cells at various levels while they be- come absent from the mid-ventral line, then become united again on the cephalic region where all the cell groups are joined together. In intervals where these groups are not in distinct masses a few scattered cells are often found. (b) Connectives Ventral connectives. Fibers from these run straight into the ganglion for a short distance until the central, tangled mass is reached. Only a few of the fibers in the central part of the ganglion can be seen to take a straight course through it. Many others run straight or nearly so for a short distance and then turn off sharply to one side. Fibers from the connectives seem to end at all levels and in practically all parts of the central fibrous mass and to be contributed to by cell masses especially on the ventral side, but also clearly on the dorsal. These fibers coming in from both sides of the ganglion at differ- ent levels and as single fibers or groups add considerably to the complexity of the ganglion as does the fact that many of the fibers from the connectives which run through to the crura cerebri and nerves do not always take a straight course or run to the same parts of the nerve trunks. Sweeps of fibers for instance, can be traced quite straight up on the ventral side of the ganglion and then may be seen to turn over to the dorsal side. Crura cerebri. These have fibers from the caudal connect- ives but not nearly all from them can be traced into the crura, for they are smaller and have their own special fibers which come from almost every part of the ganglion. The cells in various parts seem to furnish many of these, some of which come from the same side, but single strands were followed running in the direction of the crura which were from the opposite side. Fibers may also be seen to sweep back into it, probably from the mandibular trunk. (c) Nerve trunks. Mandibular. Many of the fibers of this end in the first part of the fiber mass. A few apparently run into the crura. Some fibers could be traced from near the median central part ■of the ganglion in a line with the lower connectives. Some •came to it from cephalic median cells. 244 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Maxillary. Fibers were followed into this from the lower connectives and from the upper parts of the ganglion. From this nerve trunk some fibers seem to end near the junction of the nerve with the central "punkstubstanz." Labial. This is made up from fibers which enter the ven- tral central portions of the ganglion, just above the entrance of the small ventral nerves. They maj' be traced from the con- nectives up and from the upper portion of the ganglion down into these trunks and ventral caudal cells evidently contribute fibers to the mingled mass which is connected with these branches. (d) Commissures. The commissures connecting the crura cerebri have fibers which cross from one side to the other in the case of descending or ascending strands. No other kinds were recognized although I think there is a strong probability that some fibers merely cross and do not descend at all. Within the ganglion there are a number of commissures connecting the lateral halves. Some of these are of straight fibers, others are closely woven deep staining masses. Dorsal, ventral or median commissures are found at almost every level, especially ventral ones, although not always clearly marked. A longitudinal section through the whole ganglion shows from three to four main commissures, a cephalic, a caudal and twO' median ones. THE SUPRAESOPHAGEAL GANGLION. (Figs. 8, 9, and PI. XVI, Figs. 1-4.) The brain is made up of two large ovoid masses distinctly marked from each other on the the middle line. It is connected on the ventral side to the subesophageal ganglion by means of the short, broad crura cerebri. All of the larger nerves come out laterally and of these there are three main trunks, the only ones to be considered at this time. Three portions of the brain may be made out each con- nected with these trunks. The most dorsal is the protocere- brum, and it is also the largest and best marked and connected with the optic nerves which divide on each side into seven, branches one for each ocellus. 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 245 The middle lobe of the brain or the deutocerebrum is the least marked of any and its nerve trunk the antennal, is the smallest of the three. It enervates muscles at the base of the antena as well as sense organs in it and so is mixed. This lobe is best seen on the cephalic and dorsal side and not at all on the cephalic ventral. fn Fig. 8. F'g- 9- Fig. 8. Supra- and sub-esophageal ganglia with their attached nerves and ganglia. The brain is turned over cephalad. The sub-esophageal ganglion is dorsal. x.30. a antennal fn frontal nerve c clypeolabral v vagus ganglion f frontal ganglion o optic Fig. 9. Cephalic view of one half of the brain. Methylene blue. x.30. 246 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Finally the tritocerebnim is well marked as a little lobe just dorsal of the crus giving off the rather large clypeo-labial trunk which with the arched nerve comes off as one. From the distribution of this it seems probable that it is mixed. This arched nerve runs ventrally and cephalad to unite at the middle line with the one of the opposite side in the frontal nerve ganglion. A branch from this small nerve center runs for- ward as the frontal nerve, another runs back on the dorsal surface of the esophagus to the small vagus ganglion, which sends two branches farther down the alimentary canal. General form of the Brain from Methylene blue. In successfully stained preparations almost all parts of the brain, especially the parts in from the nerve trunks are seen to be covered with nerve cells, both large and small. Those just under the chitin seem to quite completely incase the central dark staining portions of the ganglion. This central dark mass in each well separated lateral half of the ganglion is roughly of the same general shape as the surface. In the main part out from the median portion there is a lobe deep in and opposite the ocular nerve, this is in the central portion of the ganglion and connected with it, but extending down into the tritocerebrum is another lobe almost as large near the crus. Partly separated from the central lobe of " punktsubstanz " is a spherical mass of dark staining substance and out from this a little distance in the ocular lobe and beyond its constriction from the main part of the protocerebrum is another little mass of deeply colored material. About each of these last little masses of " punktsubstanz " a special arrangement of cells is seen, while over the surface of the main portion of dark substance on every side the cells form a thick covering. Fibers running up the crura may be traced into the ganglion in its dorso-caudal region. Some apparently run only to the lower portion of the "punktsubstanz," others may be followed farther up and are lost in the central area. Fibers can also be traced to the central portion of the ganglion, to the medial portions and probably freely ramify all through the central mass. Near the middle line of the ganglion some large cells on the surface were found with long processes extending down long distances in the direction of the crura and probably were con- tinued into it. 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 247 The great bulk of fibers connected with the crura seem to take origin or terminate in the central portion of the "punkt- substanz." The ocular nerves enter the protocerebrum through large nerve trunks which form a decided lobe on the surface of the brain. At the junction of this ocular lobe with the ganglion there is a little area of deeply staining substance mentioned, before and back of this are nerve cells, and also a few cells on the eye side of the mass. These may be seen to send their processes into a dark mass and in towards the main part of the brain. Fibers run out the nerve from the ocular lobes' deep staining mass and into the spherical body before mentioned and into parts of the " punktsubstanz " near it, the former are pro- cesses from cells located near the ocular "punktsubstanz." About the spherical mass may be seen many nerve cells whose fibers are connected with it. Nerve cells on all surfaces of the protocerebrum are very numerous and may be seen sending their processes into the central fibrous mass of the ganglion. The deutocerebrum is less marked than the other two neuromeres and the fibers of its nerve, the anteniial, come in closer to the clypeolabial segment of the brain than the ocular portion. The fibers of the antennal nerve can be traced as a distinct band for nearly one-half of the distance from its entrance to the middle line, where they seem to end in a mass of deep staining fibers of the clypeolabral trunk where it joins the main central portion and here at least some fibers can be seen to end well towards the caudo-ventral portion of the ganglion. The tritocerebrum is best marked in the dorso-cephalic side of the ganglion where it lies over the crus. The fibers of its nerve seem to be of two sorts. The labral part is often stained while the arched nerve portion is clear. Both branches enter the ganglion and plunge at once into the mass of deeply stain- ing fibers. Not quite so many cells were stained overlying this region in the specimens prepared. Some of these sent fibers more or less directly into the central mass while others as in other surfaces of the brain seemed to be association cells in a small area. 248 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, SMALL GANGLIA OF THE HEAD. Connected with the arched nerves somewhat cephalad of the brain is the frontal ganglion. This in well stained preparations may be seen to have a central deep staining mass surrounded by nerve cells, the processes of some of which run into the central mass, while those of others run out from the cell, and down into the nerve which runs under the brain and connects this with the smaller so-called vagus ganglion. This last is like the former only smaller and fewer cells surround the central mass, some of the fibers run from this and probably also rather directly from the cells of the ganglion, down and out the two caudal branches. Occasionally the two lateral ganglia of the esophagus take the stain but their connections or structure was not especially studied. They seemed to differ from the other two ganglia, as they showed from the surface no nerve cells, the whole body taking on a uniform deep blue color. Sections showed them composed of very many cells closely massed together. Sections of the frontal ganglion show a small mass of cells quite well filling the caudal end, a few larger, but mostly smaller cells of the same general sort found in other places. Of these there were about two large and eight smaller ones at a level where the ventral nerves come off on each side of the "Punktsubstanz," although farther cephalad than the place where these nerves are seen from the surface. Farther cephalad where there are only three or four large cells, fibers cross in various directions in the central portion of the ganglion. A large cell for instance was seen to send a process into the center of the ganglion where it broke up into a number of branches. Fibers cross in the various directions but most run longitudi- nally. At a level where a branch to the frontal ganglion arises, there are no nerve cells, the central part of the ganglion is divided into three masses of longitudinal fibers by trachea and cross fibers. This division is continued only for a short distance. Farther along a dorsal and a few small ventral cells come in. The central mass of fibers is rather uniform, but made up of both cross and longitudinal strands. A little farther cephalad three cells come in dorsally at about the level where the arched nerves come off. Fibers running from side to side connect 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 249 these nerves through the center of the ganglion. The so-called vagus ganglion has a central mass of fibers and at its central part a nearly double row of cells closely packed about this central fibrous mass, these cells are continued down from the center a short distance, especially on the dorsal side. THE BRAIN STUDIED IN SECTION. (Plate XVI, Figs. 1-4.) Only the main features of the structure of this complicated organ will be given at this time. Many of the elements of the brain of the adult may be present in the larva but for the proper interpretation of these it will be necessary to follow up this work with studies on the ganglia of pupae and adults. As in the other centers, a central fibrous mass forms the bulk of the organ and about this central " Punktsubstanz " nerve cells are grouped in great numbers on practically all sides but the ventral. As in the other ganglia, large and small nerve cells and small neuroblasts are found, the latter are especially abundant and occur in great masses. Besides these, filling in between and in places where there are no nerve cells is the neuroglia network, which is often continued to the layer of sur- face supporting cells just under the chitinous sheath of the ganglion. In sections we may recognize the dense staining parts seen in surface views to be masses of fibers more or less complexly arranged in the central and ventral portion, more or less par- alleled by straight bands of the entering nerve trunks. Some of the special denser masses of fibers have already been described from surface views as that in the ocular lobe just as it joins the brain and in from the little spherical area just within and beyond this point. These two masses although quite separate from each other dorsally, ventrally and laterally are centrally connected by fibers and are also connected to each other to a less degree in the same way. The central fibers described in connection with the crura cerebri, are continued down into the labral lobe, but the deepest mass is in the central portion dorsally where it is somewhat lobed because of groups of cells on the surface and due to the processes of some of these cells passing down into the center. In this central "Punktsub- stanz" either side of the middle line, is a well marked denser group of fibers, a rod of substance projecting from those on the 250 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, dorsal side of the brain. This runs down to the mid-ventral line and there branches into two parts, one ventral, the other dorso-lateral. Farther along each of these parts run caudally as a single piece, one ventrally, the other dorso-laterally and the middle portion of the rod and afterwards the dorsal part disappears in section because of the curve in it. Later the lateral part disappears and the mid-ventral portion extends in towards the middle line to meet, but not unite with its fellow of the opposite side, running caudally in this way some distance, just above a ventral fibrous commissure and below a broad central one. In other words this body is a long slightly curved rod standing up in the ganglion with its base divided into two portions of which the lateral is shorter, the median longer and extends in towards the middle line. These represent the stalks and roots of the "mushroom bodies," the cup, such as described by Kenyon and others is not present and the special cells if developed were not recognized. This stalk and root of fibrous substance seemed to have a lighter core, that is in sec- tions it gave to some extent the appearance of a tube. The fibers which compose it are very densely massed together. Preparations in which the tissues were allowed to macerate showed them to be little aflfected. On the cephalic margin of the brain as on the dorsal side, the central fibrous mass as a whole is lobed as already spoken of and masses of cells fill in over these. The cell groups are difficult to describe in detail. The whole dorsal and lateral portions of the ganglia are covered with them, both large and small and in places many cells deep. There are almost no cells on the ventral side of the brain. Beginning laterally and dorsally we have about the spherical mass of fibers back from the ocular lobes, masses of cells, on the dorsal, ventral and mesal sides. A peculiar condition of some of the dorsal and ventral sides of this mass is the appraent epi- thelial character of some of the cells. Most of these are very small and are probably neuroblasts. The epithelial character is especially marked in two places on each side because there are little cavities one dorsal and one ventral in the outer por- tion of the circular mass of fibers. (Plate XV, Figs. 1, 2, 3.) There are some fibers from the two lateral groups of cells just described which run both to the mesal group and out the ocu- lar nerve. This is also continued dorsally and forms all along 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 251 the dorsal part of the ganglion a thick layer, in the middle region of the brain. A group of large cells occurs dorsally either side of the mid- dle line, most of these point ventrally or centrally and send fibers to the crura cerebri, to the commissures and to the central por- tions of the fibrous mass; theirs are the longest fibers recognized from any cells in the brain. Out laterally and ventral to the ocular lobes in the region of the antennal lobe and just above the crura is a small group of nerve cells, sending fibers into the crura and into the fibrous substance near that region of the brain. In the cephalic region the cells surrounding the spherical mass may be seen divided into a dorsal, a ventral and a median group of small cells, already mentioned, while larger ones fill in on the dorsal side and are part of the general dorsal mass. These and the median masses run together and separate again at various levels, groups of smaller and larger cells often alter- nating, and these are continued on the cephalic and caudal sides of the ganglion. One of the most marked is a small group of cells surrounding a curved lobe of the central mass of the ganglion and continuous with cells on the cephalic side of the brain. Fiber Tracts in the Brain. (1) The labial. Fibers seem to end chiefly in the dense fibrous mass located in the labial lobe. A few fibers could be traced doubtfully into a dorso-lateral group of cells. (2) Antennal nerve. Fibers from this end in cell groups either side of it. Fibers pass down ventrally into the lateral central part of the ' ' punksubstanz ' ' in large masses where some of them end, others cross to the ventral side and run in strands back in the main tract of the crura towards the other side. Others run towards the crus of the same side and apparently into it. (3) Oailar. Fibers seem to end in the lateral mass of the ocular lobe, numbers of them connect this with the more median spherical "punktsubstanz." Fibers connect these two masses and fibers from the surrounding cell groups run into one or both of them. Fibers connect the ventral epithelial-like cell region with the lateral dark mass, and also with an adjoining group of small cells more medially situated. 252 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, The more median ventral mass of epithelial-like cells lying ventral to and slightly out from the spherical fibrous area probably has connections with the larger more dorsal cells. The more dorsal of epithelial- like cells which are one side of a small cavity, send fibers into the lateral optic "punktsub- stanz" and are connected by fibers with the more central dorsal cells which adjoin it. (4) The Crura cerebri. The main mass of fibers goes up to the central portion of the "punktsubstanz" on each side and receives branches from all parts of it and also especially from the median and lateral dorsal cell groups and probably also from lateral masses. A large part of the band runs ventrally and forms or is joined into a commissure with fibers from the other side. Fibers come into this last from all ventral parts of the ganglion from both directions, from ventral parts of the mushroom bodies, and from various lobes of the deep staining mass of the ganglion. (5) Commissures. Two commissures have been mentioned, a ventral which was described above. The other more medial is found toward the caudal region. It is short and broad. SUMMARY. 1. In the abdominal ganglia practically all the nerve trunks and branches are mixed motor and sensory. In the thoracic ganglia, the three main trunks are mixed. Pure sensory divisions were found in connection with cephalic branches. The branches given off between the thoracic gan- glia and between the 1st thoracic and the subespohageal seem to be motor. At least the more caudal ones were determined to be, with fibers ascending and descending from the ganglia below and above. The three large nerve trunks connected with the subeso- phageal ganglion seem to' be mixed motor and sensory. The other smaller ones were not determined, but the small gustatory nerves were motor at least. The three main trunks connected with the supraesophageal ganglion were all mixed but the ocular. 2. Sensory tracts were recognized entering thoracic and abdominal ganglia and distributed to various parts of the gan- glion to which they were connected. That is distributed to one or both sides either as individual fibers or as branches from 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 253 one. Some tracts were found distributed to the next center above as well as the nerve center to which their nerve trunks were connected. Others were found passing in to the ganglion to which the trunk was attached but giving no branches and passing on up to end in the next above or higher up. A number of fibers apparently sensory were found passing through a number of ganglia without branches. These were often larger strands and although not traced as far as the head there was no reason to doubt that some of them were that long. Sensory fibers and tracts were however traced into the large head ganglia and were found distributed to all portions of the fibrous mass. Sensory tracts were easily traced in connection with the ocular trunk, connecting it with the special lateral masses of fibrous substance. .3. Motor tracts could be traced as having their origin from cells in the ganglion to which the motor trunks were connected. Motor fibers could be traced out of the ganglia some distance but were not followed in as much detail as the sensory. 4. Association and descending tracts were recognized in all centers and at all levels of variable extent. Probably some of these were motor tracts. 5. Cells of many sizes were found in all centers. The largest and the smallest functional nerve cells seemed to be for association, those of the former sort having extensive aboriza- tions, the second kind being much less extensively branched. Many of the medium sized cells were found to be motor. The general type was uni- or bipolar with one long branch which might run out for a considerable distance. Some association cells seemed to be bipolar with long processes running out in both directions. Some association cells seemed to be uni- or bipolar with all the branches coming off and branching again not far from the cell. A few multipolar forms were seen. Neuroblasts were found to some extent in all ganglia, but great masses of them were especially noticeable in the brain. Neuroglia networks filled in places under the chitin where there were no nerve cells and also formed more or less of a net- work in the regions where they were present. 6. Cells were grouped about the central fibrous mass in all of the ganglia. In the abdominal they were found to be espec- ially abundant in the caudal and ventral regions, although the cell masses extended out laterally in all, and there were 254 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, often well marked mid-dorsal masses of large and smaller cells, as well as scattered cells in all parts. In the more cephalic ganglia, the cells are not quite the same in distribution. Cell groups and masses are found abundantly ventrally, but also on the dorsal and lateral sides and also great masses of them at the cephalic as well as the caudal end. In the supra esophageal ganglion, cells are especially abun- dant dorsally and on the cephalic and caudal borders, less abun- dant laterally and ventrally. The cells are very numerous. Each side of the middle line a group was located with very long processes, the cells being mostly large. Other groups were densely massed lateral to these, both cephalad and caudally, some of them were large, others small, and two groups of small cells on each side out near the optic nerves were found with a cavity near them. Nerve cells were found partly surrounding two masses of fibers On each side near the optic nerves. From the distribution of the cells and fibers there was no evidence of the dorsal cells being especially motor and of a ventral, particularly sensory region as Binet was led to think from experiments. I would rather incline to Kenyon's idea of ventral motor and dorsal sensory if I choose either of the two views, as undoubtedly most of the ventral cells in the thoracic and abdominal ganglia are motor cells, while many if not most of the fewer dorsal cells of these ganglia seem to be association cells, sending their fibers superficially over the sur- face or deeply into and through the fibrous mass to be associated with the cells and fibers of the ventral side. 7. In all of the ganglia the central mass into which many of the nerve cells send their processes has a very complex ar- rangement of fibers and nerve terminations. Certain portions of this mass in all are much denser than the rest. In the brain this central "punktsubstanz" is somewhat more intricate in its texture on the dorsal side than on the ventral and is more or less lobed while off from the central mass there are two smaller groups of "punktsubstanz" in connection with the optic nerves on each side. In the central part of the brain is a stalk and root of a mushroom body on either side, but the cup is not present. The ventral portion of the ganglion is mostly made up of straight fibers. In all of the lower ganglia there are at almost any level, from one to three commissures recognizable, a dorsal, a median 1911] Nervous System of Corydalis 255 and a ventral. These are broken up at various levels so that there may be several, three or more, cephalic or caudal parts of these commissures. There are more in the 8th abdominal and in the subesophageal than in the others. From dorsal to ventral sides also, fibers chiefly from dorsal cells connect the upper and lower surfaces. In the brain there are two commissures a broad short median and a longer ventral. Many other cross and longitudinal fibers connect all levels. Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Bauer, V. 1904. Zur innerin Metamorphose des Centralnervensystem der Insecten. Zool. Jahbr. T. XX. Benedicenti, A., 1895. Recherches histologiques sur le systeme nerveux central eperiphdriquc du Bombyx mod. Archiv. Ital. Biol. T 24. Berlese, A., 1907. Gli Insetti Vol Primo. Blnet, A., 1894. Contribution a I'^tude du systeme nerveux sousintestinale des insectes. Berthe, A., 1985. Studien uber das Centralnervensystem von Carcinus maenus Archiv. f. Milr. Anat. XLIV. Floyd, R., 1903. Contribution to the Nervous Cytology of Periplaneta orientalis. Mark Anniversary Volume. Faivre, E., 1857. Du cervaeu des Dytisquis consid^re dans ses rapports avec la locomotion. Ann. de Sc. Natur. Zool. ser. 4 T 8. Haller, B. 1904. Ueber den allgemeinen Bauplan des Tracheatensyncerebrums. Archiv. f. Mic. Anat. Hammar, A., 1908. On the Nervous System of the Larva of Corydalis cornuta L. Ann. Ent. Soc. of America. Vol. 1, No. 2. Hilton, W. A., 1902. The Body Sense Hairs of Lepidopterous Larvae. Am. Nat. Vol. XXXVI. Hilton, W. A., 1909. The Tracheal Supply in the Central Nervous System of the Larva of Corydalis Cornuta 1. Ann. Ent. Soc. of America. Vol. II, No. 1. Kenyon, F. G., 1896. The Meaning of the So-called "Mushroom Bodies" of the Hcxapod Brain. Am. Nat. Vol. XXX. Kenyon, F. G., 1896. The Brain of the Bee. Journ. Comp. Neurol. Vol. VI. Krauss, W. L., 1984. On the Nervous System of the Head of the Larva of Cory- dalis cornuta I. Psyche, Vol. IV. Newton, E. F., 1894. On the Brain of the Cockroach Blatta orientalis. Quart Tour. Mic. Sc. Ncu. Ser. Vol. XIX. Packard, A. S., 1880. The Brain of the Locust. Second Report of the U. S. Entom. Com. Saint-Remy, 1890. Contribution a I'^tude du cerveau chez les Arthropodes tra- cheates. Archiv. Zool. Exper et Gen. 2d Ser., V, 4th Memoir. Villanes, A., 1886. IV Memoire. Le Cerveau de la Guepe (Vespa crabo et vul- garis). Ball. Soc. Phil., Paris. 7. e Ser. T, 9. 1887. Sur la morphlogie comparee du cerveau des Insectes et des Crustac^s (C. R. Acad. Scienc.) 1887. Etudes histologiques et organologiques sur les centres nerveux et les organes des sens des animaux articul^s. Annales d. Sc. natur. Zoologie, 7. e Ser. T. 4. 1887. V Memoire. I. Le cerveau du Criquet (Oedipoda caerubscens et Calop- tenus italicus). Annales d. Sc. Natur. Zoologie 7. e Ser. T. 4. 1893. VI Mem. II. Apercu general de 1' organization du systfeme nerveus des articul^s. Ann. Sc. Nat. (7) Vol. XIV. 256 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, PLATE XV. A series of four photographs of cross sections through the 1st thoracic ganglion of Corydalis through a caudal level. The last figure is through the more central portion of the ganglion. Nerve cells show at the sides. The central fibrous mass is shown in all, and longitudinal fibers can be traced. In the last three figures cross commissures may be seen. The dark mass at the left or ventral side is part of the surrounding tissues and not a part of the ganglion. x60. PLATE XVI. Fig. I. Photograph of a cross section parallel with the long axis of the brain through its central region. One half only shown. The dorsal side is up. The optic nerve is the swelling off at the right above, while leading off below is the broad crus. The dorsal masses of cells show, also central fibers and the stalk and root of the mushroom body. x75. Fig. 2. A similar photograph from the same series cut farther one side, cephalad. x75. Fig. 3. Photographs of the larger cavity shown in Figs. 1 and 2. x250. Fig. 4. Section of the brain cut in a similar way as Figs. 1 and 2, but farther cephalad. The ventral side is at the left. The dorsal to the right. x75. Fig. 5. Longitudinal section of the sub-esophageal ganglion. Above the first branch to the left is one of the crura cerebri, the next it is the mandibular. Below the branch cut only through its edge is one of the ventral connectives. x75. Annals E. S. A. Vol. IV, Plaxe XV. ir. A. Uillun. Annai,'* E. S. a. Vol. IV, Plate XVI. ir. .1. nuiuii. A STRUCTURAL STUDY OF THE CATERPILLARS.— II. THE SPHINGIDAE. William T. M. Forbes, New Brunswick, N. J. This paper may be considered a continuation of that pub- lished in the Annals of the Entomological Society of America, III, 94-132, with plates 10 to 20. The references to figures with the prefixed numeral I, refer to plates 13 and 14 of that article. In the caterpillar stage the Sphingidae may be defined as follows: With secondary hair on the body, epicrania, front, clypeus, maxillae and labium, but never on the antennae or distal parts of the maxillae and labium. There is almost always secondary hair on the adfrontals. It is present on the mandibles in Cressonia only, and the labrum bears a single additional hair in Pachysphinx. Front not more than half the height of the head (measuring here and elsewhere in this paper from the base of the front to the vertex. The frontal punctures are close together, and when distinct the primary setae are somewhat further from them than they are from each other, but they are distant from the outer edge of the front. The lobes at the two lower outer angles of the front tend to be large. Adfrontals not very wide, often narrow, not extending between the clypeus and mandible when distinct in the lower part; puncture a little below the upper seta. Clypeus narrow in the middle, often grading into the membrane below. Labrum well marked, often with very deep notch; vi distant from the margin, and usually directly below ii. Mandible with a large scrobe, bearing the two usual setae, one at the tip, and the other about half way out, toward the posterior side. Antennae with second joint most often twice as long as the first; the remaining joints exceptionally minute. Maxillary palpi stout, the second joint somewhat shorter than the first; submenta ill-defined, and mentum broad at the base. Spinneret broad, flat and short, with the usual three sclerites; labial palpi similar in form, and set obliquely to it, forming with it a sort of scoop (which would seem more useful in feeding than in spinning). Claws not distinctly notched, broadening abruptly at their base. Prolegs with a double row of hooks, about 20 to 60 in number; not very regularly arranged in Hemaris, etc. The hair on the prolegs is never as rudimentary as higher on the body. 261 262 Annals Entomological Society oj America [Vol. IV, Secondary hair always minute, rudimentary, mostly visible only under a lens; but the body is often roughened by the tubercles; primary hair (iii and v alone are easy to identify but in Proserpinus flavoj'asciata i and ii are marked by larger black spots) often considerably better developed; but their tubercles are never raised, even when the others are. Segments with 8 or 9 annulets, usually ill-defined in front. Usually with a wart, horn or peculiar marking on the dorsum of the eighth abdominal segment — if a horn, bearing tubercles and secondary hair. With other armature only in Ceratomia amyntor, Lint- neria eremitus and some exotic Smerinthinae. Tree-feeders with a few exceptions (L. eremitus, Deilephila, Protoparce, Choerocampa) or feeders on vines. In synoptic form the Sphingidae are distinguished as follows : 1. Maxillary palpi three-jointed; the four upper ocelli in a rectangle; the upper setae of thoracic segments on a level JUGATAE 1. Maxillary palpi with but two free joints; the four upper ocelli in a curve; the upper setEe of the thorax, when single, one above the other.. (FRENATAE) 2. With outer hooks on the prolegs Microlepidoptera, etc., etc. 2. With a single inner band of hooks on the prolegs 3 3. Hooks of prolegs alternately of three lengths Butterflies 3. Hooks of prolegs all of the same length Noctuidae, Notodontidae, Arctiidae, Eucleidae, etc. 3. Hooks of prolegs alternately and regularly of two lengths 4 4. Secondary hair present on antennse and palpi Lasiocampidae 4. No secondary hair on antennae or palpi 5 5. Secondary hair if present, confined to leg-bases .. Geometridae, Thyatiridae 5. With dense secondary hair on body and head, including labrum Apatelodes (Eupterotidae ?) 5. With considerable secondary hair on body and head, but little or none on labrum 6 6. Primary tubercles represented by branching spines, or warts bearing several hairs Saturnoldea 6. Primary tubercles bearing minute simple hairs, hardly distinguishable from the secondaries; and all hair minute SPHINGIDAE Semanophoile and Asemanophor.^ are separated rather by different tendencies than by sharp differentiating characters, and the same is true to an even greater extent of the subfamilies of each. Marking in a general way the Asemanophorce there may be mentioned the strong tendency for the head to taper toward the vertex (which none of the Semanophorce show) ; the densely granulated skin of the middle stages (except Lapara, and shared by one or two Semanophorce); the generally higher front, with more tendency to develop lobes at the lower outer angles. The first abdominal segment is never swollen, and the horn is never replaced by an eyespot; the clypeus tends to be wider, at least at the ends. 1911] Study of Caterpillars of Sphingidae 263 In the majority of the Semanophorce the last thoracic or first abdominal segment is much swollen, and the horn is fre- quently replaced by an eyespot. The front often makes a perfect equilateral triangle. The skin is very sparsely if at all granulated in the last stage, and is rarely granulated in the earlier stages. On the labrum, seta iii is quite generally on a level with ii, in the Semanophoras more often nearer the level ■of vi, at least in normally formed labra. Normal oblique stripes are rather rare. If we except Pachysphinx occidentalis we might define the Smerinthinae as caterpillars with heavily granulated body in the last stage, and more or less granulated head, with the setae rising from the apex of the granulations. All except Pachy- sphinx have an acute triangular head, and even in this the head tapers strongly toward the vertex. The labrum is always nor- mal in arrangement of its setae, with the distance between the setae ii full half the width of the labrum, and with moderate, flaring notch. Except in its smooth skin, and normal horn Pachysphinx occidentalis agrees exactly with P. modesta, and in horn it agrees with Smerinthus. The Sphinginae, which comprise the rest of the Asemano- phorcB, are less homogeneous. Ceratomia has a densely gran- ulated skin, but is distinguished from all the Smerinthince by possessing a row of middorsal granulations. In the more specialized forms the labral setae are closer together around the notch, and this reaches its extreme in Cocytius, which has a head of normal Smerinthid form. Lapara, also with a triangular head, is easily separated from the Smerinthinae and placed in this series, as its labrum. (as well as markings and habits) agrees closely with Hyloicus. I cannot distinguish the three subfamilies of Semanophorce, ■even by tendencies, and am inclined to treat them as a single subfamily. The eyespot in place of a horn occurs only in the Philatnpelince, but they are not all of the same type. Humped caterpillars occur in all three (Choerocampa, Darapsa, etc., Erynnyis) and cylindrical ones also (Deilephila, Sphecodina, Pseudosphinx) ; reduced horns (Pergesa, Pholus vitis, and Erynnyis) and normal ones (Xylophanes, Darapsa, Hemaris) ; rounded heads (Deilephila, Macroglossa, Pseudosphinx) and squarish ones (Choerocampa, Darapsa, Erynnyis). The labrum •of Pseudosphinx and Erynnyis is a little peculiar, but that of 264 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Deilephila comes as near as that of Hemaris, to it. Hemaris croatica is an almost perfect connecting link between Hemaris and Macroglossa. Altogether a tabulation of the genera which shall be workable must be mainly artificial in its arrangement. THE GENERA (AND SUBGENERA) OF SPHINGIDAE. 1. Head high and triangular, no horn Lapara 1. Head rounded, or horn more or less developed 2 2. Head half higher than wide, horn well defined, enlarged tubercles on anal plate 3 2. Otherwise 4 3. Four tubercles on anal plate, face smooth (Dilina)* 3. Two tubercles on anal plate, face rough Cressonia 4. Head much higher than wide and triangular; horn rather small and soft, not well distinguished from the body 5 4. Head about as wide as high, or trapezoidal 6- 5. Face smooth, sides tuberculate (Amorpha) 5. Face as rough as sides of head, all heavily tuberculate Smerinthus and Paonias 6. Seven setae on labrum, transverse ridges, — one each on meso- and meta- thorax Pachysphinx 6. Six setae on labrum, transverse ridges more numerous or wanting 7 7. Body heavily granular, with granular obliques, middorsal line, and subdorsal on thorax, the latter raised into two pair of short horns Ceratomia 7. Body smooth or nearly so in last stage, no middorsal granules 8 8. Labrum with ii decidedly higher than i Hyloicus (cupressi?) 8. Labrum with ii on a level with i or lower 9 , 9. Head triangular, smooth, as well as cervical shield; anal plates exceptionally rough; labrum with a deep narrow notch, with the setae i, ii and vi crowded around it Cocytius 9. Head rounded on the vertex, but in Chlaenogramma with two enlarged granu- lations; anal plate rarely rough; setae ii of labrum almost half as far apart as width of labrum , or more 10 10. Head much higher than wide, and tapering to about half its width at the vertex 11 10. Head as wide as high; tapering decidedly toward the vertex 12 ,10. Head nearly as wide as high, rounded or squarish, or if tapering a little then strongly granulated 17 11. Horn nearly twice as long as height of head Chlaenograinma 11. Horn slender, and but little longer than height of head. Daremma (undulosa) 12. Horn recurved at tip (Acherontla) 12. Horn regularly pointed 13 13. Notch very shallow, in depth only 1-7 height of labrum .... Phlegethontius 13. Notch of labrum at least twice as deep 14 14. Horn very slender, head well rounded at the sides Daremma (catalpa) 14. Horn normal or short 15 15. Mesothorax acutely humped, sometimes surmounted with a tubercle .... Lintnerla 15. Body normal in form 16 16. Head normally with two pair of back side-stripes Herse 16. Head normally with one pair of dark side-stripes Sphinx 17. Head heavily granulated, body cylindrical, with normal obliques on sides. . IS 17. Head not granulated, or body swollen, or without oblique stripes but with a continuous subdorsal picked out in enlarged granulations 19 18. Body somewhat granulated in last stage, especially on the obliques, etc. Atreides 18. Body unusually smooth Dolba * Exotic genera in parenthesis. 1911] Study of Caterpillars of Sp>hingidae 265 19. Setae i, ii and iii of the labrum on a level; labral notch very shallow, abdo- men cylindrical and rather slender 20 19. Setae i higher than ii and iii, ii usually decidedly higher than iii 21 20. Metathorax swollen, supraanal not noticeably armed Erynnyis 20. Cylindrical, supraanal with two large tubercles Pseudosphinx 21. Horn reduced to a granule or replaced by an eyespot; metathorax strongly swollen; head full as wide as high and squarish Pholus 21. Horn present in all forms with swollen body, swelling rather belonging to the first segment of the abdomen than to the thorax; head rounded, or if squarish, full as high as wide 22 22. Horn wanting (Deilephila vespertilio) 22. Horn replaced by an eyespot 23 22. Horn conical well developed 24 23. Head very rough in last stage, horn very slender in middle stages, replaced by a high tubercle in the next to last Sphecodlna 23. Head nearly smooth in the last stage; horn stout in penultimate Proserpinus (in part) 24. Horn blunt and cylindrical; body marked with a large subdorsal eyespot on the thorax, and with well defined distant annulations, beginning with the second abdominal segment (Daphnis) 24. Horn acute; no eyespot on side of thorax 25 26. Body more or less swollen on first segment of abdomen, thence tapering to the head 30 25. Body not swollen 26 26. Head and general surface of body distinctly but sparsely tuberculate, the setae rising from the apex of the tubercles; cervical and anal shields rougher than the rest of the body 27 26. Body smooth, head rarely with very slight tubercles, from the slope of which the setas rise 28 27. Tubercles only visible under a lens (Macroglossa) 27. Head and cervical shield appearing rough to the naked eye Hemarls 28. Notch of labrum hardly 1-3 its height; setEe i and ii spaced about in the ratio 2:3; vi only 1-3 way up from the apex of the lobe toward ii and much nearer the middle line Deilephila 28. Notch of labrum deeper, setae i and ii only about half as far apart as the setae ii are from each other; vi nearer to ii than to the apex of the lobes. . . .29 29. Front about half as high as height of epicrania; without normal oblique stripes (with reversed oblique spots) Proserpinus (in part) 29. Front smaller; with seven normal obliques 14 30. Horn not so long as height of head 31 30. Horn very slender . '. (Hippotion) 30. Horn normal 32 31. Head very finely granular, appearing under low power smooth and dull (Pergesa) 31. Head distinctly vermiculate Amphion 32. Head sparsely tuberculate 33 32. Head smooth and dull under low power, granular under high power, with smooth areas about the setae 34 33. Body slightly swollen, spiracles pale with two black bars Deidamia 33. Body much swollen, spiracles dark with a white dot at each end Darapsa, Ampeloeca, (Clarina) 34. Front higher than wide (Theretra) 34. Front wider than high Xylophanes Sphinx. {Hyloicus in part). Head slightly tapering toward the top, or with sides rounded out {S. drupiferarum), with irregular vermiculate grooving; the setae rising as often from the grooves as from the elevated portions. Front about \ height of head, with lobes at the lower outer angles well marked 266 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, and about \ to \ its height. Ends of clypeus as wide as ^ height of front. Labrum high, with a notch \ to \ its width, the setae i and ii spaced about in the ratio 1 :2, vi a little nearer in 5. drupiferarum, a little farther off in 5. gordius, luscitiosa and eremitus; iii, a little higher than vi but much below ii; notch deep and slit-like in S. gordius and luscitiosa, shallower and more flaring in the others. Mandible with a few (perhaps four, but ill defined) large teeth. Second joint of antenna decidedly longer than the first, and nearly twice as long as wide. First segment of body much larger in diameter than head and more or less enclosing the back of it. Skin entirely smooth, granulated until the last stage; supraanal more or less granulated. Horn normal, much longer than head, and curved downward. The seven stripes similar. There is also some variation in the horn. In the majority of species it is cylindrical in the basal part, and strongly down- curved in its entire length; but in chersis the basal part is more often nearly straight, and in gordius it is regularly conical and the whole horn is almost straight. The European species ligustri, which comes next to drupiferarum in the adult, in the caterpillar resembles it closely in markings, but has the normal Sphinx head. (Fig. 1). That of drupiferarum would not differ in face view from Fig. 10. See also I, Figs. 39-41 of S. gordius. Lintneria has a conical hump on the mfesothorax, which in the next to last stage, and sometimes in the last, is surmounted with a hard tubercle. Otherwise it resembles Sphinx in struc- ture. It is considered a subgenus of Sphinx. (L. eremitus, Fig. 8.) Hyloicus. Head rounded and decidledy larger in diameter than the body. Horn straight and slender. Labrum with very shallow widely flaring notch; with setae i and ii nearly evenly spaced; ii much lower than i and the setae i, ii and vi of each side forming an equilateral triangle. Second joint of antennae only half longer than wide, and first joint very short. Supraanal long and triangular. Fig. 10. //. pinastri is longitudinally striped with green and white, with a broad red dorsal, or else suffused with red. Horn black. H. cupressi of the southern states is reported as similar, with the white lateral stripes broken into patches; and is probably similar in structure. 1911] Study of Caterpillars of Sphingidae 267 Herse. I cannot distinguish Herse from Sphinx by any satisfactory characters. The head in both convolvuli and cingulata is intermediate between those of drupijerartim and the other Sphinxes. Setae i and ii of the labrum are about f as far apart as the distance between the two setae i, and i is but Httle higher than ii. The two main joints of the antennae are practically equal. In the only specimen of H. cingulata I have seen the horn is very short, but this may be an abnormal- ity; it is normal in H. convolvuli. Dolba. The head does not taper decidedly toward the top, and is decidedly granular, the setag rising from the apex of the widely separated granules, as in Smerinthus. Otherwise it agrees with those species of Sphinx in which the labrum is not deeply notched. The head comes surprisingly close to that of Darapsa, but may be distinguished by the decidedly higher front, and the fact that iii of the labrum, as in most Asemanophorae, is nearer to the level of vi than ii. I, Figs. 39-41 represent not this species but Sphinx gordius. Atreides has a very similar head. The supraanal plate is an equilateral triangle; the markings are picked out with raised granules, and there are several transverse rows on the thorax, and scattered granules on the abdomen as in Smerinthus, but very widely scattered and small. Acherontia. Has a slight transverse hump on the meso- thorax (suggested in some Sphinx) ; the tip of the horn is recurved sharply; the fine annulations are wanting from the thorax. Otherwise entirely like Sphinx (e. g. S. kalmiae). A. atropos examined, European. Ceratomia. (sens, str.) Head about as wide as high, decidedly tapering, somewhat granulated in back, but with the setae not springing from the granulations, structurally as in the lower species of Sphinx. Body densely granulated, with the sub- dorsal and obliques picked out in raised granulations, and also with a mid-dorsal row. The subdorsal row is produced on the meso-, and metathorax into two pairs of short soft horns. (I, Figs. 45 and 49.) Aside from subfamily characters, I have seen no trace of kinship between this species and Daremma. The latter seems to come closer to Chlaenogramma. Daremma. Skin smooth; horn normal, rather slender and short; or longer but very slender (catalpce). Head slightly granular, but the setae do not rise from the apex of the gran- 268 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, ulations. Otherwise the characters common to undulosa and catalpcB are shared by Sphinx. In D. undulosa, the type, the head is \ higher than wide, very strongly tapering toward the vertex, the horn is only a little slenderer than normal, and the labrum is moderately notched, with seta iii in the normal place. In D. catalpce (Fig. 11), the head is broad and rounded, shaped as in Deil- ephila; the labrum is quite deeply notched, with iii nearly on a level with ii, as in the Semanophorae; the body is unusualty cylindrical and the horn is very slender. I have seen a spec- imen from the U. S. National Museum, with no data but the name Daremma hageni. It is a typical Smerinthus in structure, and could be the fourth stage of one of the larger species (cerisyi), but is rather sparsely granulated. I should suspect it was misidentified. Chlcenogramma. Head like that of Daremma undulosa, but with inconspicuous enlarged granules on the vertices. Body like Atreides plebius. Horn normal in length. Cocytiiis (antceus). Head not at all tuberculate, but decid- edly higher than wide, and terminating in two enlarged gran- ules, like a fourth-stage Smerinthus, but higher and closer together at the vertex. Front full as high as wide, the lobes at the outer lower angles are not only well marked in outline, but project very conspicuously; front less than | height of epi- crania, iii and ii of the labrum are on a level, but the notch runs even higher, and is very narrow. The distance between the two setae ii is less than § the width of the labrum, and i, ii and vi are all located practically in the notch. Cervical shield as smooth as head, the anal is very rough, like the horn, and is a narrow triangle. Skin not at all granulated. Altogether an unusually distinct genus for this series. The structure so far as it is not unique suggests Sphinx rather than any other genus, but I understand the moth comes nearer to Phlege- thontius. Phlegethontius {Protoparce) Notch of labrum only one- seventh its height, not reaching the level of seta vi; iii and iv not so high as usual. Caterpillar distinctive in appearance, but not otherwise separated in structure from normal Sphinx. S. rusticus is said to be sparsely granulated on the lines. I, Fig. 51. 1911] Study of Caterpillars of Sphingidae 269 Lapara (Ellema). Skin quite smooth, not only in the last, but in earlier stages. Horn wanting entirely. Anal plate fully as long as wide and acute. Head somewhat higher than wide, (Fig. 4), in the earlier stages extremely high, triangular, with small and distant tubercles, like Fig. 12; front | its height, higher than wide. Labrum (Fig. 5) with a very shallow notch, broadly flaring, with the apex of the lobes far to one side and the outer edges nearly straight; i lower than ii, but not so much so as in Hyloidus, i and ii about equally spaced; both crowded down toward the margin; vi decidedly nearer the middle line than ii. Scrobe of mandibles smaller than usual. Second joint of antenna hardly longer than wide, and first joint very short. First ocellus directly behind the second, and nearer to the posterior one than the second is to the fourth. With longitudinal stripes, or checkered, never with obliques. Except for the labrum and markings, which are essentially as in liyloicus pinastri, there is nothing to connect this genus with the Sphinginae in the caterpillar; there are a couple ot parallelisms to the Smerintliince; the shape of the head, and low first ocellus as in Cressonia. I cannot distinguish the species in the caterpillar. Smerinthus (Sphinx) and Paonias {Calasymboliis) (I, Figs. 42-44). Head decidedly higher than wide, triangular; with nearly acute apex and sides somewhat rounded out; with numerous widely spaced raised tubercles, each bearing a seta; front about as in Sphinx, with several tubercles somewhat smaller than those on the epicrania; labrum with a notch about 34 its . width, in depth, with the setae arranged as in Sphinx, but the distance between the two setae vi is full half the width of the labrum (in the Sphinginae it is mostly dis- tinctly less than half) ; iii, iv and v about equally spaced on the outer edge. Clypeus and mandible and antennae as in Sphinx, but the adfrontals are somewhat wider. Body finely gran- ulated, strongly tapering toward the head; first prolegs less used than the others and sHghtly reduced. Subdorsals on thorax, and obliques on abdomen marked by rows of raised granules. No granules on the middorsal line, but they show a tendency to arrange themselves in a row on each side of it. Horn soft, not well distinguished from the body and about as long as the height of the head, not down-curved. Supraanal an 270 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol, IV, equilateral triangle in shape, not specially armed, acute; The transverse rows of granulations on the thorax are all about equal. Ocelli in normal arrangement, as in Sphinx. The species show very little distinctive in the way of struc- ture (or for that matter in color and markings) P. (Calasym- boliis) astylus may be a' little rougher, with better developed setae than the others, both on head and body, and the horn seems a little better defined in S. ocellatus than the others. Pachysphinx {Triptogott, Marumba). Head wider than high, with sparse granulation on the sides, nearly smooth, but a little vermiculate on the face; the apex bluntly rounded. No subdorsal row of granulations on the thorax but the meso- and meta-thorax each have one high transverse crest. Horn soft, variable in size. The three lower ocelli form a right triangle, the posterior being unusually high. The labrum has an addi- tional seta, on the margin; the four marginal setag that result are about equally spaced. 1. P. modesta. Body normally granulated, about as in Smerinthus; horn minute, about rs in. long; thoracic crests high and granular. (Fig. 7.) 2. P. occidentalis. Body smooth, with a few raised gran- ules on the last oblique line, only; horn about as long as height of head. Thoracic crests rounded over and hardly distinguish- able. (In the penultimate stage it is granular like P. modesta.) This, as may be seen, is very different from the eastern form modesta. (Bred from the egg by Mr. Brehme; Western.) Amorpha {A. populi of Europe) Labrum very deeply notched (like Cressonia). Head decidedly higher than wide, triangular, smooth on the face. Anal plate unarmed, and horn, etc., as in Smerinthus. The last four oblique rows of granules very distinctly extend over three segments. The characters are nicely intermediate between Smerinthus and Dilina, showing no special closeness to Pachysphinx. Dilina {Mimas). Horn sharply separated from the body and down curved as in Sphinx; half longer than width of head, mostly cylindrical. With a longitudinal subdorsal row of granules on the thorax. Head half higher than wide, and acute-triangular. Face smooth, the sides of the head sparsely tuberculate. Supranaal with four raised tubercles in a rec- tangle. Otherwise about as in Smerinthus. D. tiliae of Europe. 1911] Study of Caterpillars of Sphingidae 271 Cressonia. With onlj'' one large pair of enlarged tubercles on the supraanal plate. Front as wide as high and only one- fourth as high as the epicrania. Entire head tuberculate; first ocellus moved down and posterior one up so that they are not so far apart and as the second and fourth are from each other. Mandibles ivith a tuft of secondary hair on the outer part of the scrobe. Otherwise as in Dilina. C. juglandis. (Figs. 12 and 13.) Deilephila (Celerio) (Fig. 9, and I, Figs. 46 and 52). Head distinctly wider than high, rounded on top, roughened with irregular grooves, but not as strikingly as is usual in the Sphingince. Front triangular, the outer edge but little sinuous; clypeus narrower at the two ends than in the Sphin- gina. Labrum with a broadly flaring notch only one-third as deep as the height of the labrum or less, setae i and ii about two- thirds as far apart as the setae i are from each other, nearly on a level; vi less than half way up to ii. Antenna with the first and second joints nearly equal in length and diameter. Ocelli with the first four of nearly equal size, in a regular curve, but the second decidedly nearer to the third than to the first. Posterior ocellus about half way between the upper and the lower; the three lower ocelli forming approximately a right triangle. Skin smooth, the tubercles marked by tiny chitinous rings, those of the primaries two or three times as large as the others. Horn normal, moderate, entirely wanting in D. vespertilio. Supraanal broad. Caterpillar as a whole cylin- drical, tapering toward the head, almost always with a conspicu- ous row of subdorsal spots or eyespots, which are all about equal in size except the last. The front is smallest in D. euphorbice. D. litieata, gallii, euphorbiae, lathyri and vespertilio were examined. Aside from those mentioned above the differences come down to a slight variation in the depth of the notch of the labrum; and the markings. Chcerocampa (in the broader sense). (Fig. 6.) Head squar- ish, full as high as wide, very finely granular, so as to appear smooth and dull with low power; the region about the setae may be glossy but not raised. Front triangular, wider than high (except in alecto) at least |- height of head; posterior ocellus lower making the triangle formed by the three lower ocelli acute-angled; second joint of antenna about twice as long as first; notch of labrum at least 5 its height, usually more; i 272 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, and ii only half as far apart as the two setse i are from each other; vi nearer to ii than to the tip of the lobes. Body with the first abdominal segment much swollen and bearing an eyespot, with or without less prominent ones on the following segments; thorax lacking the mottling characteristic of the abdomen in the darker forms; horn regularly conical; skin smooth. Subgenus Theretra. Horn well developed; large eyespot normal, followed by a series of simpler ones in a subdorsal stripe; pattern of abdomen wanting from the first segment, as in some Philampelince; body with dark obliques slanting up and back. T. alecto. Subgenus Xylophanes. Horn and eyespots as in Theretra. Front distinctly wider than high; labral setae i and ii a trace farther apart and nearly on a level; notch broad and only \ height of labrum; second joint of antenna only half longer than the first. Perhaps a little near to Deilephila than the others are. X. tersa. Subgenus Pergesa. Horn very short and sharply down- curved; the first eyespot only is present, and it has a black shade below. Setse i of labrum much higher than ii, and thev are spaced as in Theretra, that is, in the ratio 1:2. Notch nearly half height of labrum; antennae with second segment twice as long as first. Subgenus Hippotioii. Similar to Pergesa, but with the horn long and slender (fig. 15). Pholiis (Philampelus). Horn reduced to the merest rudi- ment in vitis, replaced by an ej'espot which bears a pale cres- cent in its posterior part, in pandoras, achemou and labrusccc; said to be completely wanting in a Texan species. Metathorax much swollen, first segment of abdomen distinctly smaller. The front of the body is completely retractile in P. achemon and pandorus, apparently less so in vitis and labrnscae. Supra- anal broad, not specially armed. Head fully as wide as high, squarish; front higher than wide, and nearly half its height. Setae i, ii and vi of labrum especially close together. Ampeloeca. ' (Darapsa, Everyx, Ampelophaga). Head rounded, with widely separated small tubercles, similar to fig. 16, but higher; front more than ;= its height, decidedlj' higher than wide, also tuberculate. Labrum with a fairly deep notch; setae as in Choerocampa. Body decidedly swollen at first segment of abdomen, but not enough to withdraw the head. 1911] Study of Caterpillars of Sphingidae 273 Horn decidedly longer than head. With a subdorsal line, and the normal obliques. Spiracles red with white ends (agreeing with the Macroglossa group, Clarina, and some speci- mens of Protoparce). Otherwise like Choerocampa. In A. versicolor the horn is nearly twice as long as the head, thick and strongly down-curved; in myron it is shorter, straight and conical, but apparently it is exceptionally variable in all three species. Clarina. Horn only about as long as head; tubercles of head very small and inconspicuous; otherwise wholly like Ampeloeca, — with continuous subdorsal. C. syrtaca, of Syria. Deidamia. Horn rather longer than head. Supraanal an acute equilateral triangle. Spiracles pale with a black bar on each side. Front full as wide as high. Body but little swollen. Otherwise like Ampleoeca. C. syriaca and D. inscriptum are marked almost exactly like A. myron, but with evanescent obliques. Atnphion. Head irregularly roughened, without raised isolated tubercles, squarish, as in related genera. Supraanal as long as wide and acute; spiracles dark. Horn shorter than height of head. Front full as high as wide, third ocellus much enlarged (as in Clarina and Deidamia also). Body but little swollen. Otherwise like the related genera (I, figs. 48 and 53.) Sphecodina. Body not at all swollen on the first abdomi- nal segments. Head large, very rough in the last stage, but without raised tubercles; in the next to last as in Ampelceca. Front higher than wide, -i height of head. Clypeus broader than in Deilephila, etc. Labrum like Pergesa. Horn replaced by a wart ; in the last stage similar to that of Pholiis, in the next to last high, and cylindrical; before that surmounted by a slen- der horn, which rises, not as in Pholus from its posterior side, but from the middle. Supraanal wide. Proserpinus (Fig.- 3). Horn normal but rather short {gaurce) or replaced in the last stage by an eyespot, which may be nearly fiat (proserpina), or with an obliquely conical center (flavofas- ciata, juanita). Head and skin smooth. Spiracles single- colored, yellow in flavofasciata and proserpina, black in gaurce. Head squarish, higher than wide in proserpina, full as wide as high in flavofasciata. Adfrontals only about | as wide as front is high, with their setae i below the top of the front. Front nearly half as high as head, broadly triangular. Ocelli normal. 274 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Labrum with a moderate or rather shallow notch, with the setae i and ii only half as far apart as the setae i are from each other (thus agreeing with the preceding genera rather than with Hemaris). Supraanal an equilateral triangle; joints of antennae nearly equal in diameter. In the next to last s,tage flavofasciata at least, has a horn similar to that in adult gaiirce. Macroglossa. Head and body nearly smooth, but marked by slight raised white tubercles. Head very small and round, the body sharply tapering toward it. Horn normal, longer than height of head. Adfrontals i height of front in width, and with seta i higher than the top of the front. Third, fourth and lower ocelli evenly spaced, and very close together, nearer to each other than to the posterior. Front t height of head ; dis- tance between setae i and ii of labrum | that between the two setae i. True legs single-colored; spiracles red with white spots at the two ends. The genus shows likenesses to Hemaris on the one hand especially to H. croatica, which is very similar; and to the Darapsa group on the other, rather than to Proserpinus. Hemaris (Haemorrhagia) . Head rough and tuberculate; cervical shield, etc., also rough, and skin generally with more or less distinct raised tubercles. Horn moderate, or long and slender. Front I height of head. Otherwise as in Macroglossa, even as to the coloring of the spiracles. The species I have seen make a very good graded series, from Macroglossa to //. thysbe. H. croatica. Cervical shield no rougher than head, without any distinct anterior ridge; lower ocellus close to the next one as in M. stellatariim. Legs without any black. Head regu- larly rounded, not distinctly higher than wide. H. rubens. Head and cervical shield with fine granulations separated from each other by about twice the diameter of a gramilation, except toward the anterior edge of the cervical shield, where they are nearly in contact, and in a single even row. Front, and head as a whole higher than croatica, agreeing with the following species. Feet with a little black on the front of the coxjB only. Horn rather short. H. diffinis (typical). Cervical shield with the granules no larger than in H. rubens, but with the surface of the shield raised into ridges, so as to appear much rougher, considerably rougher than the head. The granules on the anterior edge make a ridge, but they are not confluent and the ridge is not well defined. The true legs have the femora marked with deep black brown. 1911] Study of Caterpillars of Sphiiigidae 275 //. diffinis axillaris. Head conspicuously rough. Anterior band of cervical shield of crowded granulations, not all in a single row; the shield decidedly rougher than in the normal form; horn longer than head. H. thysbe. Even rougher than the preceding, the cervical shield with the granulations almost in contact, and on the anterior edge more or less confluent. Horn long and the outer part slender. Femora jet-black and very conspicuous. In the next to last stage, H. diffinis, at least can hardly be separated from Macroglossa. The horn is minute. Eriunyis (Dilophonola). Seta ii of labrum fully as high as i, and the setae i, ii and iii almost evenly spaced; iii, iv and v about evenly spaced along the outer edge. Supraanal sometimes with the rudiments of a pair of tubercles. Notch of labrum hardly | its height, in depth. Head squarish, and full as high as wide; metathorax sharply humped; the abdomen ab- ruptly smaller, and cylindrical. Horn short. In E. edwardsii the horn is somewhat shorter than the head, in E. ello, only a third as long, and only twice as long as thick. The tubercles on the anal plate are distincter in edwardsii, and the supraanal is narrower. Pseudosphinx (I, Figs. 47 and 50). Cylindrical with slender horn. Fourth ocellus as far from the lower as from the first; front wider than high and nearly half as high as head. Labrum very shallowly notched, with the setas i and ii nearly on a level, and almost evenly spaced; iv directly below iii and much nearer to it than to v. vi not far from margin. Two conical spines on anal plate. The following species were examined. I am especially indebted to Prof. J. B. Smith; Dr. Geo. Dimmock, Mr. William Beutenmuller, and Dr. H. G. Dyar, for the privilege of examin- ing specimens in their own collections and in those of the insti- tutions they represent. Exotic species are in italics; those from the far west, or from Florida only, are also indicated. Sphi.vgin.e Acherontia atropos Herse convolvuli cingulata Cocytius antceus Fla. Phlegethontius quinquemaculatus Carolina (sexta), I, Fig. .51. Atreides plebeius Dolba hylaeus 276 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Spliinx ligustri II, Fig. 1. drupiferarum chersis kalmisE gordius, I, Figs. 39-41 luscitiosa Lintneria eremitus, II, Fig. 8. Hyloicus pinastri, II, Fig. 10. Lapara bombycoides, II, Figs. 4-5. coniferarum Chlcenogramma jasminearum Daremma undulosa catalpae, II, Fig. 11. hageni ? (W) Ceratomia amyntor, I,, Figs. 45 and 49. Smerinthin.-e Pachysphinx modesta, II, Fig. 7 occidentalis (W) Smerinthus ocellalus jamaicensis cerisyi Paonias excsecatus myops, I, Figs. 42-44. astylus Amorpha populi Dilina liliie Cressonia juglandis, II, Figs. 12 and 13. CHOEROCAMPINiE Deilephila lineata, II, Fig. 9. gallii, I, Figs. 46 and 52 euphorbicC lathyri vespertilio Ckceroratnpa {Pergesa) elpenor porcellns Charocampa (Hippotion) ceterio, II, Fig. 15. Chwrocampa (Therelra) alecto Choerocampa (Xylophanes) tersa PHIL.'iMPELIN/E Pholus achemon pandoras vitis (fasciatus) labruscae (Figure only) Fla. Daphnis nerii Clarina kotschyi syriuca Ampelophaga (Ampeloeca) myron versicolor Ampelophaga (Darapsa) choerilis Deidamia inscriptum Sphecodina abbotii Amphion nessus I, Figs. 48 and 53; II, Fig. 14. Proserpinus proserpina, II, Fig. 3 flavofasciata juanita gaura? Macroglossa stellatarnm SESSIN.E Hemaris croatica II, Fig. 16 rubens (W) diffinis and form axillaris thysbe Erynnyis alope edwardsii Fla. ello Fla. Pseudosphinx tetrio Fla., I, Figs. 47 and 50. lyll] Study of Caterpillars of Sphingidae 277 FIELD KEY TO THE SPHINGID CATERPILLARS.* OF THE EASTERN UNITED STATES. A. Horn completely wanting, head half higher than wide and triangular Lapara coniferarum and bombycoides A. Eighth abdominal segment bears a little hard nodule (caterpillar brilliantly marked with black, white and red) Pholus fasciatus (vitis) A. Eighth abdominal segment with an eyespot, otherwise unarmed B A. Eighth abdominal segment with a horn, otherwise unarmed F A. Eighth abdominal segment with a horn, mesothorax sharply humped or tuber- culate Lintneria eremitus A. Eighth abdominal segment with a long horn, and thorax with four much short- er ones Ceratomia quadricomis B. Slanting white patches on the sides C B. Pale on the sides, obliquely mottled, eyespot white. .Pholus labruscae (Fla.) B. Otherwise marked; eyespot dark-ringed D C. White patches are full three times as long as broad Pholus achemon C White patches are 21.2 times as long as broad Pholus pandorus D. Checkered contrastingly with red and green Proserpinus juanita D. No red , E E. Eyespot ringed with jet-black Proserpinus flavofasciata E. Eyespot ringed with brown Sphecodlna abbotii F. Slanting lines on the sides, sloping upward toward the rear G F. Slanting lines, if present, running in the opposite direction Y G. Slanting lines dark and more than seven, with a double set on the dorsum Amphion nessus G. A single slanting line running up to the horn Cocytius antaeus G. Numerous slanting lines, on the dorsum only Cocytius cluentius G. Slanting lines indefinite in number or evanescent; spiracle marked with two vertical bars, caterpillar a little humped Deidamia inscriptum G. Slanting lines six or seven, and distant H H. Head rounded, with two pair of vertical dark stripes; on Convolvulaceae Herse cingulata H. Head mostly with one or no vertical dark stripes; on other plants I 1 . Horn rudimentary Pachysphinx modesta I. Horn as long as head, or longer J J. Skin rough and granular, head triangular K j. Skin nearly smooth, but with the stripes marked with raised granulations. .0 J. Skin smooth P K. Horn well defined and much longer than height of head. .Cressonia juglandis K. Horn about as long as height of head, and not very distinct from body, straight L L. The oblique stripes irregularly shaded with red patches, . , Paonias astylus L. One of two pairs of red spots alone, or with one or two much larger than the others Paonias myops L. With a number of equal red spots or with none M M. With none, horn normally blunt, or blueberry P. astylus M . Horn always acute N N. Horn pink, violet or blue Smerlnthus cerisyi and jamaicensis N. Horn normally blue-green Paonias excaecatus N. Horn normally yellow-green, yellow on the sides Paonias myops O. Head broad and rounded, granulated Atreides plebeius O. Head high and tapering, nearly smooth Chlaenogramma jasminearum O. Head broad and tapering, nearly smooth Phlegethontius rusticus, and occasional specimens of Sphinx chersis, etc. P. First segment of abdomen much swollen, subdorsal stripe well developed. .Q P. Caterpillar nearly cylindrical, subdorsal stripe present on thorax only....S Q. Subdorsal stripe complete Ampelophaga myron * See "Field Tables of Lepidoptera (1906) p. 69. 278 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Q. Subdorsal stripe broken in the middle R R. Horn near twice as long as head, and down-curved A. versicolor R. Horn little longer than head and nearly straight A. choerilis S. With pale substigmatal bands on the segments which have obliques, meeting the obliques to form chevrons Phlegethontlus 5-maculatus S. No stigmatal band T T. With the obliques showing no trace of red and edged above with a row of black spots, horn reddish Phlegethontlus Carolina T. Obliques not edged above with a row of black dots; usuallv with red or violet. U U. Horn little longer than the height of the head, which is decidedly higher than wide Daremma undulosa U. Horn about half longer than the head, which is as wide as high V V. Ground color very pale green (or the alternative pink or fawn) Sphinx chersis V. Ground color bright grass green (or crimson or brownj W W. Only six stripes are fully developed (pink); head broad and rough to the naked eye Dolba hylaeus W. With seven equally well-developed stripes X X. Horn green, black at the sides, straight; stripes with pink Sphinx gordius and luscltlosa X. Horn deep red (as also the stripes on the head); stripes violet Sphinx druplferarum X. Stripes heavily marked with black, and often shaded with blue Sphinx kalmiae Y. With oblique stripes running up toward the front Z Y. With pale transverse stripes; black Pseudosphinx tetrlo iFla.) Y. Catocala-like with small horn ami a tubercle on middle of abdomen Madoryx (M. pseudothyreus occurs in Fla.) Y. With subdorsal eyespots ... A Y. Checkered or with patches of yellow dots . . .c Y. Metathorax sharply humped with a dorsal eyespot E Y. More or less striped longitudinally . . .F Z. Oblique stripes and subdorsal red Proserpinus gaurae Z. Oblique stripes and subdorsal yellow Pachylia ficus (Fla.) A. A single eyespot on segment Al Xylophanes porcus ? (Fla.) A An eyespot on Al dark-pupilled, the rest light-pupilled .'... Xylophanes tersa A All the eyespots alike b B Ground color bright green; last eyespot quite like the others, lower part of head light Dellephila llneata n Ground color olive green; last eyespot often stretching out toward the horn; head with a black band below Deilphila gallli c Horn very slender Daremma catalpse c Horn normal D D Subdorsal yellow powdering if present continuous with that lower on the sides; lower part of face black Dellephila gallil D Patches of subdorsal yellow powdering on each segment; or checkerol with black and green; lower part of face concolorous Dellephila lineata E Eyespot black with a pale ring Erynnyis alope E Eyespot black, with some red behind Erynnyis ello E Eyespot red, with a black center Erynnyis cramerl F Horn slender; with red dorsal stripe and two white stripes or rows of white .spots on the sides Hyloicus cupressl F Horn various; otherwise marked, not feeding on pine G G Front edge of cervical shield raised and rough H G Cervical shield lightly and evenly granulated Younger stages of Proserpinus flavofasclata, Hemarls, and very young stages of many Sphingidae. H Dorsal dark stripe edged on both sides with pale; horn much longer than head Hemarls thysbe H Dorsal dark stripe vague; horn about as long as head Hemarls dlffinis 1911] Study of Caterpillars of Sphiugidae 279 EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES. PLATE XVII. Fig. 1. Front view of head of Sphinx liguslri. It is fairly typical of the spe- cies in which the head tapers moderately, but more rounded out on the sides than the average. The front is also wider and less lobed at the bottom. Fig. 2. Labrum of Hemaris Ihysbc. Compare Annals E. S. A. Ill; PI. xiv. Fig. 50. Fig. 3. Proserpinus proserpina. Typical of the SemanophorEe; compare also Figs. 6 and 14. Fig. 4. Front view of head of last stage of Ellema harrisii. The triangular head, which is more typical of the Smerinthinae. Fig. 5. Labrum of the same. Hyloicus is similar. Fig. 6. Labrum of Hip potion ceterio. Fig. 7. Labrum of Pachysphinx modesla. P. occidentalis .is the same, and the normal Smerinthina; differ only in having one less marginal seta. Fig. 8. Labrum of Sphin.\ (Lintneria) eremitus. typical of the lower species of Sphinx. For one of the higher type see Annals E. S. A. Ill, PI. xiii. Fig. 40, which is 5. gordius, labelled "Dolba hylaeus" in error. The species labelled gordius is certainly 5. drupiferarum. Fig. 9. Deilephila lineala. The other species are about the same. PLATE XVIII. Fig. 10. Front view of head of Hyloicus pinastri. Sphinx drupiferarum is similar in outline, and so are all the species described as having a broadly rounded head. Fig. 11. Labrum of Dareinnia catalpae, showing seta iii high, as in the Semano- phorae. Fig. 12. Next to last stage of Cressonia juglandis. In the same stage Lapara has the same peculiar shape. Fig. 13. Labrum of Cressonia juglandis, last stage. Fig. 14. Labrum of Amphion nessus. Typicat Fig. 15. Head of Hippolion celerio, showing the slightly squarish form which is most frequent in the Semanophora:. Fig. 16. Head of Hemaris croatica. It is broader than our species of Hemaris, and resembles Macroglossa except in the small front. ANNALS E. S. A. Vol-. IV, Plate XVII. n'iUiam T. M. Forbes. Annals E. S. A. Vol. IV, Plate XVIII. William T. M. Forhrs. SOME NOTES ON HEREDITY IN THE COCCINELLID GENUS ADALIA MULSANT.* By Miriam A. Palmer. It is the purpose of this paper to give a report of some experimental investigations in heredity which were made with four different forms belonging to the genus Adalia Mulsant. These forms shall herein be designated as melanopleura Leconte, annectans Crotch, coloradensis Casey, and humeralis Say.f ilfe/a»o/?/ez<;'a (Fig. A, PL XIX), as met with in this paper, is described as follows: Head black, with fine apical line of white, and with a whitish triangle next each eye with the apex pointing mesad and nearly reaching the median line. Some- times a median strip of whitish connects these spots and extend- ing forward to the apical line, which may also widen, leaves only a pair of black spots or brownish dots, one on either side of the median line on the anterior part of the head. (See head markings in Figures A, B, C, and F, PI. XIX). Pronotum pale, with black M-shaped design and a lateral black spot, except in an unusually albinic form where the spot is absent or repre- sented by a mere dusky area. The black spot when present may vary from a moderate sized area well enclosed by the surrounding white, to a large area which may break more or less widely through the surrounding white so as to connect with the M design. See pronotum markings in Figures A, B, and C, PI. XIX). The basal marking is usually large in this form but may be rather small in some cases. Elytra brownish red and immaculate, or with faint dot on lateral margin of each elytron. Legs yellowish brown, darker on outer margin. Length 4-6 mm., width 3-4 mm. Annectans, Figures B, C, and F, Plate XIX, includes quite a range of variation. The group as met with in this study is described as follows: Head as in melanopleura, pronotum as *This paper is an outgrowth of breeding cage work with the Coccinellids, assigned me by Professor Gillette as a part of his Adams Fund project on Life Histories of the Plant Lice and Their Enemies. t These determinations are according to Major Thos. L. Casey, who very kindly criticized my determinations of the forms referred to in this paper, excepting that annectans includes also an unusual and rather rare form (Fig. F, PL XIX), the status of which seems to me a little uncertain, but which Mr. C. W. Leng deter- mines as annectans. Lacking any biological proof to the contrary I have included it under annectans. 283 284 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV^ given for melanopleura except that the basal marking is on the average somewhat smaller and is, in rare cases, even absent. The lateral black spot also is absent in an unusually albinic form. Figure F, Plate XIX. Elytra reddish yellow, usually lighter than melanopleura, quite yellowish for several weeks after emergence, becoming redder with age, though some never develop much of the red color. In the individuals reared of the more albinic form. Figure F, Plate XIX, the red color began to appear immediately after emergence but was paler in the region of the spots, giving a sort of blotchy appearance. This paler area may persist even in old beetles which have hibernated. Each elytron typically with a longitudinal posteriorly pointed black dash from the base at each side of the suture, and two sub-basal spots, the outer more basal, also with a transverse series of three black spots just before the middle, and two more at apical fourth, the outer very close to the margin. These black spots may vary from mere dots with some absent, to large blotches which may have more or less tendency to con- fluence; so that in color pattern many resembled ovipennis Casey, and a very few came very close to transversalis Casey as figured by Johnson.* Mr. Casey, however, to whom I sub- mitted specimens of these beetles, says that they are not his species as they do not show the proper punctuation. Some specimens show a rather definite pattern of red spots, two on each elytron, one a large oblong spot at the humerus and the other a smaller round spot close to the suture and between the middle and apical series of black spots. Legs and size as in melanopleura. In the more albinic form. Figure F, Plate XIX, the anterior spots w-ere always lacking and the middle and apical series were irregularly represented. Altogether this form differs from the rest of the group in three respects; namely, in lacking the anterior or basal elytral black spots, the absence of the lateral black spots on the pronotum, and in the presence of the redder coloration of the elytra. Three individuals of this form appeared in one batch of annectans, and one in another batch of amiecians, also two from a batch of larvae, from melanopleura parents, which produced both melanopleura and annectans. In these broods there were also some individuals which might be * Johnson, Roswell H., 1910 — Determinate Evolution in the Color Pattern of the Lady-beetles, Carnegie Institution of Washington. Pub. No. 122. Papers of the Station for Experimental Evolution, No. 15. 1911] Heredity in Adalia ' 285 considered as intergrading forms to some extent. This form presents a rather strikingly different appearance from the rest of the group, since all of these characters seem as a rule to go together, making a rather pronounced gap in the series of variation. It seems indeed to be closer to coloradensis than to annectans. Furthermore, among the 109 annectans which were reared from eggs of two annectans females and two melano- pleura-annectans hybrid females, mated with one annectans male and one melanopleura male, not one of these forms appeared, which fact seems to show that it is not a common fluctuating variation at least. It seems that the heredity might be segregate and experiments are now in progress to determine this point. It is on this account that I have thought best to call attention to it separately though for the rest of this paper it will be included under annectans. Coloradensis Casey, Fig. E, PI. XIX, is described as follows: Head black with fine apical margin of whitish, and triangular pale spot next each eye as found in annectans. Pronotum black with very fine apical pale margin sometimes obliterated, the posteriorly pointed median pale dash from the apical margin very small when present, sides with same pale pattern as melanopleura but lacking the black lateral spot, basal mark- ing absent. Elytra brownish red, about the same color as melanopleura, with a duplex black spot at the middle, some- times in the form of a band, sometimes appearing as two sep- arate spots, also a similar series of spots, two in number at apical fourth, the inner one the larger. Legs and size as in nielafw pleura, but the shape perhaps a little more narrowly oval. Humeralis, Say, Figure D, Plate XIX ; Head same as in melano- pleura. except that sometimes a different pattern appears as shown in Figure D, Plate XIX. Pronotum black with fine apical line and narrow side margins pale, apical line sometimes oblit- erated, basal marking always absent. Elytra black with a large oblong yellowish red to bright red spot at humerus and another small round one at three-fifths and close to the suture. The red marking on the elytra seems identical with the red pattern above mentioned as appearing in some specimens of annectans. Legs and sixe same as given for melanopleura, shape usually a little more rounded posteriorly. The work with these forms was at first undertaken merely for the purpose of obtaining specimens for life history drawings of melanopleura and annectans. In rearing these forms the 286 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, fact of their interbreeding with each other and with humeralis was discovered, and then the work was directed along the line of heredity investigation. About four hundred beetles were reared to maturity from about three thousand eggs hatched. These beetles proved much more difficult to rear than the larger species such as Hippodamia convergens and Cocci nella quinque-notata because of their more limited range of food and more delicate constitutions. All large aphids brought disaster in the breeding cage and sometimes even the small cottonwood louse, Chaitophoriis populicola Thos. was rejected. In the latter case it was perhaps due to an odor left by a certain species of attendant ants, since these lice did not always prove objection- able. One feed of unfavorable lice would sometimes cause the death of from one-half to nine-tenths of a cage of larvae. Work was begun with these beetles with the capture, May 13, 1910, in the foothills near Fort Collins, Colorado, of a pair of annectans. Eggs of this female were laid in the lab- oratory and the larvae reared. When the beetles eight in number emerged, four proved to be like the parents and four were humeralis. Three subsequent batches of larvae giving nine adults, were reared from eggs laid by this female and her spotted daughters with the result that three of the beetles were annectans and six were humeralis. For the purpose of obtaining more material and also of ascertaining how frequently such mixing occurred, two or three dozen pupae of this species were collected outdoors, and as soon as the beetles emerged and the colors developed the different forms were isolated in separate cages. About fifteen percent were humeralis and the rest were about evenly divided between melanopleiira and annectans. The humeralis beetles escaped by accident, but from the eggs of the other forms a considerable number of larvae were reared to maturity. From the eggs laid in the melanopleiira cage thirty beetles were reared, and in each batch a large proportion were annectans, sometimes over half the batch and once the entire batch. Practically the same proportions were obtained from eggs of one or two females captured at other times. Besides the forms already mentioned three individuals of coloradensis appeared among the progeny of the above mentioned cage. Unfortunately these were not used for breeding purposes but were pinned up and put in the collection. Breeding experiments are now, however, in prog- ress with this form. 1911] Heredity in Adalia 287 From the cage of annectans only annectans were obtained. Twenty-five adults were reared from eggs laid in this cage, and fifty-seven from eggs laid by a female tested in a way to be explained later, making eighty two beetles in all, and every one proved to be annectans. The eggs of one annectans female captured out of doors produced several melano pleura but this female had probably been fertilized by a hybrid male or even by both melanopleura and annectans males before it was captured. The hiimeralis beetles reared from the first pair mentioned were used for breeding purposes and all the individuals reared came true to type, about thirty beetles maturing. It was now indirectly evident that mixing was quite com- mon between melanopleura and annectans and that it sometimes occurred between annectans and hiimeralis, but there was no evidence that it occurred between melanopleura and humeralis. To ascertain whether this latter were possible and also to make the actual crosses in the other cases in order to further investi- gate the law of heredity, efi^orts were made to cross humeralis as often as possible with annectans and melanopleura. Humer- alis was found to hybridize just as freely with one form as with the other. No more difficulty was encountered than would be expected even among members of the same form under the same circumstances. On one occasion an annectans male chose a humeralis female even though a female of its own kind was present in the cage. Unfortunately only one female of humeralis was available for this purpose sufficiently early in the season, but there were several males which proved capable and these were crossed with females of both melanopleura and annectans. The female of humeralis that was used was probably the one that produced all of the above mentioned 30 humeralis, all true to type, she, at any rate produced a large proportion of them. This beetle was crossed with an annectans male but she died so soon that only two beetles were reared from this union. They were annectans but were too feeble for further breeding. An annec- tans-humeralis hybrid female was mated with a melanopleura male and later with an annectans male. This female had previously been kept in a cage with its brothers and the eggs laid had produced seven humeralis and four annectans, but after these crossings no more humeralis appeared though forty-seven beetles were reared. Three crosses were made by means of the humeralis males and melanopleura and annectans 288 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, females and from these 169 beetles were reared in the first generation. All but one were either melanopleiira or annectans according to the composition of the female. This one excep- tion was a humeralis beetle. A noticeable character of the progeny of these crosses was the greater vigor of the individuals so that a larger percent matured as compared with the purer strains. From one of the above three pairs, an annectans female and a humeralis male, the first generation of which con- sisted of fifty-seven annectans, four second generation beetles were reared and they proved to be two annectans and two humeralis. The beetles then refused to lay any more eggs and seemed to be preparing for hibernation. They had been unavoidably subjected for a few days to a temperature low enough to stiffen them up considerably and cause them to nearly cease eating and the subsequent removal of them to an almost summer temperature, though it caused the eggs to hatch in half the time they had under the low temperature and increased the appetites and rate of growth of the larvae quite remarkably, failed to cause the beetles to lay any more eggs. Work had, therefore, to close for the season at this interesting point, and the beetles were put into hibernation.* From these crosses there is another lesson to be learned besides the relation of annectans and melanopleura to humeralis. namely; something about the heredity between melanopleura and annectans themselves. The process of mating these forms with humeralis which is recessive to both, served as a test of the germinal composition of the member of the pair carrying the dominant characters. In the case where two melanopleura females, which had been isolated from annectans from time of emerging were crossed with humeralis males there were pro- duced 29 melanopleura to 25 annectans, and 31 melanopleura to 26 annectans respectively. Melanopleura was in each case a little in excess of 50 percent. In the case of the annectans- humeralis hybrid female mated with the melanopleura-annec- tans male the progeny was 19 melanopleura and 28 annectans. The higher percent of annectans was doubtless due to the fact that an annectans male was put into the cage during the latter * Just as this article was ready to send to the publisher a lot of second genera- tion beetles, from the melanopleura females crossed with the humeralis males, emerged. From the eggs of the first generation melanoplenra-humeralis hybrids there were reared 19 melanopleura and 7 humeralis. From the eggs of the first generation annectans-humeralis hybrids there matured 12 annectans and 5 humeralis. These figures come very near to the Mendelian ratio for progeny of hybrids. 1911] Heredity in Adalia 289 part of the period, because just before the last three batches the proportion was 16 melanopleiira and IS annectans, and the last three batches gave 3 melanopleura and 10 annectans, thus mak- ing a sudden change in the proportion. This male was in ail probability pure annectans as there has not been found, in my experience, any proven case of annectans carrying melanopleura characters. The characters carried by the female could have had no influence whatever in the results, since neither of the characters carried by the female was dominant to the char- acters carried by the male. Either the melanopleura or the annectans characters of the male would realize themselves whether they met an annectans or a humeralis character of the female. These results approximately show that the melano- pleura-annectans hybrids carry the characters in the proportion of half and half. The somewhat high percentage of melano- pleura obtained in these cases was more than balanced by the extremely low percentage obtained in the case of the progeny of the cage of melanopleura-annectans hybrids, in which case melanopleura constituted less than half of the progeny when it should have constituted three-fourths. The mortality in this latter case, however, was so great that the data are hardly sufficient. Another melanopleura female from melanopleura-annectans hybrid parents after being fertilized by some of its melano- pleura brothers was isolated for a few days, during which time it laid three batches of eggs. From these eggs were reared 9 melanopleura, 3 humeralis, and 1 annectans. Excepting the one annectans, this was just the right proportion for the progeny of two hybrids according to the Mendelian law. This annectans individual, (if it did not get in by mistake which was very unlikely, great care having been exercised) must have been due to fertilization by a melanopleura-annectans male probably before the melanopleura-humeralis male. The female was then mated with a humeralis male and after that 14 adults were obtained, 6 melanopleura and 8 annectans. The results in this case seem to indicate that there had been a cross between the melanopleura ancestors of this female and humeralis, while still in nature and that in the first generation reared in captivity the dominant melanopleura had kept it concealed, so that it was not until the second generation that the crossing between two hybrids happened to take place, -thus allowing the humeralis character to appear. 290 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, From the cross between an annectans female (reared from melanopleura parents) and a humeralis male 57 beetles matured all annectans. This showed the female to be pure strain tl^iough descended from melanopleura parents. The foregoing results are given below in tabulated form: >2d gen. Crosses 1 Male — annectans 1, . Female — humeralis j ° 2 Male — humeralis Ust gen. Female — annectans |2nd gen 3 Male— humeralis j, . Female — melanopleura *( ^ ' 4 Male — humeralis 'i , . Female — melanopleura*! 5 Male — melanopleura* , and later annectans list gen. < Female — annectans-humeralis ' hybrid Humeralis Hybrid Female — annectans-humeralis . \ a ■ Male — annectans-humeralis....] " 8 ■■■ Female — melanopleura-humeralis 1 Male — melanopleura-humeralis (probably). Also melanopleura-annectans (prob.) .J Female — melanopleura-humeralis \ a Unle-humeralis joffsprmg. Melanopleura-annectans Hybrids Cage of males and females — offspring Female captured, male annectans? — offspring Two females and one male ] mated with recessive. . . . ^off spring. (See crosses 3, 4 and 5) j Annectans Cage of males and females — offspring One female, captured, male unknown, offspring One female with humeralis male (See cross 2) — offspring Humeralis One female with 3 males — offspring (Female used later in cross 1) Total * melanopleura-annectans hybrid. mel. col. arm. hum. 2 57 2 2 29 25 19 7 12 5 31 26 1 16 18 3 10 7 10 9 1 3 6 8 11 3 16 7 6 76 69 1 94 3 91 19 6 57 1 82 30 57 4 54 26 17 58 47 17 13 14 30 13 19 6 30 407 1911] Heredity in Adalia 291 From the foregoing results the following conclusions seem to be quite evident: I. Melanopleura is dominant over aniiectans, coloradensis, and humeralis, and the heredity is segregate. 1. Over annectans since a. The hybrid fonn between melanopleura and annectans is melanopleura. Of the progeny, 30 in number, of a cage of melanopleura, anneclans constituted over half. In the progeny of two females and one male tested by mating with humeralis there appeared 76 annectans and 69 melanopleura, altogether, which is very close to the Mendelian ratio for the segregation of characters in hybrids. b. Annectans has in no case given evidence of carrying melano- pleura characters. The 23 progeny from a cage of annectans showed no melanopleura characters nor did any of the 57 progeny of the annectans female mated with Itumeralis. 2. Over coloradensis since the hybrid fonn between melanopleura and coloradensis is melanopleura as is shown by the fact that 3 coloradensis appeared among the offspring of melanopleura parents. 3. Over liumeralis since a. The hybrid fonn between melanopleura and humeralis is melanopleura. In "the first generation from three crosses of melanopleura with humeralis or with annectans-humeralis hybrids, humeralis appeared but once among 159 individ- uals. A melanopleura-humeralis female mated with its brothers gave 9 melanopleura, 1 annectans, and 3 humeralis. The same female mated with a humeralis male gave 6 melanopleura and 8 humeralis, approximately showing the segregation of characters to be according to the Mendelian law. The second generation from crossings of melanopleura with humeralis consisted of 19 melanopleura and 7 humeralis. b. Humeralis has given no evidence of carrying melanopleura characters. The 30 offspring from humeralis parents all came true to type. II. Annectans is dominant over humeralis since a. The hybrid fonn between annectans and humeralis is annectans. In the cross between annectans and humeralis humeralis did not appear at all in the first generation of 57 progeny, but did appear in half of the second gen- eration which consisted of 4 beetles. Annectans-humeralis hybrids mated with each other produced 7 annectans and 10 iiumeralis in one case, and in another 12 annectans and 5 humeralis. b. Humeralis has given no evidence of carrjdng annectans characters, as shown by the 30 offspring of humeralis parents all true to type. 292 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, This subject is still unfinished and experiments are now in progress to determine the relation of coloradensis and the rather albinic form of anneclans to the other forms. It would be interesting to interbreed these forms with other species of Adalia, especially with the European /r/g/Ja Schneider and with bipunctata Linneaus. Observations were also made on the beetles used in the foregoing experiments for the purpose of ascertaining the heritabilit}' of the characters of the spots on the elytra in annectans and of the markings of the pronotum in this same form and in mclanopleura. The progeny resulting from the mating of annectans and melanopleura beetles with the recessive hnmeralis were examined when the number was large enough to afford sufficient data. The beetles in these cases were par- ticularly advantageous for this purpose because the dominant characters would be the only ones to show in the first genera- tion, thus reducing the number of strains which would appear to one or two. In the case of the melanopleura-ajinectans hybrids there would be one strain of annectans and one of melanopleura, which would afford a very simple series and show very plainly whether these characters behave at all as unit characters or whether they seem to be fluctuating variations. The results are shown in the drawings Figures 2 to 7, Plates XX to XXII. In the markings of the pronotum, special attention was paid to the character of the lateral black spot and the extent to which was it enclosed by the surrounding white. The median posteriorly pointed dash of white from the apical margin and also the basal marking of whitish are sometimes very small or even absent; but in this study only secondary attention was paid to these and the drawings, except curve (e). Fig. 7, Plate XXII, are arranged in series according to the aforesaid black spot. The pronota of melanopleura and annectans are arranged separately in each case. In the case of the elytra primary attention was paid to the confluence of the spots, and the series is arranged according to the number of confluences in each case. The parents of each series are drawn in full or designated above and the first gen- eration progeny in a row below. The numerals below each drawing indicate the number of individuals in that class. As the hnmeralis parent seems to have no influence on the char- 11)11] Heredity in Adalia 293 acters of the first generation it was not thought necessary to draw this parent. Figure 2, Plate XX represents the aiinectans-hmneralis hybrid female and her progeny resulting from union with a melano- pleiira-annectans hybrid male, and also for the last few days of the experiment, with a pure annectans male. The numbering of the spots is after Weise taken from Johnson 1910. In this case the progeny would contain four strains of annectans, one from the mother, one from the nielanopleura-annectans father, and two strains from the annectans father, which, however, could hardly have affected more than the last three batches of eggs. This would be just the number of strains to be repre- sented if two members of annectans were mated. The males in this case were both lost and so can not be shown in the figure. Of the batches after the annectans male was introduced, in the elytra series, one beetle was in class (d), six in class (e), three in class (f), and one in class (i). In the pronota series four were in class (k) and seven in class (1). There was considerably less variation among these than in the foregoing batches, but whether it was due to the annectans male or to environmental influences can not be ascertained with certainty; but as these were reared later in the season than the foregoing batches, during the latter part of August and the early part of September, during which time an unusually cold wave occurred, the only environmental influence would probably have been a lower temperature. This factor, however, would, from the experience of Tower* and Johnson, be expected to produce a melanic effect, but here the difference was albinic rather than melanic, so the case does not seem to be explained by the environmental factor, and unless it was produced by some unknown cause, seems most probably to have been due to heredity factors introduced by the annectans male. It will be noted in this case. Figure 6, curve (a), Plate XXI, and Figure 7, curves (a), and (b) Plate XXII, that all of the beetles, of both melanopleura and annectans, which were reared from this female were rather at the albinic end of the scale as to both elytral and pronotal characters. In the elytra none have more than two full confluences and the mother ranks at * Tower, William Lawrence, 1906. An Investigation of Evolution in Chrysom- elid Beetles of the Genus Leptinotarsa. Carnegie Institution of Washington, Pub. No. 48. 294 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, about the middle of the series and at one of the highest points of the curve. In the case of the pronotum the mother was decidedly more melanic than the apex of the curve for either annectans or melanopleura. The curves for these two forms were not alike, annectans having the greatest number, 45 per cent at the albinic end of the scale with the black spot well enclosed by the surrounding white. In the melanopleura series only 11 per cent were at this point, the largest number, 83 per cent, having the black spot rather weakly enclosed. None of the annectans here showed the red pattern on the elytra, as shown in Figure B, Plate XIX, though the mother shows it faintly. Figure 3, Plate XX, represents the annectans female crossed with humeralis male. In this case we would expect to find only two strains of annectans. Here, however, the variation was considerably broader than in the former case where four strains were represented, the curve beginning at the same point of albinism as the former case and extending to four and a half confluences (that is to four and a pronounced tendency to a fifth confluence), Figure 6, curve (b). The mother was several degrees more albinic than the highest point of the curve. Note here that in the mother there is an absence of spot 4 and also that there is a small spot between spots 1 and 2, which, though very unusual, probably denotes tendency to confluence between spots 1 and 2. Neither the presence of this extra spot nor the absence of spot 4 show in any of the progeny examined, though both confluence and tendency' to confluence appear between spots 1 and 2. The mother of these seems to have shown nothing of the red pattern mentioned above and shown in Figure B, Plate XIX, but in the 37 off- spring, 9 showed it very plainly, 16 moderately plain, 4 fainth-, and in 6 it was absent. Figure 4, Plate XXI shows a melanopleura-annectans hybrid female, crossed with a humeralis male, and her first generation progeny. Here there can be but one strain of annectans to appear in the progeny. The curve of variation. Figure G, curve (c), Plate XXI, covers a somewhat wider range of variation than in the case of the first instance, curve (a) where four strains are represented, the largest number of confluences being three. Here 23 out of 27 or 85 percent lack spot 6. In the pro- nota of annectans a peculiarity was observed in that sometimes either the basal marking or the apical median dash were lacking. 1911] Heredity in Adalia 295 For these pronota two curves were given, Figure 7, curves (d) and (e), curve (d) to show the variation of the lateral spot only and (e) to represent the general melanism when the other markings are considered, each degree representing about the equivalent of the melanism of the state of the lateral spot as given in the legend for the respective columns. The curve for annectans in this series was much broader than that for melano- pleura. The mother was rather toward the albinic end of the series for annectans and at the melanic end for melanopleura. All of the annectans, 27 in number, had the red spots on the elytra, as shown in Fig. B, Plate XIX. Figure 5, Plate III, shows another melanopleura-annectans hybrid, female mated with a humeralis male, and her first generation progeny. Here again would be but one strain of annectans. The range of variation in the elytra of annectans was not very broad, showing none of the more albinic forms, the curve. Figure 6, curve (d), Plate XXI, beginning at one con- fluence and extending to three and a half confluences. In the pronota of the annectans series, Figure 7, curve (g), Plate XXII, uniformity almost obtains, 93 per cent having the lateral spot well enclosed and 7 per cent being one-fifth enclosed. In the melanopleura series, however, the curve. Figure 7, curve (h), Plate XXII, is very broad extending to a degree of melanism that is quite rare. The mother ranks at the albinic end of the scale though the highest part of the curve for her melanopleura offspring is four degrees further to the melanic end of the scale. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. In comparing the curves for the elytra it must be born in mind that the chief points of comparison are the melanic positions of the range and highest points of the curves. Since the number of individuals represented by each of the curves was not uniform, the exact number on any one line shown by the different curves is not truly comparable; only the melanic position of high and low points and range in each curve can be compared with the same in another curve. It will be noted that each curve has one or two points that are much higher than any other points in the curve, and that these high points in the different curves vary greatly in melanic position, also that the curves vary considerably in their range. It seems as though these high points in the curves might repre- sent centers of variation. The curves would then signify that different strains of these beetles have different centers of 296 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, variation and different scopes of variation. Curve (c), Figure 6, Plate XXI, which represents but one strain of annectans covers a wider range than curve (a) which represents four strains. Curve (d), which also represents one strain is quite narrow, seeming to signify that this strain had a greater degree of con- stancy than the others. The mother in each of these cases occurred within the range of variation for her progeny but not always at the highest point of the curve though in both of the instances where this observation was possible she occurred at one of the high points, see curves (a) and (b), Fig. 6, Plate XXI. Two of the mothers being melanopleura had no place in the elytra series, and since in the cases where the mother was annectans two or more strains were represented, the fact of the highest part of the curve not being at the same position as the mother might in this case be explained as due to one of the other strains involved. There seemed in some cases to be a certain measure of her- itability of different characters in the color pattern of the elytra. The absence of spot G in Figure 4, Plate XXI, seemed to be inherited to a large degree since it was lacking in 21 out of 27 beetles. The mother being melanopleura could not be observed on this point. This spot seems from my observations to be the one most frequently lacking in this form, indeed almost the only one except in a small minority of beetles. Spot 4 was absent in only three beetles in this study, in Figure 3 (a), Plate XX, and in two others not drawn but ranked with (f) and (g) respectively in Figure 2, Plate XX, spot 5 was faint in one. Figure 3 (c). The absence of spot 4 seemed not to be inherited in these cases, as no case of absence occurred in the 37 progeny of the mother, Figure 3 (a), which lacked it, and it appeared only twice in the 30 offspring in Figure 2, Plate XX. Some observations were made on the order in which con- fluences take place. Spots 6 and 7 seemed to be the first as a rule to connect, as in this study there was only one instance where a beetle showed confluences and had these spots separate, see Figure 3 (e) . There were three such cases where spot 6 was absent, but even in the case of absence there was often a pro- jection toward its position from spot 7 as though in these instances the confluence was even more persistent than the spot itself. After this confluence no further order was observed except that between spots 4 and 5 it seemed to be the most unusual and perhaps the last in order. U)ll] Heredity in Adalia 297 In the case of the pattern of reddish spots on the elytra of a nnectans Figure B , Plate XIX , it seemed as though there might be segregation in some cases at least, and that the absence of the character was dominant to its presence. In the series in Figure 2, Plate XX, it shows faintly in the mother (the dimness may be due to fading after death as this character was not recorded during life) and it was plainly evident in the mother and a brother of this beetle, in fact in all of the individuals of this strain that have been preserved. It shows in none of the 30 progeny of this beetle, but this absence -may be explained as due to the males, which being lost, can not be examined as to their possession of the character. In the series in Figure 3 where the mother does not show the marking but carries two strains of annectans, it appeared in five-sixths of the beetles to a greater or less degree. As the male in this case was humeralis both of these strains must have come from the mother and its absence in her development would seem to signify the dominance of the absence of the character over its presence. The proportion, however, found in the progeny seems rather puzzling unless the humeralis character from the male could have had any influence in the proportion, which seems unlikely. In the series in Figure 4, Plate XXI, it appeared in all of the 27 annectans progeny. The mother, being melanopleura of course does not show it. In the series in Figure 5, Plate XXI, some show it and some do not. The exact number in each case can not be determined as some of the beetles have developed so much of the red color in their elytra during hibernation that it is impossible to tell with certainty whether they possess the character or not. The mother being melanopleura of course does not show the character. The fact that some clearly show its presence and others just as clearly show its absence when they are all from one strain of annectans seems to be evidence against segregation in this case. In the pronota curves in Figure 7, Plate XXII, the matter is a little more complex as there are both annectans and melanopleura to be represented for each female except one, Figure 2, Plate XX. As the curves for these two forms even when from the same parents were different in every case not only in the position of the apex but also in range and sometimes very different, it would seem that each strain keeps distinct ; that is, the pronotal •characters of annectans do not mix with those of melanopleura. 298 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, When, however, the characters of the mother are compared with those of her offspring which are of the same form as herself Httle uniformity was found. In no case did she rank at the highest point of the curve, neither did she ever occur at the lowest point, nor ever outside of the range of variation for the offspring. There seemed to be some degree of heredity but it was not constant. The results appear a good deal the same as in the elytra, that there are centers of variation and a certain limit of range that were inherited to a greater or less degree, but with no evidence of segregation of unit characters such as occurs between vielano pleura, annectans, and hunieralis. ADDENDA. Since sending the foregoing article to the publisher results have been obtained in the experiments concerning the relation of coloradensis, the so-called albinic form of annectans, and a similar form of melano pleura to the other forms treated. The albinic form of annectans, so-called for want of a better name is above described separately under annectans and figured at F, Plate I. The albinic form of melanopleura is identical with that of annectans in pronotal characters, namely, it lacks the lateral dot, the lateral margin of the pronotum being broadly pale as in coloradensis; in all other characters it agrees with melanopleura. The results obtained are tabulated as follows: Parents Male Female total Appearance Characters carried! Appearance Characters carriedf M al. M al. A A C H C unknown H H C al. A. al. A. |A al. M CandH MandA ,\ g ' C and H Cand A Cand A AandH C andM H al. A al. M M M al. A. H lA al. M. H C and A 1 C and M M and H M and H C and A H AandH C and M 4 3 6 3 2 7 3 4 1 13 1 3 3 5 7 11 4 2 1 4 2 5 3 6 10 2 7 S 5 4 23 11 23 17 13 4 Total 16 16 14 30 18 21 115 *A means annectans; C, coloradensis; H, hunieralis; al. A. albinic annectans; al. M, albinic melanopleura. t These are given as shown by the offspring when not known from pedigree breeding. tThis male was, judging from appearance, an intergrade between annectans and albinic annectans. It lacked the basal spots on the elytra but possessed the lateral dot on the pronotum, which latter seems to be the ultimate distinguish- ing character. 1911] Heredity in Adalia 299 These results seem to furnish conclusive evidence 1. That coloradensis is a good variety or type equal with melano pleura, annectans, and humeralis, acting as a unit character in heredity. 2. That when crossed with annectans, coloradensis produces a blended hybrid, in both elytral and pronotal characters, namely the form above referred to as an albinic form of annectans. 'S. That when crossed with melanopleura a blend is produced in the pronotal characters, identical with the annectans blend; but in the elytra melanopleura dominates entirely.* This form was mentioned in the description of melanopleura as a "more albinic form." 4. That when crossed with humeralis coloradensis dominates perfectly so that the hybrid form is indistinguishable from the pure strain of coloradensis. It seems that in every instance the more albinic character dominated over the more melanic one ; for example : immaculate elytra, in melanopleura, dominate over the spotted ones of each of the other forms. The absence of the black lateral dot in the pronotum, in coloradensis, dominates over its presence in each of the other forms. The presence of the whitish basal marking on the pronotum, of annectans and melanopleura, dominates over its absence in coloradensis and humeralis. The absence of the basal elytral spots, in coloradensis, dominates over its presence in annectans. The usual absence of confluence in the median and apical series of spots in annectans dominates over the con- fluence in these spots in coloradensis. Humeralis which pre- sents the most melanic characters in every particular in both elytra and pronotum is perfectly recessive to each of the other forms. The inheritance of the faint lateral dot on the elytra in melanopleura was observed in the specimens at hand but no law was ascertained. It seems to be a mere fluctuating variation. The single humeralis beetle mentioned in the article as appearing among the first generation offspring in the 4th cross in the table, between humeralis and melanopleura parents, was tested in breeding. It proved to be a male and was put into a cage with two humeralis females, from the eggs of which seven progeny were reared to maturity. All of these were humeralis * This statement is to be reconciled with the statement in the foregoing ar- ticle that melanopleura is dominant over coloradensis by the fact that at that time the hybrid was considered as only a variant of melanopleura. 300 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, which seems to prove that the beetle in question was pure strain. This beetle may possibly have gotten into the cage by mistake in spite of the great care exercised as several dozen cages containing larvae of all the forms were being tended and cleaned daily. Five other offspring were reared from humeral is beetles obtained in these experiments, and these all came true, making 42 progeny in all reared from humeralis parents, breeding true in every instance. Two humeralis beetles without dorsal spots were obtained as the progeny resulting from a cross between a melanopleura male, (evidently a humeralis hybrid) from out of doors, with an annectans-humeralis female representing the third generation of humeralis reared in the laboratory. All of the ancestors and progeny, two in number, of this female, by a former mating showed the dorsal spots normally developed. These two beetles were the only progeny obtained from this union and efforts to rear offspring from them, though they proved to be male and female, have thus far been fruitless, seemingly due to a weak constitution as the eggs hatch poorly. The male seemed weak and both beetles died soon. It would seem from this case that the absence of these spots dominated over its presence, which is contrary to the behavior of heredity with regard to the other characters of this group. If this is not the case the strain in the laboratory must have carried this character of absence through three generations without it having a chance to meet its equal so as to be able to realize itself. Another cross which was made between an annectans male and a humeralis female last August but which laid no eggs until this, the following spring, produced in the first geneartion 26 beetles, all annectans. The humeralis female was later used in the first cross represented in the first table in addenda. 1911] Heredity in Adalia 301 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XLX. Fig. a. Adalia melanopleura Lcconte. Fig. B. Adalia atiiieclatis Crotch. Fig. C. Adalia annectans Crotch. Fig. D. Adalia humeralis Say. Fig. E. Adalia coloradensis Casey. Fig. F. Adalia annectans Crotch. Fig. G. Adalia melanopleura (more albinic form). Fig. H. Pupa of .1. annectans, melanopleura, coloradensis, ami humeralis. Fig. \. Larva of .1. annectans, melanopleura, coloradensis and humeralis. Fig. J. Eggs of A. annectans, melanopleura, coloradensis and humeralis. All drawings are magnified o diameters. PLATE XX. Fig. 1 shows in diagram the results of the foregoing experiments in inheritance between annectans, melanopleura, coloradensis, and humeralis. The numerals be- neath the circles in each case indicate the numlier of individuals in that class. The lines connecting with higher circles indicate parentage in each case. Fig. 2. a and b — characters of annectans-humeralis female, mated with males indicated. c to j — elytral characters of annectans offspring. k to n — pronotal characters of melanopleura and annectans offspring. Numerals indicate number of individuals in the class in each case. Fig. 3. a — elytral characters of annectans mother, mated with male indi- cated. b to — elytral characters of annectans offspring. p to V — pronotal characters of annectans offspring. Numerals indicate number of individuals in each class. PLATE XXL Fig. 4. a and b — characters of melanopleura annectans mother mated with male indicated. c to 1 — elytral characters of annectans offspring. m to / — protonal characters of annectans offspring. M to !' — pronotal characters of melanopleura offspring. Numerals indicate number of individuals in each class. Fig. 5. a and b — characters of melanopleura-annectans mother, mated with male indicated, c to d — pronotal characters of annectans offspring, e to k — elytral characters of annectans offspring. / to r — pronotal characters of melanopleura offspring. Numerals indicate number of individuals in each class. Fig. 0. Shows the curves representing the variation in the elytral characters of the annectans offspring, drawn in the foregoing figures. The numerals on the left show the number of individuals. The degrees of melanism are designated by the legend below in each case, the most albinic being at the extreme left and the most melanic at the right. "Confluence )-'2"means one case of tendency to con- fluence, "confluence |" means two cases of tendency to confluence. The latter is here given a rank of its own as it does not seem equal in melanism to one full con- fluence. The curve above the legend "spot 6 absent" does not represent all the individuals lacking that spot, but only those with no case of confluence. Curve (a) represents the series in Fig. 2, Plate II. The full line triangle shows the position of the mother in this series. Curve (b) represents the series in Fig. 3, Plate II. The broken line triangle represents the position of the mother. Curve (c) represents the series shown in Fig. 4, Plate III. Curve (d) represents the series shown in Fig. 5, Plate III. The mother of the series for curves (c) and (d) were melanopleura and so have no place in this diagram. 302 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, PLATE XXII. Fig. 7 shows the curves for the pronotal series. Curve (a) represents pronotal characters of anneclans offspring shown in Fig. 2, Plate II. Curve (b) represents pronotal characters of melanopleura offspring in Fig. 2, Plate II. The open triangle represents the mother of the series represented by curves (a) and (b), Fig. 2. a and b, Plate II. Curve c) represents the anneclans series in Fig. 3, Plate II. Curve (d) represents the anneclans series in Fig. 4, Plate III. Curve (e) represents the anneclans series in Fig. 4, Plate III, according to general melanism. Curve (f) represents the melanopleura series in Fig. 4, Plate III. The open triangle represents the mother, Fig. 4, a and b, Plate III. Curve (g) represents the anneclans series, Fig. 5, Plate III. Curve (h) represents the melanopleura series, Fig. 5, Plate III. The solid triangle represents the mother Fig. 5 (a) and (b), Plate III. ANNALS E. S. A. Vol. IV. Plate XIX. Miriam A. Palm- r. Annals E. S. A. VOL. IV, Plate XX. y^eUn^pUura, cnneciar^s toUra.de>^sU ha^e^c^s ■ 0P r:^^ G)d (^P Fiql Fiq2. ^mfi> (m.ela.yT.oplpurtzc.- ann.ecta,ns hybrid O a.^ne ctans o e g h 1 =.30 *:^ ^ m^ (^ annectans 1^ TrL^lcur\.ople UTap Fiq J b C d 11 !S 2 37 ,,J tThumeralii 6 r g h i J H- I rn. n. o J 7 lis 24- 10 3 3 113 1'37 11 10 f ^9 Miriam A. Palmer. Annai;8 E. S. a. Vol. IV, Plate XXI. 6 ^^3^ ^^^^^ x-hu me rails cT • ••• 11 Z 1 S 1 2 anr^ ectans melan.opleLi.rQ, 1 1 ' Z.S 20 10-30 ^jyK#/ X kumeralit, o anrtec ta.ns f g hi J_^ fC "^ -(^ f^ ff\ 14 1 melarLOpleurcL z J -IS 4 Fiq € 18 74 a 12 11 ■10 9) 8 7 a s 3 I c . 1 ; '. \ \ / i I ■ * \ / 1 \ ' V A / 1 1 "W ,' . 1 \\ / // A\ ,' V W /■ /' \^ ' 1 \\ / / \,\ /' l\ I \ f M / / / d * ;\ / / ■^^ / ' /... z^- ■V' - w-i. "-<, ^ / - ,' %. -- t, ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ne confluence a. ^5 2 ^Tnother of a, <^ Fig ^ b F^y 5 ^"j, , .6 r \ \ \ \ ^' \^ Vi ;, T \ \ V" \ / ', \ w ^*> \ \\ -Ao iM \\ A \-«_ u^\\ --t ^ ^ -^ /\ maker 'i curve a, 1st. 9^^\ ■„ b c . . . /\ rriother curue d 1st aen. ▲ rnotKer curue q Ist'qeru h. .. a :5? ^ 4? * * Minam A. Palmer. SPECIFIC CHARACTERS USED IN THE GENUS PSEUDOCOCCUS. By P. E. Smith, Entomological Laboratory of Cornell University. INTRODUCTION. The purpose of this investigation was to determine the value of the specific characters used in the descriptions of species of Pseudococcus. While all characters used have probably not been noted and while some of those omitted may be of considerable value still the more common and important characters have received attention. The investigation has been limited to five species,* namely: agrifoliae Essig, citri Risso, crawii Coq., longispinus Targ., and obscurus Essig. A large number of individuals in each species has been used giving a comparative study for specific variation. The writer wishes to thank Professor Alex. D. MacGillivray for the many invaluable suggestions given. TABULATION AND STUDY OF CHARACTERS. An examination of the descriptions of species in this genus shows a great similarity in the characters used. Provided that these characters do not vary beyond certain limits, this would make the identification of the species easier. However, if these characters vary to any great extent and overlap and merge into each other, the adherence by systematists to these char- acters instead of the introduction of new ones is unfortunate, and would make the identification of species very difficult, if not impossible. In that case the most valuable data in the descriptions would be the locality and host-plant data. Body. 1. Size. -In the great majority of descriptions, the length and width of the body is given. In the measurements given, a great variation in the length of each species is noted.f Lengths such as 3-4 mm., 2-5 mm., 1.5-4 mm., are very fre- quent, showing the wide variation noted by those describing species. The tablesj showing the lengths of the body, (Tables 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) in the five species studied do not show a variation any greater than this. A variation of from one and one-half * The writer does not express an opinion upon the validity of these species, t R. Mathewson. Can. Entom. XXXIX, p. 286. I In these and the following tables an ocular micrometer with a 2-5 and 1-8 inch objective were used. All measurements are given in microns. 309 310 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, to twice the length of the smaller specimens is shown. A greater variation would probably be found if a larger number of specimens were measured. TABLE 1. PsEUDOcoccus obscurus Essig. Specimen Length of Length of Length of Setae Length of Setae Body Setal-loop of Anal-lobes of Anal-ring I 2736 544 152 136 176 II 152 152 168 III 2784 160 160 184 IV 2526 736 152 144 192 VI 2304 720 152 148 190 IX 3120 560 156 146 185 XI 2040 320 136 135 176 XII 2688 848 1.37 145 168 XIII .3000 696 152 167 IVX 3072 150 142 168 TABLE 2. PsEUDOCOCCUS AGRIFOLIAE EsSIG. Specimen Length of Length of Length of Setae Length of Setae Body Setal-loop of Anal-lobes of Anal-ring I 2928 1160 221 216 240 II 3312 1129 224 223 200 III 4200 1165 208 184 V 3336 182 184 176 VII 4205 120 208 225 292 X 2928 400 200 200 XIII 3120 405 215 248 XVII 4080 208 203 208 TABLl J 3. PsEUDOCOCCUS CITRI Risso. Specimen Length of Length of Length of Setae Length of Setae Body Setal-loop of Anal-lobes of Anal-ring I 3120 416 162 178 108 II 2304 256 180 163 • 108 III 2526 245 223 120 IV 2808 216 209 129 V 2664 448 228 118 VI 2448 240 221 216 117 VII 3144 181 182 120 VIII 2328 192 115 IX . 2662 144 235 216 125 X 2712 225 233 130 1911] Specific Characters in Pseudococcus 311 TABLE 4. Pseudococcus crawii Coq. Specimen Length of Length of Length of Setae Length of Setae Body Setal-loop of Anal-lobes of Anal-ring I 3048 98 228 245 144 IV 2184 101 241 239 168 V 2160 120 200 154 A 2256 216 215 176 B 2100 256 192 VI 2165 248 201" VII 2208 IDS 208 201 169 VIII 2376 200 176 160 IX 2373 224 222 184 X 2448 223 220 160 TABLE 5. Pseudococcus longispinus Targ. Specimen Length of Length of Length of Setae Length of Setae Body Setal-loop of Anal-lobes of Anal-ring I 2088 132 120 139 II 2160 130 124 132 III 1944 96 108 120 IV 2328 95 113 121 VI 2664 113 121 132 VII 2592 127 128 137 VIII 2952 125 123 144 X 3312 228 126 131 A 2950 120 119 133 B 2526 115 122 131 Also only the larger individuals were studied because of the danger of including those in the nymphal stage. Each species was collected from the same or neighboring host plants and were apparently under similar conditions, so that size cannot be taken as a specific character of any great importance. These measurements were taken from mounts. If unmounted spec- imens were used, the variation would probably be still greater, as then a second factor, namely, the amount of secretion pres- ent, would enter. Because of the great variation in size of the different individuals in a species the size of a specimen can be of but little if any value in specific determination. 2. Shape. — In descriptions the shape of the body is vari- ously given as elongate-ovate, rounded-oval, convex, tapering at ends, elongate, etc., words which are nearly synonymous. A few species are stated to be considerably out of the ordinary 312 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, in shape, but in general synonyms are used in the descriptions of body shape. In the species studied, this could not be an important specific character as all the species studied were of practically the same shape. However, in some species, this might be a distinguishing character. 3. Color. — In descriptions the color of specimens is usually given, being stated as, whitish, greyish, pinkish, with a red tinge, etc. The dermis of specimens in this genus is red. The color of the insect depends on the extent that this dermis is hidden by the waxy secretion. The amount of waxy secretion depends largely on the position in which the individual develops. Those in exposed position requiring more of the waxy covering as_ a jDrotection than those developing in well protected situa- tions. This variation in color is well shown in agrifoliae Essig. The color in this species is usually of a reddish, pinkish, or pink- ish brown. The writer has found specimens, however, ovipositing in exposed positions which were completely covered with the waxy secretion and through which the red dermis was not visible. Thus all variations from a white to a red specimen were found. In the other species studied the color was nor- mally white. In the five species studied color as a character for separating the species could not be relied upon. 4. Segmentation. — In many descriptions the segmentation is referred to as distinct or not distinct. This is a character that is not used to any great extent. This is fortunate as the value of the prominence of the segmentation as a specific character is extremely doubtful. In mounted specimens it would depend to a large extent upon the method used in prep- aration. The segmentation in chloroform mounts is well pre- served. In caustic potash mounts it would be largely oblit- erated. In unmounted as well as mounted specimens the age and size of the specimens is of great importance. In nymphs of Pseudococcus the segmentation is very distinct. As it passes through its last moult and becomes an adult, this dis- tinctness of the segmentation is lost to a degree. Then as the insect becomes more and more distended with eggs this ten- dency to lose its prominent segmentation is increased. Also the distinctness of the segmentation in unmounted specimens would depend somewhat upon the amount of secretion covering the insect. With these factors it does not seem that the dis- tinctness of the segmentation can be a very satisfactory specific character. 1911] Specific Characters in Pseudococcus 313 Antennae. — The number of segments of the antennae is a generic and not a specific character, and so is of no import- ance in separating species. Several species have been described with seven segmented antennae. The number of segments, eight, of the type of the genus, longispinus Targ, has been adopted in this paper. However, a dimorphism has been described in two instances, viz. : by Folsom for trifolii Forbes, and by Essig for agrifoliae Essig. In these descriptions there is said to be a winter form which has seven segmented antennae ; this form giving rise to the summer form with the normal eight segmented antennae. If further investigation shows these observations to be correct, it will be of both specific and generic importance. The comparative length of the different segments of the antennae is a character that is the most used of any of the characters of the insect's body. The relative length of the segments and the formulae deduced from the measurements is almost invariably contained in descriptions. Sometimes a considerable variation is noted, several formulae being given. In this study ten specimens of each species were used. Aside from the question of variation which will be taken up later, the relative length of the antennal segments is not a desir- able character to use. The greatest difficulty in its use is the difficulty of making correct measurements and the determina- tion of the exact limits of the various segments. The chitin is not continuous from one segment to the next and consequently the portion between the chitinous parts of the segments, the ■conjunctiva, is not visible or only slightly so in well cleared specimens. Consequently, in making measurements, the deter- mination of the end of a segment will be only approximately at the center of the conjunctiva. This difficulty will be much increased if there are some bends in the antennae. A second difficulty is to determine some point at the end of the segment from which the measurement will always be taken. This difficulty is most apparent with the first segment. This seg- ment is an irregular truncated cone with the sides of different lengths, and but little longer than the width across the base. It will be seen that the determination of the same points for the measurement of this segment would be nearly impossible. In the tables given the writer does not feel that the measure- ments of the first segment are dependable. Another difficulty in getting dependable formulae is the very slight difference in 314 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, the length of some of the segments compared to each other. A difference of only two or three microns is all that is found in some of the segments. It would be exceedingly difficult to eliminate inaccuracies to the extent that the formulae would not ba changed by them. Or in other words, the limit of error is so small that error, even with the greatest care, is bound to occur. Unconsciously the measurements would be made to conform to a given formula or to other measurements. The writer continually met this difficulty. The measurements given in Tables 6-10 were taken with an ocular micrometer at a magnification of 660 diameters. Much more accurate work was possible than would have been with a camera lucida. TABLE 6. PsEUDOcoccus crawii Coq. Specimen 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th Formulae I 60 65 67 67 74 77 55 53 38 48 46 41 48 48 103 106 83214765 83214(75)6 II 67 62 72 79 87 84 48 46 50 48 48 46 48 53 110 115 83215(647) 832175(64) III 60 62 72 67 74 79 53 53 58 48 46 48 50 50 108 108 83215476 832147(65) IV 70 70 72 77 94 96 55 46 58 53 53 48 48 48 108 118 83215467 83215(67)4 V 60 67 72 74 96 94 50 43 60 58 53 48 48 50 115 117 83215647 83215764 • VI 62 65 77 79 91 86 46 48 55 70 50 46 50 48 118 110 83215(67)4 83251(47)6 VIII 62 62 70 67 82 82 53 50 53 53 53 50 46 50 115 115 8321(456)7 83215(467) IX 60 60 67 70 74 74 48 48 55 65 48 '48 53 53 108 113 832157(64) 832157(64) X 60 58 67 67 79 77 48 48 50 52 46 43 50 48 108 108 8321(57)46 83215(47)6 XI 65 60 67 69 72 77 48 43 48 48 53 41 50 48 106 106 832167(45) 8321 (.57)46 An examination of the tables mentioned will show the great variation met with. Following herewith is a discussion of the tables of each species: — Crawii Coq. Formula (2, 3, 8) 5, 4, 7, 6, 1, Coq. West Am. Scientist '89. 19111 Specific Characters in Pseudococcus 315 There is no question about the determination of this species. They were all taken from one plant of white sage {Raniona polystachia) at Santa Paula, California. In the tables a formula is found which agrees with the one given by Coquillett. In but one specimen was the formula the same for the right and left antennae of the same individual. All the other formulae differed as much as the specifically diagnostic formulae pub- lished for all the species of Pseudococcus. LoNGispiNus Targ. Formula, (2, 3, 8) (1, 4, 5, 6) 7. New- stead, "British Coccidae." Vol. II. The specimens examined were taken from palms in the Horticultural Forcing-house of Cornell University. Of the ten specimens measured, the for- mulae of the right and left antennae of but one specimen were identical. No formula was found which agreed with the one given by Newstead. The formulae varied as much as the specifically diagnostic formulae published for all the species of Pseudococcus. TABLE 7. Pseudococcus LONGISPINUS Targ. Specimen 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th Formulae I 79 84 79 79 84 84 41 43 53 50 43 43 50 48 101 96 83(12)5746 8(31)257(64) II 65 67 72 67 79 74 36 38 41 46 38 36 46 43 103 101 83217564 83(12)5746 III 58 60 65 62 63 60 36 36 41 43 38 34 43 41 96 91 82317564 82(13)5746 IV 62 58 62 58 70 70 31 34 48 48 41 38 48 43 108 96 83 (21) (75)64 83(21)5764 V 55 58 72 72 67 65 29 36 SO 48 29 43 43 46 106 106 823157(46) 82315764 VI 62 60 72 77 74 74 43 46 60 58 46 48 48 48 106 106 83215764 82315(76)4 VII 74 72 72 82 74 91 48 50 62 62 43 46 43 48 101 103 8(13)254(67) 83215476 VIII 65 70 67 72 70 70 43 41 50 46 41 43 43 46 98 96 83215(47)6 82(31) (75)64 IX 55 60 65 65 65 65 36 34 48 50 38 41 46 43 101 101 8(32)15764 8(23)15764 X 62 62 72 70 65 65 43 41 58 48 41 43 48 43 101 103 82315746 82315(76)4 316 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, TABLE 8. PSEUDOCOCCUS AGRIFOUAE ESSIG. Specimen 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th Formulae I 94 89 77 82 74 74 50 53 55 55 50 53 48 ,,48 108 115 81235(46)7 81235(46)7 II 72 72 74 74 72 48 48 58 48 48 53 41 53 106 108 83(21)5(46)7 ■V 72 72 79 79 72 72 48 48 48 53 48 53 50 43 113 110 82(13)7(456) 82(13) (56)47 VII 72 72 82 82 72 70 53 53 60 60 50 50 48 53 115 118 82(13)5467 82135(47)6 VIII 74 72 72 70 74 79 89 89 48 48 53 98 108 98 74(13)265 (76)43125 XIII 74 77 91 84 82 82 65 65 70 72 55 60 48 53 113 115 82315467 82315467 XIV 82 79 82 79 74 77 53 50 60 65 53 50 55 50 110 120 8(12)357(46) 8(12)35(467) XVI 77 74 84 79 74 74 55 50 60 62 50 58 53 50 115 110 82135476 82(13)56(47) XVII 72 72 77 82 72 74 53 55 60 55 53 53 50 46 115 110 82(13)5(46)7 8231(45)67 Agrifoliae Essig. No formula is given in the description. The description refers however to the figures of the antennae for the relative length of the segments. Measuring the figure, the following formula is constructed, 7, 1, 3, 2, 4, 6, 5. The figure is evidently taken from a nymph, as this species has nor- mally eight segmented antennae. These specimens were all taken from a single oak tree {Quercus agrifoliae) at Santa Paula, California, and are from the lot of specimens that the type of the species was taken. In two specimens the for- mulae of the right and left antennae were found to be the same although the formula of each specimen is different. The for- mulae of the twenty antennae varied as much as the specific- ally diagnostic formulae published for the species of Pseudo- coccus. 1911] Specific Characters in Pseudococcus 317 TABLE 9 Pseudococcus citri Risso. Specimen 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th Formulae I 67 62 60 60 58 60 41 43 41 43 41 48 43 48 101 103 81237(456) 81 (23) (67) (45) 11 55 60 60 58 55 50 38 36 36 41 46 38 46 43 103 101 82(13) (67)45 81237564 III 60 60 67 65 72 72 41 41 48 48 46 46 55 53 106 108 83217564 83217564 IV 60 65 65 60 60 62 36 36 41 36 36 38 50 48 110 108 82(13)75(64) 813276(54) V 60 58 62 62 67 65 36 36 48 43 43 43 53 50 113 113 83217564 83217(65)4 VI 65 62 72 72 67 65 46 48 48 46 48 50 50 53 103 110 82317(56)4 82317645 VII 67 67 60 58 67 60 36 38 38 41 41 43 48 43 106 98 8(13)27654 8132(67)54 VIII 67 72 72 62 67 67 38 41 43 48 43 43 46 48 108 103 82(13)7(65)4 8132(75)64 IX 60 60 67 65 60 60 43 43 43 41 38 46 41 43 96 96 82(13) (45)76 82(13)6(74)5 X 67 67 67 65 72 67 41 43 41 48 41 46 50 48 108 108 83(12)7(456) 8(31)2(75)64 CiTRi Risso. Formula 6, 3, 2, 1, 5, (4, 6, 7) Newstead, "British Coccidae" Vol. II. The specimens of this species were taken from coleus in the Horticultural Forcing-houses of Cornell University. No formula was found that agreed with the one given by Newstead. In one specimen the formulae for the right and left antennae were identical. The formulae of the twenty antennae varied as much as the specifically diag- nostic formulae published for all the species of Pseudococcus. Obscurus Essig. Formula 8, 1, 3, 2, 4, 7, 5, 6. Essig, "Pomona Jour. Ent." '09. The specimens of this species were taken from an elder tree (Sambucus glaiica) at Santa Paula, California, and are from the lot of specimens that the type for the species was taken. In one specimen the formulae of the right and left antennae were identical. 318 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, TABLE 10. PsEUDOcoccus obscurus Essig. Specimen 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th Formulae I 84 65 72 67 77 65 41 53 58 58 41 96 53 103 813257(64) 62(31)54 II 84 72 72 75 79 84 48 43 55 53 46 43 48 48 84 98 (81)325(47)6 832157(64) ■ III 82 72 79 79 84 79 29 38 60 53 50 46 53 50 101 103 83125764 8(32)15764 IV 82 77 89 79 84 86 48 48 65 65 50 48 50 48 108 108 82315(67)4 83215(764) V 89 74 86 84 91 96 53 50 58 65 48 55 50 48 113 113 83125476 83215647 VI 79 74 74 72 82 82 38 36 65 60 41 41 50 48 106 98 83125764 83125764 VII 77 89 82 74 84 74 38 41 53 53 41 41 50 46 108 106 83215764 81(23)57(64) VIII 84 84 89 84 89 96 53 48 67 70 48 41 53 50 108 110 8(32)15(74)6 83(21)5746 IX 72 65 79 65 74 60 41 46 60 53 48 146 53 106 82315764 6(12)354 X 84 86 72 74 84 84 48 46 58 60 46 34 55 60 55;43 108 (13)25(78)469 8132(75)46 No formula was found agreeing with the one quoted. In specimen X the right antenna has nine segments and in spec- imen IX the left antenna has six segments. An examination of Table 1 shows that this specimen is the largest specimen studied, and as it was found in an egg mass it was undoubtedly an adult. Specimen I, which will be seen to be of normal size (Table 1), also had the left antenna with six segments. This variation in the number of segments was also noted in other specimens. The formulae of the twenty antennae measured varied as much as the specifically diagnostic formulae for all the species of Pseudoc6ccus, as well as one formula placing the specimen in the genus Phenacoccus and two formulae placing the specimens in the genus Ripersia. From the above review it will be readily seen that the rela- tive length of the segments of the antennae are valueless as specific characters. Other workers as well have found this 1911] Specific Characters in Pseudococcus 319 character very variable. Kellogg & Smith, '04, found that in twenty-five specimens of Cerepicto yuccae, a closely allied genus, no two formulae agreed, "and that there was practically as much variety in these formulae as there is among the eleven formulae published as specifically diagnostic for eleven North American species of the genera Cereputo and Phenacoccus." Again Tinsley, J. D., 'OS, in discussing the variation in the antennae of P. virgatus Ckll. gives eleven different formulae. Again the same author, 1900, in his description of a new species, P. texensis Tins., gives three different formulae. Ehrhorn, Edw. M., 1900, in his description of a new species, P. maritimiis Ehr., gives four formulae. The universal use of antennal for- mulae in descriptions is unfortunate, as this has given an excuse for the creation of new species and is valueless in analytical tables for the determination of specimens. The sooner that the valuelessness of this character is realized by systematists describing new species of this genus, the sooner will a search for valuable characters be begun and a serious mistake in taxonomy be corrected. Legs. Tables 11-15. The length of the legs is used to quite an extent in descriptions. Their length compared to the length of the antennae is often stated, also the length of the dift'erent segments compared with each other. They are often spoken of as long and strong. The presence of hairs is often noted, also that of knobbed digitules. For the study of the legs five specimens of each species were used. They were the same specimens that were used in the study of the antennae. The measurements of the different segments are the greatest length of these segments, so that the sum of the lengths of the different segments will be greater than the length of the leg. Like the basal segment of the antennae, the coxa is very difficult to measure and the results are not entirely reliable. At the right hand side of the tables, formulae are appended. These formulae are constructed in the same man- ner as the antennal formulae. The segments are numbered in order beginning with the coxa. The formulae show but little if any more satisfactory results for specific determination than do the formulae of the antennae. The formulae of each pair of legs for each of the species will be discussed together. 320 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Prothoracic Legs. In crawii Coq. and citri Risso the third segment is always the longest, the fourth segment coming next in order. In the remaining three species the third segment is usually the longest but may be equal to or less than the fourth segment. The first segment is always third in order in the formulae. In no species does the second segment bear any fixed relation to the fifth. The sixth segment is always much the shortest and comes last in order iq^ the formulae. Mesothoracic Legs. In crawit Coq. the third segment is always the longest. In the other species the position of the third and fourth segments vary in relation to each other. The first segment always comes third in the formulae. The second and fifth segments vary in relation to each other in each of the species. The sixth segment always comes last in the formulae. Metathoracic Legs. In obscurus Essig and citri Risso the fourth segment is usually longer than the third. In obscurus Essig an exception is seen to this in the right leg of Specimen XL In obscurus Risso an exception is seen to this in specimen VII. In the other species the fourth segment is always longer than the third. The first segment always comes third in the formulae. In no species do the second and third segments bear any fixed relation to each other. The sixth segment is always much the shortest and comes last in the formulae. It will be seen from the above discussion that the variation in the formulae is too great for them to be of service in specific determination. Exceptions are found to any generalization that might be made. The limits within which there can be variation are so small that the variations are almost sure to go beyond these limits. Other parts of the legs as setae, digitules, etc., apparently offer no characters of a specific nature. 1911] Specific Characters in Pseudococctis 321 TABU 5 IL PSEUDOCOCCUS CRAVVII COQ ■ Seg- ment Spec- imen Side Coxa Tr. Fe- mur Tibia Tar- sus Claws Formulae I Rt. Lft. 192 198 120 120 288 288 252 252 114 108 39 36 341256 341256 o IV Rt. Lft. 240 228 126 120 312 318 248 276 120 120 42 42 341256 341(25)6 a o XI V Rt. Lft. 228 222 120 120 276 270 240 240 108 108 42 42 341256 341256 VIII Rt. Lft. 210 210 120 120 276 282 216 216 108 108 30 30 341256 341256 IX Rt. Lft. 204 114 288 252 114 36 341(25)6 I Rt. Lft. 204 210 120 126 312 312 264 270 114 114 39 42 341256 341256 o IV Rt. Lft. 246 234 120 126 324 336 306 312 120 120 42 42 341(25)6 341256 1 o ■ V Rt. Lft. 240 228 120 120 300 300 276 282 114 114 42 42 3412,56 341256 0) VIII Rt. Lft. 216 222 120 120 294 300 270 270 114 114 33 33 34125(i 341256 IX Rt. Lft. 210 216 120 120 294 300 276 288 120 120 36 36 341(25)6 341(25)6 I Rt. Lft. 222 222 126 126 330 330 342 336 114 114 42 45 431256 431256 1 IV Rt. Lft. 252 258 132 138 360 348 390 390 132 132 48 48 431(25)6 4312,56 2 o V Rt. Lft. 240 240 126 126 330 330 360 360 120 120 42 42 4312.56 431256 VIII Rt. Lft. 216 216 126 126 306 306 336 354 126 126 36 36 431(25)6 431(25)6 IX Rt. Lft. 240 240 132 132 336 342 366 360 132 132 39 39 431(25)6 431(25)6 322 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, TABLE 12. PSEUDOCOCCUS CITRI Risso. Seg. ment Spec- imen Side Coxa Tr. Fe- mur Tibia Tar- sus Claws Formulae I Rt. Lft. 174 174 90 90 210 104 186 180 90 90 24 24 341(25)6 413(25)6 o III Rt. Lft. 198 192 90 90 234 240 210 210 96 96 24 21 341526 341526 o o u a, IV Rt. Lft. 180 180 90 96 216 222 192 192 84 96 24 24 341256 341(25)6 vr Rt. Lft. 138 138 84 84 186 186 174 174 84 84 24 24 341(25)6 341(25)6 VII Rt. Lft. 174 174 90 90 210 210 192 192 90 96 24 24 341(25)6 341526 I Rt. Lft. 180 186 90 96 234 228 102 102 27 27 341526 III Rt. Lft. 210 210 102 102 264 264 240 246 102 102 30 30 341(25)() 341(25)0 S o J! O IV Rt. Lft. 186 174 102 102 240 240 234 228 96 96 24 24 341256 341256 ID VI Rt. Lft. 144 156 90 90 210 210 210 210 96 96 .30 30 (34)1526 (34)1526 VII Rt. Lft. 180 180 96 90 240 234 228 216 96 99 27 27 341(25)6 341526 I Rt. Lft. 196 196 96 96 234 240 234 248 108 108 30 30 (34)1526 431526 O III Rt. Lft. 222. 216 114 108 276 276 282 282 108 108 30 33 431256 431(25)6 2 o IV Rt. Lft. 192 192 108 108 258 258 270 270 108 108 30 30 431(25)6 431(25)6 VI Rt. Lft. 168 168 96 96 216 228 228 240 108 108 30 30 431526 431526 VII Rt. Lft. 186 194 102 92 252 252 252 246 102 102 30 30 (34)1(25)6 341526 1911] Specific Characters in Pseudococciis 323 TABLE 13. PsEUDOcoccus longispinus Targ. Seg- ment Spec- imen Side Coxa Tr. Fe- mur Tibia Tar- sus Claws Formulae VI Rt. L£t. 162 180 96 96 240 240 240 240 102 102 24 24 (34)1526 (34)1526 VII Rt. Lft. 216 216 114 114 270 270 240 240 108 108 24 24 341256 341256 o VIII Rt. Lft. 168 180 96 96 234 234 216 216 108 108 30 27 341526 341526 IX Rt. Lft. 156 156 102 96 216 216 204 204 90 96 24 24 341256 341(25)6 X Rt. Lft. 180 180 96 96 240 240 240 240 108 108 24 24 (43)1526 (43)1526 VI Rt. Lft. 180 180 108 102 264 264 252 270 114 114 30 30 341526 431526 o VII Rt. Lft. 222 224 120 120 300 300 294 294 120 120 30 30 341(25)6 341(25)6 u o o VIII Rt. Lft. 192 192 108 108 258 252 240 240 108 108 30 30 341(25)6 .341(25)6 (1> IX Rt. Lft. 162 162 102 102 228 228 240 234 108 108 30 80 431526 431526 X Rt. Lft. 192 186 108 108 264 270 264 264 108 108 30 30 (34)1(25)6 341(25)6 VI Rt. Lft. 204 204 114 120 306 300 348 360 120 120 30 30 431526 431(52)6 VII Rt. Lft. 240 240 132 132 312 318 348 354 120 120 30 30 431256 431256 o VIII Rt. Lft. 210 204 114 114 288 282 306 300 114 120 30 30 431(52)6 431526 2 IX Rt. Lft. 180 180 108 108 252 258 294 300 120 120 30 30 431526 431526 X Rt. Lft. 204 198 120 114 300 300 318 324 114 114 30 30 431256 431(25)6 324 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, TABLE 14. PsEUDOcoccus obscurus Essig. Seg- ment Spec- imen Side Coxa Tr. Fe- mur Tibia Tar- sus Claws Formulae IV Rt. Lft. 186 180 102 102 264 270 258 264 102 102 24 27 341(25)6 341(25)6 V Rt. Lft. 198 204 96 96 258 264 258 258 108 108 30 27 (34)1526 341526 t3 U o VII Rt. Lft. 156 150 90 90 240 246 240 234 114 102 30 30 (34)1526 341526 (1. VIII Rt. Lft. 180 180 102 102 264 264 258 258 108 108 30 30 341526 341526 XI Rt. Lft. 180 180 102 102 258 270 246 258 102 102 24 24 341(25)6 341(25)6 IV Rt. Lft. 198 192 108 108 300 300 312 312 114 114 30 30 431526 431526 V Rt. Lft. 210 210 120 120 300 300 312 312 114 114 30 .30 431256 4312.56 o o VII Rt. Lft. 150 150 96 102 288 282 108 108 30 30 .341.526 VIII Rt. Lft. 204 210 108 108 300 300 312 306 108 114 33 30 431(25)6 431526 XI Rt. Lft. 180 180 120 108 300 300 294 288 108 108 30 30 341256 341(25)6 IV Rt. Lft. 228 210 120 120 330 330 360 360 120 120 30 30 431(25)6 431(25)6 V Rt. Lft. 222 228 120 120 330 330 366 360 120 120 30 30 431(25)6 431(25)6 o +-> VII Rt. Lft. 210 204 120 108 300 300 330 330 114 114 30 30 431256 431526 VIII Rt. Lft. 216 216 114 120 224 230 360 360 120 120 30 30 431526 431(25)6 XI Rt. Lft. 210 210 120 120 324 318 318 330 120 120 30 33 341(25)6 431(25)6 1911] Specific Characters in Pseudococcus 325 TABLE 15. Pseudococcus agrifoliae Essig. Seg- ment Spec- imen Side Coxa Tr. Fe- mur Tibia Tar- sus Claws Formulae VIII Rt. Lft. 208 200 112 104 256 248 216 216 96 88 32 32 341256 341256 X Rt. Lft. 224 232 120 120 280 288 272 286 96 88 32 32 341256 341256 g o o u XIII Rt. Lft. 248 240 120 120 288 288 304 304 96 96 32 32 431256 431256 XIV Rt. Lft. 216 112 280 272 104 32 3412.56 XVI Rt. Lft. 224 232 112 112 260 280 264 264 96 104 32 32 341256 341256 VIII Rt. Lft. 208 200 120 112 288 280 288 272 112 112 32 32 (34)1256 341(25)6 X Rt. Lft. 232 240 128 312 312 104 112 36 36 (34)1256 o o XIII Rt. Lft. 240 240 120 124 328 328 336 336 104 104 36 36 431250 431250 XIV Rt. Lft. 232 224 120 120 296 296 296 304 112 112 32 32 (34)1256 431256 XVI Rt. Lft. 216 224 112 120 304 312 304 296 112 112 32 32 (34)1(25)6 341256 VIII Rt. Lft. 224 216 128 128 312 304 344 320 120 120 36 36 431256 431256 o '5 X Rt. Lft. 248 248 128 128 352 346 432 424 120 120 36 36 431256 431256 2 o XII Rt. Lft. 256 264 128 136 360 432 112 40 431256 01 XIV Rt. Lft. 248 232 128 120 336 312 366 366 120 120 36 36 431256 431(25)6 XVI Rt. Lft. 232 240 128 128 328 320 360 354 120 120 32 32 431256 431256 Marginal Wax Filaments. The number, length and stoutness of the marginal wax filaments is a character often used. The length of the filaments compared to the length of the body and to each other is the form most used. The favor- ite character for separating longispinus Targ. and citri Risso is the extreme length of the caudal filaments in the former. 326 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, This character refers to specimens before treatment with caustic potash. Only a slight study has been made of this character because living specimens of three of the five species studied were not available. A difference however has been noted between citri Risso and longispinus Targ., in the former the appendages are robust and covered with granules of wax, in the latter the appendages are slender and do not have granules upon them, being more linear and wire like. The objection to the use of this character in the deter- mination of species is the ease with which the filaments are removed and the danger that the specimens consequently would not be in a natural condition. Also in recently moulted specimens the normal waxy covering would not be formed. The length of the caudal filaments in longispinus Targ. is evi- dently a good character if the specimens can be examined in a normal condition. Anal Lobes. — The anal lobes are frequently mentioned as being faintly indicated, normal or prominent. Also the presence of one or more setae is occasionally used. The observations made upon the segmentation of specimens would apply very largely to a discussion of the anal lobes. As a specimen becomes older and more distended with eggs the anal lobes become less prominent. Consequently in the use of this character the age of the individual would have to be care- fully considered. In the setae of the anal lobes there is evi- dently a good character. (Tables 1-5). Upon each anal lobe there are generally several setae. One of these, however, is much longer and more robust than the others and is usually situ- ated at the caudal extremity of the lobe. This is the seta referred to in the tables and discussion. The variation in the length of this seta is considerable, but the limits of variation are so great that this does not lessen the value of the character. The com- parison of the length of this seta to the length of the setae of the anal ring is probably the most useful way of expressing the character. Setae of the Anal Ring. — The number of setae on the anal ring is a generic character and although often given in descrip- tions is of no importance as a specific character. Their length compared to some other part of the insect is seldom mentioned. However, the length of these setae is a very promising specific character. The variation is considerable but not so 1911] Specific Characters in Pseudococcus 327 great as to nullify the usefulness of the character. To deter- mine the distal termination of the setae is sometimes difficult, but it can be done with considerable accuracy. Another difficulty is that the distal end of the setae have a tendency to curl, but in spite of this and the above mentioned factor the length of a seta can usually be ciuite accurately measured. As stated above the comparison of the length of the setae of the anal ring with the setae of the anal lobes is probably the most available way to use this character. In agrijoliae Essig considerable variation is found and the character is hardly satisfactory. The setae of this species are especiall}' difficult to measure because they are not robust. Dermis. — The presence of setae and groups of spinnerets upon the dermis is a character commonly noted. This is usually not given enough in detail to be of assistance in the separation of species. Ec;(;-Sac. — Considerable use is made of the egg laying habits of the species. Whether the egg-sac is of a fibrous nature or is a mealy secretion is often stated. Also its presence or absence is noted, depending whether the species is ovo- viviparous or oviparous. If a study of specimens of Pseudococcus can be made with the insects in a natural condition, the manner of oviposition is a good specific character. Whether a species is ovoviviparous or oviparous is not always a sharply separated condition, for an individual may give birth to living young and also deposit eggs. However, the formation of an egg sac is an indication that a species is oviparous and the formation of this egg-sac is constant for the species. In a normally ovoviviparous form a mealy secretion which is distinctly of a fibrous nature is made upon the plant. Crawii Coq. and longispinus Targ. do not form a distinct egg-sac but form a mealy secretion upon the plant. Citri Risso and obscurus Essig form an egg-sac of con- siderable size. Agrijoliae Essig forms an egg-sac but not so extensive a one as the last two named species. The writer is working on a monograph of the North Amer- ican species of this genus. He would be glad to exchange specimens of Coccidae for species of Pseudococcus not now in his collection. Correspondence to this end is invited. 328 Annals Entotnological Society of America [Vol. IV, CORRECTIONS TO MY PAPER IN THE JUNE (1911) ISSUE OF THE ANNALS E. S. A. By Charles H. T. Townsend, Piura, Peru. In a paper about to be published re\aewing the results set forth in Pantel's 1910 publication in La Cellule, I stated that the said results were entirely unknown to me at the time of sending in the last proofs and corrections, including the addenda, to my paper in the June (1911) issue of the Annals of the Entomological Society of America. Largely due to this fact but also in part to a regretable haste to present as complete a statement of results to date as possible, I have com- mitted several errors that must be corrected. Aside from certain typographical errors which will be apparent, the following brief state- ments will serve to cover the points in question: I should have stated that the spermathecae are "usually" three in number. Pantel has shown that Chaetotachina rustica has only one spcrmatheca, and Siphona (Pantel et al.) has onl}' two. (Page 127.) The uterovagina is a vaginal tube which functions anteriorly as a fertilizing but non-incubating uterus when the incubating uterus is absent. It may be pointed out that fertilization is a true function of the muscoid uterus, quite as much so as incubation. The eggs must be held for a certain time to insure fertilization. (Page 127.) Phasia has no uterus and deposits flattened macrotype eggs on host (Pantel). Alophora has likewise no uterus, but evidently deposits its elongate eggs subcutaneously in host (Pantel). Each is the type of a distinct tribe or group vmit. (Page 128). Compsilura, Eucelatoria and allies have a separate piercer and larvipositor in the female. Pantel has first properly described these organs in Compsilura, and I have verified his results in Eucelatoria. The larvipositor is a short subconical membranous tube approximated to the upper base of the elongate curved piercer. The maggots arc ejected through the larv'ipositor within the puncture in the skin of the host made by the piercer. This is more fully explained in the paper above mentioned reviewing Pantel's results, where are also given the functions of the ventral carina of the female. (Pages 130, 140.) The Peruvian species which I referred to Tricholyga proves to be a typical Euphorocera, truly congeneric with E. tachinomoides T. of the Southwest. (E. claripennis of Coqt. is not a Euphorocera.) (Page 131.) It is probably a mistake to suppose the existence of a special mem- branous anal pad for attachment of the maggots of the Hystriciinae to 1911] Annas Entomological Society of America 329 plant surfaces. This is evidently effected by the chorion in whole or part, probably including the vitelline membrane. (Pages 131, 132, 133, 134.) The Myiophasiine flies are parasites of weevil grubs in buds as well as fruits, as for example cotton buds (squares) and doubtless buds of other plants. (Page 136.) It seems probable that the Cuterebrine flies have a uterus in which the eggs are partially incubated. The hinged lid of egg is at the cephalic end. (Page 137.) The piercer-like organ of the female of Emphanopteryx is probably functional in piercing the skin of the host, but this has yet to be demonstrated. (Page 140.) Celatoria probably has the piercer and lar\npositor as separate organs. (Pages 140, 141.) Phasiatacta has the chorion with alveolae (not areoles) gathered around a dorsal opaque area. (Page 144.) Pyrrhosia evidently can not go in the tribe Eumyobiini, since Pantel has shown that it has the eggs and maggots regularly arranged in the uterus. (Page 147.) Certain of the above points are brought out fully in the paper referred to as reviewing Pantel's results, besides many other important points in connection with the subject. A certain number of the series given represents subfamilies, but the great majority corresponds to tribes. Each series name given in the paper should have the final "E" changed to "I" and serve as the name of a tribe, each tribe taking as its type the type species of the genus from which its name is derived. At least seven families and twenty subfamiHes should be recognized in the Muscoidea on the basis of our present knowledge, but it is premature to attempt to define these at present, for further knowledge of the many fonns yet to be investigated will quite certainly modify our present conceptions. The article in "Science" on "Muscoid and especially Tachinid Synonymy" appeared in the issue for June 2, 1911. This and the forthconmig review of Pantel's 1910 paper, which review also includes, correlation of results secured by Portchinski a quarter-century ago,, taken with the present corrections and the paper to which they refer,, will present a fairly complete general statement of the progress of this, work up to the early part of the present year. So far as known to me. Further and more extended papers are in preparation. July 31, 1911. 330 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV ENTOMOLOGICAL MEETINGS, DECEMBER, 1911. The next annual meeting of the Entomological Society of America will be held during Convocation Week at Washington, D. C, on Tuesday, December 26th, and the forenoon of Wednesday, December 27th. The annual public lecture of the Society will be held on Wednesday evening. This lecture will be delivered by Professor J. H. Comstock, of Cornell University. His subject will be "On Some Biological Features of Spiders." Plans are already underway for the meeting and the attention of members is called to the matter at this time so that they may know that every effort possible is being made to make it an instructive and interesting meeting. Every member should plan to be present at the opening meeting. The annual ineeting of the American Association of Economic Entomologists and of the Association of Official Horticultural Inspec- tors will be held at the same place during this week. The address of the President of the American Association of Economic Entomologists will be held Wednesday afternoon, the sessions for the reading of papers on Thursday, and Friday forenoon. The Horticultural Inspec- tors will hold their opening session on Thursday evening and other meetings on Friday afternoon. The Secretary will be glad to furnish members desiring to recommend candidates for membership with the necessary blanks. Alex. D. M.^cGillivray, Secretary-Treasurer, 604 East John St., Champaign, Illinois. NOTICE TO MEMBERS AND CONTRIBUTORS. The Annals of the Entomological Society of America will be published by the Society quarterly and will include the Proceed- ings of the Annual meetings and such papers as may be selected by the Editorial Board. Papers ma}' be submitted to any member of the Editorial Board and should be as nearly as possible in the form desired as final, preferably typewritten, and illustrations must be finished complete ready for reproduction. Plates must not exceed 5x7 inches unless intended to fold. In general, papers to be accepted must be original, complete and previously unpublished and, ex- cept in connection with the proceedings, it will not be the policy to publish preliminarj' announcements or notes. Authors will be allowed fifty reprints gratis and additional copies at cost to the Society. Requests for information as to membership and the annual subscription and dues of members may be sent to the Secretary- Treasurer, A. D. MacGillivray, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. Communications relating to the Annals, and all orders for separate copies or reprints should be addressed to the Managing Editor or to Annals of the Entomological Society of Amer- ica, Biological Building, O. S. U., Columbus, Ohio. CONTENTS OF THIS NUMBER. Hilton, W. A. — The Structure of the Central Nerv- ous System of Corydalis Larva 219 Forbes, W. T. M. — A Structural Study of the Cater- pillars. — II. The Sphingidae 261 Palmer, Miriam A. — Some Notes on Heredity in the Coccinellid Genus Adalia Mulsaut 283 Smith, P. E. — Specific Characters Used in the Genus Pseudococcus 309 ToWNSEND, C. H. — Corrections to My Paper in the June (191 1 ) Issue of the Annals. 328 Announcement of Annual Meeting in Washington 330 The regular annual subscription price for the Annals is, in the United States, Cuba, Porto Rico, Hawaii and Mexico, $3.00; Canada, $3.50^ other countries, $4.00. Checks, drafts or money orders should be drawn payable to Annals Entomological Society of America, and addressed to Biological Building, O. S. U., Columbus, Ohio, U. S. A. Volume IV. Number 4. ANNALS The Entomological Society of America DECEMBER, 191 1 EDITORIAL BOARD J. H. COMSTOCK, L. O. HOWARD, Ithaca, N. Y. Washington, J). C. C. J. S. BETHUNE, W. M. WHEELER, GuELPH, Ontario, Canada. Boston, Mass. C. W. JOHNSON, P. P. CALVERT, Boston, Mass. Phii,adei,phia, Pa. V. L. KELLOGG, J. W. FOLSOM, STANFORD Univ., Cai.. Urbana, Ills, HERBERT OSBORN, Managing Editor, Columbus, Ohio. PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE SOCIETY COLUMBUS. OHIO Entered at second class matter April 1 1, 1908, at the Post Office at Columbus, Ohio, under the Act of Congress of March 3, 1879. ^ The Entomological Society of America. FOUNDED 1906. ornoERS 1911. Pr«j»ien<— Herbert Osborn Columbus, Ohio First Vice-President — Lawrence Bruner Lincoln, Nebraska Second Vice-President— A. D. MacGillivray Ithaca, New York Secretary-Treasurer— A. D. MacGillivray Ithaca, New York Executive Committee— Tbe Officers, and J. H. Comstock, W. M. Wheelbs, J. B. Smith, C. J. S. Bethune, Henry Skinner, A. D. Hopkins. Committee on Nomenclature— K. T. Fernald, E. P. Pelt, T. D. A. COCKERELL. Price List of Publications. Annals, Vols. I, II and III, complete, each $3.00 Annals, Vols. I and II, Parts 1, 2 and 4, each 1.00 Annals. Vols. I and II, Part 3, each 50 ■ REPRINTS FROM VOLUME 11. Comstock, J. H.— A Note on the Habits of the Wall-bee Chalicodoma Muraria . 10 Petrunkevitch, A. — Contributions to Dur Knowledge of the Anatomy and Relationships of Spiders 15 Girault, a. Arsene — A Monographic Catalogue of the Mymarid Genus Camptoptera Foerster, with Description of One New North America Form ■ ■ 15 Davis, John J. — Studies on Aphididae II 20 Hilton, Willlam A.— The Tracheal Supply in the Central Nervous System of the Larva of Corydalis Comuta 25 Nelson, Jas. A. — Evolution and Adaption in the Palpus of Male Spiders 15 Webster, F. M.^Investigations of Toxoptera Graminum and Its Parasites . . .25 Hayhurst, Paul— Observations on a Gall Aphid (Aphis Atriplicis L.) .15 Patch, Edith M.— Homologies of the Wing Veins of the Aphididae Psyllidae, Aleurodidae, and Coccidae 50 HiNE, James S.— Robberflies of the Genus Asilus 50 Chamberlin, Ralph V. — Some Records of North American Geophilidae and Lithobiidae, with Description of New Species 25 Davis, John J. — Two New Genera and Species of Aphididae 10 Poulton, Prof. E. B.— Mimicry in the Butterflies of North America 60 Townsend, Chas. H. T.— Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Tachinidae 10 CoCKERELL, T. D. A.— Fossil Insects from Florissant 10 McGiLLrvRAY, A. D.— A Synopsis of the North American Species of Scoli- oneurinae 20 Hambleton, J. C— Life History of Coizus Lateralis Say 10 For Reprints from Volume I, see preceding Number. Address ANNALS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, Biological Building, State Univ., Columbus, Ohio. ANNALS OF The Entomological Society of America Volume IV DECEMBER, 1911 Number 4 MONOGRAPH OF THE GALL-MAKING CYNIPID^ (CYNIPIN^J OF CALIFORNIA. By David T. Fullaww. INTRODUCTION. All the gall-making species of the hymenopterous family Cynipidae are included in the natural group or division Cynipinse. Other members of the family, which is well repre- sented in California, are parasitic on dipterous, coleopterous, and wood-boring hymenopterous larvae.* The gall-making species have been collected and studied by a number of American students, including Osten-Sacken, Bassett, Ashmead, Gillette and others, but previously no thorough systematic collecting of the galls or flies has ever been attempted to the writer's knowledge, and the descriptions of the California species are scattered through the various entomological periodicals of the past thirty-five or forty years. In 1906, Miss Rose W. Patterson, (now Mrs. C. B. Blakeman), a student of entomology in Stanford University, under the direction of Professor Kellogg, began a systematic collection of the galls occurring in the vicinity of Stanford University and of San Jose, California, which extended through several years, the range of her collecting being widened on several occasions by excursions into the northern part of the state. To these collections there were added the contributions of students and other interested persons from different sections. Specimens bred from this material were carefully labelled and preserved by Miss Patterson with voluminous notes, but her removal from the university prevented the completion of the work of identification and description, and the whole collection, was recently turned over to the writer to be worked up. The * They are also recorded from Hemerobius and Aphidaj. 331 332 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Stanford collection, which includes eighteen undescribed spe- cies, forms the basis of the present work, in which it is attempted to bring together in monographic form all the Cali- fornian species. The table for genera and generic definitions have been adapted from Dalla Torre and Kieffer's monographs, from which much of the nomenclatorial data has also been derived. The author is greatly indebted to Professor Kellogg, under whose direction the work was performed, and to Mr. William A. Beutenmuller and Professor C. P. Gillette, who have compared specimens of doubtful identity with types in their possession, for helpful suggestions and advice during the progress of the work. Fam. CYNIPID.4];. Subfam. cynipin.^;. Cynipidcs, Pscnides, Inquilin;c. T. Hartig, Zeits. f. Ent., vol. 2 (1840), p. 187,' 1<)7. Cyniphoidca-. A. For.ster, Vcrh. Zool. Ges. Wien, vol. 10 (1860), p. ,320, no. 2. Cynii)ina. C. G. Thomson, Opusc. Ent., vol. 8 (1877), p. 778. Cynipinje, Inquilinae. Ashmoad, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 1,3 (1886), p. 60. Cynipina;. Dalla Torre, Cat. Hymen,, vol. 2 (1893), p. 37. Body rugose, shagreened or punctate, rarely entirely smooth. Scutcllum without cu]3S, sometimes with deep impression on disc but not ctip-shaped. Wings usually with three inore or less complete cubital cells, cubitus arising in the middle of the basal vein (in one species wanting altogether). Areolet closer to base of radial cell than middle. Second segirient of posterior tarsi without spine. Four first abdominal tergites of unequal size, second nearly always at least half as long as abdomen. Stemites ordinarily more or less visible. Hypopy- gium usually teminating in a point, ventral valve at least as long as broad, sometimes plowshare-shaped. Phytophagous species, living in galls. KEY TO GENERA. 1 Wings more or less foreshortened, not reaching beyond the middle of the abdomen 2 Wings normally developed 3 2 Thorax covered with a dense pubescence, flat, closely punctate; mcsonotum glabrous in the middle; antennae 12-segmented. Galls on QKeniis. . . . 5 Trichoteras .\shm. Thorax only sparsely pubescent, evenly rugose or wrinkled; antennae 13-14 segmented. Galls on Quercus 1 Biorhiza Westw. 3 1st abdominal segment longitudinally striate, 2d and 3rd segments con- nate; face radiately striate; ventral valve short. Inquilines in galls on Quercus 9 Synergus Hartig 1st abdominal segment smooth 4 4 Face with two parallel ridges from insertion of antennae to clypeus; antennae 9 12-14 segmented, d' 14-15 segmented; scutellum with liasal fovea?; radial cell closed. Inquilines in galls on Quercus. . 10 Ceroptres Hartig Face without such ridges 5 1911] Cynipidce of California 333 5 Hypopygium plowshare-sliaped, tarsal claws simple 6 Hypopygium not usually produced, truncate and ending usually in a short spine (ventral valve) 8 6 Scutellutn without foveae; radial cell open on costal margin; abdomen microscopically reticulate. Galls on Rosa 15 Lytorhodites Kieff. Scutellum usually with basal foveaj; abdomen without microscopic reticulation 7 7 Radial cell closed. Galls on Rosa 14 Rhodites Hartig Radial cell open. Galls on Quercus 13 Compsodryoxenus Ashm. 8 Suture separating mcsonolum and scutellum wanting, the latter without fovejE, anterior margin not elevated in a ridge, an arcii:iie transverse groove delimiting mesonotum posteriorly, parapsidal grooves wanting or not distinctly percurrent. Galls on Quercus 2 Neuroterus Hartig Suture separating mesonotum and scutellum, anterior margin of latter elevated to form a ridge & 9 Body covered with silky pile, aVjdomcn dorsally sometimes glabrous; radial cell open. Galls on Quercus 6 Cynips L. Abdomen glabrous, 2nd segment alone sometimes sparsely pubescent laterally at base 10 10 Radial cell closed; pronotum not medially contracted 11 Radial cell open or partly open on costal margin; pronotum sometimes medially contracted 12 11 Mesonotum wholly smooth. Galls on Rubus 12 Diastrophus Hartig Mesonotum not wholly smooth; antennae 12-segmented. Intjuilincs in galls on Rosa and Quercus 11 Periclistus Forst. 12 2nd abdominal segment produced linguiform on dorsum; parapsidal grooves percurrent; base of scutellum with an arcuate transverse groove; ridges on metanotum arcuate; claws bidentate. Galls on Quercus 3 Diplolepis L. Geoffr. 2nd abdominal segment not produced linguiform 13 13 Claws simple, sometimes ob.scurely dentate, but then antennae slenderer at apical third than at middle, and metanotal ridges angularly curved. Galls on Quercus 8 Callirhytis Forst. Claws bidentate; antennae not slenderer at apical third than at middle; metanotal ridges straight and parallel, or arcuate 14 14 Scutellum l:)asally with arcuate transverse groove; parapsidal grooves incomplete; head and thorax densely pubescent; Galls on Quercus 4 Disholcaspis D. T. & Kieff. Scutellum with basal foveae; parapsidal grooves percurrent. Galls on Quercus' 7 Andricus Hartig 1 BIORHIZA Wcstw. Biorhiza, Westwood, Intr. Classif. Ins., vol. 2 Syn. (1840), p. 56. Philonix, A, Fitch, 5th Rep. Ins. N. York (1859), p. 3. Wings in agamic generation wanting or very rudimentary, in sexual female very rudimentary, in male always present. Antennae of female 13-14 segmented, of male 15-segmented, 3rd segment longer than the 4th, in male often strongly excised, succeeding segments progressively shorter but all longer than broad. Pronotum narrow in the middle, mesonotum in wingless generation only partly smooth and shining, in generation with developed and rudimentary wings usually entirely so, parapsidal grooves complete or little marked, scutellum in wingless generation with a transverse groove at base, in female with rudimentary wings, with weak foveas separated by a carina, in generation with devel- oped wings, with two sharply separated foveae. Abdomen large, lat- erally compressed or globose, smooth or pubescent, ventral spine short. Tarsal claws bidentate. 334 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Biorhiza califomica (Beutenm.) Philonix califomica, Beutenmiiller, Ent. News, vol. 22 (1911), p. 69. "Female. Head pitchj^ brown black, minutely rugose with scat- tered, short hairs. Antenna; 13-jointed; first joint stout, cj'lindrical ; second joint shorter, stout and rounded at the tip ; third joint very long and slender; fourth, fifth and sixth joints slender and shorter than the third; remaining joints gradually becoming shorter and thicker toward the thirteenth, all pitchy brown and pubescent. Thorax pitchy brown or dull rufous, evenh^ rugose, somewhat wrinkled and with a few scat- tered hairs. Parapsidal grooves very fine and somewhat lost in the rough surface anteriorly, convergent at the scutellum. Scutelltun evenly rugose like the thorax, and of the same color. Abdomen com- pressed, convex at the sides and rather sharply keeled on the dorsum and venter, dark pitchy brown, smooth and shining. Legs pitchy bro's^Ti, somewhat paler than the abdomen and pubescent. Wings aborted, not extending to the middle of the abdomen. Length 1 mm. ^ "Gall. On the upper surface of the leaves of a species of white oak. Monothalamous. Rounded, flattened disc-like, becoming slightly elevated toward the middle. The sides are flat and very thin, and the gall rests closely on the leaf. The larva lives in the center of the elevated part. The color is pinkish or purplish, with the apex sometimes j^ellow- ish. Width, 3 to 4 mm. Height, 1 mm. "Habitat. Kern Co., California, January." (Wm. Beutenmiiller.) I have not seen specimens; the type is in the National Museum. 2 NEUROTERUS Hartig. C>Tiips (part.), Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. 10 (1758). p. 343, 553. Ncuroterus, Spathegaster, Hartig, Zeits. f. Ent., vol. 2 (1840), p. 1S5, 192, 186, 194. Ameristus, A. Forster, Verb. Zool. Ges. Wien, vol. 19 Abh. (1869), p. 330, 3.33. Dolichostrophus, Ashmead, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 14 (1887), p. 129 nota. Head, thorax and scuteUum smooth or microscopically retictdate and shining. Parapsidal grooves wanting or very indistinct. Meso- notum not separated from scutellum by a suttire, posterior margin with an arcuate recess or indention, a broad transverse groove at base of scu- tellum. AntenncB of female 13-14 segmented, of male 14-1.5 segmented. Abdomen large and subpetiolate in female, small and with a long petiole in male. Wings of male verj- long, usually shorter in female. Radial cell nearly alwaj^s open and very long. In galls on Quercus. Neuroterus quercus-batatus (Fitch). Cynips quercus-batatus, A. Fitch, 5th Rep. Ins. X. York (1859), p. 30. Neuroterus batatus, G. Mayr, Gen. Gallenb. Cynip. (1881), p. 37. Neuroterus quercus-batatus, Dalla Torre & Kieffer, Das Ticrreich, lief. 24 Cynipida (1910), p. 334. Female. Black, shining, mouth-parts, base of antenna?, legs bcA'Ond tibiae and at joints above, tegiJa?, pedicle and ovipositor brown- ish. Head faintly rugose, face pubescent, antennae 13-segmented, 1911] CynipidcE of CalifoDiia 335 fuscous to black, except three first segments, which are brown, only slightly pubescent, 1st and 2nd seginents stout, 2nd the same width throughout, 3rd segment longest, not as 1 and 2 together, 3rd and 4th very slender, becoming thicker and shorter outwardly to 7th, S-12 subequal, last only a little longer than penultimate. Thorax micro- scopically reticulate, mcsonotum withoixt parapsidal grooves but with two rather large basal depressions separated by a median ridge, scutellum without basal foveje, smooth, sparsely pubescent, sculpturing on mesonotum and scutellum excessively fine, on pleura and prothorax somewhat coarse. Abdomen smooth, shining, much compressed, about as broad as long, ovipositor exserted. Wings hyaline, pubescent, subcostal, radial, basal and cross-veins distinct, black, radial cell long, open, vein at base angulate, areolet distinct but small, cubitus indis- tinctly reaching basal. Length 1.75 mm. iNIale. Microscopically reticulate or rugose, rather shiny. Head black, ocelli, mouth and antenna; at base brown, the latter 14-segmented, fuscous to black from 4th seginent outwardly, 3rd a little longer than 1 and 2 together and excised at distal end, 4th about two-thirds of 3rd and subequal with oth, following segments a little smaller and subequal except 13th, all somewhat pubescent. Prosternum blackish, pronotum narrow in the middle, at sides yellowish brown, reticulate and shining, the color extending up on to the scapula?, mesothorax and scutellum smooth, shining, microscopically sculptured, the latter fuscous yellowish brown, mcsopleura fuscous brown, coarsely sculptured, shining, meta- thorax sordid white, slightly rugose. Abdomen long petiolate, smooth, shining, at base sordid white to yellowish white, otherwise black, much compressed apicaUy and pubescent at tip. Legs very pale yellowish, tips of tarsi black. Wings extending be^-'ond abdomen more than its length, hyaline, pubescent, radial cell long and o]3en, vein at base arcuate, cubital vein reaching basal, areolet distinct and large. Length 2 mm. Gall. Early summer galls on under side of leaf of Quercus douglasi, a flat, irregular swelling, distorting the leaf, polythalamous, S mm. by 5 mm., and a sordid brown color. Late summer galls, from which adult flies emerge the following spring, small hard woody swelling in tenninal twigs of Q. lohata, containing numerous long, oval larval cells imbedded in soft spongy interior of gall. Habitat. Stevens Creek, be^^ond Cupertino, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) San Jose, Cal. (Rose Patterson.) Neuroterus saltatorius (Riley). Cvnips saltatorius (Hy. Edwards in MS), C. V. Rilov, Tr. Ac. St. Louis, vol. .3 (1876), p. 21.3. Neuroterus saltatorius, Ashmead, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 14 (1887), p. 128. Female. Black, smooth and polished, legs at joints sordid white. Head microscopically reticulate, antennae 13-segmented, filiform, slightly incrassate towards tip, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 3rd longest, about twice as long as 2 or 4 but not as long as 1 and 2 together, succeed- ing segments subequal, the three last a trifle longer than preceding ones. Thorax smooth and flat, faintly sculptured, with two large depressions 336 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, posteriorly on either side of median line, which is ridged, scutellum rugose. Abdomen as broad as long, much compressed, ovipositor exserted. Wings hyaline, pubescent, veins blackish, radial cell long, open, vein at base slightly angulate, areolet present but two of the enclosing veins indistinct, cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length 1.5 mm. Gall. Small, subglobidar, 1.25-1.50 mm., pale reddish brown, with a small nipple at either pole; slightly sculptiu-ed. Habitat. Stockton, Cal. (Hughes Ranch.) 3 DIPLOLEPIS L. Geoffr. Cvnips (part.), Linne, Syst. Xat. ed. 10 (175S), p. 343, 553. Diplolepis (part.), L. Geoffrey, Hist. Ins., vol. 2 (1762), p. .309. Drvophanta, A. Forster, Verb. Zool. Ges. Wien, vol. 19 Abh. (1869), p. 331, 334, 33o. Cheeks not more than half the length of the eye. Parapsidal grooves pcrcurrent. ScuteUtun without fove«, an arcuate transverse groove at base, rarely interrupted in the middle. Metanotal ridges curved. Radial cell open at the margin. Tarsal claws usually bidentatc. Abdo- men longer than ^•ertically broad, 2nd tergite produced caudally lingui- form. Head and thorax in agamous generation densely pubescent, antennas 13-segmented and clothed with long, erect hairs. Body in sexual generation for the most part glabrous, antenna; of female 14-seg- mented, without long erect hairs, of male 15-segmented. Mesonotum smooth and shining. Abdomen in male petiolate. In galls on Quercus. Diplolepis discus (Bass.) Drvophanta discus, H. F. Bassett. Tr. Am. Ent. See, vol. 26 (1900), p. 326.' Diplolepis discus. Dalla Torre and Kieffer, Das Tierreich, lief. 24 Cvnipidae (1910), p. 362. "Head black. Antcnnte thirteen jointed, joints one and two rather large, subcqual, third long, fourth two-thirds as long as the third, remainder gradually shorter, all j^ellowish red. Thorax smooth, shining, with a few scattered hairs and deep parapsidal grooves. Scutel- lum slightly rugose. Foveas not distinct. Abdomen dark, shining brown. Legs dark brown. Wings rather large; veins very pale, almost colorless. Areolet wanting. Cubitus nearly obsolete. Radial area open. Body .06, antenna .05, wings .07. "Galls. Among the galls sent me several years ago by Mrs. E. H. King, from Napa City, California, were a few specimens from which no insects appeared, but from which I removed three dead but perfectly developed individuals. The galls were circular, flat, sessile discs growing in clusters on the under sides of the leaves of some species of oak, closely resembling Q. alba; but I am not sure this oak grows in that section. The galls are hardly one-eighth of an inch in diameter, and except in size and color might be taken for what is, I think, called the 'blue spangle gall,' not uncommon on the white oak in the Atlantic States. It is smaller and lacks the blue color." (H. F. Bassett). I have not seen examples of this species. 1911] CynipidcE of California 33/ Diplolepis clavula (Beutenm.) Dryopianta clavula, BeutcnmuUer, Ent. News, vol. 22 (1911), p. 67. Female. Reddish brown, eyes, ocelli, mandibles, oral margin, occiput, a broad median stripe from occipital margin to the mouth (broken beneath ocelli), antenna2, prostemum, pronotum abo^'e and below, dorsal and subdorsal vitt» on mesonotum concurrent with median longitudinal lines and smooth lines over base of wings, meso- pleura, base of scutellum and a median spot, metanotum and abdomen wholl}^ black. Head reticulately rugose, face pubescent, antenna 14-segmented, 1st segment stout, clavate, 2nd oval, 3rd long but not as long as 1 and 2 together, 4th as long as 3, succeeding segments to 9th progressively shorter, 9th and following segments subequal except the last, which is longer than penultimate by one-half, all rather pubescent. Pronotum narrow in the middle, rugoso-punetate, pubescent, mesono- tum faintly rugose and deeplj- punctate, each puncture with a pale brown hair, parapsidal grooves distinct, reaching anterior margin, median longitudinal lines extending half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings rather short, mesopleura smooth, shining black, densely pubescent, a triangular area beneath wings aciculate, scutellum rugose, pubsecent, fovese indistinct, a transverse arcuate groove at base with median carina, metanotum somewhat punctate, pubescent. Abdomen smooth, shining, somewhat compressed, the second tergite produced caudally acutely to a point, the posterior margin oblique, pubescent at base, 3rd tergite fairly wide, others con- cealed beneath, ovipositor sheath expanded at tip, with an apical tuft of hairs, ovipositor exserted. Legs fuscous brown and pubescent. Wings hyaline, quite pubescent, veins distinct, radial cell long, open at the margin, vein at base angulate and clouded with brown, areolet moderate, cubitus nearly reaching basal vein, radius inerassate at the tip, cubital cell with a large brown cloud at base and numerous spots at apex, a brownish cloud beneath 2nd cross vein, one at break in anal cell, and another at base of cubitus. Length 2 mm. Gall. Small gourd or trumpet-shaped galls on the leaves of Quercus lobata, oval or subglobular outwardly, with long neck which is somewhat expanded at point of attachment. The gall is 7 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, the neck narrowing to less than 1 mm. ; the walls quite thin, the large oval larval chamber Ij-nng directly beneath. It has a reddish appear- ance and is faintly rugose from minute crystalline bodies lying on the surface. It is also often covered with a grayish brown tomentum. Habitat. Palo Alto, Cal. (Miss Bertha Wiltz.) Napa and Sonoma Counties, California (Beutenmuller). Diplolepis echina (O.-S.) Cynips echinus, Osten-Sacken, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 3 (1870), p. 56. Dryophanta echina, Beutenmuller, in litt. Dryophanta speciosa, Beutenmuller, in litt. Female. Reddish brown, eyes, ocelli, tips of mandibles, oral margin, antennae distally from 2nd segment, dorsal and lateral vittae on mesonotum concurrent with median pair of lines and lines over base of wings, and abdomen dorsally black or blackish. Head faintly rugose, 338 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, antennas 14-segmented, filiform, outer third slightly thicker, 1st segment stout, obconic, 2nd subglobular, 3rd longest, nearly as long as 1 and 2 together, 4th and suececding segments to 9th progressively shorter, 9-14 subequal, less than one-half as long as 3rd, all sparsely covered with appressed gra^'ish hairs. Thorax faintly rugose and sparsely, in some parts rather thickly covered with appressed yellowish gray pubescence, pronotum narrow in the middle, parapsidal grooves on mesonotum dis- tinctly percurrent, median longitudinal lines reaching half-way to post- erior margin, smooth lines o\-er laase of wings distinct and long, scutcllum without distinct fovea?, a rather narrow, arcuate transverse groove with smooth shining bottom at base. Abdomen smooth, shining, second tergite produced eaudally linguiform almost to apex, pubescent at base, dorsal valve and sheath of ovipositor prominent, the latter with apical tuft of }'ellowish brown hair. Legs rather stout and clothed with a grayish pubescence. Wifigs hyaline, pubescent, veins brownish, distinct, radial cell open at the margin, vein at base only .slightly bent, radius incrassate at tip just before costal margin, areolct distinct, cubitus nearly or quite reaching basal vein, a small brownish cloud near base of cubital cell, another beneath areolet, and still another at the break in anal vein. Length 2.5-3 mm. Gall. Moderately large, reddish, echinus-shaped galls attached to the leaves of Qiiercus douglasi. Numerous pointed processes project from the more or less globular body of the gall, giving it the character- istic echinus appearance. The gall is composed of a crystalline sub- stance said to be hardened gallic acid. Monothalamous. About 12 mm. in diameter. Habitat. St. Helena, Cal. (Miss Julia Begley). Placer County, California (Osten-Sacken). Diplolepis douglasi (Ashm.) Holcaspis douglasii, Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19 (1896), p. 127. Holcaspis douglasi, Dalla Torre & Kieffer, Gen. Ins. Hvracn. Fam. Cynip. (1902), p. 53. Dryophanta douglasi, G. Mayr, Verh. Zool. Ges. Wien, vol. 52 (1902). p. 290. Diplolepis douglasi, Dalla Torre and Kieffer, Das Tierreich, lief. 2-i Cyn- ipidjE (1910), p. 369. Female. Very similar to D. echina, from which it can scarcely be separated except on the character of the gall. In specimens before me I notice the following minor differences : antennas black distally from 6th segment instead of froin 2nd; abdomen black on dorsum only posteriorly; areolet rather indistinct and only the cloud near base of cubital cell present. Gall. Pink, star-shaped galls occuning on leaves of Qucrcus lobata, composed of a crystalline substance similar to the material fomiing the gall of D. echina, and covered with a pale bloom which imparts a lilac shade to the whole body. The gall is 8 mm. high and 10 mm. in diam- eter, the pedestal widening rapidly to the dorsal rim, which bears about eight irregular pointed projections fonning the star. Mononthalamus. Hollow within, the oval larval chamber partly attached. Habitat. San Jose, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) Marin County, California (Beutenmuller) . 1911] Cynipida of California 339 Diplolepis dubiosa n. sp. Female. Black, the antennte, legs, tips of mandibles, tegulse, post- scutellum and sheath of ovipositor luteous. Head faintly rugose and covered with closely appressed whitish hairs, antenna; 14-segmented, filiform, outer third slightly incrassatc, 1st segment stout, obconic, 2nd suboval, 3rd longest, 4th and succeeding segments to 9th progres- sively shorter, 9th and following segments subequal, except the last, which is somewhat longer then ]:icnultimate. Pronotum narrow medialh', mesonotum faintly reticulate, shining, parapsidal grooves distinct, reaching anterior margin, scutellum deeply rugose, foveas distinct, large and broad, contiguous, separated only by a carina. Abdomen about as large as head and thorax together, smooth, shining, 2nd tergite produced caudally almost to apex, slightly pubescent laterally near the middle, spine of ventral valve moderate, pubescent. Wings hyaline, pubescent, veins pale brown to black, radial cell long, narrow, open at the margin, vein at base only slightly bent, areolet distinct but the enclosing nervures (except distal one) very delicate. Claws unidentate. Length 2 mm. Male. Black, the antenna, legs (except coxe), tips of mandibles, palpi, tegulas and petiole luteous. Head faintly rugose, face and cheeks covered with long, whitish hairs. Pronotum, mesonotum and pleura faintly reticulate, shining, metanotum faintly aciculate, pubescent, scutellum deeply rugose. Abdomen long, slender, compressed, pube- scent laterally on 2nd segment. Antcnnfe 15-segmented, 1st segment obconic, 2nd subglobose, 3rd longest, succeeding segments to 13th progressively shorter, 13th and 14th stibcqual, 15th short and pointed. Length 1.7.5 mm. Gall (PI. XXIII, fig. 1). A small, brown, thin-shelled gall arising, several together, in the staminate ament of Quercus agrijolia. The gall is about 3 or 4 mms. long, rather angulatc and more or less clavate. Polythalamous. Habitat. Palo Alto, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) 4 DISHOLCASPIS D. T. & Kieff. Holcaspis, G. Mayr, Gen. d. Cynip. (18S1), p. 9, 35. Disholcaspis (n. n. for Holcaspis, preoccupied), Dalla Torre and Kieffer, Das Tierreich, lief. 24 Cynipida; (1910), p. 371. Agamic generation. Head and thorax covered with a rather dense pubescence, abdomen bare, the sides basally slightly pubescent. Cheeks less than half the length of the eyes. Antennae 13-15 seginented, pubescent. Pronotum narrow in the middle. Parapsidal grooves incomplete, not reaching anterior margin. Base of scutellum with a transverse groove. Ridges of the metanotum arcuate. Radial cell long and open at the margin. Tarsal claws bidentate. Second tergite of abdomen not produced linguifonn caudally. Sexual generation unknown. Galls on Quercus. 340 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Disholcaspis truckeensis (Ashm.) Holcaspis truckeensis, Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19 (1896), p. 127. Disholcaspis truckeensis, Dalla Torre and Kieffer, Das Tierreich, lief. 24 Cynipida; (1910), p. 380. "Gall. An irregtdar, inflated, hard, woody gall, over an inch long and about half an inch in diameter, issuing from a slit in a temiinal twig of Quercus chrysolepis var. vaccinijolia; polythalamous. "Gall-fly. Female. Length, 3.4 mm. This species, in color and size, closely resembles H. Jicigera, Ashmead, but differs as follows: The 14-jointed antennas, except the first two joints, pleura, and meta- thorax blackish, shining ; the rest of the insect — except the dorsum of the second abdominal segment, which is obfuscated — brownish yellow; the head and thorax punctate, and covered with a glittering white pube- scence. Abdomen highly polished, bare, except the sides of second segment basally; spine of ventral valve short, stout, hairj'. Wings hyaline, veins brown, areolet distinct, cubital cell open at base, while the basal vein of radial cell is only obtusely angular. "Type No. 3080, U. S. N. M. "Two specimens, reared December 6th, 1880, from galls collected by Prof. J. H. Comstock, in California, October 16, 1880." (W. H. Ashmead.) • I have not seen examples of this species. Disholcaspis eldoradensis (Beutemn.) Holcaspis eldoradensis, BeutenmuUer, Bui. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol, 26 (1909), p. 38. Female. Testaceous, eyes, ocelli, occiput, anterior margin of face, antennae distally from 8th segment, pecten, dorsal and subdorsal vittas on mesonotum concurrent with median longitudinal lines and lines over base of wings, median vitta on metanotum and dorsal valve black, vertex and front of head, tibia; and tarsi of legs, and abdomen dorsally fuscous. Head faintly nigose and co\'ercd with dense grayish pube- scence, antennte 14-segmented, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 2nd a trifle longer than broad, 3rd segment longest, longer than 1 and 2 together, 4th segment as long as 3rd, succeeding segments to 10th progressively shorter, 10th and following segments subequal except the last, which is somewhat longer than penultimate ; all the segments sparsely pubescent. Thorax coarsely punctate and covered with pubescence, parapsidal grooves on mesonotum indistinct, median longitudinal lines reaching half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings distinct, scutellum rugose, foveas inconspicuous, long, narrow and oblique. Abdomen smooth and shining, much compressed, 2nd segment reaching half-way to apex, pubescent at base, 3rd, 4th and .5th segments fairly broad, dorsal and ventral valves thickly pubescent. Wings hyaline, pubescent, veins heavy, black ,radial cell long, open at the margin, vein at base of cell decidedly angulate, radius itself almost straight, areolet rather large, cubitus not quite reaching basal nerviu-e. Claws simple Length 2.5-3 mm. 1911] CynipidcE of California 341 Gall. Small, brown, cushion-shaped galls, sessile on twigs of Qiiercus kelloggi and Qiiercus lohata, hard and woody with the base broadly inserted in a slit in the bark. The top is flat and much pitted. Length about 4 mm., breadth about 3 mm., height about omm. Habitat. Stanford University, Cal. (R. W. Patterson). Sonoma County, California. (Beutenmuller). Disholcaspis chrysolepidis (Beutenm.) Holcaspis chrysolejiiilis. Beutennuilkr, Ent. News, vol. 22 (1911), p. 68. Female. Very similar to D. eldoradensis, from which it can scarcely be separated, except on the character of the gall. Specimens before me show the following differences: parapsidal grooves deep and distinct, reaching half-way to anterior margin, pubescence on the thorax less abundant. Gall. Galls sessile on the twigs of Qucrcus chrysolepis and Qiiercus dumosa and massed together around the stem, 15 to 30 in a mass; very irregular but more or less cushion-shaped outwardly and rugose, 3-4mni. in diameter, this portion of the gall surmounting smooth, lobular enlargements, sometimes arranged in a rosette. Sometimes the galls are elevated or arranged palisade-like, the outer face rough, the sides smooth, and with a median constriction. They are described as red- dish or beef colored when fresh. Monothalamous, with a large internal pupal cell. Habitat. Alma Soda Springs, Cal. (W. R. DudlejO- Placer County, California. (Beutenmuller.) ,5 TRICHOTERAS Ashm. Trichoteras, Ashmead, Psyche, vol. 8 (1897), p. 67. Trichoteras, Ashmead, Psyche, vol. 10 (1903), p. 150. Head and thorax closely punctate, opaque, and densely pubescent. Antenna? of female 12-segmented, 3rd segment a little shorter and thicker than 4th equal to .5th, succeeding segments to 9th becoming gradually shorter, 9th to 11th only a little longer than thick, 12th as long as 10 and 11 together. Disc of the mesopleura bare, smooth and shining. Scutellum cushion-shaped, a little longer than wide, with two smooth, lunate fovea? at base. Tarsus of hind legs not longer than tibia, claws with a tooth at base beneath. Trichoteras coquilletti Ashm. Trichoteras cociuilletti, Ashmead, Psyche, vol. 8 (1897), p. 67. "Galls. Small, brown, sub-opaque, globular galls, averaging from 6 to 8 mm. in diameter, and internally with a central kernel or larval cell held in place by radiating filaments. "These galls were collected by Mr. D. W. Coquillett, at Los Angeles, California, from the upper surface of the leaves of an unknown oak, who forwarded them to the Department of Agriculture, where three specimens of the gall-wasp were reared. Structurally and in general appearance the galls very closely resemble Dryophanta poHla Bass., but the sub-apterous wasp is quite different from that species. 342 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, "Agamous female. Length 2.5 mm. Head and thorax ferruginous, closely punetate, and very hairy; prostcrnum and pleura blackish; legs fusco-piceous, the articulations paler. "Antennas 12-jointed, shorter than the body, the scape fully as long as the first joint of flagellum, obconical, and inuch stouter, pedicel one and one-half times as long as thick, 2nd joint of flagellum distinctly longer than either the 1st or 3rd joint; 4th joint of flagellum a little shorter than the 3rd, the 5th and following joints gradually shortening, the penultimate joint being scarcely longer than thick, the last joint fully as long as the first joint of flagellum, or twice as long as the peiiulti- mate. Wings abbreviated, narrowed and not extending beyond tip of abdomen, the veins dark brown, the marginal cell open, the areolet indicated by the union of the surrounding nervures. Abdomen black, polished, pubescent along the sides towards base, and as long as the head and thorax together, compressed and viewed from the side it is as broad as long, the hypopygium armed at tip with a long spine.- "Hab. Los Angeles, California. "Type No. 3498, U. S. N. M. "Described from 3 female specimens bred Nov. 2G and 29 and Dec. G, 1S92." (W. H. Ashmead). I have not seen examples of this species. 6 CYNIPS L. Cynips (part.), Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. 10 (1758), p. 343, 553. Cynips (part.), T. Hartig, Zeits, f. Ent., vol. 2 (1840), p. 185, 187. Cynips, Forstcr, Verh. Zool. Gcs. Wien, vol. 19 Abh. (1869), p 331, 335. Cynips, G. Mavr, Gen. d. Cvnip, (1881), p. 28. Diplolepis (part.), L. Geoflfroy, Hist. Ins., vol. 2 (1762), p. 308. Agamic generation. Body densely pubescent throughout, abdomen dorsally sometimes more or less bare. Antennae filifonn, 12-15 seg- mented, without long, erect hairs. Pronotum narrow in the middle. Parapsidal grooves percurrent. Scutellum with two basal foveae, separated by a median carina. Metanotal ridges parallel. Radial cell open at the margin. Tarsal claws bidentate. Cynips canescens (Bass.) Holcaspis canescens, H. F. Bassott, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 17 (1890), p. 66. Disholcaspis canescens, Dalla Torre and Kieffer, Das Tierreich, lief. 24 Cjmipidae (1910), p. 378. Female. Reddish browm, eyes, ocelli, tips of mandibles, antennae distally from Sth segment and a spot on 1st, prostemum, 1st abdominal segment, tarsi and ventral valve fuscous to black, clothed with pale grajash pubescence throughout except abdomen dorsally, which is bare. Head faintly rugose, antennas 14-segmented, filiform, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 3rd segment longest, longer than 1 and 2 together, and a little longer than 4th, succeeding segments progressively shorter, the last' in ^me specimens indistinctly di\-ided and longer than penultimate. Pronotum narrow in the middle, mesonotum ptmctate, each puncture bearing a hair, parapsidal grooves reaching about half- way to anterior margin, median longitudinal lines extending about 1911] Cynipida of California 343 half-way to posterior margin, smooth Hnes over base of wings distinct and broad, mesopleura and scutellum punctate, basal foveas on latter obsolete. Abdomen compressed, dorsally bare, smooth and shining, ridged apically, pubescent at sides and beneath, 2nd segment occupying about one-half its length, 3rd tergite distinct, only stemites of following segments visible, dorsal and ventral valves prominent and pubescent. Wings hyaline, pubescent, veins prominent, radial cell open at margin, vein at base angulate, areolet large, cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length, 4 mm. Gall. Brownish, globular galls, about 10 mm. in diameter, occur- ring singly or in clusters on the twigs of Quercus douglasi. Sometimes a little irregular in shape, not much roughened, and covered with a yellowish brown fuzz. Monothalamous, with a large, globular larval chamber, quite distinct from the cortical layer and held in place by loose, spongy tisstie. Habitat. Hornitos, Cal. (Miss Hazel Engebretsen). Cynips corallina (Bass.) Holcaspis corallinus, H. F. Bassett, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. ,vol. 17 (1S90), p. 66. Holcaspis corallina, Dalla Torre, Cat. Hymen, vol. 2 (1893), p. 55. Disholcaspis corallina, Dalla Torre and Kieffer, Das Tierreich, lief. 24 CynipidEE (1910), p. 377. Female. Very similar to C. canescens, but the pubescence is regularly more extensive on abdomen, only a small rhomboidal area dorsally on second segment remaining bare. The antennas are brownish through- out, the basal segments darker, but light at the joints. The abdomen is not compressed apically but rotund, and all the tergites are visible. Gall. Pale yello\\4sh, globular galls, about 12 mm. in diameter, found on the twigs of Quercus douglasi. The galls are pointed at the poles and the surface is roughened by irregular ridges, or bears short, blunt tubercles giving it the appearance of coral. Habitat. Mt. Diabalo, California. (Harold Morrison.) Cynips multipunctata (Bcutenm.) . Dryophanta multipunctata, Beutcnmiiller, Ent. News, vol. 22 (1911), p. 67. Female. Reddish brown, eyes, ocelli, tips of mandibles, face medi- ally, pecten, dorsal and subdorsal vittas on mesonotum concurrent with median longitudinal lines and lines over base of wings, abdomen dor- sally, sometimes entirely black or blackish. Head broad, bulged beyond the narrow eyes, faintly rugose and punctate, with a thick covering of pale yellowish pubescence, antennas 14-segmented, 1st and 2nd .segments brown, following segments brownish black, 1st to 4th segments light brown distally, 1st and 2nd segments as usual stout, 3rd segment longest, longer than 1 and 2 together and a trifle longer than 4th, the following segments progressively shorter except the last, which is one-third longer than penultimate. Thorax faintly' rugose and punctate, pubescent, except on median longitudinal lines which are bare, parapsidal groqves complete, median longitudinal lines reach- ing more than half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of 344 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, wings distinct and rather long, pleura pubescent, mesopleura spotted with black, scutellum rugose and punctate, each puncture bearing a hair as on head and mesothorax, black at base, fove^ indistinct. Abdomen smooth, shining, faintly punctate, all the segments clothed with long, straight, pale yellowish pile, but dorsally and laterally bare in spots, rotund but ridged dorsally, 2nd segment occupying half its length, 3rd and 4th segments also wide, ventral valve large, triangular, with broad apex, bearing a large tuft of hairs, dorsal valve also hairy at tip. Legs pale brown and clothed with hairs. Wings large, hyaline, pubescent, veins brownish, black, subcostal, radial, anal and cross veins thickened, the radial vein incrassate at tip, radial cell open and rather short, vein at base angulate and clouded, areolet large and dis- tinct, cubital vein reaching almost to basal, clouded area at base of cubital and discoidal cells and at break in anal vein, the cubital cell with 12-1.5 black spots. Length 4. .5 mm. Gall. Small, dark brown, globular galls in clusters of ten to twelve on tcnninal twigs of Qucrciis lobala, S mm. in diameter, moi'c or less irregular in shape due to compression, the exposed surface rugose. Monothalamous, the small, round larval cell, 2 mm. in diameter, imbedded centrally in spongy tissue. Habitat. Palo Alto, Cal. (Miss Bertha Wiltz). Kern County, California. (Beutenmuller.) Beutenmiiller describes the gall of this species as "covered with a dense, short and compact woolly substance and hairs." He states also that it occurs on leaves. His specimens are obviously different from mine, although specimens of the fly frorn my collection which he has compared with those in his possession, he states are similar. Cynips maculipennis (Gillette). Holcaspis maculipennis, Gillette, Can .Ent., vol. 26 (1894), p. 236. Disholcaspis maculipennis, Dalla Torre and Kicffer, Das Tierreich, lief. 24 Cynipidse (1910), p. 375. Female. Rufous, antenna; and abdomen mixed with black, densely clothed with sordid white silky pubescence except on abdomen dorsally. Head broad, bulging beyond the eyes, faintly punctate, antennte 14- segmented, filiform, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 3rd longest, succeed- ing segments to 10th progressively shorter, 10th and following seg- ments subequal except the last, which is a trifle longer than penulti- mate. Pronotum narrow in the middle, mesonotum finely rugose, parapsidal grooves deep and reaching to anterior margin, median longitudinal lines extending half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings distinct and rather broad, scutellum finely rugose, cushion-shaped, foveje indistinct. Abdomen well developed, broader than long, slightly compressed, valves black. Wings large and rather broad, hyaline, veins brown with brownish cloud at base of cubital cell, another beneath areolet, and numerous small brown spots in cubital cell. Length 4.5 mm. 1911] CynipidcE of California 345 Gall. Large, globular galls on the leaves of Qucrcus garryana and of other species of oak, yellowish brown and covered with rather large, dark brown spots, about 3(J mm. in diameter. The outer shell is very thin and the single larval chamber is held in place by radiating fibers. Habitat. McConaughy (Siskiyou Co.), Cal. (R. W. Patterson). Cynips heldae n. sp. Female. Very similar to C. mullipunctala, from which it can scarcely be separated, except on the character of the gall. Gall (PI. XXIIl, fig. 2). A small gall, with very irregular shape, occurring on Quercus lobata; more or less cubical, with many ridged and pointed projections, about 8 mm. long and 5 mm. square. ]VI>' spec- imens, which are old and dry, are brownish, but in its natural state the gall was probably reddish, and is composed of a crystalline substance similar to the material fonning the gall of Diplolepis echina. Habitat. Ukiah, Cal. (Miss Held). Cynips kelloggi n. sp. Female. Reddish brown, the eyes, ocelli, a spot on front of head, tips of mandibles, oral margin, prosternum, antennse distally from 7th segment, metathoracic carinae, abdomen dorsally at ape.K and dorsal valve, tibia of hind legs and tarsi black or blackish. Head loigoso- punctate, antennaj 15-segmented, 1st segment obconic, 2nd oval, ord long, as long as 1 and 2 together, following segments to 10th progres- sively shorter, 11th to loth subequal. Thorax rugose, pubescent, parapsidal and median grooves complete, median longitudinal lioes reaching half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings distinct, pleura sinooth, shining, punctate in the middle, pubescent above and below, seutellum coarsely rugoso-punctate, pubescent, fovece rather large, oval, oblique, shallow, with smooth bottom, not approx- imate, metanotum rugose. Abdomen smooth and shining, 2nd segment occupying about one-half its length, 3rd segment wide but 4th and oth narrow, all the segments laterally pubescent, sheaths of ovipositor projecting and with dorsal val-ve pubescent. Legs slightly pubescent, claws unidentate. Wings hyaline, pubescent, veins black or blackish, radial cell open at the margin, its basal vein arcuate, almost angulate, areolet distinct, cubital vein reaching basal. Length 2-3 mm. Gall. An elongated swelling of the twig of Quercus douglasi, about 20 mm. long and 10 mm. in diameter, its outer covering the same as the bark of the twig. Polythalamous. Habitat. Stevens Creek, beyond Cupertino, Cal. (R. W. Patterson) . 346 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 7 ANDRICUS Hartig. Cynips (part.), Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10 (1758), p. 553. Andricus (part.), T. Hartig, Zeits. f. Ent., vol. 2 (1840), p. 185, 190. Andricus, Aphilothrix, A. Forstcr, Verh. Zool. Ges. Wien, vol. 19 Abh. (1869), p. 331, 335, 336. Andricus, G. Mayr., Gen. d. Cynip. (1881), p. 12. Cheeks at most only half the length of the eyes. Antennte of female 12-16 segmented, of male 14-17 segmented. Pronotimi narrow in the middle. Mesonotnm shagreened or nearly smooth, sometimes trans- versely folded. Parapsidal grooves usually percurrent. Scutellum with two basal foveas, without median line on disc. Metanotal ridges parallel or arcuate. Radial cell elongate, open at the margin. Tarsal claws bidentate. AlDdomen almost glabrous. Againic and sexual generations. Andricus quercus-califomicus (Bass.) Cynips quercu,s californica, H. F. Bassc-tt, Can. Ent., vol. 13 (1S81) p. 51. Andricus calitornicus, G. Mayr, Gen. d. Cynip. (1881), p. 28. Andricus (Callirhytis) califomicus, Ashmead, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 12 (1885), p. 294. Female. Reddish brown, eyes, ocelh, tips of mandibles, 3rd to 6th and 1st antennal segments proximall}' and ventral valve black or blackish. Head, thorax and legs covered with yellowish white pubes- cence. Head faintly rugose, broad and bulging laterally beyond the eyes, antennae 14-segmented, filiform, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 3rd long, longer than 1 and 2 together, succeeding segments to 9th progres- sively shorter, 9th and following segments subequal except the last, which is twice as long as penultimate. Pronotum narrow in the middle, faintly nigose, mesonotum shallowly punctate, parapsidal grooves incomplete, reaching slightly beyond the middle, median longitudinal lines extending half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings long and thin, a median bare spot on pleura smooth and shining, scutellum cushion-shaped, rugose, with rather indistinct basal foveas. Abdomen broad, smooth and shining, dorsally ridged at apex, 2nd seg- ment occupying about half its length, ptibescent at sides basally, ventral valve and sheath of ovipositor also pubescent. Wings hyaline, pubescent, veins brownish, radial cell rather short and open at the margin, vein at base angulatc, arcolct large, cubitus almost reaching basal vein. Length .5 mm. Gall. The familiar "oak-apple;" large, smooth, yellowish white, globular galls found on the branches of Quercus lohala, .")0 to 60 mms. or more in diamater, sessile, polythalamous, the numerous larval cells imbedded internally in a rather dense cellular tissue. Habitat. Santa Rosa, Cal. (Miss Josephine Van Wormer). Andricus chrysolepidis Ashm. Andricus chrysolepidis, Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19 (1896), p. 119. "Gall. A very hard, ovate, or globular gall, with a nipple at apex and a centrally imbedded larval cell; externally it is covered with a dense, fine, short pubescence like the pubescence on a peach, although sometimes this is rubbed off. Diameter, 5-8 mm. 1911] Cynipidce of California 347 "Gallfly. Female. Length, 3 to 5 mm. Reddish browai, anteniiEe and legs bro\vnish yellow, eyes and abdomen dark, reddish brown. Head and thorax closely punctate, sparsely pubescent. Antennas 14-jointed, very slightly thickened at tips. The thorax, besides the two parapsidal grooves, which are obsolete anteriorly, has amedian groove extending anteriorly for more than half length of the mesonotum, two short median grooves anteriorly on each side of this, and the usual groove on the shoulders. Scutellum cushion-shaped, rugose, the foves- distinct, pleura finch', minutely rugose, slightly striated at base. Abdomen polished, the short apical segments under a high power show a fine, delicate punctuation,' while the ventral valve projects but slightly. Wings glossy, hyaline, veins yellowish, areolet small; neither the apex of the submarginal nor the radial vein reach the margin. "Types No. 30G6, U. S. N. M. " One female, reared from a gall found on Quercus chrysolepis, at Colfax, Placer County, California, October 8, 1SS5, by Mr. Albert Koebele; and two specimens reared January IS and 29, 1886, from same galls. Other of the galls are niunbered 381G U. S. N. M." (W. H. Ashmead.) I have not seen examples of this species. Andricus congregatus Ashm. Andricus congregatus, Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19 (1896), p. 120. "Gall. An irregular, rugose, yellowish brown woody swelHng, containing numerous cells, growing apparently from the extreme tips of very slender twigs of Quercus chrysolepis, the gall appearing to have a long peduncle, or it may be at the apex of the petal of a leaf, the leaf in consequence being aborted. The gall is more or less contracted in the middle and varies in length from 2-4 cm. and in diameter from 1-2 cm. " Gallfly. Female. Length, 2 mm. Pale brown or brownish yellow, the eight terminal antennal joints, the middle and posterior tibiae, metathorax, abdomen dorsally, and wing veins brown. Head and thorax closely, unifonnly punctate. Antennas 14 or 1.5-jointed, depend- ing upon whether the terminal joint, which presents a rather distinct suture, is counted as one or two joints. The terminal joints all appear delicately fluted. Mesonotum has three distinct grooves, extending its whole length, and the groove on the shoulder is long. Scutellum minutely rugose, the foves oblique, distinct, but rather widely sep- arated. Wings hyaline, with short pubescence. "Type. No. 3068 U. S. N. M. "Seven female specimens, received from Prof. E. W. Hilgard, Oakland, California, and reared November 10, 1876. The gall also occurs on Quercus agrifolia, and Prof. Riley says "a woody deformation of the stamniate aments and quite abundant on some trees." (W. H. Ashmead) . I have not seen examples of this species. 348 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Andricus crystallinus Bass. Andricus crystallinus, H. F. Bassett, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 26 (1900), p. 319. Female. Cherry red to reddish brown, eyes, oral margin, spot on front above the insertion of antennas, antennae distally from 7th seg- ment and a band on segments 1, 3, 4 and 5, dorsal and subdorsal ^^tta^ on mesonotum concurrent with median longitudinal lines and lines over base of wings, scutellum at base, metathorax largely, pedicel, abdomen dorsally at base and on .3rd, 4th and 5th segments, pecten, hind coxas, tips of tarsi and dorsal valve black or blackish. Head minutely rugoso-punctate, face pubescent, antennae 14-segmented, 1st segment obconic, 2nd oval, 3rd as long as 1 and 2 together, a trifle longer than 4th or 5th, succeeding segments to 10th progressively shorter, following segments subequal. Pronotum narrow in the middle, punctate, mesonotum also punctate, parapsidal grooves complete, median longitudinal lines reaching half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings long and rather broad, pleura smooth and shin- ing, pubescent on upper and lower margins, scutellum rugose, fovea? large, oval, deep, bottom smooth and shining, approximate, covered throughout with dense pubescence. Abdomen smooth and shining, 2nd segment occupying about four-fifths of its length, basally pubescent at sides, 3rd segment rather wide, 4th, 5th and 6th quite narrow, these segments minutely punctate, ovipositor sheaths exserted and pubescent, legs light brown, claws bidentate. Wings hyaline, pubescent, subcostal, radial, basal and anal veins heavy and brown, others rather faint, radial cell open at margin and rather long, its basal vein arcuate, arcolet indistinct, cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length about 2.25 mm. Gall. Irregularly shaped palisadal galls, in clusters of 5 or 6, on under side of leaves of Quercus dumosa, Qucrcns douglasi and Quercus agrifolia? and binding leaves together. Outwardly fuzzy. The individual gall is about 7 inm. long and 2 to 3 mm. across. Habitat. Jasper Ridge, in the vicinity of Stanford Uni- versity, Cal. (R. W. Patterson). St. Helena, Cal. (Miss Julia Begley). Napa, Cal. (Bassett.) Andricus pacificus Ashm. Andricus pacificus, Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19 (1896), p. 118. Female. Reddish brown, eyes, ocelH, tips of mandibles, and tip of dorsal \'alve blackish, 1st abdominal segment more or less fuscous, legs and antenna? basally a yellowish brown. Head faintly rugose, pubescent, antenna? 14-segmented, 1st and 2nd segments stout, .3rd long, longer thna 4th, succeeding segments to 10th progressively shorter, 10th and following segments subequal except last, which is a trifle longer than penultimate. Thorax faintly rugose, parapsidal and median grooves on mesonotum reaching half-way to anterior margin, median longitudinal lines extending half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings distinct and long, pleura aciculate, scutelhnn deeply rugose, especially at apex, and pubescent, fovea? large, subcircular, shallow, with shining, punctate bottom, and contiguous. Abdomen 1911] Cynipidcc of California 349 about equal in length to head and thorax together, 2nd segment exten- sive and succeeding segments, which are microscopically punctate, telescoped, occupying only a fourth its length, valves conspicuous. Wings glassy hyaline, pubescent, radial cell open at the margin, areolet large, cubitus not reaching basal vein, vein at base of radial cell arcuate. Length 2.. 5-3. 5 mm. Gall. Dark greenish or ycllowisli brown, drupe-like galls, 2 cm. in length and 1 cm. in width, arising from the leaf-buds of Quercus chrysolepis, pointed at apex and with more or less obvious nipple, surface rugose. Apparently monothalamous. The exit hole of the mature insect is at the base. Internally the gall is of a hard, pithy structure, and an elongated, cylindrical canal leads to the large cen- trally imbedded larval cell. These galls are described by Ashmead as smooth and sometimes polished. Habitat. Stevens Creek, above Cupertino, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) Placer County, California. (Ashmead.) Andricus dasydactyli Ashm. Andricus dasydactyli, Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19 (1896), p. 117. "Gall. This gall, in structure, is ver\r peculiar, and consists of an oblong or elongated, woody tube, in shape not unlike a date seed; it is two centimeters long by from one-half to three-fourths of a centimeter in diameter, one end being attached sessilly to the branch and covered with long, brownish yellow wool. Internally there is a cylindrical hollow, which, however, does not extend its entire length, being inter- rupted or stopped up by the small larval cell which is situated near its center. "Sometimes three or more of these galls occur close together on the branch, and with their woolly covering present a curious appearance. One of the specimens in the collection is almost globular, but all the others are as described above. "Gall-fi}'. Female. Length 3. S mm. Clear reddish brown ; vertex of head and the extreme tip of abdomen dusky; antennas and legs brownish yellow. Head and thorax minutely, fineh' punctate, the pleura with fine stria?. Antennte 11-jointed, rather long, the 3rd joint one-third longer than 4th, the follo\ving to 8th gradually shortening, beyond this about equal, the terminal joint being slightly lengthened. The parapsidal grooves are only distinct on the posterior half of the mesonotum, entirely wanting anteriorly; anteriorly extending to about the middle of the mesonotum are two median, glabrous lines ; posteriorly there is a long median grooved line, while the line on the shoulders is distinct; the scutellum is more coarsely rugose at the apex, the basal fovea; large, ovate, oblique, approximate, glabrous at bottom. The abdomen is slightly longer than the head and thorax together and of the usual shape. Wings glassy hyaline, only shghtly pubescent, the veins pale yellowish, except the basal nervure and the vein at base of marginal cell, which are brown; this last vein is arcuate but not angulate. The areolet is large and the cubital cell is not quite closed. "Type. No. 3063, U. S. N. M. 350 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, "Described from many female specimens, which issued at various dates between January 18, 1SS5 and February 11, 1SS6. The gall occurs in California on Quercus chrysolepis, and was sent to the Depart- ment of Agriculture by Mr. Albert Koebele." (W. H. Ashmead). I have only seen specimens of the gall, which were collected from Quercus chrysolepis, in the Stevens Creek Canyon, above Cupertino, Cal. It is very characteristic and unmistakable. Andricus kingi Bass. Andricus kingi, H. F. Bassett, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 26 (1900). p. 31G, 317. Female. Brown, eyes, ocelli, tips of mandibles, tips of tarsi and dorsal valve black. Head finely reticulate, face a ]jale brown, without pubescence, antenna; 14-segmented, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 3rd segment long, nearly as long as 1 and 2 together, one-third longer than 4th, 4th and 5th subcqual, succeeding segments to 9th progressively shorter, 9th and following segments subcqual, all the segments more or less fuscous. Thorax finely reticulate and punctate, covered with a sparse pubescence, parapisdal grooves complete and deep, median longitudinal lines and smooth lines over base of wings rather indistinct, median longitudinal groove from posterior margin very indistinct, mesopleura smooth, shining, microscopically reticulate, pubescent below, scutellum rugose, basally with large, circular foveae, shallow, with smooth bottom, and contiguous, separated only by a carina. Abdomen smooth, shining, compressed, 2nd segment occupying about one-half its length, following segments wholh^ visible, dorsal valve and ovipositor sheaths prominent, last segment reticulate, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and margin of 2nd punctate. Wings hyaline, pubescent, with faint iridescence, radial cell open and rather long, areolet small, cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length 2mm. Gall. Small, pink, cone-shaped galls on the under side of leaves of Quercus lobata, about 5mm. high and 4 mm. across the base, which is broad and rather saucer-shaped. The outer portio^i of the gall is conical, the sides curved inwards slightly. The larval chamber is near the apex, where the exit hole is found. Some of the galls, from which flies were bred in every way identical with those from typical specimens, are said to be whitish striped with red and on leaves of Quercus douglasi, but specimens are not at hand. Andricus parmula Bass. Andricus parmula, H. F. Bassett, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 26 (1900), p. 312. Female. Ferruginotis, the legs and antennce yellowish brown, eyes, ocelli, tips of mandibles, tips of tarsi, abdomen dorsally at apex and ventral valve black. Head faintly rugose, face pubescent, antennje 13-segmented, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 3rd segment long, only a little longer than 4th, 4th and 5th segments subcqual, succeeding seg- ments to 10th progressively shorter, 10th and following segments subequal, except last, which is twice as long as pentdtimate. Pronotum narrow in the middle, mesonotum coarsely reticulate, parapsidal grooves 1911] Cynipidce of California 351 incomplete, reaching but half-way to anterior margin, median longi- tudinal lines extending half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings distinct, pleura finely striated, with a triangular smooth area posteriorly, scutellum rugose, sparsely pubescent, basal foveas large, elliptic, oblique, with smooth bottom, not approximate, metano- tal ridges only slightly curved, faced with black. Abdomen about as long as head and thorax together, smooth and shining, more or less lenticular in shape, second segment occupying half its length, 3rd segment rather broad, following segments narrow, ovipositor sheath exserted, concolorous. Wings rather opaque whitish, faintly iridescent, veins faint, yellowish, radial cell narrow, open at the margin, vein at base arcuate, almost angulate, areolet indistinct, cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length 2 mm. Gall. Very small, flat, reddish, disc-shaped galls on the under side of leaves of Quercus lobata, about 3 mm. in diameter, slightly elevated in the center. Much smaller than gall of Andricus pailersonm and quite distinct from it. Andricus wisliceni Ashm. Andricus wisliceni, Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19 (lS9o), p. 119. "Gall. A small, globular gall, with a slight projection at base where it is attached to the twig ; it varies in color from a 3'ellow brown to dark brown, and some are mottled with purple and brown. It is hard, and contains in the center a small larval cell; diameter, 3-4 mm. "Gall-fly. Female. Length, 3 to 3.4 mm. Pale brownish j-ellow, almost devoid of pubescence, the abdomen polished and di.scolored witn brown, eyes dark brown, the mandibles black. Head and thorax finely punctate, shining; in front of the anterior ocellus is a deep transverse fovete, and there are some coarse scattered punctures on the mesonotum. Antenna: 14-jointed, the 3rd joint about one-eighth longer than the 4th, the joints from 7th to apex short, about twice as long as wide, dusky, and delicately fluted. Parapsidal grooves distinct, the groove on the shoulders very long, distinct, and a little bent anteriorly. Scutellum cushion-shaped, rugose, the foveas at base large and distinct, separated only by a slight carina ; pleura smooth, but under a high power showing faint delicate striae. Wings hyaline, the pubescence short, veins, except the sub-marginal vein from the portion extending from the basal vein to apex, and the angulated cross vein at base of marginal cell, which are brownish or piceous, yellowish. "Type. No. 3065, U. S. N. M. "Nine female specimens, reared October 14, 1886, from the galls sent to the National Museum by Mr. Albert Koebele, collected in Sacramento County, California, on Quercus wisliceni." (W.H.A.shmead). I have not seen examples of this species. 352 An7ials Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Andricus quercus-flocci (Walsh). ? Cynips quercus lana, A. Fitch, 5th Rep. In.s. N. York (1859), p. 34. ? Cvnips quercus lanae, Osten Sackcn, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., vol. 1 (1861), p. 62. Cvnips quercus llocci, B. D. Walsh, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., vol. 2 (1864), p. 482: Cvnips (Andricus) flocci Ostcn Sacken, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., vol. 4 (1865), p. Zai. Andricus flocci, G. Mavr, Gen. d, Cvnip. (1881), p. 28. ? Andricus lana, Ashmead, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 12 (1885), p. 295. Female. Black, ocelli, antenna;, legs distally from the coxas, teguke and ovipositor .sheath brownish. Head reticulately nigose, shining, face wth whitish pulx'scenee, antennas lo-segmented, 3rd segment longest, not as long as 1 and 2 together and only a little longer than 4th, following segments progressi-\-ely shorter except last, which is one and one-half times the length of penultimate, distal segments fuscous. Pronotum narrow in the middle, rugose and pubescent, mesonotum smooth and shining, or more or less shagreened, ]jarapsidal grooves deeply impressed, complete, the median longitudinal lines reaching more than half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings distinct and reaching anterior margin, pleura aciculate, seutellum rugose, slightly jjubesccnt, basal fovea; large, shallow, with smooth bottom, approximate. Abdomen smooth, shining, greatly compressed apieally, 2nd segment oecujn'ing more than half its length, pubescent at base, 3rd and following segments naiTow, ventral valve perpendicular, reaching tergal line, ovipositor exserted and curving upward, ovipositor sheath pale, pubescent. Wings hyaline, pubescent, veins brown, radial cell long, open at the margin, vein at base arcuate, areolet small, cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length 2.2,i mm. Gall. A rnass of twenty or more smooth, brown, elliptical or loaf- shaped galls, 2mm. high and 1 mm. in diameter, on under side of leaves of Quercus lobata, covered with reddish or yellowish wool. Alonothal- amous. Habitat. Palo Alto, Cal. (Miss Bertha Wiltz.) Andricus patter sonae n. sj:). Female. Very similar to A. kirigi. from which it can scarcely be separated, except on the character of the gall. Some of the specimens have the abdomen dorsally and the antenna: distally from 9th segment more or less blackish, and dorsal and subdorsal vittjc on mesonotum concurrent with the median longitttdinal lines and smooth lines over base of wings. Gall (PL XXIII, fig. 3). Thin, flat, disc-shaped galls from leaves (presumably) of Quercus douglasi, about (i min. in diameter, greenish gray with lilac center, the margin irregular; upper surface a trifle wrinkled but otherwise smooth. Habitat. Stanford Univer.sity, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) 1911] Cynipidce of California 353 Andricus wiltzffi n. sp. Female. Head and thorax black, abdomen walnut brown, darker (almost black) on the dorsum, antennae bro^vn, 1st, 3rd and 4th segments spotted with black, distally from 6th segnemt fuscous to black, tegulag, sheath of ovipositor, anterior legs and joints of middle and hind legs brown. Head broad and thin, with close, reticular sculpturing, eyes narrow, antennas i;]-segmcnted, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 1st obconic, 2nd subglobular, 3rd longest, as long as 1 and 2 together, following segments progressi\'cly sliorter to last, which is twice penultimate. Prothorax narrow in the middle and transversely folded, sparsely punctate, each puncture bearing a hair, mesonotum opcnh^ reticulate, transversely folded, parapsidal grooves complete and distinct, median longitudinal lines reaching almost half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings distinct, pleura smooth and polished, aciculate in the middle, pubescent below, scutellum deeply rugose, basal iovei^ large, oval, with smooth, shining bottom, approximate, separated only by a carina, metanotum smooth, polished, pubescent. Abdomen stout, subglobose, smooth and shining, 2nd segment occupj'ing less than one-half its length, 3rd segment rather broad, .slightly punctate, 4th, 5th and (ith segments narrow, all with oblique margins, ventral valve concealed, black, ovipositor sheath slightly projecting, pubescent. Wings hyaline, pubescent, subcostal, basal and radial veins heavy, brown, others faint, radial cell long, narrow, open at the margin, vein at base arcuate, areolet distinct but veins on two sides faint, cubitus faint, not reaching basal vein. Length 2. .5 mm. Gall. Polythalamous galls formed in the buds of Qucrciis lobata, distinguished by the thicklj- compacted cluster of aborted leaves. Habitat. Stanford University, Cal. (Miss Bertha Wiltz.) Andricus brunneus n. sp. Female. Brown to reddish brown, the eyes, ocelli, tips of mandibles, antennte distally, metanotum in the middle, tips of tarsi, abdomen dorsally at apex and dorsal valve black or blackish. Head faintly reticulate, face pubescent antennae 14-segmented, 1st segment obconic, 2nd oval, ord longest, as long as 1 and 2 together and a little longer than 4th, succeeding segments to 9th progressively shorter, 9th and following segments subeciual, except the last, which is a little longer than jDenulti- mate. Pronotum and mesonotum finely reticulate, sparsely punctate, each puncture bearing a hair, parapsidal grooves indistinct, reaching but half-way to anterior margin and rather widely sejaarated, median longitudinal lines extending half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings distinct and long, pleura smooth, microscopically reticulate, pubescent abo\-e and below, sctitellum rugose, basally with large, transverse fovese, smooth at bottom, contiguous, separated only by a carina, metanotum almost smooth. Abdomen smooth, shining, compressed and dorsallj' ridged, 2nd segment occupying not more than one-third its length, pubescent at the base, 3rd, 4th, 5th and Gth segments punctate, 7th segment reticulate, dorsal valve and sheaths of ovipositor 354 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, exserted. Wings hyaline, pubescent, subcostal, basal and vein at base of radial cell heavy, brown, others faint, radial cell long, open at margin, vein at base arcuate, with fuscous suffusion, areolet small but distinct, cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length 3 mm. Gall. Thin-shelled, subglobular galls on leaves of Quercus douglasi, about the size of a pea, pointed at opposite poles. Habitat. Stanford University, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) 335. S CALLIRHYTIS Forst. Callirhytis, A. Forster, Verb. Ziol. Ges. Wien, vol. 19 Abh. (1869), p. 331, Andricus (Callirhytis), G. Mayr, Gen. d. Cynip. (1861), p. 27. Differs from Andricus only in the following particulars: parapsidal grooves not always complete, tarsal claws simple. Callirhytis chrysolepidicola (Ashm.) Cynips chrysolepidicola, Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19 (1896), p. 124. Female. Browai, eyes, tips of mandibles, face above base of antennas and on anterior margin, and metathoracic carinje black, antennae, abdomen dorsally, and tibiae and tarsi of middle and hind legs fuscous. Head rugose, slightly pubescent, antennas 15-segmented, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 1st obconic, 2nd smaller, 3rd segment longest, longer than 1 and 2 together, 4th-6th segments progressively shorter, following segments subequal except the last, which is smaller than penultimate. Mesothorax punctate and pubescent, parapsidal grooves indistinct, scutcllum small, cushion-shaped, rugose and pubescent, fovea? distinct, oval, shallow and approximate. Abdomen darker than head or thorax, smooth and shining, 2nd segment pubescent at base, ventral and dorsal valves of medium length and pubescent, ovipositor long, extending much beyond the abdomen. Wings hyaline, pubescent, subcostal, radial basal and 2nd transverse veins heav\-, black, other veins rather feeble, radial cell open at margin, areolet distinct. Length 2 mm. Gall. Stem or twig galls; brown, with a bluish tint, and rugose, over 2.5 mm. long and about 15-20 inms. in diameter, the long axis lying in the direction of the twig, hard and woody, polythalamous. Habitat. Pacific Grove, Cal. (C. P. Smith.) Pine Canyon, Cal. (Ashmead.) Callirhytis apicalis (Ashm.) Andricus apicalis, Ashmead. Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., vol. 19 (1896), p. 120. Callirhytis apicalis, G. Mayr, Verh. Zool. Ges. Wien, vol. 52 (1902), p. 289. "Galls. Irregtdar, brownish black, globular galls of a dense pithy substance, growing on the roots of Quercus wisliceni, sometimes three or four together, pressing each other into irregular shapes. Diameter usually about half an inch. "(jall-fly. Female. Length 5.8 to 7 mm. Bright brick red, the mandibles black at tips. Head and thorax finely punctate with some larger, coarser ptmctttres scattered over the surface, and almost free 1911] CynipidcE of California 355 from pubescence. Checks full, bulging. Antennae 14-jointed, filiform, the 3rd joint slightly larger than 4th and narrowed toward base, the apical joint twice as long as the preceding, fusiform. Parapsidal grooves distinct, a more or less distinct medial groove and distinct grooved lines on the shoulders. Scutellum rugose, with two large foveffi at base, separated by a carina; pleura anteriorly slightly rugose, posteriorly nearly smooth, with some very delicate striae. Abdomen smooth, with a few hairs on the side of second segment; the tenninal segments show a fine, delicate punctuation; the spine of the ventral valve is long. Wings hyaline, except the entire apical third, which is smok}^ or dark brown, the veins stout, black, the angular projection in marginal cell at base being vfirv distinct. "Type. No. -.3067, U. S. N. M. "Three specimens, reared by Mr. Albert Koebele, fomi galls collected in Sacramento County, California, but the year of collecting and the date of rearing are not given. A single specimen (No. 3714) was reared February 17, 1SS6. The bright red color and smoky bases of wings will readily distinguish the species." (W. H. Ashmead). I have not seen examples of this species. Callirhytis quercus-pomiformis (Bass.) Cynips quercus pomiformis, H. F. Bas.sett, Can. Ent., vol. 13 (1881) p. 74. Andricus pomiformis, Ashmead, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 12 (188.5), p. 29.5. Callirhytis pomiformis, G. Mayr, V'erh. Zool. Ges. Wien, vol. 52 (1902), p. 289. Callirhytis quercus-pomiformis, Dalla Torre and Kieffer, Das Tierreich, lief. 24 Cynipidce (1910), p. 568. Female. Black, antennas, legs, mandibles and abdomen ventrally dark brown. Head coarsely rugose, antennte 14-1.5 seginented, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 3rd segment longest, a little longer than 4th, suc- ceeding segments to 9th progressively shorter, 9th and following seg- ments subequal, 15th a mere tip on preceding segment. Thora.K coarsely rugose, parapsidal grooves distinct, complete, median longi- tudinal lines reaching half-way to posterior margin, sctitellum rugose, with subcircular basal fovea" shallow, smooth and shining at bottom, not exactly approximate. Abdomen more or less smooth and shining, 2nd segment occupying about two-thirds its length, ventral vah'e and sheath of ovipositor pubescent. Legs clothed with pubescence. Wings hyaline, radial cell open at the margin, a black cloud at base, subcostal vein scarcely reaching margin, vein at base of radial cell angtdate, areolet distinct, cubitus not always reaching basal vein. Length 3 min. Gall. Yellowish, subsphcrical galls, about 3.5 mm. in diameter, the surface more or less roughened by slight elevations in the fonn of longitudinal ridges, containing within numerous oval larval cells im- bedded in the pithy substance of the gall. Habitat. Stanford University, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) 356 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Callirhytis quercus-agrifoliae (Bass.) Cvnips quercus agrifoliip, H. F. BassLtt, Can. Ent. vol. 13 (1881), p. 53. Andricus (Callirhytis) agrifoliae, G. Mayr, Gen. d. Cynip. (1881), p. 28. Callirhytis quercus-agritolia;, Dalla Torre and Kieffer, Das Tierreich, lief. 24 Cynipida; (1910), p. 567. Female. Pale yellowish brown, the antennsc distally from lOth segment and abdomen dorsally fuscous to black, ej^es, ocelli, tips of man- dibles, prosterntim, metathorax, tips of tarsi and ventral valve black. Head faintly rugose, almost granulose, face pubescent, antenna? 14-seg- mented, filiform, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 1st obconic, 2nd o^'al, .3rd segment longest, as long as 1 and 2 together and a little longer than 4th, succeeding segments to 9th progressively .shorter, 9th-13th subequal, last segment longer than penultimate by a half. Thorax elevated, subspher- ical, pronotum narrow in the middle, granulose, slightly pubescent, mesonotum reticulate, almost shagreened, parapsidal grooves deeply impressed, not quite complete but approaching anterior margin, median longitudinal lines reaching half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of -^vings long and very distinct, pleura largely granulose, slighth^ pubescent above and beneath, aciculate in the middle, scutellum granulose, pubescent, basal foveae large, oval, transverse, and shallow, with smooth, shining bottom, approximate, metathorax shallowly punctate, pubescent. Abdomen long oval, smooth and shining, 2nd segment occupying about half its length, 3rd and 4th segments rather wide, succeeding segments narrow, posterior margins in all oblique, oviposito'r sheath exserted, pubescent. Wings hyaline, pubescent, veins pale brown, radial cell long, narrow, open at the margin, vein at base angulate, areolet distinct, cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length 3. .5 mm. Gall. Moderately large, brownish, hard, globular galls, about 10 mms. in diameter, on twigs of Quercus agrifolia, surface microscopic- all}^ pubescent. Internally composed of a dense, cork-like substance, in which the single larval cell is imbedded. Habitat. Palo Alto, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) Callirhytis lasia Ashm. Callirhytis lasius, Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19 (1896), p. 132. Female. Pale brownish yellow, legs Hghter than body, abdomen dorsally darker, head and thorax pubescent. Head faintly rugose, antennae 14-segmented, Lst segments obconic, 2nd long oval, .3rd seginent longest, as long as 1 and 2 together and incised proximally for two-thirds its length, succeeding segments to 9th progressively shorter, 9th and following segments, which are fuscous, subequal, except last, which is longer than penultimate. Thorax closely punctate, punctation rather coarse, parapsidal and median grooves from posterior margin distinct, the former almost complete, median longitudinal lines reaching nearly half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings rather long, scutellum flat, closely punctate, basal foveas transverse and not separated by a carina. Abdomen smooth and shining, 2nd segment oceup\-ing less than half its length, pubescent at base, 3rd, 4th and .5th 1911] Cynipidce of California 357 tergitcs visible, dorsal and ventral valves with a brush of hairs. Wings hyaline, pubscent, veins farily distinct, radial cell open at margin, short, vein at base arcuate, radius only slightly bent, almost a straight line, areolet present and distinct, cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length 2 mm. Gall. Brownish, subglobular, depressed galls on under side of leaves of Qucrcus chrysolepis, (1-7 mm. in diameter, punctate, and covered with pubescence, which is pale brownish tinged with red. Polythal- amous. Habitat. Stevens Creek Canyon, above Cupertino, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) Callirhytis quercus-suttoni (Bass.) Cvnips quercus suttoni, H. F. Bassett, Can. Ent., vol. 13 (1881), p. 54. Aridricus (Callirhytis) suttoni, G. Mayr, Gen. d. Cynip. (1881), p. 28. Callirhytis quercus-suttoni, Dalla Torre and Kieffer, Das Ticrreich, lief. 24 CynipidEe (1910), p. 564. Callirhytis polythyra, Beutenniuller in litt. Female. Reddish brown, tips of mandibles, oral margin, antenna; distally from 4th segment at joints, prostemtmi, base of scutellum, metathorax, abdomen dorsally at base, ventral valve and hind tibite and tarsi black or blackish. Head faintly rugose, face pubescent, eyes narrow, antennae 15-segmented, filifonn, 1st and 2nd segments stout, .3rd segment longest, longer than 1 and 2 together and one-half longer than 4th, sticeeeding segments to 9th progressively shorter, 9th-l,5th subequal. Pronotum narrow in the middle, mesonotum coriaceous and sparsely punctate, pubescent, parapsidal and median grooves reaching less than half-way to anterior margin, median longitudinal lines and smooth lines over base of wings distinct, pleura pubescent, medially smooth and bare, scutellum rugose and pubescent, a rather broad, arcuate groove at base in place of the usual fovea;. Abdomen smooth and shining, second segment occupjang less thaii half its length, pubescent at base, 3rd and 4th segments rather broad, succeeding segments narrow or concealed, ventral valve prominent, ovipositor sheath exserted, pubescent. Legs thickly covered with short hairs. Wings hyaline, pubescent, veins brownish, rather faint, radial cell long, narrow, open at the margin, vein at base angulate, areolet distinct, cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length 3.5 mm. Gall. Spherical or elongate twig swelling on Quercus agrifolia, and Qucrcus chrysolepis, about 20-30 mms. in length and 1.5-25 mms. in diameter, covered with normal bark and ligneous within. Polythal- amous, the numerous oval cells lying near the surface. Habitat. Claremont, Cal. (Baker.) Callirhytis vacciniifoliae Ashm. Callirhytis vacciniifolia;, Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19 (1896), p. 130. "Gall. A thin shelled, globtilar gall, with a central kernel held in place by radiating filaments and closely resembling the gall produced 358 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol, IV, by A. inanis Osten-Sacken, but the average size is smaller and the color of the gall darker. It measures from half an inch to a little over an inch in diameter and is found on Quercus vacciniifolia in California. "Gall-fly. Female. Length, 2 to 3.2 mm. Red or brownish red (one specimen has the thorax almost black), antenna; and legs brownish yellow, sometimes obfuscated; several terminal joints of the antennae are dark brown. Head closely punctate ; thorax almost smooth, the parapsidal grooves sharply defined, complete, a short inedian groove posteriorly and the groove on the shoulder indistinct ; scutellum rugose, the fovea: large, broad, distinct, and separated only by a carina; meso- pleura smooth, polished, the triangular piece beneath tegulas alone being punctate. The abdomen is longer than the head and thorax together, the segments oblique, the second segment occupies about two-thirds of the whole surface and is a little pubescent at sides near the base, impunctate, some of the short terminal segments a little dusky; spine of ventral valve rather long, hairy. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the veins pale brown; the vein at base of marginal cell is slightly bent, but not angulate, the marginal cell being very long and narrow, areolet distinct, but the surrounding veins delicate, cubital cell almost closed. "One of the specimens is but 2 mm. long and of a uniform brownish yellow color, but structurally it does not seem to differ from the others. "Type No. 3087, U. S. N. M. "Four specimens, reared October 16, and December 4, 1884, from galls collected by Prof. J. H. Comstock, at Truckee, California, on Quercus vacciniifolia." (W. H. Ashmead). I have not seen examples of this species. Callirhytis maculipennis Kieff. Callirhytis maculipennis, Kicffer, Bull. Soc. Metz, st-r. 2, vol. H (1904), p. 131. Callirhytis maculipennis, Kieffer, Invert. Pacif., vol. 1 (1904), p. 42. "Black, opaque and pubescent. Head rugose, enlarged behind the eyes; front coriaceous, temples longitudinally striated and finely punc- tured, nearly smooth and shining close behind the eyes. Antennse brownish-red, the last joints more or less fuscous, 14-jointed, nearly glabrous; second joint hardly longer than thick; the third at least thrice as long as thick, the following joints gradually decreasing in size; joints 9-13 nearly equal, one third longer than thick; the last a little longer than the penultimate. Thorax coarsely rugose; mesonotum irregularly rugose posteriorly between the parapsidal furrows, anteriorly and laterally more or less transversely rugtilose; parapsidal furrows complete; the four glabrous lines of the mesonotum are rigid; meso- pleura shagreened and smooth; scutellum hardly longer than wide, rugose, with two triangular fovea? at the base and a longitudinal middle furrow in the anterior two-thirds. Metanotum glabrous, shagreened, with three longitudinal carinae, the lateral ones curved outwards. Wings hyaline, fringed, with a fuscous spot at the base of the radial cell; first abscissa of the radius angulate. Legs brownish red, hind femora and middle part of the hind tibiae fuscous; claws simple. Abdo- 1911] Cynipidce of California 359 men smooth, shining, laterally pubescent only at the base of the second segment, longer than the head and the thorax united; second segment one-fourth shorter than the whole abdomen, finely punctulate apically, laterally very sloping; the two following segments also punctulate. Length of female 3.5-4 mm. "Gall. A bud gall on Querciis agrifolia, globular, the diameter 22 mm. or more, whitish, smooth and glabrous, apically wath a very small wart; the inner substance is also whitish, somewhat spongiose, and contains below the middle several bro^vnish cells which are 4 mm. high and 2 mm. wide. "This species is allied to the genus Amphibolips, from which it is excluded by the tarsal claws being simple. " (J. J. Kieffer). I have examined an example of both gall and gallfly of C. maculipennis. kindly furnished by Mr. Baker. Callirhytis eriophora Kieff. Callirhytis eriophora, Kieffer, Bull. See. Metz, ser. 2, vol. 11 (1904), p. 132. Callirhytis eriophora, Kieffer, Invert. Pacif., vol. 1 (1904), p. 43. "Brownish red, opaque, scarcely pubescent, and finely shagreened. Head enlarged behind the eyes. Antennte 14-jointed, the second joint longer than thick ; the third fully thrice as long as thick, scarcely longer than the fourth ; the following joints gradually shorter and thicker ; the penidtimate, one-third longer than thick, shorter than last. Mesono- tum nearly glabrous, with four dusky longitudinal stripes, the lateral of which are abbreviated anteriorly, the two others shortened posteriorly ; parapsidal furrows not complete, anteriorly obliterated. Scutellum rugose, nearly glabrous, basally with two divergent fovea. Metanotum black-brown, with two parallel carina. Wings hyaline, fringed, the veins brown, the first abscissa of radius angulatcd. Legs faint yellow; claws simple. Abdomen dark red-brown, above nearly black; the second segment occupying nearly the whole abdomen, very shining, glabrous, posteriorly microscopically punctulate; ventral-spine eight times as long as wide. Length of the female 3-3.2 mm. " Gall. A bud gall on Quercus ii'isUzeuii; the gall is roimded, 10 mm. in diameter, the outer portion a yellowish wool-like substance, the inner a globular, ligneous, thin-shelled and monothalamous cell, 4 mm. or more in diameter." (J. J. Kieffer). I have seen examples of this species, kindly furnished by Mr. Baker. Callirhytis clarimontis Kieff. Callirhytis clarimontis, Kieffer, Bull. See. Metz, ser. 2, vol. 11 (1904), p. 132. Callirhytis clarimontis, Kieffer, Invert. Pacif., vol. 1 (1904), p. 43. "Brownish yellow, finely shagreened and scarcely shining. Head enlarged behind the eyes. Antennae black-brown apically, 14-jointed; the third joint nearly five times as long as thick, one half longer than the fourth; the following ' joints gradually decreasing in length, the penultimate one-third longer than thick, the last more than twice as 360 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, long as thick. Mesonotum nearly glabrous, with four dusky longi- tudinal stripes, the two lateral ones abbreviated anteriorly; the parap- sidal furrows complete. Scutellum rugose, nearly glabrous, with two divergent fovea? at the base. Metanotum black-brown, with two parallel carina?. Wings hyaline, fringed, the veins dusky, the first abscissa of the radius angulated. Legs and coxte faint yellow, claws simple. Abdomen glabrous, highly polished, not punctulate, dorsally more or less black-brown, the second segment surpassing somewhat the middle, laterally very sloping; ventral-spine four to five times as long as wide. Length of the female S.o-t mm. "Gall. The gall of this species was found on Quercus agrifolia; it is a bud gall S mm. in diameter and more, globular, opaque, yellowish, with some sparse brown spots, glabrous, apically with short and sparse hairs and a small wart; the inner substance is brown, spongiosc, and encloses a globular, faint yellow, thick-shelled, monothalamous shell 5 mm. in diameter and more; wall of the cell 1.6 mm. thick.' ' (J.J.Kieffer) I have seen examples of this species, kindly furnished by Mr. Baker. Callirhytis bakeri Kieff. Callirhytis bakeri, Kieffc-r, Bull. Soc. Metz, ser. 2, vol. 11 (1904), p. 132. Callirhytis bakeri, Kieffer, Invert. Pacif., vol. 1 (1904), p. 44. "Brown-red, shagreened and pubescent. Head enlarged behind the eyes. Antennae sometimes black-brown apically, 14-jointed; the second joint longer than thick; the third joint four times as long as thick, one-third longer than the fourth; joints 4-G subequal, the fourth scarcely longer than the fifth, the eight apical joints gradually decreasing in length, the penultimate one-half longer than thick, a little shorter than the last, or sometimes only half the length of the last. Thorax scarcely shining ; parapsidal furrows obliterated anteriorly ; scutellum rugose, the two basal fovea? black, deep, separated by a small carina and oblique and divergent; postscutellum and metanotum rugose, the two carinas parallel. Wings hyaline, fringed, veins brown, first abscissa of the radius angulated. Legs and coxa? faint yellow, claws simple. Abdomen black-brown, highly polished and shining, glabrous, longer than the head and the thorax united, the second segment with a pubescent spot on either side at base; these spots occupy the basal three-fourths, the segments are microscopically punctured apically; ventral-spine four times as long as wide. Length of the female .'J.S-4 mm. "Gall. A bud gall on Quercus crassipociila [chrysolepis]; gall oval, about 13 mm. high and 11 mm. thick, smooth, glabrous, ligneous, apically with a thin, longitudinally striated, thick and more or less bent point which is about S mm. high and 1..5 mm. thick; proximally with some bud-scales lying close to the base of the gall; the inner substance subspongiose. " (J. J. Eeffer). I have seen examples of this species, kindly furnished by Mr. Baker. 1911] Cynipidce of California 361 Callirhytis rossi Kieff. Callirhytis rossi, Kieffer, Marcellia, vol. 2 (1903), p. 84. "Forme Agame. Noir; mandibules, les sept premiers articles antennaires, pattes anterieures, tibias et tarses des pattes inter- mediaires, et ecaillettes ferrugineux; scape plus ou moins noiratre; toutes les hanches noires; femurs intermediaires et posterieurs, tibias et tarses des pattes posterieures d'un brun noir. Abdomen d'un brun marron, dessus noir en partie. Axrtcx avec des rides irregulieres et grossieres; face avec des stries rayonnant de la bouche jusqu' au bord des yeux; joues egalant la moitie de la longeur de ces derniers. Mandibules bidentees, aussi larges que longues. Palpes maxillaires composes de quatre articles, dent le premier depasse de moitie la longeur du second; cclui-ci a peine plus long que le troisieme, trois fois aussi long que gros; le dernier un peu plus long que le premier et dis- tinctcment plus gros. Palpes labiaux comjjoses de trois articles dont le second n' est pas plus long que gros; le premier cylindrique, presque trois fois aussi long que gros; le troisieme jslus gros que les autres, un peu aminci aux deux bouts, avec une petite nodosity a I'extremite, deux foix aussi long que gros, a peu pres aussi long que le premier. Antennes a, peine plus epaisses vers I'extremite, composees de 14 articles, dont le second est deux fois aussi long que gros; Ic troisieme quatre fois aussi long que gros, un peu plus long que le quatriemc ; les suivants diminuant graduellement ; le douzieme et le treizieme a j^eine plus longs que gros, le quatorzieme double du treizieme. Thorax mat, a peine pubescent; mesopleures avec une tache brillants et lisse; partie infericure des propleures ridec regulierement ct longitudinalement; pronotum, mesonotum, scutellum et segment mediaire rides grossiere- ment et irregulierement ; sillons parapsidaux percurrents, entre eux sc voient deux aretes paralleles situees dans le tiers anterieur du mesono- tum; c6tes du mesonotum avec un sillon longitudinal bien apparent. Fossettes du scutellum profondes, tr^s rapprochees k leur base. Seg- ment mediaire avec deux aretes faiblement eonvergentes et circon- scrivant une aire traversec par une arete en forme de T; cotes du segment mediaire avec une dent distinete. Crochets des tarses simples, a piene aussi longs que la palette. Ailes anterieures faiblement enfum(Ses dans leur tiers apical, avec une tache d'un brun marron a Tangle basal interne de la memc cellule; ncrvnire sous-scotalc marquee de brun noir a I'endroit de I'insertion de la basale; bord cilie; cellule radiale peu longue, ouverte a la merge, largement aussi a la base et faiblement au sommet; premiere partie du radius arquee, au moins aussi longue que la partie apicale de la sous-costale ; areole distinete; nervures d'un brun elair, base du cubitus peu marquee. Ailes infer- ieures hyalines, avec une nervure sous-costale, une basale s'etendant des crochets frenaux au bord posterieur et une mediane s'arretant a la basale. Abdomen avec une large tache de pubescence de chaque cote de sa base, avec sept segments distincts, aussi long que la tete et le thorax r^unis; second segment occupant la moitie de la longeur de I'abdomen; bord posterieur des six premiers segments finement et 362 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, •densement pointille; apres la mort, a moins que les insectes n'aient ete tues dans I'alcool, le second segment atteint presque I'extreniite abdom- inal, et ne laisse a decouvert qu'un mince bord des deux segments suivants. Spinule ventrale trois fois aussi longue que large. Taille 9 4^5 mm. "Oeuf presque globuleux, un peu plus long que gros, atteignant la cinquieme de la longueur de son pedicclle. "Galle. On trouve la galle de cet insecte sur un Chene a feuilles caduques et legerement pubescent sur le dessous, a jeunes rameaux tomenteux de blanc. [Quercus chrysolepis?] Elle est formee aux depens d'un bourgeon axillaire; comme celle de Cynips tozce Bosc, elle chevauche sur le rameau qui, pour I'unique excmplaire que j'ai recu, etait gros de 3 mm. Sa forme est spherique, sa couleur d'un jaune brunatre, son diametre de 40 mm., sa surfcae couverte d'asperites surtout dans la moitie superieure; ces asperites atteignent au maximum 1 mm. en hauteur et sont souvent confluentes de facon a former des •carenes ou des rides irregulieres, longitudinales ou transversales. Au pole superieur, la galle se prolonge en une pointe coniquc, haute de 5 mm., large d'autant a sa base, ligneuse, et striee longitudinalement. L'interieur est spongieux comme chez celle de Cynips tozce, avec le centre lignieux; cctte partie ligneuse et tres dure, dont le diametre mesure IS mm., renferme de nombreuses cellules larv^aires separees I'une de I'autre par une parol epaisse de 0.60 a 1 mm., longues de 3.5 a 4 mm. et larges de 2 mm. Chacune de ces cellules renferme une galle interne de meme forme, etroitement appliquee au tissu environment, mais d'un gris jaunatre un peu plus clair, se detachant assez facilement et a parol extrement mince et fragile. Eclosion en mai de la seconde annee. J'ai obtenu 19 Cynipides d'une seule galle. "Patrie. Cahfomie. L'unique exemplaire m'a ete cnvoye par M. le docteur Ross, a qui I'insecte est dedie.'' (J. J. Kieffer.) I have not seen examples of this species. Callirhytis nigra n. sp. Female. Black, ocelli, antenna', tcgulae, legs and ovipositor sheath brown. Head broad and thin, microscopically reticulate, face and cheeks pubescent, antennae 13-segmented, incrassate at tip, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 2nd oval, about one-half of 1st, 3rd and 1st seg- ments subequal, 4th-6th a little shorter, 7th and following segments shorter and subequal, except the last, which is twice as long as penulti- mate and a little longer than 3rd; all the segments more or less pubes- cent. Pronotum narrow in the middle, sides deeply punctate, each puncture bearing a hair, mesonotum coriaceo-reticulate, almost smooth and shining, parapsidal grooves distinct and complete, median longi- tudinal lines not reaching half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings distinct, mesopleura smooth and shining, aciculate above, pubescent beneath, scutellum deeply rugose, basal foveas oval, deep, ^\'ith smooth, shining bottom, approximate. Abdomen smooth and shining, much compressed apically, 2nd segment occupj'ing about half its length, its posterior margin oblique, 3rd and 4th segments nar- 1911] Cynipidce of California 363 row, ventral valve oblique and extending upwards to dorsal line, ovi- positor sheath protruding slightly and pubescent. Legs covered with pubescence. Wings hyaline, pubescent, veins faint, brownish, radial cell long, open at the margin, vein at base arcuate, areolet and cubitus indistinct. Length 1.75 mm. Gall. An irregular swelling or enlargement of the terminal twigs of Qucrciis lobata, subglobular, 1.5 mm. x 12 mm., apparently mono thalamous . Habitat. . San Jose, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) Callirhytis guadaloupensis n. sp. Female. Yellowish brown to reddish brown, one specimen with the head, pronotum, median stripe on mesonotum, scutellum, metanotum and abdomen darker; tips of mandibles, ocelli, basal region of anten- nae, pccten, tibiae, tarsi and caudal asjiect of femora black or blackish. Head closelj' punctate, pubescent, antennas 14-segmented, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 3rd segment long, longer than 1 and 2 together, 4th to 8th segments progressively shorter, following segments subequal, except last, which is twice penultimate. Thorax rugose and partially pubescent, ]}arapsidal grooves on mesonotum reaching half-way to anterior margin, median longitudinal lines and smooth lines over base of wings distinct, the former extending less than half-way to posterior margin, scutelhmi pointed, deeply rugose and pubescent, basal foveas inconspicuous, pleura rugose and pubescent. Abdomen smooth, six tergites visible, the second occupying less than one-third the entire length, pubescent at base, dorsal and ventral valves pubescent, tips with tufts of hair. Wings small and narrow, veins heavy, outer third of cubitus not reaching margin, the basal portion of which is hairy, areolet distinct, basal third of cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length 2.5 mm. Gall (PI. XXIII, fig. 4). Hard, smooth, flat, disc-shaped galls on under side of leaves of Querciis chrysolepis, 5-6 mm. in diameter apparently monothalamous. Habitat. Guadaloupe, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) Callirhytis sanctae-clarae n. sp. Female. Reddish brown, eyes, tips of mandibles and ocelli black, legs yellowish brown. Head faintly rugoso-punetate, pubescent, antennse 14-segmented, 1st and 2nd segments stout, 3rd segment long, a little longer than 1 and 2 together, succeeding segments to 9th pro- gressively shorter, 9th and following segments subequal, except the last, which is a little longer than penultimate. Thorax rugoso- punetate, parapsidal grooves on mesonotum distinct, extending half- way to anterior margin, median longitudinal lines reaching half-way to posterior margin, smooth lines over base of wings distinct, mesopleura almost bare, upper portion closely and finely punctate, lower portion acieulate, scutellum rugoso-punetate, basal foveas large, shallow, with smooth, shining bottom, approximate, separated only by a carina, 364 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, metanotum pubescent. Abdomen smooth, shining, very much com- pressed, 2nd segment occupying more than two-thirds its length, posterior margin finely punctate, ventral valve conspicuous, paler than the rest of the abdomen, dorsal valve darker and pubescent, ovipositor sheath conspicuously exserted. Wings hyaline, pubescent, veins dis- tinct, yellowish, radial cell, open at the margin, vein at base arcuate, almost angulate, areolet distinct, cubitus not reaching basal vein. Length 3-3.5 mm. Gall (PI. XXIII, fig. 5). Acorn galls at the tip of leafy twigs of Qiiercus cbrysolepis. 15 mms. long, and double, the basal portion smaller, and telescoped in the upper portion; rugose and covered with a whitish bloom. Monothalamous. Habitat. Stevens Creek Canyon, above Cupertino, Cal. (R. W. Patterson.) 9 SYNERGUS Hartig. Synergus (part.), T. Hartig, Zeits. f. Ent., vol. 2 (1840), p. 186, 197. Face radiately striated, clypeus imperceptible or nearly so, subdorsal frontal grooves always present, usually long. Antenna? 13-15 seg- mented in female, 14-15 segmented in male, distally from 3rd segment in female filiform, in male often thickened, 3rd segment often strongly emar- ginate basally and distally more or less thick. Mesonotum shagreened, very often transversely wrinkled, parapsidal grooves complete, scutellum with basal fove^. Abdomen compressed, 1st segment or petiole longi- tudinally striate, tergite of the 2nd segment greatly enlarged and covering the greater part of the abdomen, or in the male obscuring it, 2nd and 3rd tergites joined without suture and enclosing following segments. Radial cell closed, short. Claws bidentate. Ventral valve short. Inquilines in galls on Qiiercus. Synergus agrifolise Ashm. Synergus agrifolise, Ashniead, Tr. Am. Ent. See, vol. 2.3 (1896), p. 189. "Female. Length 2-2.4 mm. Browni.sh yellow, the legs and coxae paler, the metathorax dusky; ocelli, eyes and mandibles black, or brown- black. The face and pleura are finely striated, head and thorax finely . minutely rugose, pubescent, the parapsidal furrows wanting, the foveas of scutellum small, shallow, hardly apparent; antennas 13-jointed, flagellar joints 2 and 3 equal, little shorter than the first. The abdomen is not quite as long as the head and thorax combined, slightly conpressed, and vertically it is almost as wide as long with the tips sometimes dusky. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the veins pale or hyaline, the areolet distinct, but the closing vein very delicate; in two specimens it is absent. "The male is but 1.5 mm. long, and, excepting the black eyes and ocelli, entirely brownish yellow. "Habitat. Los Angeles, California. "Described from thirteen specimens, bred by Mr. Albert Koebele, from a gall not unlike Neiiroterus saltatoriiis Edw., occurring on Qiiercus agrifolia." (W. H. Ashmead). I have not seen examples of this species. 1911] CynipidcE of Califoniia 365 Synergus brevicomis Ashm. Sj-nergus brevicomis, Ashmcad, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, vol. 23 (1S96), p. ISO. "Female. Length 2.4 Trichoteras , 341 truckeensis (Disholcaspis) 340 truckeensis (Holcaspis) 340 vaceiniifolice (Callirhytis) 357 varicolor (SjTiergus) 371 wiltzEe (Andricus) 353 wisliceni (Andricus) 337 Annals E. S. A. Vol. IV, Plate XXIII. -taeiQ-.P Fttliaway. THE GENERA HYPERA AND PHYTONOMUS (Coleoptera, Family Curculionidae) IN AMERICA, NORTH OF MEXICO.* By E. G. Titus, Sc. D. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Introduction 383 Acknowledgments '. 384 History o£ the genera and group 386 Characters of tribe Hyperini 389 Life-history of the group 391 Food-plants of the Hyperini in America 393 Habits, injuries and control 393 Genera Hypera and Phytonomus, characters of 394 Table of species 395 Hypera punctata 396 Phytonomus cximius 412 Phytonomus quadricollis 414 Phytonomus comptus 415 Phytonomus diversipunctatus 421 Phytonomus seriatus 426 Phytonomus trivittatus 428 Phytonomus maritimus 432 Phytonomus castor 433 Phytonomus pubicollis 434 Phytonomus meles 435 Phytonomus nigrirostris 442 Phytonomus posticus 452 INTRODUCTION. The genera Hypera and Phytonomus belong to the tribe Hyperini, a member of the subfamily Curculioninae of the Coleopterous suborder Rhyncophora. Both genera are well distributed over the northern hemi- sphere, being especially abundant in Europe, the last catalog of Heyden, Reitter and Weise listing in Phytonomus from "Europae caucasi et Armeniae Rossicae" 64 species, 3 varieties and 21 aberrations. In America Leconte in 1876 listed 9 species, three of which are European. Since that time, we know of the introduction of two more European species. The present paper includes 13 species. One Phytonomus has been described from Mexico and in South and Central America are a number of species of Phelypera, a very closely related genus. In the present paper will be treated only those species known to occur in America, north of Mexico, of the genera * Revised from a thesis submitted as a partial requirement for the degree of Doctor of Science at Harvard University, May 1, 1911. Contributions of the Entomological Laboratory, Bussey Institution, Harvard University, No. 39. 383 384 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Hypera and Phytonomus. Specimens have been seen of all the species reported from this region, and the types of six species have been examined. In connection with the study of the American species the author has studied 45 of the European species, in some cases including .a large number of specimens. Over 500 American specimens have been examined, exclusive of several thousand specimens of P. posticus. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. It is with pleasure that I here acknowledge the generous loans and gifts of material and the receipt of many records from the various sources here given. AIap 1. Distribution of Hypera and Phytonomus. From the personal collections of C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.; F. A. SherrifY, Melrose Highlands, Mass.; Frederick Blanchard, Tyngsboro, Mass. ; C. T. Brues, Bussey Institu- tion, Harvard University; Charles Schaefler, Brooklyn, N. Y. ; R. P. Dow, New York, N. Y.; E. A. Bischofif, Irvington, N. J.; Henry Wenzel, Philadelphia, Pa.; W. S. Blatchley, Indianapo- lis, Ind.; J. D. Evans, Trenton, Ont.; A. B. Wolcott, Chicago, 111. ; Prof. H. F. Wickham, Iowa City, la. ; R. L. Webster, Ames, Iowa; Warren Knaus, McPherson, Kan.; Franklin Sherman, Jr., Raleigh, N. C; Norman Criddle, Aweme, Man.; Trevor 1911] Ilypera and Phytonomiis in America 385 Kincaid, Seattle, Wash.; G. I. Reeves, Pullman, Wash.; E. C. Van Dyke, vSan Francisco, Cal. ; F. E. Blaisdell, San Fran- cisco, Cal.; Henry C. Fall, Pasadena, Cal.; and C. N. Ainslie, Salt Lake City, Utah. Determined European material of Phytonomits miiriniis, P. variabilis and P. viciae, has been received from Dr. Edmund Reitter of Paskau, and Prof. Victor Ferrant of Luxemburg, and numerous specimens representing a number of European species from Baron von Rothkirch, Lubben, Germany. From the following institutions I have had material and records: U. S. N. Museum through Dr. L. O. Howard and Mr. E. A. Schwarz; Am. Mus. Nat. History, Mr. Frank Lutz; Department of Agriculture, Dominion of Canada, through Dr. Gordon Hewitt; Brooklyn Academy Arts and Sciences, Charles Schaeffer; American Entom. Society and Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, Dr. Henry Skinner; State Entomol- ogist's office of New York, Dr. E. P. Felt; Cornell University, Dr. Alex. MacGillivray; Illinois University (Bolter collection) and 111. St. Lab. Nat. History, Dr. S. A. Forbes; Field Colum- bian Museum, W. J. Gerhard; Colo. Agric. College, Prof. C. P. Gillette; Conn. Agr. Exp. Station, Prof. W. E. Britton; N. J. Agric. College, Dr. J. B. Smith; Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Mr. C. W. Johnson, and last but by no means the least I have had the advantage of studying the collections in the Museum of Comp. Zoology at Cambridge, Mass., and the kind and ever- ready aid of Mr. Samuel Henshaw, Curator, in searching the literature and examining specimens. To Dr. L. O. Howard I am indebted for the translation of a paper by Dr. Martelli that was published in March of this year. To Mr. C. T. Brues and Mr. F. W. Chapman, for aid in securing the photographs of many of the species here illustrated. To Prof. F. M. Webster, of the Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C, and his assistants, who have aided in the alfalfa weevil work in Utah. To my associates in Utah, and especially to Dr. E. D. Ball, Director of the Experiment Station, for having made possible the opportunity to study the life history, and to my assistant, Mr. V. A. Sadler, for his efficient aid in the field work on Phytonomiis posticus. 386 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Finally, I am greatly indebted to Dr. W. M. Wheeler, of Bussey Institution, Harvard University, under whom much of the systematic work has been developed, for his sincere kind- ness, his encouragement and advice. HISTORY. In 1817 Germar in Germar & Zincker's magazine published a short article calling attention to the fact that he had for a long time been studying the genus Curculio, and that he had found good characters in the large complex of species upon which to erect new genera. At that time he published the names of these proposed genera, each with one or more included species, promising later to give the descriptions. In 1821, in the same magazine, he published descriptions of several of the genera noted in 1817. Among these was the genus Hypera, which he divided into two groups, containing altogether 14 species. In the former paper he gives no char- acters whatsoever to distinguish the different groups, merely mentioning some of the work he had done and giving the list. The genus dates from this latter paper (1821). W'-'^ In 1826 Curtis in his illustration of British Insects figured on plate 116, dated May 1, 1826, Ilypera Jasciculala, and stated in the appended description that the type of the genus Hypera was Curculio punctatiis. He included in his list a number of other species which he had examined. //. punctatiis was one of the species included by Germar in the original description of the genus and hence will stand as the type. In the same year (1826) Schonherr published his work " Curculionidum dispositio methodica," in which in pt. iv, p. 175, "he erects the genus Phytonomus, dividing it into two groups, nearly identical with those of Hypera given by Germar. He makes the type of the genus and of his first group Hypera polygon i L. Hyp. punctata was included in his second group. He gave with each group a number of species which he consid- ered as belonging to that complex. He undoubtedly intended to make Hypera a complete synonym, but since the type of Hypera had already been fixed, both genera should stand. At later dates both Gyllenhal and Germar accepted the genus Phytonomus as including all the species under the two groups, upon what grounds it is impossible to state. Giebel cites the ispecies in the collection at "Univ. Halle-Wittenberg" under 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 387 the name of Hypera. It is apparent that these incktde Germar's material and would indicate that he had not changed the name in his own collection. Why later writers (Jekel, Lacordaire and especially Fowler) should attempt to fix other types for the genus Hypera I do not know, unless I have overlooked papers to which they had access. There is no clue to such literature in their articles. Capiomont in 1867-8 in his "Revision des Hyperides," accepts this group as outlined by Lacordaire in the Genera des Coleopteres, tome vi, p. 395. Capiomont creates several new genera in the group and separates Phj^tonomus from Hypera, but not on the lines given by Curtis. The paper is, however, very valuable, as being the first thorough treatment of the group after Schonherr. Kirsch and Kraatz, each publishing in 1871, contribute nothing new to the separation of the groups included, neither does Seidlitz in his Fauna Transylvanica in 1891. Petri in 1901 in his admirable monograph of the tribe Hyperini closely followed Cai^iomont's work. He also gives a very good list of the synonomy of the species. The larger European catalogues before 1901 usually treated the genus Hypera with Phytonomus as a synonym or a sub- genus. Weise in the Heyden, Reitter and Weise Catalog of 1906 has followed Petri except in the synonomy of the species, where he recognizes "aberrations" for most of those forms previously called varieties. This is certainly a step in the right direction, since in the species I have studied these so-called aberrations appear to be nothing more than forms due to one of several causes and likely to appear in any generation of the species. The term evidently should cover all such cases as. immature specimens, color changes due to temperature or food conditions, size forms, and specimens which have lost all or part of their pubescence, especially the scales. Most of these should never have been described, as is evident from the efforts. of both Capiomont and Petri to separate such forms from the- typical species as they conceived it. The literature of the group is of considerable size as may be judged from the bibliography of the species here treated. Without doubt references have been omitted that should have been given, but I trust that no serious omissions occur. The effect of this large number of references has been to make the 388 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, synonomy' of the species very difficult. It is apparent that the name of Phyto)iomns melcs is in doubt, but I do not care to change it without knowing more regarding the species trivialis Herbst and rocseli Gmelin, both of which were described previous to Fabricius' description of meles. The species major Herbst which had been assigned here as a synonym is according to Schonherr a Cleonus. Schonherr in his monu- mental work on the Curculionids in 1834 and 1842 gives no further aid on this synonomy. Regarding the Stephens species the papers of Walton have been followed even where they differ from later authors since it is believed that they more nearly represent the true synonomy. Walton was in correspondence with Germar and Gyllenhal and with other continental European entomologists, and exchanged specimens with them. Where there was a further question, the papers of Capiomont and Petri have been followed if possible. I have not attempted to place the American forms in the subgenera given by Capiomont believing that these need so much revision as to names and species included that it is well to let them alone. A more thorough study of the life-history of the various Eurasian species will without doubt introduce more synonomy if the other species of that region are as variable as those introduced into America. The most constant characters are the scale structure, form and shape of thorax, shape and size of beak, and the genitalia. Petri has well pointed out the extreme differences in the stem of the male genitalia, the "forceps" of Petri. All the species described from America north of Mexico have been identified, and I feel compelled to make one of the Leconte species, Phy. setigerus, a synonym of trivittatiis of Say, this latter not having been previously recognized since Say's description. One new species, Phy. maritimits is described. Hypera ocellata, 1902: (Biol. Cent. Am. Coleop. v. 4, pt. 4, p. 3) was described from "Omilteme, Guerrero, 8,000 feet, Mexico (H. H. Smith)." From the description and figure, it apparently belongs near Phytonomus eximius. The term Phytonomini of Leconte must give way to Hyperini, the genus Hypera being erected prior to Phytonomus. 1911] Ilypera and Phylonomus in America 389 CHARACTERS OF THE TRIBE HYPERINI. 1863: Lacordaire; Gen. des Coleopteres, tome vi, p. 395 (Hyperides). 1867: Capiomont: Revision de la Hyperides (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. pp. 417-560, pi. 11-12). 1868: Capiomont: Rev. de la Hyperides (con.) (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. pp. 7-4-284, pi. 1-4). 1871: Kirsch: Zur Kenntnis der deutschen Hvperiden (Berl. Entom. Zeits., pp. 173-191). 1901: Petri: Monogr. des Coleop. — Tribus Hvperini, pp. 210, figs. 58, pi. 3, also as: Bestim.— Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, pp. i-42. In this group the body is more or less oval, the thorax never exceptionally long, the beak never extremely long and slender; thorax and elytra more or less covered with scales and with hairs that may be simple, emarginate or thickened. The head is small and round, with the beak or rostrum well developed, often with a carina or keel on the upper surface; antennae set in a groove on the side of the beak, the groove usually slopes downward toward the lower side of the eyes; antennae (PI. XXIV, fig. 17), composed of twelve joints, a long scape, seven funicle joints, the first two of which are longer than any of the others, and a four-jointed club, the antennae rarely reach to the middle of the prothorax; eyes oval, round or elongate-oval, often narrowed below, rather large and close together in front; mouth parts at the apex of the beak as usual, labrum wanting, mandibles, (PI. XXIV, fig. 3, 4, 15), often with fine punctures, broad, stout, more or less pincer-shaped, with teeth, maxilla (PI. XXIV, fig. 1, 16) broad, with short, conical four-jointed palpi which are rigid and taper more or less to a point; lacinia provided with stout teeth and rather long hairs, apparently always with short spines on the inner surface; subntentum nearly rectangular, emarginate; mentum short and broad, labial palpi (PI. XXIV, fig. 2) three-jointed, rigid, conical. Prothorax more or less rounded above as seen from the side, sides usually somewhat swollen, anterior and posterior margins rarely as wide as the middle; oval, transverse-oval or elongate; always with a short process below between the front coxae. Scutellum always minute. Elytra differing greatly in form, sometimes at least three times as long as the thorax, in other species less than twice as long, elongate; oval, broad or obovate; from the side usually rather flat at the base, often rising for a short distance, and then may be abruptly declivous or rounded to the apex; 10 striae and 11 interspaces including the sutural and side spaces. 390 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Venter as in other Curculionidae, front coxae almost con- tiguous, middle coxae separated by the more or less elevated process of the mesosternum and the shorter process of the metasternum; hind coxae usually rather widely separated, the intercoxal process of the third abdominal (first visible) seg- ment being broad, but in all species examined ends in a point which is sometimes concealed beneath the metasternum; side pieces of the mesosternum diagonally divided; side pieces of the metasternum dilated in front usually rather narrowly, the outer angle causing a sinuousity in the edge of the elytron; ventral abdominal segments unequal, first and second con- cealed as usual, the fifth and sixth shortest, usually the seventh or fourth next, the third longest, or in some the seventh the longest; sutures straight or nearly so. Last dorsal abdominal segment in the male with an extra piece, which appears as another segment and is (in the species examined) covered with peculiar many branched hairs or scales, pygidium not exposed. Legs clothed with hairs or scales, usually the femora and coxae with scales only, sometimes these only in front ; the apex of each of the tibia possesses a ring or crown of spines of varying length; articular surface of the hind tibiae distinctly terminal, sometimes with a projection on the inner side; tarsi dilated, third joint strongly bilobed, elongate, with a setose pad beneath; claws long, simple, free. The description of the stages relate only to the following species: Hypera punctata, Phytonomus posticus, P. nigrirostris, P. meles, and P. comptus. The characters seem however, to be common to the species named, where the stages are known. Egg: (not known in comptus) : more or less oval, white, yellow or some shade of yellow, reticulated with hexagonal depressions. Larva: In the younger stages (not known in comptus) slender, widest in the middle, head dark, dorsal surface set with dark or black tubercles upon which are inserted hairs, which are usually clavate at the tips, except on the anal seg- ments where they are longer and simple ; beneath the thorax the surface is projected into lobes, sometimes each lobe of each of the three pairs is bilobed and set with bristles; abdominal segments beneath with smaller lobes; sides with two swollen areas on each segment, the one on which the spiracles are placed 1911] Ilypera and Phytonomiis in America 391 has one or more tubercles set with hairs, anal segment of three lobes, two side and one dorsal; a dorsal abdominal median paler line is present, this may extend onto the thorax. Later stages: Head dark, glabrous with very fine transverse lines, antennae minute, two-jointed, situated near the anterior border; labrum emarginate, with a row of hairs near the edge; mandibles stout, toothed, usually dark; two small ocelli on each side of the head with a long hair between them; palpi two-jointed, a long hair or spine below the first joint. Seg- ments of the body dorsally of two distinct parts, (PL XXIV, figs. 23-32), the smaller anterior part always with one pair of tubercles, a tubercle each side of the dorsal line; the posterior part larger, broader and extending almost to the spiracles, containing on the dorsum, at least, one row of tubercles, some of the thoracic and last abdominal segments may have more rows; spiracles black, nine in number situated a little above the middle and well forward on the side of the segments which possess them, below them one or two tubercles, the spiracles and these tubercles are on the first set of swellings or enlarge- ments; the enlargement below the first is usually small, the third is on the venter and contains the leg-like tubercles. Cocoon: All the species noted above spin reticulate cocoons, usually oval or globular, varying considerably in the size and shape of the openings. Pupa: Rather short and wide, all the appendages very evi- dent, wing-pads rather long, thorax broad, the abdominal seg- ments with transverse rows of setae; the thorax with hairs, those on the prothorax regularly twenty in number, a row of five pairs curving around the anterior margin on each side, the fifth of which is sometimes set far back; and a curved row of five pairs beginning near the center and passing backward to the posterior outer angle. The arrangement of these hairs appears to be constant in each species examined (pupa of meles not seen). Life-history: Eggs laid, except with Hyp. punctata, in the spring on the food plants or inserted into some part of the plant, such as leaf, leaf-sheath, petiole, stem, flower-heads or buds. The habit of comptus is not known, but from the time the larvae appear it is probable the eggs are laid in the spring, the same holds for P. eximius. 392 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Larvae upon hatching, generally remain concealed for some time feeding in a protected place, usually not feeding in the open except at night or when very numerous, when they pass out onto the leaves even in broad daylight. Some feed in flower-heads {meles and nigrirostris, prob. also eximius and comptus) ; others in the leaf -buds {posticus) , but all when numerous will defoliate their food plant. The larva when full grown spins a cocoon that may be placed among the flowerets (nigrirostris) , on the upper surface of the leaves (comptus); on or near the ground, in leaves or other debris (posticus) or in the ground (H. punctata). Even in the same species there is some diversity of habit. In those species where the cocoon spinning has been watched the process is as follows (Folsom, Titus for Hyp. punctata, Titus, Ainslie, Sadler for P. posticus, Titus for P. nigrirostris). In Ilypera punctata the larva buries itself in a small oval cell in the ground, slightly under the surface; this cell it smooths with its head and by turning around and around with its body in- the characteristic curved position; the other species do not form cocoons in the ground. The spinning in the species observed is done with the mouth. The first hairs are placed as a round network on the surface where the larva is lying, then lying on its back it reaches with the head to one side slowly spinning the thread upward. The thread hardens and is thus sometimes carried over to the other side making a framework upon which to attach other threads. More often the threads are laid down along the first network and gradually built up on each side, the larva often puts its mouth or parts of its mouth through the coarser network and fastens a thread outside. The meshes are gradually reduced, in size by placing other threads in both directions inside the first rows, this is especially true with comptus and punctata. Every few seconds, or at least every half minute the larva reaches back to the anus and apparently from some gland secures a fresh supply of silk, the operation of securing this silk can be better described as sucking than "nibbling" though it partakes of the character of both. It may be that this is a secretion from the malphigian glands as found by Silvestri to occur in Lebia. Pupation occurs from one to three days after the cocoon is completed. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 393 When the adult beetle appears it rests in the cocoon until the wing-covers are somewhat hardened and then eats its way out. From the descriptions given apparently some species devour the entire cocoon, this has been noticed but rarely with posticus and has not been reported for punctata. The beetles usually feed by night and rest concealed in the daytime beneath rubbish or leaves or even in cracks in the ground. The smaller specimens often lie in the leaves or opening leaf-buds. The beetles cause considerable injury by their feeding habits at this time, gnawing the parenchyma from the stems and feeding upon the leaves. The introduced European species, and probably all the ispecies, hibernate as adults. The group has in common with some other Curculionidae the habit of distributing themselves by flying at some stated period, in Phytonomus it appears at least in three species {nigrirostris, posticus, meles) to be in the spring. P. posticus has two flights, the second occurring in the summer, Hypera punctata has at least late summer or fall flight. Food-plants: Kleine has published (1910j the food plants of the European species of Phytonomus so far as known. They include plants in many different groups, but especially among the legumes (Fabaceae) and buckwheat (Polygonaceae) families. The native American species whose food-plants are known are comptus on Polygotium; eximus and quadricollis on Rumex; trivittatus (setigerus Lee.) on Lathyrus, and maritimus on ^'Vicia." The introduced species • are primarily leguminous feeders, attacking especially clovers and alfalfa; probably they will feed upon any species of Trifolium, Medtcago or Melilotus. They will .also attack the Astragalus group and the vetches. Hyp. punctata will live upon beans in both larval and adult stages. Other food- plants reported for them, such as golden-rod, potatoes, timothy, wheat and cabbage, are doubtless more or less accidental. Along the Atlantic Coast the introduced species are but occasionally noticed as injurious to the crops, but as they move westward across the Alleghany Mountains, their injuries increase. It is probable that when Hypera punctata from the East and Phytonomus posticus from the West meet on the western plains, we will hear much more regarding their injurious feeding habits. It is certain that the alfalfa weevil (P. posticus) 394 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, is a most serious pest in the parts of Utah where it is at present common and doubtless will be so in any of the western alfalfa regions. Railroads lead in all directions and it is only a matter of time until this species has reached the other alfalfa growing localities. (Map 11.) In the dry regions, where there is little rainfall during the hot summers and very little humidity in the atmosphere, it is very doubtful if the fungus diseases will work. In the coast regions the fungus is undoubtedly the one enemy that keeps the species there present in check. Cultural methods, the introduction of better methods of farming, rotation of crops, use of gathering machines, careful stamping out of incipient colonies and the hope of parasites from Europe are all factors leading toward the control of the species of this group in the more arid climates. Plates XXXIII and XXXIV illustrate something of the problem from the standpoint of the western farmer and show what is being done to aid in cultural lines. Plate XXXIII is adapted from Bui. 110 of the Utah Agr. Exp. Sta., which gives an account of the work accomplished against P. posticus up to July 1, 1910. GENERA HYPERA AND PHYTONOMUS. While these two genera are closely related, there are unmis- takable characters that readily separate them. Ilypera has the beak short, blunt and thick; scarcely one-half longer than the remainder of the head; mandibles never emarginate; elytra much wider than the thorax; usually wider or as wide as the distance from base to point where the elytra curve down- ward; humeri very prominent, convex; alternate interspaces beginning with the sutural one strongly elevated and wider than the others; intercoxal process broad, stem of male genitalia (PI. XXIV, fig. 14), fully as wide as long. Type: Hypera punctata Fab. In Phytonomus the body is never stout, broad and thick, beak never short and blunt; intercoxal process somewhat narrowed at tip; mandibles always more or less emarginate; elytra as wide or a little wider than the thorax; stem of male genitalia (PI. XXIV, figs. 5-13), much longer than wide, generally two or three times longer. Type: Phytonomus arator L. (polygoni L.) 1911] Hypera and PJiytonomus in America 395 Hypera lays eggs in the fall, some larvae hatch then, others the next spring. Cocoon may be formed in the ground, and the meshes are very much closer than in any Phytonomus cocoon known. Phytonomus lays eggs in the spring (so far as known) ; the cocoon apparently never formed beneath the surface of the earth. TABLE OF SPECIES. Beak stout, never longer than prothorax. Large robust species, beak shorter than prothorax; hairs of prothorax and elytra long and slender; scales striate, narrowed toward tip, cmarginate without processes, concave, rounded at base Hypera punctata Elongate, rather stout, sides of elytra almost parallel, thorax longer than broad, beak scarcely as long as prothorax; setae on prothorax thick, numerous, scales sparse, parallel-sided, deeply emarginate. Phytonomus diversipunctatus Beak more slender, always longer than prothorax. Front between the eyes narrower than eye at widest part 1 Front between the eyes always distinctly wider than eye at widest part, usually slightly concave 8 1. Scales not at all cleft or emarginate 2 Scales more or less emarginate 4 Scales cleft 6 2. Body not elongate, flattened, sides of elytra never parallel; scales trun- cate, concave, widest at middle, striate Phytonomus eximius Body elongate, flattened, sides of elytra parallel 3 .3. Thorax deeply punctured, polished; scales concave, truncate, widened at tip, finely striate; setae thickened at tip, more numerous on posterior part of elytra Phytonomus quadricollis Thorax not polished, punctures shallow, indistinct, glabnais, more or less confluent; scales parallel-sided or narrowed at tip. thick, iiulistinctly striate, no hairs on dorsum Phytonomus comptus 4. Scales finely striate, deeply emarginate, sides curved; hairs thick at base and near tip abruptly narrowed to a point; prothorax as wide as long; punctures of elytral striae with minute setae . Phytonomus trivittatus Scales deeply emarginate; hairs on prothorax thick, sides parallel, tip notched; prothorax longer than wide, setae in elytral striae short, thick and white Phytonomus maritimus Scales deeply emarginate, processes and elytral scales as long as body of scale; beak scarcely longer than prothorax, species small, sto'.it. Phytonomus pubicollis 5. Scales cleft nearly or quite to base 6 Scales not nearly cleft to base 7 6. Prothorax much wider than long, sides prominently rounded. Phytonomus meles Prothorax not wider than long, species rather narrow, elongate; hairs on dorsum long, fine, pointed Phytonomus nigrirostris 7. Prothorax almost as wide as long; hairs on dorsum, especially on posterior part of elytra, semi-decumbent, long and pointed. .Phytonomus posticus S. Scales of elytra cleft to or almost to base; prothorax with numerous emarginate hairs mixed with sparse cleft scales, front distinctly eon- cave, beak much longer than prothorax Phytonomus seriatus Scales of thorax and elytra all deeply cleft, some scales on head are cleft; prothorax with sparse, thickened, blunt hairs, beak scarcely longer than prothorax Phytonomus castor 396 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV^ Hypera ocellata — described 1902: Biol. Cent. Amer. Coleop- tera, v. 4, pt. 4, p. 3, would appear from the figure and descrip- tion to be related to Phy. eximins, except that the beak is described as short and widened at the tip. The species has eleven black elytral spots and ochreous and gray scales. The two specimens were collected at "Omilterre, Guerrero, 8,000 feet (H. H. Smith) Mex." The following names are undoubtedly nomina niida but if opportunity offers someone should examine the specimens provided they are still in existence and correctly determine them. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. Coll. Dejean. p. 286. Phy- tonomus conjusus — Amer. boreal. 1869: Giebel: Col. Univ. Halle Wittenberg, p. 44, No. 28, "Hypera nudirostris Germar in litt., Nord Amer." No. 31 an unknown species from "Nord Amer." Hypera punctata Fabricius. 1762: Geoffroy: Ins. 1: 279. "Curculio no. 5." 1779: Schaeffer: Icones Insectorum, tab. 25, fig. 6. Curculio punclalus: 1775: Fabricius: Systema Entom., p. 1.50, no. 119. 1781: Fabricius: Species Insectorum, 1: 190, no. 166. 1781: L5iichart: Verz. u. Besch. d. Tyrol Ins. Kafer, 1 (pt 1): 16, no. 221 1787: Fabricius: Mantissa Ins., 1: 117, no. 221. 1787: Schneider: Neus Mag. Entom. 3(pt 2): 116, no. 190. 17SS: Zschachii: Pars Entom. p. 21, no. 458. 1789: Villers: Entom. Fauna Suec, 1:21,3, no. 169; 4: 279, no. 169. 1790: Gmelin: Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. xiii, p. 1786, no. 378. 1790: Olivier: Hist. Nat. Ins., 5: 541, no. 315. 1790: Rossi: Fauna Etrusca, 1: 131, no. 335. 1792: Fabricius: Entom. Syst. emend. l(pt 2): 472, no. 329. 1792: PaykuU: Monog. Cure. Suec, p. Ill, no. cvii. 1795: Fabricius: Nomen. Entom., p. U. 1795: Herbst: Nat. Ins. Kafer, 6:,505, no. 540. 1795: Panzer: Entom. Germanica, p. .329, no. 174. 1795; Rossi: Fauna Etrusca, (Hellwig ed.) 1: 1,39, no. 335. 1795: Weber: .Nomen. Entom. sec. E. S. Fab. p. 57. 1796: Fabricius: Index Alphabeticus, E. .S. emend., p. 54. 1797: Bergstrasser: Epit. Entom. Fab. Nomen. p. 68, 71. 1800: Paykull: Fauna Suecica, 3: 306, no. cxxix. 1801: Fabricius: Svs. Eleutherat., 1:529, no. 1.33. 1805: Illiger: Magaz. f. Insektenkundc, 4: 1.33. 1828; Boitard: Man. d'Entom., 1: 409. 1853: Moretti: in Gene, ed. 2. RhvtirhatiHs punctalus: ' 1802: Fabricius: Ind. Gen. et sp. Svs. Eleuth., p. 69, no. 54. 1813: Gvllenhal: Ins. Suec, 1 (pt3): 108, no. 38. 1820: Billberg, Enum. Ins., p. 42. 1827; Gyllenhal: Ins. Suec, l(pt 4, app. 3): 572, no. 38. Brachvrhinus punctalus: 1.804; Latreille: Hist. Nat. Gen. et pare. 11; 171, no. 59. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomiis in America 397 Hvpera punctata: 1817: German Germ. &- Zincker Mag. 2: 340. 1821: Germar: Germ. & Zincker Mag., 4: 344, no. 22. 1821: Dejean: Cat. coll. Coleop., p. 89. 1826: Curtis: Brit. Entom. 2: no. 116, 1 (fixes type of genus). 1826: Sturm: Cat. Ins. Sammlung, 1: 157. 1829: Curtis: Guide Arr. Brit. Ins., p. .50, no. 3. 1829: Stephens: Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins., p. 167, no, 1707. 1831: Stephens: Entom., 4; 93. 1848: Walton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) 1: 297. 1849: Walton: Stett. Ent. Zeit., 10: 259. 1861: Waterhouse: Cat. Brit. Coleop., p. 71, no. 1. 1863: Lacordairc: Hist. Nat. Ins. Coleop., 6: 401. 1869: Giebel: Verz. z. Mus. Univ. Halle-Wittenberg p. 43, no. 1. 1869: Targione-Tozzetti: Bui. Ent. See, Ital., 1: 80-81. 1869: Kraatz: Verz. Kafer Deutsch., p. 52. 1871: Kirsch: Berl. Ent. Zeit. 15: 184. 1871: Gemmingcr & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. 1877: Stein & Weise: Cat. Col. Europe, ed. 2, p. 143. 1880: Koppen: Die Schadlichen Ins. Russlands, p. 209. 1880: Rupertsberger: Biol, die Kafer Europa, p. 200. 1883: Weise in H. R. &■ W. Cat. Col. Eur. et. Cau., ed. 4, p. 159. 1884: Bargagli: Bui. Ent. Soc. Ital., 16: 170-1. : Rass. Biol. Rinc. Europei, p. 97. 1888: Bedel: Col. Bassin de la Seine, p. 255. 1889: Fauvel: Rev. Ent., 8: 157. no. 458. 1890: : Bui. Ent. Soc. Ital., 22: 275. 1891: Fowler: Brit. Coleop., 5: 229, 231. 1891: Schneider: Coleop. & Lepidop. Bergen, p. 112, no. 34. 1891: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Eu. Cau. et Arm. Ross., p. 303. 1893: Bertolini: Bui. Ent. Soc. Ital. 25: 244, no. 6. 1894: V. d. Hoop: Tijd. v. Entom., .37: 172. : Eckstein: Deutsch Fisch. Zeit. Stettin., p. 1903: Everts: Coleop. Nccrlandica, p. 600. 1908: Torka: Entom. Blatter, 4: 77. 1909: Cecconi: Rev. Col. Ital., 7: 46. Phylonomus punctatus: 1826: Schonherr: Cure. Dispos. meth., pt. 4, p. 175. 1829: Gebler: in Lededour Reise, p. 168. 1830: Gebler: Bemerk uber d. Ins. Sib. vorz. Altai, p. 168. 1833: Carmagnola: in Villa: Cat. Coleop. dupl. p. 24. 1833: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 2. p. 264. 1834: Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Cure. 2 (pt 2): 401. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean. ed. 3, p. 287. 1839: Falderman: Neue Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc, 6: 189. 1842: Schonherr: Gen. et sp. cure, 6 (pt 2): 346. 1843: Sturm: Cat. Kafer Sammlung, p. 201. 1843: .Schmidt: Stett. Entom. Zeit., 4: 23. 1844: (Dohm:) Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 52. 1847: Hoehhuth: Enum. Russelkafer, Kaukasus u. Transk., p. 491, no. 98. 1849: Gaubil: Cat. Syn. Coleop. Eu. et Alg., p. 156, no. 3. 1849: Redtenbachcr: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, pp. 433-4. 1849: (Dohm): Cat. Col. Eu., p. 61. 1851: Ferris: Mem. Ac. Sc. Lyon, n. s. 1:373. 1853: Murray: Cat. Col. Scotland. 1853: Zebe: Syn. der bisher Deutsch. aufgef. Coleop. p. 75. 1855: Jac. du Val.: Gen. Coleop. d' Europe, p. 109. 1857: Lentz: Neue Verz. der Preuss. Kafer, p. 124. 1858: Dohrn: Cat. Col. Eur., p. 78. 1858: Mathieu; Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg., 2: 197, no. 188. 1858: Redtenbachcr: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, ed. 2, p. 727. 398 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 1862: Schaum: Cat. Col. Europa, ed. 2, p. 89. 1864: Jekel: Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr. (4) 4: 562, 563. 1865: Disconzi: Entom. Vicentia, p. 79, 81, no. 36. 1865: Thomson: Skand. Coleop., 7: 101. 1866: de Marseul: Cat. Coleop. Eur. ct. conf., p. 100, no. 2. 1867: Capiomont: Rev. d. Hyperides, p. 121-3, pi. 11, fig. 12; 12, f. 1. 1868: Capiomont: Rev. d. Hyperides, p. 421. (sep. p. 201). 1868: Villa: Rel. sugli Ins. d. Trifogli. 1868: Villa: La Lombardia, 13 giugno. 1874: Siebke: Enumeratio Ins. Norvegicum, fasc. 1, p. 264-5. 1877: Hevden: Jahrb. Nassau. Vereins, 29: 311. 1878: Sclineider & Leder: Beit, kennt. Kauk. Kaferfauna, p. 287. 1879: Targione-Tozzetti: Ann. Agr. Minis. Agr. & Com. p. 30. 1881: Heyden: Cat. Col. Sibiria, p. 165. 1881: Riley: Amer. Naturalist, 15: 750-1. 1881: Lintner: Husbandman (Elmira, N. Y.), 14 Sep., p. 3, 6, 7. 1881: Lintner: Cultivator and Coun. Gent., 46: 031, 29 Sep. 1881: Lintner: Cultivator and Coun. Gent., 46: 647, 6 Oct. 1881: Riley: Amer. Naturalist, 15: 912-4. 1882: Leconte: Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 9: proc. p. xxxvi. 1882: Riley: Amer. .\aturalist, 16: 248-9. 1882: Riley: 12th Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 17. 1882: Lintner: 41st Rep. N. Y. St. Agr. Soc., pp. 40-50. 1882: Lintner: Rural New Yorker, 41: 010, 9 Sep. 1882: Rilev: Report of the Entomologist, p. 111-9, pi. 10, fig. 1. 1883: Riley: in Rep. U. S. Dept. Agr. f. 1881-2, pp. 171-9, pi. 10, f. 1. 1883: Lintner: First Rep. St. Entom. N. Y., pp. 247-53, fig. 1883: Lintner: Rural New Yorker, 42:310, 19 May. 1883: Mann: Psyche, 4: (Bibliog. rec. 3309, 3325, 3326). p. 96. 1884: Lintner: Countrv Gentleman, 49: 457, 29 May. 1884: Lintner: Ont. Co. Times (N. Y.) 29 May, 4 June. 1884: Devereaux, Clvde Times (N. Y.) 29 May. 1884: Lintner: Tr. N. Y. St. Ag. Soc. f. 1877, v. 33:221-34, fig. 1884: Kilman: Canad. Entomologist, 16: pp. 144-5. 1884: Lintner: Canad. Entom., 16: 182. 1884: Moffat: Canad. Entom., 16: 215. 1884: Sanders: Can. Entom., 16:209-10. 1885: Henshaw: List Col. of Amer. N. of Mex., p. 137, no. 8227. 1885: Lintner: 2nd Rep. St. Entom. N. Y., pp. 3, 14-15. 1885: Kilman: 15th Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 32. 1885: Sanders: loth Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 152. 1886: Arthur: Botanical Gazette, 11: 14-17, pi. 2 (Enlomophlhora). 1886: Arthur: 4th Ann. Rep. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta., f. 1885, p. 241-65, fig. 10. 1886: Rilev: Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 1: 20. 1888: Forbes: Psyche, 5: 10, 45-6. 1888: Lintner: 4th Rep. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 178. 1888: Thaxter: Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 4: 172-175, pL 17, figs. 200-21. 1889: Kilman: Canad. Entom.. 21: 136. 1889: Henshaw: Bibliog. Ec. Entom. pt. iii. 1889: Hamilton: Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 16: 155, no. 454. 1889: Lintner: 5th Rep. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 272, fig. 40. 1889: Lintner: 4th Rep. N. Y. St. Museum, pp. 151, 244. 1889: Smith: 10th Rep. N. J. Agr. E.xp. Sta., p. 241, 313. 1890: Liebeck: Entom. News, 1: 12. 1890: Rilev & Howard: Ins. Life, 3: 70-71. 1890: Smith: Cat. Ins. New Jersey, p. 2.50. 1890: Lintner: 6th Rep. St., Entom. N. Y., p. 182. 1891: Smith: Ins. Life, 3: 231-2. 1891: Lintner: 7th Rep. St. Entom. N. Y. p. 315, fig. 33. 1891: Smith: Ins. Life, 4: 270. 1891: Hamilton: Ins. Life, 4: 270. 1911] Ilypcra and Phylononius in America 399 1891: Osborn: Orange Judd Farmer, 10 Oct.. p. 229. 1891: Seidlitz: Fauna Transsvlv., p. 674. 1891: Weed: Ins. & Insecticides, pp. 235-7, tig. 126. 1892: Webster, F. M.; Ohio Farmer, 4 June, p. 422. 1892: Riley & Howard: Ins. Life, 4: 40i. 1892: Rilev & Howard: Ins. Life, 5: 54. 1892; Smith: Ins. Life, 5:98, 1892: Webster: Ins. Life, 5: 99. 1893: Butler: Indiana Farmer, 14 Jan., figures. 1893: Riley &: Howard: Ins. Life, 5: 279. 1893: Lintner: Country Gentleman, 58: 380, 18 May. 1893: Webster, F. M.: Ins. Life, 6: 186. 1803: Lintner: Sth Rep. St. Entom. N. Y., p. 300. 1893: Lintner: 9th Rep. St. Entom., N. Y., p. 440. 1893: Riley & Howard: Ins. Life, 6:328. 1893: Webster: Canad. Entom. 25: 255. 1893: Meinert: Fort. z. Mus. Billc Larver Coleop., p. 279, no. 508. 1894: Riley & Howard: Ins. Life, 6: 328. 1894: Webster, F. M.: Ohio Farmer, 10 May, p. 377, figs., 17 May, p. 39. 1S94: Wheeler: Bui. 110, Mich. Agr. Exp. Sla., p» 47-52, fig. 1-3. 1894: Hopkins: Ins. Life, 7: 145. 1894: : Michigan Farmer, 8 Sep. 1894: Webster, F. M.: Ins. Life, 7: 203. 1894: Hr)ward: Insect Life, 7: 273. 1894: Buckhout: Rpt. Pa. Agr. Exp. Sta. f. 1893, p. 92. 1895: Lintner: 10th Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., pp. 448, 511. 1895: Schwarz: Bui. 6, Div. Ornith. & Mam., U. S. Dept. Agric, p. 62. 1895: Henshaw: Bibliog. Am. Ec. Ent., pt 4, auth. A-K inc. 1895: Webster: Ohio Farmer, 23 May, p. 417; .30 May, p. 437, fig.; 13 Je, p.__477. 1896: Henshaw: Bibliog. Am. Ec. Ent., pt 5. auth. L-Z inc. 1896: Webster: Bui. 68, Ohio Ag. Exp. Sta.. pp. 27-31, fig. 1896: Kellicott: loum. Columbus (O.) Hort. Soc. pp. 48^9. 1896: Smith: Economic Entomology, pp. 229-30, figs. 234, 235. 1897: Johnson: Bui. 9, n. s. Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., pp. 80-82. 1897: Packard: Psyche, 8: 125. 1897: Webster: fourn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 5:202. 1898: Banks: Bibliog. Am. Ec, Ent., pt 6, 1888-1896 inc. 1898: Beutenmuller: Journ, N. Y. Ent. Soc, 0:40. 1898: Webster: (Jhio Farmer, 19 May, p. 403. 1898: Felt: Country Gentleman, 26 May, 63: 406. 1898: Howard: Yearbook f. 1897, U. S. Dept. Agr. p. 529. 1898: Johnson: Bui, .57, Md. Agr. Exp. Sta.. p. 110. 1898: lohnson: Bui. 17, n. s. Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., pp. 92-94. 1898: Felt: Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., pp. 246, 257, .329, 336, 337, 374, 378. 1899: Hunter: .Ann. Rpt. Neb. St. Bd. Agr. p. 24. 1899: Kilman: 20th Ann. Rpt, Ent. Soc. Ont., pp. 90-91. 1899: Sanderson: .National Rural, 2 Nov. 1899: Lugger: 5th Rpt. St. Ent. Minn., p. 189-90, figs. 198, 199. 1899: Lugger: Bui. 66, Minn. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 85. 1900: Smith: Cat. Ins. New Jersey, p. 343, figs. 154, 155. 1900: Chittenden: Bui. 22, n. s. Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 57. 1900: Johnson: Bui. 20, n. s. Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 96. 1900: Fletcher: Bui. 26, n. s. Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr. p. 96. 1901: Evans: 31st Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 34. 1901: Fletcher: 31st Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 62. 1901: Fletcher: Rpt. Ent. &• Bot. Dom. Canada, p. 1901: Banks: Bibliog. Ec. Ent., pt 7, 1897-1899 inc. 1901: Sanderson: 28th Rpt Del. Agr. Exp. Sta. p. — . 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, pp. 120, 202, pi. 3, fig. ID. 1901: Petri: Bestim. Tab. Coleop. Hft 44, Hyperini, pp. 19, 39. 1902: Felt: 17th Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 845. 400 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 1002: Osborn, Bui. 37, Div. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., pp. 115, 116. 1902: Sanderson: Ins. Inj. Staple Crops, pp. 177-79, fig. 98. 1902: Ulke: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 25: 33, 55 (Dist. Col. list). 1902: Webster: 32nd Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 64. 1902: Durv: Joum. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., 20: 107, 182 (sep. p. 1) 1902: : Nuove Relaz. Staz. Ent. Agrar. Firenze. 1903: Chittenden: Yearbook f. 1902, U. S. Dept. Agr. p. 728. 1903: Balkwill: 33rd Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 44. 1903: Bethune: 3.3rd Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 44, 98. 1903: Fletcher: 33rd Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 44, 98. 1903: Felt: 18th Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 123. 1903: Sempers: Inj. Insects (W. A. Burpee Co.) 17th ed., p. 178, fig. 155. 1903: Tower: Zool. Jahrbuch. 7 (pt 3): 520. 1904: Titus and Pratt: Bui. 47, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 67. 1904: Felt: 19th Rpt. St., Ent. N. Y., p. 184. 1905: Banks: Bibliog. Am. Ec. Ent., pt. 8, 1900-1904, inc. 1905: Currie: Bui. ,53, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 32. 1906: Fletcher: 36th Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 84. 1906: Folsom: Entomology, ed. 1, pp. .58, 381. 1906: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., ed. 2, p. 655. 1907: Close: 16-18th Rpts Del. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 106. 1907: Pierce: Ann. Rpt. Neb. St. Bd. Agr., p. 258. 1907: Webster: Bui. 69, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., pp. 55, 89. 1908: Pierce: Bui. 79, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 41. 1908: Houghton: Joum. Ec. Ent., 1: 297, 298, 299. 1908: Fletcher: 3Sth Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont., p. 127. 1908: Sanderson: Ins. Inj. Staple Crops, ed. — , pp. 177-9, fig. 98. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81. 1909: Folsom: Bui. 134, 111. Agr. Exp. vSta., pp. 15.5-164, figs. 13-16. 1909: Bur. Ent.: Yearbook f. 1908, U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 509. 1910: Webster. R. L.: Joum. Ec. Ent., 3: 502. 1910: Pettit: Bui. 258, Mich. Agr. Exp. Sta., pp. 44-46, figs. 11, 12. 1910: Titus: Bui. 110, Utah Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 19. 1910: Titus: Joum. Ec. Ent., 3: 460. 1910: Smith: Cat. Ins. N. Jersey, p. 381, fig. 157. 1911: Webster, F. M., in Westgate and Hillman, Farmer's Bull. 455, p. 39, fig. 22. jOurculio austriacus: 1781: Schrank: Enumer. Insect. .A.ustriae, p. 123, no. 334. 1784: Herbst: Fues. Archiv., 5: 82, no. 70. 1789: Villers: Entom. Suec. Fauna., 1: 214, no. 177; 4: 281, no. 177. 1790: Gmelin: Linn. Svst. Nat. ed. xiii, p. 1778, no. 324. 1790: Olivier: Hist. Nat. Ins. 5: 571, no. 56. 1795: Herbst: Nat. Ins. Kafer, 6: 243, no. 207, T. 77, fig. 11. 1795: Panzer: Fauna Ins., civ. no. 8. 1800: Paykull: Fauna Suecia Insecta, 3: .306, no. cxxix. 1802: Marsham: Entom. Brit., 1: 302, no. 184. Brachvrkinus austriacus: 1804: Latreille: Hist. Nat. Gen. et pare, 11: 179, no. 89. R}iync}ia:nus austriacus: 1813: Panzer: Ind. Fauna Germ., p. 200, no. 21. 1813: Gyllenhal: Ins. Suecica, 1 (pt 3): 108, no. 38. 1819: Samouelle: Entom. Useful Comp., p. 369. 1819; Samouelle: Nomen. Brit. Ent. Alphab. Arrang., 1: 36. 1820: Billberg: Enum. Insect., p. 42. Hypera punctata var. austriaca: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. Phvlonomns punctatus var. austriacus: ' 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. H^rperini, p. 202. 1901: Petri. Bestim.-Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 39. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 401 Curculio piclus: 1785: Fourcroy: Entom. Paris., 1: 117, no. 5. 1789: Villers: Entom., Fauna Suec, 1; 216, no. 187; 4: 282, no. 187. Hypera puiiclala var. picta. 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. Curculio linzensis: 1790: Gmelin: Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xiii, p. 1799, no. 477. Hypera punctala var. linzensis: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., S: 2386. Phytonomus punctata var. linzensis: 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hypcrini, p. 202. 1901: Petri: Bestim.— Tab. Coleop., Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 39. Curculio medius: 1802: Marsham: Entom. Brit., 1: 302, no. 185. Phytonomus proximus: 1833: Carmagnola: in Villa Cat. Col. Eur. dupl., p. 24. 1843: Sturm: Cat. Coleop. Sammlung, p. 201. Hypera punctata var. proximo: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. Phytonomus rufus: 18:54: Boheman in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Cure., 2 (pt 2): 402. 1842: Boheman in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Cure. 6 (pt 2): 1844: (Dohrn): Cat. Col. Eur., p. 52. 1849: (Dohrn): Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 61. 1858: Dohrn: Cat. Coleop. Europ., p. 79. Hypera punctata var. rufa: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. 1877: Stein & Weise: Cat. Col. Eur., ed. 2, p. 143. 1883: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Coleop. Eur., ed. 4, p. 159. 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 303. Phytonomus punctatus var. rufus: 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, p. 202. 1901: Petri: Bestim.— Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 39. Phytonomus punctatus var. hostilis: 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. Coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 287 (credited-Ziegler). 1901: Petri: Monogr. Coleop. Trib. Hyperini, p. 202. 1901: Petri: Bestim.— Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 39 (hortilis). Hypera punctata var. hostilis: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2386. Phytonomus opimus: 1876: Leconte: Rhyncophora of North America, p. 124, 415. 1884: Reineeke: Buffalo Freie Press, 12 Aug. 1884: Reineeke: Bui. Br'klyn. Ent. Soc., 7: 76. 1882: Leconte: Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 9: proc. p. .\.x.xvi. Hypera opimus: 1880: Austin: Supp. Check List Coleop. N. Am., p. 45, no. 8881. Phytonomus fallaciosus: 1896: Desbrochers: Frelon, 5: 67. 402 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Original Description: Fabricius, 177."), p. 150, as Ciirciilio punctatus. " punctatus. 119. C. brcvirostris, fuscus, elytris punctis, lioloscri- ceis elevalls; margiiiccue flavo. "Habitat in Suecia. "Major, ovala, Rostrum brevissimiim. 'Thorax gibbus, glaber. Elytra striata punctata, et praeterea punctis elevatis, holosericeis atris adspersa." Adult: (Plate XXV). Length 5 to 10 mm. Width 3 to 5.7 mm. Stout, black or bro\vnish black. Clothed with blackish brown pale brown, yellow-brown or gray scales which are short broad and emar- ginate at the tips, and \A-ith short erect bristles, edge of elytra yollow brown or at least paler than remainder of scales. Head clothed with short metallic yellowish scales: front not as wide as breadth of eye, densely clothed with dark yellow hairs or scales \\-hich extend over two-thirds of the beak . eyes elongate oval, narrowed beneath, rather i^rominent; beak scarcely two-thirds the length of the prothorax, and one-half thicker at tip than width of front, beneath on the sides and near the tip polished and densely punctate; an elongate impression on dorsal surface above the antennal groove; antennal groove black, deep, punctured; antenna; reddish-black, scape reaching to middle of eyes, not as long as funicle, not greatly enlarged at tip; first joint of funicle distinctly longer than second, enlarged at the apex so that it is about one-half as thick as long, second joint equal to three and four united, joints three to seven regularh' shorter and broader, seven as wide as long, club elongate-oval, pointed at tip, antenna: with many fine hairs, those on club very fine and dense. Mandibles polished, dull red, not emarginate at tip, maxillae and all the palpi pale lorowTOSh-red. Prothorax broader than long, broader in female than in male, in the female broadly widened in front of the middle, in the male converging more behind than in female; sides broadly impressed, only slightly swollen; dorsum densely rather coarsely punctured, densely clothed with scales and \\'ith many slender pointed hairs; usually with a narrow pale median dorsal line bordered by wide dark, almost black in some, fjands of scales which reach to the sides; sides and beneath with dark j^ellow scales, generally with a dark spot on sides behind and an indis- tinct dark line running from this spot toward the front. Scutellum extremely small, narrowly triangular, clothed with pale scales. Elytra very broad, at tip broadly rounded, sides especially in the male nearly parallel, hunicri prominent and clothed with darker scales. Suture and alternate interspaces more strongly elevated than others, deeply striatcly punctured, striae without setae; each interspace with a single row of black setae pointing backward and partially decumbent, more erect behind; tip of elytra and often the sides with some short white hairs. The coloration of the scales varies from solid gray to black, through ^^arious shades of brown yellows. Some specimens are tes- selated with brownish-yellow and black, the tesselation usually on the more elevated interspaces. I'JllJ Ilypcra and Phytonomiis in America 403 In the male the outer interspaces have paler scales even in the darkest specimens, in the female this pale coloration is sometinjes, but rarely, entirely absent. Venter with lighter colored scales and man^^ light hairs; front coxa^ slightly separated, mesosternal process between middle coxae broad perpendicular, triangular at tip; intercoxal process of first abdominal segment ^•cr3• broad, coxte separated by more than their width. First segment in male impressed, emarginate posteriorly. Stem of male genitalia (PI. XXIV, fig. 14), nearly or quite as broad as long. Legs short, stout, especially the femora; black, tarsi often fer- ruginous, claws long curved, red and darker at tips; front tibiae and laind femora distinctly curved, front tibias more so in male; legs usually clothed with lighter scales and hairs than the body, femora scaled, tibice and tarsi sparsely haired; middle tibiae with a distinct apical hook. Egg: elongate oval, 1.1 mm. to 1.2 mm. long, 0.5 to 0.(3 mm. broad, very regularly hexagonally sculptured. The sctxlpture at one end often merging into strije. As the larva develops the egg changes from an orange or chrome yellow to a dull black. Larvce: (PL XXVI, fig. 1). (Descriptions from Riley, Folsom and observations by the author). First stage: 1.5 to 2 mm. long, narrow, thickest at middle, tapering toward both ends; head brown, blackish- brown or black, with many fine transverse lines on the face; eyes very small, circular, projecting; mandibles terminating in two large sharp teeth, more or less separated, the lower one again div-ided into two or three parts; palpi pale yellow, mandibles brown or dark brown; dorsum of first thoracic segment with a rectangular dark band interrupted by a paler dorsal line which is the continuation of the stem of an inverted Y on the face, this dorsal band becomes wider on the abdominal segments and extends to the tip of anal segment. Hairs on the tubercles clavate as in several other species. Color varies with place of feeding, if con- cealed in bud or stalk is very pale, if exposed is more or less green. Second stage: Color greener, head dark brown, front and sides of rectangular plate on first thoracic segment dark, the remainder green- ish; dorsal median line with a fine dark border, darker than the remain- der of the larva. Side line below spiracles indistinct. Length 4-4.5 mm., width 2 mm. Third stage: Black lines on each side of dorsal line very distinct; head as in second stage, eyes densely black, antenna; darker; color of larvae (Folsom) may be blue green. Usual color pale green. Length 6 to 7 mm., width 2.5 to 3 mm. in the middle. Fourth stage: Dorsal line very white indistinctly bordered by rose color, usually rather pale but sometimes rosy-black, the outer borders of this coloration are black and form distinct lines, interrupted on the margin of each segment; head very dark brown; larva much darker green; lines below the spiracles dark both showing a tendency to be brown or blackish, anal segments brown; the surface of the body much rougher in this stage than in others, the triangular points of the cuticle standing out prominently; tubercles on the thoracic segments below very strong and the hairs more prominent than in earlier stages. Length 8 to 14 mm. 404 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Cocoon: (Plate XXVI, fig. 2). A fine network of rather coarse brown threads, not so dark as in comptus, but the reticulations closer than in any species studied. Oval, 9-lU mm. long and 6.5 to 7 mm. wide. Pupa: (Plate XXVI, fig. 4, 5). When first formed with yellow-green head, small brownish-black eyes, yellow antenna?, legs and wing-pads paler. Abdomen dark green with a distinct pale dorsal line that extends onto prothorax but in those I have seen not onto the head. Frontal row of hairs rather distant from margin; central pairs close together, three following pairs form a curved line ending near the posterior outer edge; a few hairs on remainder of thorax; .transverse rows of blunt setae on each dorsal abdominal segment ; hairs on beak rather short and thin; those on anal' segment moderately long, .stout and dark. Length 5.5-7 mm. Width 3.5-4.5 mm. Probably some are larger than these measurements show. Map 2. Distribution of Hypera punclata Fab. in America. 1911] Ilypera and Phytonomiis in America 405 Distribution: The species was described by Fabricius in 1775 from Sweden, and both Schaeffer and Geoffroy Hst it without a name. Nearly all of the earlier writers mention it and in 1826 Curtis made it the type of Germar's genus Hypera. It is common over all Europe and northern Asia, occurs and probably also, common in central Asia and in China. Asia Minor and the north coast of Africa appear to be more rarely inhabited by this species, isabelliniis taking its place in Egypt. It is becoming well distributed over the United States and southern Canada, occurring now on both coasts and at least as far south as Texas, Tennessee and North Carolina. The following records are based on literature, specimens seen, and records sent me by various collectors. The type of opimiis is from the Melsheimer collection and is an almost perfect specimen of the pure gray form. The Canadian specimen mentioned in 1876 by Leconte was received by him from Mr. D'Urban of the Geol. Survey of Canada about 1850-55. It was not until 1881 that the species was again reported, when it occurred at Barrington, N. Y. ; in 1882 Lintner took a specimen in Vermont. In 1884 piinctatiis reached Canada in numbers, flying across the lake from Buffalo to Ridgeway, 1889 it occurred in several places in Ohio, prob- ably having reached there the previous year. Hamilton reports it from Western Pennsylvania in 1891 and Schwarz identified a beetle taken from the stomach of a crow killed in Michigan in 1892 as this species. Southward by 1890 it had spread over New Jersey and reached Philadelphia where it was very common (Liebeck). The year 1894 gave records from Maryland, Michigan, W. Virginia (Hopkins), and Indiana. C. T. Brues took it in 1897-98 along the shore of Lake Michigan at Chicago, it being one of the very common species at that time. Folsom records its first appearance at Urbana as 1903 and it was common there in 1904. In Pennsylvania, Stewart and Rath- von report it in 1891 and it apparently soon afterward reached Maryland and the District of Columbia, since in 1894 it was seriously damaging clover in western Maryland. Lintner in 1893 received specimens from a correspondent at Hillsboro, Va., where it was then troublesome. Franklin Sherman, Jr., writes me that he collected specimens in North Carolina in 1901 ; there are specimens in the Brues collection from Austin, Texas, 1901-2. I have specimens collected at Memphis, 406 Amials Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Tennessee, in 1906, and took one female at N. Topeka, Kansas, 17, September, 1910. R. L. Webster reported it from Iowa in 1910. On the west coast Hanham reported it from Van- couver in 1902 (Fletcher) and in 1906 E. S. Wilmot states it that was up the Fraser River as far as Harrisons, about twenty miles from the south line of British Columbia. It was not until 1905 that it was reported from Ottawa, Ontario (Har- rington). There are specimens in the Blaisdell and Van Dyke collections from San Francisco, 1908, and in the Van Dyke collection from near Seattle, Washington, 1907, G. I. and Miriam Reeves collected it at Vancouver, Wash., in 1911. Felt {in litt 1911) gives a large number of New York records and says distributed commonly over the entire state. Blatchley {in litt. 1911) states that it is in all parts of Indiana. Maine: Old Orchard Beach (Fall coll.); York Beach (Frost coll). New Hampshire: Base Mt. Washington ix-19-09 (Frost). Vermont: Hartland (U. S. N. M.). Massachusetts: Framingham viii-4-OG, vii-5-06, ix-7-07 (Frost); Bedford (Frost); Forest Hills winter and fall 1910-11 comm.on; Salisbury, Lynn, Wakefield, Marion (Fall coll); Stoneham iv-2 (Sherriff) ; Brookline viii-13, Boston viii-20-02, iv-6-04 Parshley (B. S. Nat. Hist.); Nantucket Id (Bolter coll.). Rhode Island: Providence 18-Sep-02 Armstrong (U. S. N. M.); Kingston. Connecticut: Stratford 1891 (Ins. Life) ; common from rec- ords by Britton, {in lift, 1911), which include the following: New Haven, 9 Nov., 190.3, pair in coitu, H. L. Viereck; 16 Oct., 1903, 18 Aug., 1903, B. H. W.; 16 Aug., 1904, B. H. W.; 9 July, 1909, B. H. W., 12 Sep., 1907, W. E. Britton; Poquonock, 7 July, 1903, B. H. W.; Cromwell, 14 Aug., 1903, B. H. W.; E. Hartford, 21 Aug., 1903, B. H. W.; Colebrook, 21 July, 1905— June, 1911 (Titus); Branford, 20 Aug., 7 Sep., 1905, H. W. W.; Westville, 3 Sep.. 1905, 9 Sep., 1907, W. E. B.; Stonington 7 July, 1906, G. A. Hyslop. New York: Oscana Lake, Aug., 1891, (Van Dyke coll.); Ithaca, 1895 (Ohio U.) 1885, 18 July, 1 Sep., and 1890, 10 May, and many other dates (Cornell Univ.) Thousand Isles 9-21, Danley Corners 16-Aug.-S5, Motts Corners, 23 Aug.,-85 (Cornell U.); Berington, Yates Co., July, 1882, J. B. S. (U. S. 1911] llypera and Pliytonontus in America 407 N. M.); Dundee 13-3, Rockaway Bch (U. S. N. M.); Babylon Je 18, G. D. Bradford, Staten Id (A. M. N. H.); Buffalo in many collections; from Dr. Felt (in litt.) Albany, Buffalo, Canandaigua, Coeymans, Ithaca, Karner, Mosholu, Marl- borough, Newport, Oswego, Phoenicia, Pike, Sheepshead Bay. New Jersey: Distributed over entire state, (J. B. Smith). N. Brunswick, June, vi-15, Monmouth, Chester ix-1 ; Sea Isle City 5-29, Jamesburg, Jixne; Woodbury 6-19; Anglesea 6-26, Avalon 7-2.5, Westville S-13; Atlantic City 6-24 (coll. J. B. Smith); Anglesea 1-28; Phila. Neck 1-31, Malaga ix-18 (coll. Wenzel); Highlands N. J. (U. S. N. M., Mich. Agr. Coll.); Cape May, Ft. Lee (A. M. N. H.); Highlands 8-7-90, (Soltau) Anglesea 22-7 (U. S. N. M.); Hopatcong (A. M. N. H.). Pennsylvania: Bucks Co (J. B. S.); Crooked Ck, Allegheny (Felt coll.); W. Park (Wenzel); "Pa" (Horn coll.); Pa (Bolter coll.). Maryland: See records above under general distribution. Delaware: Close 1907, records from state. District of Columbia: Washington 11-8, 11-7 (U. S. N. M.) common (Schwarz). Virginia: Falls Ch. (Felt list). Common (Schwarz). West Virginia: Berkeley and other counties (Hopkins) ; Morgantown (Felt list). North Carolina: Raleigh 22 Oct., 1901, Newton, Aug., 1902 (Sherman) . Tennessee: Memphis (Titus coll.) 1906. Texas: Austin, 1901-2 (Brues coll.). Michigan: Detroit, Sep. 2, Hubbard and Schwarz (U. S. N. M.). Common. Ohio: N. E. Ohio, 1890 (Webster) ; Wooster, 1 893: (Webster) ; Lucas Co., 1893 (Hine); Cincinnati 1892 (Dury); Wauseon, April, 1894 (Hine); Sandusky, July 12, 1899; Big Chicken Id. L. Erie, 25 July, 1903, Columbus (Ohio State University); Cleveland, June 23 (Webster) ; Cuyahoga Falls, 14-viii-04 (Warner, U. S. N. M.). Indiana: Indianapolis (Fall coll.); Stilesville i.\-18 (Wick- ham coll.); common throughout state (Blatchley). Illinois: Chicago, 1897-1898, common (Brues) ; Urbana, ix-26-10 Titus; Cobden ix-25-10, (Titus); in coll. Field Col. Mus: Willow Spr. viii-17-07, viii-31-07; Roby ix-7-06; Cook Co. (Chope); Chicago ix-2, (Brand); Glencoe v-31-09, (Ger- hard); Carbondale ix-22-09 (Gerhard). 408 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Wisconsin: Bolter coll; Lugger coll.; Beaver Dam ix-4-10 (Van Dyke). Iowa: Burlington, April, 1910 (Webster, R. L.). Kansas: North Topeka, 17 Sep., 1910 (Titus). Washington: Washington Lake near Seattle v-9-07, ix-9-07 (Van Dyke); Vancouver (G. L & M. Reeves). California: Mt. Lake near Presidio Mil. Res. San Francisco, May, '08, (Blaisdell and VanDyke). Oregon: "Ore." (U. S. N. M.). British Colnmbia: Victoria 1902 (Hanham), Harrison, 190S (Wilmot). Food Plants and Life History: In Europe this species has several times been reported as injurious locally, but only for short periods. The earliest record I have found is Villa's statement at the time of the outbreak in the region of Lom- bardy in 1868, when he says that Moretti in a revised edition of Gene's publication in 1853 reports this species as injuring clover, and believes that this referred to a previous serious injury about 1834-35. I have not seen the work mentioned. In 1868 the species caused serious damage in northern Italy so that a commission was appointed to investigate the matter and published several papers giving recommendations. Targione-Tozzetti in 1879 notes a severe outbreak in the region around Florence; Koppen in 1880 mentions its injuries to agriculture in Italy. Bargagli in his work on the Rhynco- phora writes of the species as injurious and in 1884 reports that the previous year it had been excessively abundant. He believed that this was due to the very dry year killing off the predaceous and parasitic insects that ordinarily keep it in check. Bertolini reports it from clover at Trento in 1893. It was again injurious in the region of Florence in 1902-1903. In America its first notice as an injurious species was in 1881 in New York when there was a severe outbreak and from this place it rapidly spread in all directions year by year. Five years later Arthur of the Geneva station studied the fungus that was then attacking it. This disease keeps the species well in check throughout the eastern states. However, when the species reaches the dry western climates it is probable that it will cause much more serious damage. The life history of the species was published by Riley in 1882 and a more recent paper by Folsom (1909) gives much additional information regarding its habits and distribution. 1911] Ilypera and Phytonomiis in America 409' The following account is condensed from Folsom's most excellent paper on this subject, supplemented by observations I have made the past fall, winter and spring on the species in captivity and on the grounds of the Bussey Institution and other places around Boston. I have succeeded in forcing the larvae through to pupation by the middle of March. The beetles of the year lay eggs throughout the fall from September until winter forces them into hibernation. Folsom states that he rarely found the weevils in early spring, those found being "either dead or in the last stages of decrepitude and evidently incapable of doing anything toward the propagation of their kind." Eggs are laid in old clover stems, on the outside of green stems, leaf petioles and among young leaves, or on the ground amongst the debris at the base of the plant. In captivity the beetles freely deposited their eggs in the stems of growing alfalfa and clover. As related by R. L. Webster the adults stand head downward boring the hole in which to deposit the eggs with their beak. Apparently the majority of the eggs hatch in the fall, the young larvae wintering over in various sizes ranging from those newly hatched of 1.5 mm. length to specimens 5 to 7 mm. long and certainly three-quarters grown. During the winter they may be found inside hollow stems, among the young leaves, or among the dried leaves about the base of the plants. On warm winter days they come out to feed on the young leaves, I have found them feeding in the bright sunshine on warm days in January and February; Glascow also reported finding larvae feeding at this time of year (Folsom). In early spring the overwintering eggs begin to hatch and the larvae that have been hibernating come out on the plants and feed. The very young larvee eat small holes in the leaves while the older ones cut pieces out of the edge or even cut off young leaves. The damage to clover is sometimes quite severe and alfalfa plants show the riddling still plainer. The beetles feed on the leaves and stems, both eating off the parenchyma and making feeding punctures in the stems. Folsom gives the length of the egg-period in as 23 to 45 days. One lot of 54 eggs laid by one beetle in the insect- ary at Forest Hills were divided, 27 kept inside hatched in 18 days, while those placed outside hatched with an average of 31 days. 410 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, According to Folsom the average for the first larval stage is about 9 days; and the others very variable. Larvae reared by me in 1910-11 passed the first stage in 8-9 days, the second in 10-12, third in 15-16 and spun their cocoons 12-16 days later. The cocoon spinning occupies one or two days, Pupae are apparently formed about two days after the cocoon is finished. The pupal period (Folsom) is from 10 to 20 days. Beetles appear in Illinois as earl}^ as May 9 and as late as July 15. The period of greatest emergence being "the last week in June." Copulation does not occur for several weeks or even more than a month after their appearance. Meanwhile they spend their time hidden during the day and coming out at night to feed. Both beetles and larvee usually feed during the night. The largest number of eggs reported by Folsom was 40. Taking advantage of their propensity for continued mating I have supplied a female with fresh males and fresh food-plant after each egg-laying period; this combined with a warm room seemed to act as a stimulant and I received 68 eggs. Dissection later showed many undeveloped eggs in the ovaries. Folsom gives as foodplants "all kinds of clovers and alfalfa as well." In central Illinois red clover is most heavily infested, alfalfa second and white clover third. Webster found that one year in Ohio the white clover was most seriously injured. Lintner reports the larvae and adults feeding on beans, the latter especially on the pods. Kleine gives as the food-plants in Europe: Medicago sativa, Trifolium pratense and T. incarnatum and Helianthus tuberosus. Enemies: Riley reported Collops quadrimacuJatiis in the larval stage feeding on the eggs, and Ciciiidela re panda prob- ably preying upon the larvae. Webster notes that larvs are eaten by birds and that turkeys (especially), and chickens are very fond of them. In Europe Torka in 1907 reported, evi- dently quoting from Eckstein, finding the species in the stomach of Botaiirus stellaria. The worst enemy of the insect is undoubtedly a fungus disease which attacks the larvae under favorable conditions sweeping them off in great numbers. This disease was first noted by Arthur in New York in 1885 and has since appeared wherever the Phytonomus has been distributed throughout the eastern and central states. Folsom states that it requires 191 1] Hyper a and Phytonomus in America 411 damp and not too cold weather to develop and affects the larvae in October and November and again in April and May. This fungus is known as Entomophthora sphaerosperma Fres., and is a common disease upon many insects, the only other representative of the Coleoptera reported as attacked is a Lampyrid larva. The list of its hosts includes (Thaxter, 1888); in the Lepidoptera, imago of Colias philodice and larvae of Pieris; in Hymenoptera several Ichneumons, and a Halictus; in Diptera, imago of the common house fly {Musca domestica) and representatives of several families of small diptera; in Coleoptera as noted above; Hemiptera, Aphis, Typhlocyba, larvae, pupae, imagines; in Neuroptera; imago of Limnephilus{?) ; Thrips in various stages of a species on Solidago. This species of fungus occurs in Europe as well as in America, here being known from Maine to North Carolina and westward into the Mississippi Valley. The fungus develops in the body of the host, as a network of branching mycelia, some of the branches push through the ventral wall and become attached as rhizoids to some surface; over the body is formed a gray velvety coating of fine threads which have penetrated the skin; on the tips of some of these are formed conidia from these come temporary spores which are shot away for some distance and may thus alight upon another host and begin to grow. Resting spores develop inside the host and probably maj^ thus live over until the next season. The sick larvse crawl up the plants during the night, ascend- ing as high as possible, if on a slender stem or a grass blade they coil themselves about it in a horizontal position. Arthur (1885) states that they die by noon, remaining in this position and during the late afternoon have changed to a velvety gray. By the next morning the larva is only a blackened shriveled mass. This disease is so destructive to the larvae of Phytonomus nigrirostris and Hypera punctata that there is rarely any cause for worry on account of their injurious habits in the Eastern States. When they appear in numbers any season they are nearly all killed before reaching maturity. 412 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Phytonomus eximius Leconte. Phylonomus eximius: 1870: Leconte; Rhvncophora of N. America, p. 114, no. 4-,'), p. 41.5. 1877: Popenoe: Tr.' Kans. Acad. Sc, ,5:38-9. 1881: Rilev: American Naturalist, 15: 912. 1882: Riley: Report of the Entomologist, p. 111. 188.3: Riley: in Rpt. U. S. Dept. Agr., p. 171. 1883: Lintner: 1st Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 248. 1885: Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Am. N. of Mex., p. 137, no. 8231. 1898: Beutenmuller: Joum. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 1:40. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81. Hypera eximius: 1880: Austin: Supp. Check li.st Coleop. N. Amer., p. 45, no. 8885. Adult: (Plate XXVII, fig. 6-8). Length 4.8-5..5 mm. Width 1.5-2 mm. Black, densely clothed with golden-yellow, rust -red, brownish-black or black scales or some combination of the colors, hairs sparse, usually pale. Head densely, finely punctiu^ed, scales dense on head, especially between the eyes, sparse on beak ; front narrow, scarcely as wide as beak at tip, about as wide as one eye; eyes oval, scarcely elongate, narrowed beneath very slightly; beak not as long as prothorax, generally covered with fine punctures which often merge into stri^ that extend almost to the tip which is a little widened, apical two-thirds of beak sparsely clothed with long pale or black hairs; antenna; black, not densely haired, very long in proportion to size of the insect ; scape reaching at least to the eyes, first funicular joint as long as three following, enlarged at tip, second joint as long as third and fourth united, club long pointed, densely pubescent with very fine short hairs. Prothorax as long as wide, narrowed in front, sides obliquel}- sloping back for two-thirds of length, then slightly contracted to posterior edge, sides somewhat swollen, iinpressed behind; dorsum and sides clothed with ribbed scales that arc almost quadrate in form, and with a few short pale or white hairs. Scutellum narrowly triangular, scales yellow. Elytra at base one-third wider than widest part of prothorax, gradually widening for two-thirds of length where they become almost one-half wider than prothorax, then gradually sloping to the rounded tip; scales as on prothorax, hairs on interspaces very sparse, inter- spaces flat; punctures of the stria; without hairs. In soine specimens the scales are dark yeUow with tesselatcd brown or black spots on alternate interspaces 'beginning with the sutural area ; others are rust- red either uniforml}' scaled or with spots of brown, yellow or gray scales intermixed, or they may be covered entirely with gray scales. Venter with entire surface clothed with paler scales and fine pale hairs ; these hairs are especially evident in a small area on the mesoster- niun; abdoirdnal stirface often rubbed so that it appears spotted with black; mesoslernal process between middle coxte elevated, narrowly linear, ending in a rounded point ; intcrcoxal process of first abdominal segment broad; male genitalia (Plate XXIV, fig. 7) with stem broad, sides obliquely sloping to a broadly rounded tip. 1011] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 413 Legs black, last tarsal joint, especially of hind legs usually pale, femora all clothed with scales, tibiae and tarsi with pale hairs, front tibiae in male curved, with a distinct thin process apically on the inside, crown of spines on tibial pale yellow. Map 3. Distribution of Phytonomus eximius Lee. and P. quadricolHs Lee. Distribution: Type locality, Topeka, Kansas, 2 specimens from E. A. Popenoe, one of which is in the Mus. Comp. Zool., in the Leconte collection. Dom. of Canada: Manitoba: Aweme, 2-vii-07, ll-June-03, 7-vii-OS, 15-viii-OS (all in coll. Norman Criddle). United States: Illinois: 5 in Bolter coll. Univ. of 111. Iowa: Iowa City (coll. Wickham) (R. L. Webster in litt.) 414 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Nebraska: "Neb." (collections U. S. N. M., Schaeffer, Fall, Wenzel); Lincoln, H. Soltau, 5-5 (U. S. N. M.); Lincoln, Bruner, May 3 (Mich. Agr. Coll.) Malcolm, vi-20-n9, C. R. Oertels, vi-22-09 (coll. Frost); Lincoln, Salt basin, vi-26-()9, H. Shoemaker (coll. Wickham); Kearney (coll. Wenzel). Kansas: "Kan." (Horn coll. Am. Ent. Soc, Mich. Agr. Coll., U. S. N. M., Fall coll.); Douglas Co. May, Bridwell (U. S. N. M.); Wilson Co. 4-17-97 (coll. Cornell Univ.); Benedict Ks, 4-23-96, W. Knaus; Onaga Ks (coll. VanDyke). Texas: Dallas (Mich. Agr. Coll.); Bolter coll. 1. Colorado: Florissant June, '07, Cockerell, (2 in Fall coll.): Horn coll. Am. Ent. Soc. 1. Food plants: Riimcx hrittanicus and probably other species. Life History: Popenoe (1877) bred the type specimens from pupae in cocoons found on the leaves of Rumex hrittanicus. He states that the cocoon is yellow brown, loosely interwoven, broad in outline, and the pupse very "nervous" when dis- turbed. Warren Knaus, McPherson, Kansas (/» Utt 1911) states that he collected specimens in copula 23 Apr., 1896 in Wil?.jn Co., Kansas on a species of Rumex and that young larv4e were then present feeding on the leaves and flowers, the season "was late and the beetles were disappearing. Phytonomus quadricollis Lecontc. Phylonomus quadricollis: 187(i: Lcconti'i Rlivncophora of North America, p. 12G, no. 8, p. 415. 18So: Henshaw; Cat. Coleop. Am. N. of Mex., p. 137, no. 8235. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81 (in error). Hvpera qnadricollos: 1880: Austin: Supp. Check list Coleop. N. Am., p. 45, no. SSS8. Adult: (Plate XXVII, figs. 3-5). Length 4 mm. Width 1,5 mm. Elongate, black or "blackish brown", with dense closely set gray or dull yellow small rounded scales ; legs pale rec Head clothed with coarse hairs; front niu^h wider than -width of eye, flat; eves elongate-oval; beak as long •''A'-'prothorax, rather slender, at least three times as long as wide; tip sligiitly enlarged, a few sparse puncttires on the glabrous portion, feebly carinate; antenncB brownish red, scape reaching to the eyes, smooth, first joint of funicle as long as two following or nearly so, club elongate, second and third funicle joints subequal. Prothorax square, slightly narrowed in front, sides variable but never more than scarcely rounded ; polished with closely set shallow punctures in which the scales and hairs rest. Elytra much wider than ijosterior margin of prothorax, oblong- oval, humeri rounded, sides almost parallel, rounded at tips; striae 1911J Ilypera and Phylonoiniis in America 415 impressed, punctured, each puncture with a short white thick hair or seta; a single row of white setae, short and stout in front and longer behind on each interspace; interspaces not elevated. Setae on all parts of insect more or less decumbent; scales very evenly, regularly set, so that they appear almost as if in rows on the interspaces; color very uniform dull yellow or dirty white or gray. In one specimen there is almost a complete tesselation, with pale brown quadrate maculse on the yellow ground. Venter with scales usually paler and on abdomen intermixed with transverse rows of short white hairs; mcsosternal process between middle coxa long, narrow, enlarged at tip, elevated; intercoxal process of first abdominal segment broad at base and rapidly curving to a blunt point. Stem of male genitalia (Plate XXIV, fig. 8) gradually and evenly rounded to the blunt tip, sides parallel for two-thirds of length, edges not strongly curved inward. Legs pale red, claws dark red; femora only little curved; femora clothed in front with scales; tibiae and tarsi and usually the femora clothed behind with long stout hairs; tibiae and tarsi clothed in front ■\\ath hairs or scales or both, crown of spines on posterior tiloise short and yellow; sometimes all the legs are entirely covered with short hairs or setae and with scales. Distribution: (See Map 3). Type locality, "Dacota," 1 specimen in Leconte collection, Mus. Comp. Zoolo^_ I have seen a number of specimens of this species collected by Norman and Evelyn Criddle on Rumex venosus along streams at Aweme, Manitoba (23-vi-OS, Criddle coll.) (v-26-04, Wenzel coll.), vi-11-03, (Wickham coll.) and also one specimen in the Horn collection (Am. Ent. Soc.) from Colorado. R. L. Webster (1909) records the species from "Ykn," Las Vegas, N. Mex., and Wyoming (Bolter coll.), but an examination of these specimens shows that they do not belong in the tribe Hyperini. Phytonomus comptus Say. Phytonomus complu ISI)]- Say: Dett-. of N. American Curculionidac, p. 12-13. 1S34: Gyr- il in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Cure. 2(pt. 2): 3S4. 1842: GylL. lal in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Cure. 6(pt. 2): 380, no. 70. 1S.53: Melsheimer: Cat. Desc. Coleop. United .States, p. 95. 18.59: Leconte: Comp. Writing of Thomas Say, 1: 274. 1873: Crotch: Cat. Coleop. of N. Amer., p. 118, no. 6992. 1878: Hubbard & Schwarz: Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 17: 663. 1S79: Dury: Journ. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 14. 1880: Zeisch & Reinecke: List Coleop. vie. Buffalo, p. 14. 1881: Zeisch Sc Reinecke: Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Hist., 4; 14. 1881: Riley: American Naturalist, 15: 912. -1882: Rilev: Report of the Entomologist, p. 111. 1883: Rilev: in Rpt. U. S. Dept. Agr. f. 1881-2, p. 171. 1883: Lintner: First Rpt. St. Entom. N. Y., p. 248. 416 Annals Entomological Society of America [V^ol. IV, 1883: Brodie & White: Check List Ins. Dom. Canada, p. 47. 188.5: Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Amer. N. of Max., p. 137, no. 8230. 1890: Smith: Cat. Ins. N. Jersey, p. 250. 1898: Beutenmuller: Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1: 40. 1899: Smith: Cat. Ins. New Jersey, p. 343. 1902; Dury: Journ. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., 20: 1S2 (sep. p. 76). 1902: Ulke: Proc. U. S. N. Museum, 25: 355. (Dist. Columbia list). 1902; Wickham; Bui. Lab. Nat. Hist. St. Univ. p: 1907; Pierce; Ann. Rpt. Neb. St. Board Agr. p. 258. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81. 1910: Smith: Cat. Ins. New Jersey, p. 381. Ih'pera compta: 1S71: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleoptera, 8: 2381. 18S0: Austin: Supp. Check List Col. N. America, p. 45, no. 8884. Phytonomus diversus: ' 1833; Dejean; Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 2, p. 263. 1834: Gyllenhal in .Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Cure. 2 (pt 2): 371. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 286. 1842: Gyllenhal in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Cure, 6 (pt 2); 372. 1873: Crotch: Cat. Coleop. N. America, p. 118, no. 6992a. Phytonomus rnmicis var. diversus. Phytonomus rumicis var. comptus: 1901; Petri; Monog. d. Coleop.-Tribus Hvperini, p. 129, 202. 1901: Petri: Bestimm.-Tabel. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 40. Original description: Say, 1S31, p. 12-13: "2. P. comptus. — Elytra with subquadrate, brown spots. Inhabits United States. " Bod^'' cinereous-olivaceous covered with small scales ; rostrum shorter than head and thorax, rather narrower at base; antennte and feet rufous; thorax somewhat rounded, with a much dilated brown, somewhat metallic vitta (p. 13) scutel small triangtilar; elytra with slightly im- pressed, but punctured stria?, interstitial lines flat, with more or less brown quadrate spots, particularly near the suture, where they are alternate. " Length much over three-twentieths of an inch. " Adult: (Plate XXIV, figs. 1, 3, 5, 6, 17; Plate XXVIII, figs. 1-4). Length 3.3-5 mm. Width 1.2-1.7 mm. Rich brown to reddish black and more rarely black, thorax usually darker than the elytra; elongate; closely covered with small scarcely striate rounded scales. Antenna; and legs ferruginous. Head small, ■v'cry finely punctured, beneath with fine transverse lines; covered above and below with very narrow blunt scales, on the sides wider and more numerous; these scales arc almost hairlike in character; eyes oval, slightly elongate without a fovea behind; front never as wide as an eye ; beak about as long as the prothorax in the females, shorter in the males; slightly wddened at the tip which is almost always entirely red, never with a carina, rarely curved strongly, usually with many short, scale like hairs on the black portion and a few long slender hairs near the tip on the polished portion, these arc set in minute punctures; antennal groove not deeply cur\'ed downward, roughened, above it on the beak an elongate depression; antenna only slightly hairy, scape not nearly reaching to the margin of the ej-es, polished, equal in length to the lyil] Ilypera and Phytonotnus in America 417 funicle, first funicle joint nearly twice as long as second, second longer than third, seventh joint broader and shorter than the others, last joint of club more elongate, longer than others, all covered with fine pube- scence ; antennas inserted about one-third back from tip of beak. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, widest in the middle, anterior and posterior margins of almost the same width, sides rounded and im- pressed posteriorly, a deep impressed groove near the anterior sterjial margin which extends upwards on the sides gradually becoming indis- tinct ; anterior margin below with a fringe of hair projecting forward over the suture ; punctures rather coarse and dense in each puncture lies a small narrow truncate or rounded scale. ScuteUum small triangular, elongate and usually covered with finer paler scales. Elytra elongate-oval, narrow in front, sloping gradually outward for three-quarters of length and then quickly narrowed, from the side onh" slightly declivous behind ; stria; distinct, punctured, interspaces scarcely elevated, scales arranged irregidarly on interspaces as compared with qiiadricollis, but much more regular than in other species, often over- lapping, but never lying across the striag; no seta in the stria! punctures. ]' enter covered with fine generally paler scales, abdomen flatter in male than in female and with a faint indication of an impression on the first segment; mesosternal process between the middle coxfe elevated for half its length and broadly triangular, then curved backward contracted and again enlarged near the truncate point ; the process of the metaster- num appears to fit into a socket on the under side of the mesosternal ]jrocess; intcrcoxal process of third segment of abdomen not as wide as coxa, projected further forward than usual. Male genitalia (Plate I, figs. o-(J) with stem having elongate parallel sides for two-thirds of the length then curved smoothly in to the rounded point. Legs with all the coxje, and femora in front clothed with narrow scales, tibiae and tarsi with hairs which are sparsely set almost in rows and sometimes short and stout ; crown of spines on hind tibia short and stout, spur of hind tibia very short, stout and red; tarsi above and claws usually darker than remainder of legs; pad on the third joints long and pale. The color of the adult beetle varies extremely ; from a large number of specimens bred by Dr. J. B. Smith, at Trenton, N. J., I have found almost all the varieties sent from various localities over the United States. The prevailing color seems to be rust-red, which is evidently the color of the specimens described by Gyllenhal as diversus. Other specimens are brown, gray, grayish-green, metallic-red, gray or gray- green; others tesselated over the entire elytral surface with brown and black macula; on a background of red or brownish yellow scales; a few are metallic greenish-black. The specimens sent Schoenherr b}' Sa}- are evidently small males of the obsoletely tesselated reddish fomis. The relation with P. rumicis is only superficial and extends neither to the thoracic fonn, elytral markings, scale shape or genital structure. The metallic vitta mentioned bj' Say as occurring on the prothorax appears 41S Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, usually in the spotted forms and is rather rare; the common elytral basal spot so characteristic of the genus is indistinct or absent Egg: unknown. Larvce: (Plate XXVIII, fig. 7). First stage not seen. ■ Second or third stage: 4. .5 mm. long, .6 mm. wide in the middle, dark brown above, pale below, Hairs very long and pointed, head jet black, first thoracic segment pale. Fourth stage: 5-6 mm. long, 0.7-0.8 mm. Avide in middle, very dark brown above except first thoracic segment and interrupted pale lines; paler on sides and below. A central dorsal row of pale spots occurs between the tubercles from the first abdominal to the anal segment; onl}' faintly indicated on the thoracic segments. Tubercles of the ab- dominal dorsal segments in two rows, the first containing one tubercle on each side of the dorsal median line, the second ha\-ing four pairs of tubercles, these are jet black and between them there are always pale spots; first lateral enlargements on each segment with a pair of black tubercles, second enlargements each with a single tubercle ; anal segment on each side with a pair of tubercles in front of the second and third tubercles of the second row; last segment with the four tubercles of the second row on each side arranged in a diamond, more elongate laterally. Each tubercles is set with a long slender dark hair, none of the hairs appearing blunt or truncate. On the thorax the tubercles are more numerous on the first segment but on the others arranged as on the abdominal segment but without evident pale spots between. (De- scribed from alcoholic specimens loaned by Dr. J. B. Smith, collected in June on Polygonum at Trenton, N. J.) The colors of the lixdng larvJE may be somewhat different from those of alcoholic specimens and the arrangement of the thoracic tubercles, especially those on the first segment could be better understood from non-shrunken specimens. Cocoon: (Plate XXVIII, fig. o). 4-5 mm. diameter, coarsely reticulate, of brown coarse threads, usually almost globular. (Speci- inens from Trenton, N. J., Indian Territory, ColumVjus, Ohio and Peg- rim, 111.) Pupa: (Plate XXVIII, fig .G) 4 mm. long by l.S mm. wide across the base of the wing-pads. Anterior line of prothoracic hairs close to margin, first three pairs in front, fourth and fifth on side; the two central pairs are on a line, almost with the fourth and fifth anterior and fonn a square; three posterior pairs on a curved line near the hind margin about equidistant from each other and the inner one the same distance from the posterior hair of the central pairs; all of these hairs very long and slender; hairs on the head and beak not so long; transverse rows of setas on the dorsal abdominal segments and rows of hairs on the terminal segment. Pupa dark on head, base of -wing pads, parts of legs, meta- thorax above, and on parts of abdomen. (Described from one specimen from Dr. J. B. Smith, same lot as larvae.) The coloration of the speci- men appears to have been affected by the alcohol in which it is preserved. Some of the segments are somewhat shrunken, especially on the abdomen. 19111 Ilypera and Phytoiionius in America 419 Map 4. Distribution of Phylonomus complus Say. Distribution: Type locality, "United States," Say 1S31. Generally distributed over the United States, Ontario and perhaps other parts of Canada. Ranging from Michigan to Texas, and from the Atlantic seaboard to the Rockj^ Moun- tains, also occurring in Oregon and Washington. Dominion of Canada: "Can." (Horn coll. Am. Ent. Soc; Mus. Comp. Zool.; Coll. Mich. Agr. Coll.); Grimsby, Ont., (Pettit) (coll. Mich. Agr. Coll. ; Amer. Entom. Soc.) United States: Massachusetts: "Mass." (coll. Blanchard; coll. Horn, Am. Ent. Soc); Tyngsboro 6-12-89 (Blanchard); Lowell (Blanchard); Chicopee 3, (Cornell Univ.); Framingham vi-24-08 (Frost) ; Sherborn vi-ir)-09 (Frost) ; Andover vi-9-07 (Frost). 420 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, New York: "N. Y." (Bolter coll.; U. S. N. M.; Am. Ent. Soc; Dietz coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.) ; Staten Id, 7-6-91 (Fall); Long Island, Staten Island (Linell, U. S. N. M.); Buffalo (Am. Ent. Soc). New Jersey: "N. J." (U. S. N. M.); Berkeley Hts. (Bischoff coll.); Ft. Lee (A. M. N. H.); Phila. Neck, Westville 4-26-, 6-23, Gloucester 8-17 (Wenzel coll.); in list Insects N. J. 1910 are recorded: Hopatcong (Palm); Ft. Lee (Schaefifer) ; Hudson Co. (Linell); Newark Dist. (Bischoff), Westville, Gloucester; and "on Polygonum;" I have also seen specimens of adults, larvce and pupae from Trenton (J. B. Smith). Pennsylvania: ",Penn." (Horn Coll. Am. Ent. Soc; Mels- heiiner, Mus. Comp. Zool.). District of Columbia: Washington 7-11, 14-4, 8-4 (U. S. N. M.). Michigan: South Haven 6-1-91 (Mich. Agr. Coll.) Grand Ledge 6-6 (Hubbard and Schwarz, U. S. N. M.); Detroit, June (Hubbard & Schwarz); "Mich. 144046" (Leconte coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.); also recorded in Wickham's Lake Superior list. Ohio: Columbus (Ohio State Univ. coll.) ; recorded by Dury from vicinity of Cinicnnati. Indiana: "Ind." (coll. F. M. Webster; coll. Blanchard) ; Vigo Co., 5-29-92, 5-21-93, 6-2.5-92, 6-7-93, 6-10-98, 4-23-03, 7-8-02 (Blatchley). Illinois: "111." (Bolter coll.); "N. 111.". (Lugger coll.; Peabody coll. 111. St. Lab. Nat. Hist.; Dietz coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.; Bolter coll.); "S. 111. Soltau" (U. S. N. M.); Algonquin 17-July-09 Nason 222; Pegrim 4-Oct.-02 (Titus, coll. 111. St. Lab. Nat. Hist.) ; the Nason specimen is in the Fall collec- tion. Missouri: "Mo." (Dietz coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.; Bolter coll. 111. St. Lab.). Iowa: Wickham coll. and Dietz coll. (Mus. Comp. Zool.). Arkansas: Blanchard coll. Indian Territory: "I. T." (U. S. N. M.) one specimen with docoon and another specimen of the same form and color. Texas: Columbus 8-11 (U. S. N. M.). Nebraska: Horn coll. (Am. Ent. Soc.) ; Mus. Comp. Zool. Colorado: Colo. Springs (R. L. Webster in litt) ; Dixon Can. on willow, 30-June-92 (Gillette) and Spring Canon (^Wick- ham's list). These two latter localities are west of Ft. Collins in the edge of the foothills. 1911] Hyper a and Phytonomus in America 421 Oregon: Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1. Washington: "W. T." two in Horn coll. (Am. Ent. Soc). The specimens reported by Dejean and Schonherr were given as from "America boreal." Probably the Say specimen of cotnptiis was from the Mississippi valley region, though his statement "United States" would lead one to believe that he had specimens from a number of places. Food Plants and Life History: Riley (1881) reports breeding this species from "Polygonum nodosum." Dr. Smith bred it from a species of Polygonum in New Jersey. I have seen specimens from Columbus, Ohio, (Osborn), with the cocoon still attached to a leaf that appeared to be Polygonum. Through the kindness of Dr. S. A. Forbes I have permission to use some notes made by me while connected with the State Entomologist's office several years ago. In October, 1902, I found several species of larv« feeding on leaves and flowers of a Polygonum (identified for me by Dr. Gleason as probably P. hartwrightii) on the Hartwell ranch near Pegrim, 111. At that time the country was flooded with water, only the top of the plants being above the water. The larvae were almost full grown and some were already in the cocoons, others had changed to pupae. The cocoons were made on the upper side of the leaves, the edge being bent over to aid in concealment. I bred a number of adults and some parasitic Hymenoptera. Dr. Forbes very kindly loaned me this material and from it Mr. J. C. Crawford of the U. S. Nat. Museum has described . The parasitic pupae of this species were naked, jet black and formed in the cocoon of the host. In Biol. Cent. Am. Coleop. v. 4, pt. 4, p. 2, this species is incorrectly referred to as probably a synonym of P. rumicis. Phytonomus diversipunctatus Schrank. CurcuHo I'longalus: 1792: Paykull; Monog. Cure. no. xlv. (nee. F;ib. 1775}. ISOO: Paykull: Fauna Suecica; Inseeta, 3:236, no. liii. 18.34: Sahlberg: Ins. Fennica, 2: 49, no. 2,S. Rhvnchaenus elongalns: ' 1813: Gyllenhall: Inseeta Suee. 3:99, no. 31. 1820: Billberg: Enum. Insect, p. 42. 1840: Zetterstedt: Ins. Lapponica, p. 180, no. 11. H\'pera etongata: 1821: Dejean: Cat. coll. Coleop., ed. 1, p. 89. 1826: Sturm.: Cat. Ins. Sammlung, p. 157. 1848: Walton: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2) 1:.300. 1849: Walton: Stett. Entom. Zeit., p. 258. 422 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, 1869: Krciatz: Verz. Kafer Deutsch., p. 1S71: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8; 2382. 1871: Kirsch; Bed. Ent. Zeit., 15: 190. 1877:. Stein & Weise: Cat. Col. Eur. ed. 2, p. 143. 1880: Austin: Supp. Check List Coleop. N. Amer., p. 45, no. 8882. 1884; Bargagli: Rass. Biol. Rinc. Europei, p. 93. 1884: Bedel: Col. Bassin de la Seine, p. 258, no. 13 and p. 78. 1881: Heyden: Cat. Coleop. Sibiria, p. 166. 1S83: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Eur., p. 159. 1889: Fauvel: Rev. Entom, 8: 1.57. 1891: Fowler: Brit:: Coleop., 5: 2.30. no. 234. 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur. p. 304. 1896: Heyden: Cat. Coleop. Sibiria, ed. 2, p. 152. Phytonomns ehmgalus: 1.826: Schoenherr; Cure, dispos. meth. pt. 4, p. 175. 1829: Gebler: Lededour Reise d. Altai, p. 168. 18.30: Gebler: Bemerk. d. Ins. Sibiriens vorz. d. Altai, 3: 168. 1833: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 2, p. 263. 1834: Gyllenhal in Schonherr: Gen. ct sp. Cure. 2 (pt) 2: 374, no. 9. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 286. 1842: Bohaman in Schonherr: Gen et sp. Cure. 6 (pt 2): 369, no. 44. 1843: Sturm; Cat. Coleop. Kafer Sammlung, p. 201. 1844: (Dohrn): Cat. Col. Europe, p. 52. 1848: Gebler: Bui. Imp. Soc. Mosc. 21; 354. 1849: (Dohrn): Cat. Col. Eur. p. 61. 1849; Gaubil: Cat. Syn. Coleop. d'Eur. et d'Alg., p. 156. 1.849: Redtcnbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, p. 805. 1853; Zebe; Syn. d. bisher in Deutsch. aufgef. Coleop. p. 75. 1855: Jac. du Val: Gen. Coleop. d'Europe, p. 109. 18.57; Lentz: Neue Verz. d. Preuss. Kafer, p. 124. 1858: Matheiu: Ann. Ent. Sec. Belg., 2:197, no. 192. 1858; Dohrn; Cat. Coleop. Eur. p. 79. 18.58: Redtcnbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Die Kafer, ed. 2, p. 726. 18.59: Schiodte: Berliner Entom. Zeit., p. 141. 1862: Schaum: Cat. Col. Eur., p. 1865: Thomson: Skand. Coleop., 7: 164, no. 6. 1866: de Marseul; Cat. Coleop. Eur. et. conf., p. 100, no. 40. 1868: Capiomont: Rev. d. Hyperides, p. 193, 283. 1876: Leconte: Rhyncophora of N. America, p. 125. 1877: Heyden: Jahrb. Nassau, Vereins, 29; 312. 1878: Schneider & Leder: Beit, kennt. Kauk. Kaferfauna, p. 287. 1881: Everts: Tijd. v. Entom., 24: 40. 1884; Bargagli; Bui. Ent. .Soc. Ital., 16: 166. 1885: Henshaw; List Col. Am. N. of Mex., p. 137, no. 8228. 1889: Hamilton; Tr. Am. Ent. Soc, 16: 155, no. 455. 1S91; Seidlitz: Fauna Transsylv. p. 676. 1893: Everts: Tijd. v. Entom., 36: 81. 1901: Petri: Monog. Coleop. -Tribus Hvperini, p. 175, 201. 1901: Petri; Bestim. Tab. Coleop. Hft. 44, Hyperini, p. 29, 37. 1903: Everts: Coleop. Neerlandica, p. 602. 1906: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Europ., p. 656. 1910: Kleine: Entom. Blatter, 6: 200. Curculio diversiptinclatus: 1798: Schrank: Fauna Boica, 1 (pt 2): 494, no. 546. Hvpera mutahilis: 1821: Germar: Germ. & Zincker Mag. 4: 341, no. 13. 1869: Giebel: Verz. z. Mus. Halle Wittenberg, p. 44, no. 25. Phxtonomus mutabilis: ■ 1834; Gvllenhal in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Cure, 2 (pt 2): 374, no. 10. 1844: (Dohrn): Cat. Col. Eur. p. 52. 1911] Ilypera and Phytononuis in America 423 Ilypera funclulata: 1821: Dejean: Cat. coll. Coleop., p. S9. (Credited to Ziegler). Hypera elongala var. variabilis: 1821: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. ed. 1, p. 89 (Credited to Ziegler). Phvtonomus elongalus var. variabilis: ' 1833: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean ed., 2, p. 264. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 286. ■Original desrciption: Schrank: 179S, p. 49-!:-5: " Ctirculio diversipunctatus. Wohnorl: — Um Gern. AUSMESSUNG. Lang voin Giamdc des Ruckenschildes bis zum After 2^' Breit ubcr die Fkigeldecken lj/2' Anm. Die Fohlhorncr, Schicnbeine, und Fussblatter muschclbraiin ; Russel und Kopf braunschwarz, erhaben ptinctirt, mit rostgelben einzelnen sehr kurzen Harchen in den Vertiesungen. Die Flugcldecke (denn e.s ist nttr eine einzige, ohne alle Nahe, die zugleich die Seiten des Hinterlcibes ziemlich an der Bauch hinab bedeckt) schwarzlicht braun mit Punctreiscn; die Puncte entfernt, vertieft. Die Flugeldecke ist mit niederliegendcn grauen sehr klcinen Haaren dicht bedeckt, die ihr das Ansehcn geben, als wenn sie mit rothlichen Puncten dicht besaet ware. Viclleicht ist dieser Kafer Hrn. Herbsts Ciircidio suspkiosus tmd wenn das ware, so musten unsere beiderseitigen Bcnennungen in die viel bessere; Cure. Millefolii abgeandeart werden, indent die Larve des Herbstichen Kafers dei Blatter der Schaafgarbe abweidet. " Adult: (Plate XXVII, figs. 1-2). Length 5-11 mm. (according to Capiomont, although Petri saw no specimens as large as 11 mm.) Width (3 mm. (measured from three specimens Lignitz, Hildesheim, and the Greenland specimen in the Mus. Cotnp. Zoology). Body elongate, black, rather stout, scales cleft to the base, in the specimens seen the pubescence always gray or brown, very uniformly ■distributed and generally of an uniform color. Head with front as broad as width of eye or broader, fiat, densely pubescent; eyes nearly circular in outline; beak scarcely narrower than front at base, about, two-thirds as long as prothorax, densely punctured, punctures often in irregular striae, keel at base very indistinct, a long groove above the antennal insertion; antenna' inserted near the tip of the beak, pale reddish brown or reddish yellow, club darker, scape reaching over the edge of the eyes btxt not to their middle, not as long as the funicle, first and second funicular joints very long, the first the longer, the second as long as third and fourth united, club elongate oval, pointed, densely ptibescent, The fifth funicle joint is much the smallest. Prollwrax broader than long, widest in front of the middle, strongly rotmded, sides detisely punctate, the punctures fonning in-egular striae, dorsum densely punctured, clothed with brown hairs, no scales present, and sometimes show a median and two side lines that are paler than the rest of the prothorax. Elytra narrow at base, only slightly wider than the thorax before the middle; humeri not very prominent, sides of elytra obliquely widened 424 ■ A^mals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV,. until the elytra become one-third wider than at base; deeply strongly punctate in the stris; interspaces strongly elevated (less strongly so in female according to Petri, but I can see no difference); scales gray or brown, hairs brown and never occurring in single rows on the interspaces, rather short and depressed. Scales cleft' to the base, processes not elongate. Venter sparsely clothed with scales and hairs, the former often metallic and not so deeply cleft as on dorsum, gray or gray-green; mesosternal process between the middle coxae elevated, narrowly triangu- lar at the point ; intercoxal process of first abdominal segment broad and subtruncate at tip, last abdominal segment longer than two previous ones united, a distinct depression on the first segment in the median line that extends onto the metasternum (at least in the male, the Greenland specimen has this portion hidden). Legs rather short, stout, femora in male nearly clavate, anterior" tibiffi of male slightly curved, hind tibiae vn\h a curved spine (said by Petri to be long) inside at the tip, crown of tibial spines short, stout, yellow. All the legs sparsely clothed with gray or silvery gra}- hairs. The mucronate process on hind tibis appears to be widened at the tip and slightly emarginate. One of the specimens seen shows a tendency to be tesselated on the alternate interspaces beginning with the sutural one, the maculae being brown on a gray background, but they are very indistinct. Larva: Lucas von Heyden (1S77) in his Kafer Nassau states that his father, C. H. von Heyden, took the larvae of this species when sweep- ing for insects in a meadow back of Offenbach (Gennany) in May, near the end of the month ; they were green with a white dorsal median line and in June changed to pupffi without spinning a cocoon! "Ohne" is quoted either to emphasize the fact or to note that it was so in the notes- of his father. He quotes then the description of the larva? of Phy. plantagiiiis given by DeGeer, stating that the larvjc of P/iy. cJongatus is much like this description. However planlaginis spins a cocoon as- both DeGeer and Heyden note and DeGeer's description would fit almost any green Phytonomus lar\-a. Distribution: The species was described by Paykull from Sweden as Cure, elougatus. Schrank's specimens of diversipunc- tatus were from "Gern." Capiomont reports the species from North and Middle Europe, N. France, Belgium and England. Petri from E. Prussia and various points in Germany, Austria. and Hungary. The species is here included because of a single specimen received by Leconte from Chr. Drewsen from Greenland and now in the collection of Mus. Comp. Zool. at Cambridge, Mass. This one specimen is identical with European specimens I have in my collection. 1911] Ilypeni and Phytonomus in America 425 The name elongatits is preoccupied by a Fabrician species (1775), and must give way to diversipunctatus of Schrank or niutabilis Germar (1821). Germar states under his description of niutabilis that it is scarcely different from diversipunctatus Schrank. A comparison of the two descriptions leads me to believe that they are the same species. So far as I can ascer- tain no one has since Schonherr's Monograph mentioned Schrank's species, while niutabilis is generally considered a synonym of elongatus. Map 5. Distribution of Phytonomus Jivcrsipiinclutus Schr. over world (page 01). The species appears to be more common in the northern parts of Europe and is recorded by Zetterstedt and others from Greenland, Finland, Norway and Sweden. Gebler records it from Barnaul, Siberia, as rare. Walton states the Stephens, Curtis, and other early English references to this species are incorrect, that they did not possess "elongatus" and that it is doubtful whether it occurs in the British Isles. Fowler says very rare, but I believe he is referring to the earlier writers' notice of the species and not to any records that were certain. I have been unable to find further references to the names palustris, variabilis and punctulata than those given in the Dejean catalogues. It does not appear to me that the Dejean species were really described. Gyllenhal's palustris is certainly not this species. Kleine gives as food plants Plantago major and P. media. 426 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Phytonomus seriatus Alaimei-heim. Phytonoinus serialus: ' 1853: Mannerheim: Bui. Soc. Imp. Mosc, 26 (pt 3): 107, 243. no. 228. 1S73: Crotch: Cat. Coleop. of \. Am., p. 118, no. 6993. 1889: Hamilton: Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, 16: 1.55. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81. Hypera seriala: 1871: Gemminger & Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2387. 1889: Fauvel: Revue Entom., 8: 157, no. 45S. Phytonomus pubicollis: 1909: R. L. Webster: Entom. News, 20: 80. Original description: Mannerheim, 1853, p. 243: "22S. Phytonomus seriatus: oblongus, niger, dense brunneo- aureo-pubescens et squamiilosus; antennis pedibusque rufescentibus; rostro brcviore, paruin arcualo; tlwrace crcbre punctulato, convexo, utrinque antrorsum rotundato, lincis tribus c pilis pallidoribus flavescenlibus notato, elytris subtiliter ienue e pilis palpunctulatis. sulura infuscata, interstiliis alternis 3, 5 et 7 nonnihil elevatioribus pilis flavogriscis densius obductis, 1,3, 5 et7 maculis nigris seriatis. Longit. sine rostro 3 tin. Latit. 1 1-3 tin. "Habitat in insula Kadjak, ubi mense August exemplare singulum in baccic Rubi cepit D. Holmberg. "Ph. suspiciosus Hcrbst, Schonh. (militi Gyllenh.) affinis, sed tlwrace angustiore, densius squamosa, subtilius punctata, ante mcditim et non in ipso medio-rotundato-dilatato, elytrisque longioribus, levius strialo- punctatis, maculis nigris in series quatuor regulares dispositis ab illo dignoscendus." Adult: (Plate XXIX, figs. 6-7). Length 5.5-5.7 :mn. Width 1.8 mm. Body black and legs dark, antennae rufous, club darker; oval, closely finely covered with broadly emarginate hairs and scales that are split almost to the base. Head clothed with thick hairs which are usually notched at the tip; distance between the eyes as great as the width of the eye in the female and almost as wide as the length of the eye in the male; eyes scarcely oval, medium in size; beak stout, not as long as the prothorax, at the tip wider than at base; hairs dense and long, simple at the tip, dorsal carina scarcely e^^dent but the elongate depression above the antennal insertion is very plain, tip smooth somewhat elevated and with two small punctured side grooves; mouth parts reddish; many small punc- tures scattered over the beak, especially near the tip; antennal grooves not smooth polished; antenna; with scape smooth, polished, enlarged at tip, not reaching to the eyes and shorter than the funicle; first funicle joint slightly longer than second and is twice as long as third; club very dark, almost black, elongate oval, pointed and densely pubescent with ]jale hairs. Prothora.x polished, closely deeply regularly punctured, narrower anteriorly, widest about one-third of distance from front where it is almost as wide as the eh-tra at the base, sides abruptly drawn in to the venter, closely densely covered with long thick hairs which are deeply Ijroadly notched at the tip. 1911] Ilypera and Phytonomiis in America 427 Elytra broadly clongatc-oval, almost as wide at tip as at base, humeri not prominent, ch'tra gradually widened for two-thirds of their length and then abruptly obliquely narrowed to the truncate tip; stride deeply punctured, interspaces elevated, the alternate ones beginnfng with the sutural space more so, all with fine sparse punctures. Scales of the elytra cleft to the base, fine and very elongate, making a dense covering; long white hairs present on posterior portion of interspaces, remainder of the elytra with interspaces having scattered black and white hairs, more or less decumbent. Venter clothed with deeply cleft scales, very dense on the sternal portion, rather sparse on the abdomen, last segment distinctly longer than the two previous and in male with a shallow impression near the center; third segment deeply impressed back of the intercoxal process which is broad and gradually curves until near the middle when it abruptly terminates in a sharp triangular point. Male genitalia with the stem broadly rounded at the point. Mesosternal process between the middle coxae elevated, narrow linear. In the single female I ha\-e seen there is at the apex of the seventh abdominal segment a deep impression . Legs with femora black and densely clothed in front with deeply cleft scales, tibije and tarsi very dark red, clothed wath fine long sil\'er_\' hairs, hind tibias slightly cur\-ed, front tibiae more strongly so, hind tibias with a prominent mueronate process which at the apex is bifurcate in the male; the process scarcely evident in the female. The tesselation in these specimens is remarkably different and con- sists of a mixture of gray and brown scales wth very small macula' of black scattered over the interspaces ; on the thorax there is an indis- tinct trilineation, the outside paler lines being very narrow; some of the scales arc metallic. M.AP 6. Distribution of Phvlonomtis seriatus Maim. 428 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Distribution: Tj'pe locality: Kadiak Island, Alaska, one specimen collected by H. J. Holmberg in August, ISM. Man- nerheim relates that Holmberg was. picking raspberries and found this, the only beetle taken on the island, on a berry. Through the kindness of E. C. Van Dyke and of Prof. Trevor Kincaid I have had the opportunity of examining three specimens of this species. One very perfect male (coll. Van Dyke) collected by Trevor Kincaid on Pribilov Islands viii-15- 97; and a fine female collected by Mr. Kincaid on St. Paul Island, viii-15-97, and loaned from his collection; the third a specimen collected by Mr. F. E. Blaisdell at Nome, Alaska, it is also a male and a very dark form with the scales much sparser and grayer. The specimen belongs to Mr. Van Dyke. Both males have the tip of the penis projecting and have the mucronate process at the tip of the hind tibiae. Mr. Kincaid {in litt.) states that he has another specimen remaining from those collected by him. Prof. Washburn sent me from the Lugger collection, one specimen of this species collected in "Alaska." This is prob- ably the specimen mentioned as P. pubicoUis by R. L. Webster (1909). In the collection of the U. S. Nat. Museum are several specimens of this species collected, according to Mr. Schwarz, by the International Seal E.\pedition. This is an interesting species on account of its scale and hair formation bringing it between pubicoUis and trivittatus. Further collections from this region will doubtless give us evidence of a greater distribution and it may be that the species occurs on both continents. Some of the Siberian forms described are impossible for me to separate from several Euro- pean forms, especially from P. suspiciosus, on account of the meager descriptions, but this latter species can be readily sep- arated from P. seriatiis by the scale and hair characters, the hind tihiss. and the last abdominal segment. Phytonomus trivittatus Say. Phylonomus Iriviltalus: 1831; Say: Desc. N. .-Ymerican Curculionides, p. 12-13. 1859: Leconte: Comp. Writings of Thomas Sav. 1: 273-4. 1873: Crotch: Cat. Coleop. X. America, p. 118. no. 6998. 1870: Leconte: Rhyncophora of X. America, p. 430, app. sp. 7 (unrecog.) 1885: Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Am. X. of Mex.. p. 137. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. Xows, 20 : SI. 1911] Hypera and Phytouomiis in America 429 Hypera triviltata: 1880: Austin: Supp. Check List Coleop. X. Am., p. 45, no. 8SS9. Phylonomus setigerus: 1870: Leconte: Rhyncophora of N. America, p. 125, no. 3, p. 415. 1885; Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Am. X. of Mex., p. 1.37, no. 8229. 1889: Kilman: Canad. Entomologist, 21: 136. 1890: Wickham: Canad. Entom., 22: 171. 1903: Evans: Canad. Entom., 35: 319. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20:81. Hvpera scligera: 1880: Austin: Supp. Check List Coleop. of X. Amer., p. 45, no. 8883. Ph\'loni)nius castor: ' 1909: Kwiat: Entom. News, 20: 3.35 (nee castor Lee.) 1909: Titus: Journ. Ec. Entom., 2: 149. 1910: Titus: Bui. 110, Utah Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 72. Original description: Say, 1831, p. 12: "P. Irivittatus. Blackish-brown witli mimerotts scale-like hairs. Inhabits North-west Territory. Body blackish-brown, with nttmcrous robust hairs almost resembling scales, which are longer in three yellowish metallic thoracic Vitiis of which the lateral ones are broader and terminate in a spot on the hum- erus; the vittce and spot are pale brownish cinereous; antennae rufous; elytra with large costal spots, interstitial lines obsoletely alternating with blackish and pale brown-cinereous ; suture behind the middle also pale brown-cinereous; thighs beneath near the tip emarginate; anterior tibia? a little incurved at tip. Length one-fifth of an inch." Adult: (Plate XXIX, figs. 1-5). Length .3.7.5-().5 mm. Width 1.5-3.5 mm. Black or dark brownish red, elongate oval, usually densely pubescent with scales and hairs. Legs lalack or reddish-black. Head densely closely pubescent with long slender hairs the pube- scence extending some distance down the beak, especially dense on the front which between the eyes is narrower than the width of a single eye; beak with a smooth flat carina or keel, possessing above the antennal groove a long shallow narrow impression, sides and tip of beak more or less sparsely finely punctured, with a few long slender hairs. Some of the hairs on the head above and behind the eyes are broader. Eyes elongate oval, without a fovea behind; antennal groove deep, strongly sloping towards the base of the eyes; antennce rufous or reddish testa- ceous, scape reaching the margin of the eye, at least as long as the first six joints of the funicle, first funicular joint stout, one-half longer than the second which is distinctly longer than the third, club elongate-oval, darker and finely densely pubescent, more or less pointed at tip. Protliorax narrowest anteriorh", strongly widely rounded near the middle, but nowhere as wide as the elytra at their base; the dorsum with a narrow light median longitudinal line bordered on each side b}' a much wider dark line or band, and beyond these on the edge the scales are again light, the lower part of the sides and part of the venter with dark scales ; the side band of light scales extends back onto the elytra near the humeri and in one specimen partiall}' covers it, in the others examined 430 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV,. the hmneri are very dark. Thoracic hairs all pale, striate or ribbed thick at the base and near the tip pointed, there are narrow elongate scales and wider scales emarginate at the tip and in the wider fomis the processes are more prolonged ; no fringe of forward directed hairs on the anterior border beneath; prothorax polished, punctures circular, rather deep, and distinctly separated. Map 7. Distribution of Phytonomiis Irivitlatus Say, maritimus Titus, pubicollis Lee, and castor Lee. Elytra about four times as long as prothora.x along the dorsum, or in some specimens longer; strife very distinct, their punctures especially so on the dorsum, in each black circular puncture there is a short stout hair ; the interspaces have elongate hairs which are thickened and ribbed for two-thirds of their length and then abruptly narrowed on one side and slender to the point ; scales of the elytra striate only slightly emar- ginate, points produced as long slender processes. All the elytral and 1911] TTypera and Phytoiiomits in America 431 most of the thoracic hairs are more or less decumbent, curved backward, especially on the prothorax and near the base of the elytra. Alternate interspaces often tcsselated with dark brown, especially on the sides. Hairs on interspaces white, except for an occasional black one, humeral spot very large and distinct, brownish-gray or even black or parti- colored, this spot extending back on the interspaces for a considerable distance ; a dark common central basal elytra! spot is present Venter with scales of under side of thorax shorter and wider, on the abdomen some are arranged in transverse rows at the posterior margins of the segments; mcsosternal process between the middle coxee elevated, curved backward, narrowly elongate and ending in a sharp point; a short triangularh- produced process from the prosternum is also evident between the front coxk; intercoxal process of first abdominal segment rounded broadly to a point. Legs vary from black to reddish-brown, all the femora darker than tibiae and covered with long narrow emarginate scales, the points of which are very long and slender; crown of spines on anterior tibiae yellow and blunt ;tibia2 and tarsi hairy, first three joints extremely setose beneath with silvery hairs; front femora of the male not strongly curved. The declivit)' of the elytra in this species is very e\ndent as will be seen from the illustration, but not as great as in P. marilinius, where it extends quite to the tij). Distribution: Type locality for trivittalus; "North-west Territory," and for setigerus: "Kansas." The type specimens of setigerus are in the Leconte coll. in Mus. Comp. Zoology, type no. 398 ; there are two specimens marked type. Dominion of Canada: Manitoba: Aweme, iv-23-10 (E. Criddle). Alberta: "Edmonton, Ont." (James White) Kilman records this specimen in 1897, I have not seen it. British Columbia: "Ft. McLeod, N. W. Ter." (U. S. N. M.) Vancouver Id. (Wickham), recorded in 1890, specimen not seen. United States: Illinois: Palos Park (Kwiat) vi-28-07 (coll. Wolcott, Fall, Titus, Liebeck). Nebraska: West Point, 4-88 (U. S. N. M.). New Mexico: Gallinas Can. (Snow) R. L. Webster in litt. The Ft. McLeod record is possibly from one of the specimens reported by Evans (1903) as collected by John MacCoun in "Northwest Territory of Canada." Through Dr. Hewitt, Mr. J. D. Evans has loaned one specimen which is labeled "N. W. T. Can. J. M. 1879." Food Plants and Life History: The Palos Park, Illinois, specimens were bred by A. Kwiat from larvEe collected on a 432 Annals Entomological Society of America [\'ol. IV, ground pea Lathyrus venosiis 30 May, 1907; they spun reticulate white cocoons, one of which I have seen, and transformed to adults June 28, 1907. Mr. A. B. Wolcott tells me that he also has bred it from the same locality and that the larva is deep green in color. The cocoon is pure white and rather loosely woven. Phytonomus maritimus new species. Phytonomus rumicis: ' 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom News, 20: SI. Adult: (Plate XXIX, figs. S-9). Length. 5 to fi..5 mm. Width 2 to 2.5 mm. Stouter and thicker than trivittatiis, elj^tra much more decH'V'ous; reddish black, clothed with pale yellow scales and white and black hairs. Head densely pubescent with rather stout hairs, a few notched at tip ; beak with a smooth median carina, front between eyes narrow, an elongate, narrow, polished groove above the antennal groove; eyes elongate oval rather large; antennal groove deep, black, smooth; antenna reddish, scope reaching margin of e}-es, longer than first six funicle joints, club elongate oval, second and third joints shortest, fourth rather long pointed at tip, entire club finely pubescent with gray hairs. Prothorax not polished, narrower in front than behind, widest in middle, shaped much as in IriviUalus but sides are fuller and more rounded; punctures large, often confluent; dorsum of prothorax with two wide dark bands separated by a very narrow, light line, sides darker than center line; in some specimens the dorsum is entirely light. Scales broad, deeply cmarginatc, striate; hairs stout, white and usually notched at tip, sides parallel; scutellum very minute, covered with fine gray or white pubescence. Elytra at base but slightly wider than prothorax, one of the Nan- tucket Id., specimens tessellated almost all over, the darker spots alternating along the central line; elevations between stria?, each with a single row of white hairs, each hair stout, parallel-sided and notched at tip; striae with a fine short pointed white hair in each puncture. All the hairs semi-decumbent; scales on the el\i:ra more elongate than on thorax, processes more slender and pointed; the dark spots are velvety black scales, rarely with a black hair on the part of the interspaces where the)' occur; there is a tendency on all the specimens for a black band to occtir on the third interspace beginning at the base of each elytron and gradually fading out. Venter; scales more of the shape of those on the elytra than of the thoracic scales, prostemal process short, triangularly pointed; meso- sternal process between middle coxas long, curved, pointed; intercoxal process of third abdominal (first \asible) segment broad, rounded almost to the center and terminating in a short, sharp point. In the male this segment is emarginate posteriorly. Legs; dark red, clothed in front ^Adth elongate emarginate scales, tibial crown of spines pale red or yellowish red, a distinct emarginate process on each tibia at the tip, not as prominent as in seriatus. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomus in America 433 The declivity of the elytra is extremely prominent and extends quite to the tip. The scales beneath the elytra on the abdomen are sparse except for a dense fringe on each seginent posteriorly. Distribution: (See Map 7). Type: U. S. N. M., Nan- tucket Id. Massachusetts: Nantucket Island (U. S. N. M., Field Col. Mus., Bolter Coll. Univ. of 111.); Edgartown Martha's Vine- yard Id. vi-27-10 Johnson (Coll. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.); Chatham, vii-14-07 (Coll. Frost). The Nantucket Island specimens are, I believe, all from the same lot and were probably collected by H. Soltau. They have stood in the various collections under the name of Phytonomus rumicis L. They, however, do not belong to this group of the genus. One of the specimens is marked collected on vetch, and another specimen "on Vicia sativa." Superficially the species resembles P. mnrinis Fab. more than P. trivittatns Say but it belongs in the group with the latter species. Phytonomus castor Leconte. Phytonomus castor: 1876; Leconte: Rhyncophora of N. America, p. 126, 415. 1SS.5: Henshaw: Cat. Coleop. Am. N. of Mex., p. 137,. no. 8233. 1909: Webster, R. L.: Entom. News, 20: 81. 1910: Titus: Journ. Ec. Entom., 3: 470. Hypera castor: 1880: Austin: Supp, Check List N. Am. Coleop., p. 45, no. Adult: (Plate XXX, figs. 7-9). Length 5-5.5 mm. Width l.S-1.9 mm. Black, elongate oval, small, densely pubescent with fine gray and black scales and hairs. Legs black or reddish black. Head covered with very fine hairs and with scales which are cleft to the base or nearlj' so; front as wide as eye, in one specimen voider, with a distinct fovea; eyes elongate oval, narrower below; beak shorter than prothorax, widened at the polished tip which is jet black, sparsely punctured, along groove above the point of antennal insertion on the dorsal carina which is very indistinct; anlennce inserted very near the tip, the groove deep and wide, scape polished reddish yellow, reaching almost to the ej'es (in one specimen almost black), longer than the seven funicular joints, first funicle joint about one-third longer than second, which is longer than third; club pointed, finely, densely pubescent, darker than remainder of antenna. Prothorax longer than wide, narrowed in front, sides rounded, wddest in front of middle, densely punctured, clothed mth numerous brown and white hairs and with gray or grayish-black scales cleft to the base ; distinctly trivittate with white in some, in others there is scarcely a trace of the lighter lines ; scales on sides and venter of prothorax some- tiems shorter and broader, metallic in color, but always deeply cleft. 434 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, ScuteUiim minute, triangular, clothed with pale seales. Elytra one-third wider than prothorax at their widest point, back of the middle, at base scarcely one-quarter wider; humeri distinctly clothed with jet black scales; interspaces elevated, each with a more or less complete row of white or brownish-white seta\ processes of the scales more slender and elongate, causing the pubescence to lap over the striae; where the strial punctures can be seen they contain very short ]5ale setae; the type specimen has beautiful pearl-gray scales intermixed with brown and black scales to form an almost completely tesselatcd surface; other S]jecimens seen possess the tesselation on jjarts of elytra, costal edge of elytra of all specimens seen covered with ])aler scales. Venter with gray or brownish gray scales and short white set£e, on the abdomen the scales are arranged in transverse rows; mesosternal process between the middle coxa? somewhat elevated, linear, apparently with a triangular point (\-ery densely covered with scale) ; intercoxal process of third abdominal segment broadly truncate. Legs with femora and coxae black, tibiae and tarsi dark brown or reddish brown, femora clothed in front with scales, eslewhere the legs are covered with hairs; tibial crown of spines pale. Distribution: Type locality "Canada" 1 specimen, Mus. Comp. Zool.; also Aweme, Manitoba, 24-vi-09 (N. Criddle). All the specimens seen are males. Life history is not known. The species is very closely related to P. Irivittatiis Say and to the European P. viciae. Phytonomus pubicoUis Leconte. Phylnnomus pubicollis: 1876: Leconte: Rhvncophora of \. America, p. 12.'), no. .5, p. 41.j. 1885: Hcnshaw, Cal. Coleop. Am. N. of Mcx., p. 137, no. 8232. Ilvpera puhiciillis: 18S0: Austin: Supp. Check List Coleop. N. Am., p. 4.5, no. 8880. Adult: (Plate XXIX, figs.10-12). Length 3.2-4.5 mm. Width 1 .5 mm. Black or reddish black, rather stout, clothed with fine gra\^ or brownish gray i)tibescence of scales and hairs; legs black. Head clothed with gray or yellow-brown haira; front narrow, not as wide as one of the eyes; a distinct fovea between eyes on front; eyes oval, not prominent; beak two-thirds as long as prothorax, polished near the tip, sparsely ])unctured, a groove above the insertion of the antenna^, not carinate, projections above tijD of antcnnal groove more evident than in any species but seriatiis; antennal groove black, polished; antenna rufous or piceous, scape reaching to the margin of the eyes, but not longer than the funicle, first funicluar joint much longer than second, or as long as second and third united, second nearly twice as long as third, the funicle joints are darker from the third on and the club is dark, densely imbesccnt with fine hairs, oval, pointed. Prothorax almost quadrate, a little wider in the middle and narrowed anteriorly, never nearly as wide as elytra at base, clothed with brown, grav and white hairs and intennixed scales; the scales are deeply, 1911] Hypera and Phytouoniiis in America 435 roundly emarginate, the processes long and slender, scales never cleft; thorax polished, closely densely punctured. There is an obsolete- trivittation on the thorax caused by a few pale scales in the center and on the side in longitudinal lines, the intermediate bands are of brown scales. Elytra at base at least one-third wider than i}rothorax, humeri rounded with dark scales (sometimes almost black), strife, especially the first and second, deeply punctured, interspaces elevated, a quadrate common spot at base reaching the second interspace, darker brown in color (more CNadent in type specimen); interspaces clothed with gray and brown scales alternating with brown and black tesselations, es- pecially evident on the last third of the sutural space; hairs or bristles decumbent, sparse on the dorsum at the base, more numerous behind and lying closer to the scales. From the side the elytra show a distinct elc\-ation about two-thirds of the distance towards the tip, then are , rapidly obliquely slanted to the blunt tip. Venter clothed with fine deeply emarginate scales, a depression on the first and last segments; mesosternal process between middle coxEe very narrow, linear, elevated, clothed with paler scales; intcrcoxal process of first segment not broad, pointed. Legs with femora black or brownish black, tibiae and tarsi testaceous, claws and last tarsal joint sometimes darker ; posterior tibias with a very short crown of spines, anterior tibiae strongly curved inward, anterior femora deeply contracted near the apex. Distribution: (See Map 7). Type locality "Vane. Id.", one specimen, a male, in the Leconte collection, Mus. Comp. Zoology. I have examined one other specimen, also a male, from Vancouver Island, loaned me by Mr. H. C. Fall, Pasadena, Cal. R. L. Webster (1909) determined a specimen from Alaska in the Lugger collection as this species. I have seen but one spec- imen from this collection marked Alaska and it is P. seriatiis Mann. Phytonomus meles Fabricius. Curctdio griseus: 1776: Muller: Zool. Dan. Prodr. Anim., p. S8 (nee. Fabricius 1775). 1790: Gmelin: Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xiii, p. 1757, no. 204. 1827: Gyllcnhal: Ins. Suecica, 4 (pt. 4 app.): 372, no. 40. Curciitio meles: 1792: Fabricius: Syst. Ent. emend., 1 (pt. 2): 466, no. 300. 1795: Fabricus: Nomen. Entomologicus, p. U. 1795: Herbst: .\'at. Ins. Kafer, 6: 495. 1795: Panzer: Entom. Gcrmanica, p. 325, no. 148. 1795: Weber: Nomen. Entom. sec. E. S. Fab., p. 56. 1796: Fabricius: Ind. Alphabeticus, E. S. Emend., p. 57. 1801: Fabricius: Svst. Eleutherat., 2: 523, no, 97. 1828: Boitard: Man.d' Entom., 1: 407. Brachyrliinus meles: 1804: Latreille: Hist. nat. Gen. et pare, 11: 165, no. 31. 436 Annals Entomological Society of America [Vol. IV, Rhvnchaenus meles: ' 1813: Gvllenhal: Ins. Suec, .3 (pt 3): 97, no. 29 pedeslris). 1820: Billberg: Enumerat. Ins., p. 42. 1S2S: Zetterstedt: Fauna Ins. Lapponica, 1: 319, no. 35. 1840: Zetterstedt: Ins. Lapponica, p. 179. Hvpera meles: 1821: Germar: Germ. & Zinck. Mag., 4: 340, no. 9. 1833: Villa: Cat. Coleop. Eur. dupl. coll. Villa, p. 1844: Villa: Cat. dei Coleop. della Lombardia, p. 1848: Walton: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) 1: 299, no. 12. 1849: Walton: Stett. Entom. Zeit., 10: 261. 1861: Waterhouse: Cat. Briti.sh Coleop., p. 71, no. 12. 1863: Lacordaire: Hist. nat. Ins. Coleop., 6: 401. 1869: Kraatz: Verz. Kafer Deutschland, p. 52. 1871: Kirsh: Berl. Ent. Zeit. 15. 189. 1871: Gemmingcr et Harold: Cat. Coleop., 8: 2383. 1877: Stein & Weise: Cat. Col. Eur. ed. 2, p. 143. 1874: Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Kafer, 2. 254. 1879: Tacshenberg: Die Kafer und Haubflugler, 2: 123. 1880: Koppen: Die Schaflichen Ins. Russlands, p. 209. 1880: Rupertsberger: Biol. d. Kafer Europa, p. 201. 1882: Fuast: Deut. Entom. Zeits., p. 259. 1882: Hevden: Cat. Coleop. Sibiria, p. 165 (subg. Dapalinus). 1883: Weise in H. R. & W. Cat. Col. Eur., ed. 4, p. 159. 1884: Bargagli: Bui. Ent. Soc. Ital., 16: 167. 1884: Bargagli: Rass. Biol. Kinc. Eur., p. 94. 1884: Bedel: Coleop. Bassin d. 1. vSeine, p. 79, 259, no. 16. 1891: Fowler: British Coleop., 5: 230, no. 2.35. 1891: Schneider: Coleop. & Lepidop. Bergen, p. 113, no. 37. 1891: Weise in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Europ., p. .302. 1893: Bertolini: Bui. Ent. Soc. Ital., 25: 245. 1894: Rupertsberger: Biol. d. Kafer. p. 209, 294. 1S96: Heyden: Cat. Coleop. Sibiria, p. 1.52, (subg. Dapalinus). 1896: Martirelli: Ann. d. Hist, nat., 26: 295 (sep. p. 15). 1903: Everts: Coleop. Neerlandica, p. 603. Phytonomus meles: 1833: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 2, p. 264. 1834: Gyllenhal in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Cure, 2 (pt 2): 390, no. 32. 1837: Dejean: Cat. Coleop. coll. Dejean, ed. 3, p. 287. 1842: Boheman in Schonherr: Gen. et sp. Cure, 6 (pt 2): 382. 1842: Germar: Stett. Entom. Zeit., 3: 101. 1843: Schmidt: Stett. Ent. Zeit., 4: 24. 1843: Sturm. Cat. Kafer Sammlung, p. 201. 1844: (Dohrn): Cat. Coleop. Europe, p. 52. 1847: Hoclihuth: Bui. Imp. ,Soc. Mosc. (2) 1: 493, no. 103. 1S49: (Dohrn): Cat. Coleop. Europe, p. 61. 1849: Redtenbacher: Fauna Austriaca, Kafer, p. 436. 1851: Perris: Mem. Acad. Sc. Lyon, n. s., 1: 1853: Zebe: Syn. d. bisher in Deutsch. aufgef. Coleop. p. 75. 1855: Jac. du Val: Gen. Coleop. d' Europe, p. 110. 1857: Lentz: Neus Verz. Preussichen Kafer, p. 125. 18.58: Dohrn: Cat: Coleop. Eur., p. 79. 18.59: Motschoulsky: Col. d. Gov. Jak. (Melang. biol. Ac. Petrop.Vo. 1860: Motschoulskv: Cat. Ins. Amour, p. 9. 18(52: Laboulbene: Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr., (4) 2: 569-573, pi. 13, tig. 29-33. 1862: Schaum: Cat. Coleop. Europa, ed. 2, p. 89. 1868: Capiomont: Revis. de Hyperides, p. 173-175, pl.'2, fig. 20. 1869: Giebel: Coll. Univ. Halle-Wittenberg, pp. 44, 47. 1871: Brischke: Schr. d. Naturf. Ges. in Danzig, n. f., 2 (3): 23. 1872: Bertolini: Cat. Syn. e Top. Coleop. Ital., p. 1874: Kaltenbach; Pflanzen Feinde, p. 121. 1911] Hypera and Phytonomits in America 437 1S74: Siebke: Enum. Ins. Norvegicum, 1: 260. no. 9 (miles). 1S78: Schneider & Leder: Beit, kennt. Kauk. Kaferfauna, p. 287. 1881: Rilev: Amer. Naturalist, 15: 912. 1882: Riley: Report of Entomologist, p. 111. 1883: Riley: in Rpt. U. S. Dept. Agric. f. 1881-2, p. 171. 1883: Lintner: First Rpt. St. Ent. N. Y., p. 248. 1891: Seidlitz: Fauna Transsvlvanica, p. 677. 1901: Petri: Monog. Coleop.—Tribus Hvperini, p. 1.58-9, 202. 1901: Petri: Bestim. Tab. Coleop., Hft. 44, Hvperini, p. 38. 1906: Weisc in H. R. & W.: Cat. Coleop. Eur., p. 65. 1909: Ferrant: Die Schlad. Ins. Land-u. Forst. pt. 2, p. 137. 1910: Kleine: Entom. Blatter, 6: 199. 1911: Titus: Psyche, 18; 74. 1911: Champlain: Psyche, 18: 173. Curculio Irifolii: 1795: Herbst: Nat. Ins. Kafer, 6: 266, tab. 80, no. 5. 1800: Paykull: Fauna Suecica, 3: 2.32, no. 49. Rhynclwenus Irifolii: ■ 1813: Gvllcnhal: Ins. Suec, 1 (pt 3): HI, no. 40. 1827; Gvllenhal; Ins. Suecica, l(pt. 4, app. 3): 572, no. 40. 1834: Sahlberg: Ins. Fennica, p. 43, no. 33. Hypera Irifolii: 1821: Dejean: Cat. Coll. Coleop., p. 89. 1826: Sturm; Cat. Ins. Sammlung, 1; 1.57. 1829: Stephens: Sys. Cat. Brit. Ins., p. 169, no. 1726 (?trilineatus). 1831: Stephens: Entomology, 4: 100, no. 20 (?trilineatus). 1868: Villa; Relaz. Sugli Ins. che. devas. il Trifogli, p. 1. Phytonomus Irifolii: 1874: Kaltcnbach; Pflanzen